diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'src/backend')
185 files changed, 6651 insertions, 5433 deletions
diff --git a/src/backend/access/brin/brin.c b/src/backend/access/brin/brin.c index 01e1db7f856..4204088fa0d 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/brin/brin.c +++ b/src/backend/access/brin/brin.c @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ typedef struct BrinShared int scantuplesortstates; /* Query ID, for report in worker processes */ - uint64 queryid; + int64 queryid; /* * workersdonecv is used to monitor the progress of workers. All parallel diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c b/src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c index 46c1dce222d..50747c16396 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c @@ -1243,8 +1243,9 @@ transformRelOptions(Datum oldOptions, List *defList, const char *namspace, } else { - text *t; + const char *name; const char *value; + text *t; Size len; /* @@ -1291,11 +1292,19 @@ transformRelOptions(Datum oldOptions, List *defList, const char *namspace, * have just "name", assume "name=true" is meant. Note: the * namespace is not output. */ + name = def->defname; if (def->arg != NULL) value = defGetString(def); else value = "true"; + /* Insist that name not contain "=", else "a=b=c" is ambiguous */ + if (strchr(name, '=') != NULL) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), + errmsg("invalid option name \"%s\": must not contain \"=\"", + name))); + /* * This is not a great place for this test, but there's no other * convenient place to filter the option out. As WITH (oids = @@ -1303,7 +1312,7 @@ transformRelOptions(Datum oldOptions, List *defList, const char *namspace, * amount of ugly. */ if (acceptOidsOff && def->defnamespace == NULL && - strcmp(def->defname, "oids") == 0) + strcmp(name, "oids") == 0) { if (defGetBoolean(def)) ereport(ERROR, @@ -1313,11 +1322,11 @@ transformRelOptions(Datum oldOptions, List *defList, const char *namspace, continue; } - len = VARHDRSZ + strlen(def->defname) + 1 + strlen(value); + len = VARHDRSZ + strlen(name) + 1 + strlen(value); /* +1 leaves room for sprintf's trailing null */ t = (text *) palloc(len + 1); SET_VARSIZE(t, len); - sprintf(VARDATA(t), "%s=%s", def->defname, value); + sprintf(VARDATA(t), "%s=%s", name, value); astate = accumArrayResult(astate, PointerGetDatum(t), false, TEXTOID, diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/toast_compression.c b/src/backend/access/common/toast_compression.c index 21f2f4af97e..926f1e4008a 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/toast_compression.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/toast_compression.c @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ /* GUC */ int default_toast_compression = TOAST_PGLZ_COMPRESSION; -#define NO_LZ4_SUPPORT() \ +#define NO_COMPRESSION_SUPPORT(method) \ ereport(ERROR, \ (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), \ - errmsg("compression method lz4 not supported"), \ - errdetail("This functionality requires the server to be built with lz4 support."))) + errmsg("compression method %s not supported", method), \ + errdetail("This functionality requires the server to be built with %s support.", method))) /* * Compress a varlena using PGLZ. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ struct varlena * lz4_compress_datum(const struct varlena *value) { #ifndef USE_LZ4 - NO_LZ4_SUPPORT(); + NO_COMPRESSION_SUPPORT("lz4"); return NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */ #else int32 valsize; @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ struct varlena * lz4_decompress_datum(const struct varlena *value) { #ifndef USE_LZ4 - NO_LZ4_SUPPORT(); + NO_COMPRESSION_SUPPORT("lz4"); return NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */ #else int32 rawsize; @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ struct varlena * lz4_decompress_datum_slice(const struct varlena *value, int32 slicelength) { #ifndef USE_LZ4 - NO_LZ4_SUPPORT(); + NO_COMPRESSION_SUPPORT("lz4"); return NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */ #else int32 rawsize; @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ CompressionNameToMethod(const char *compression) else if (strcmp(compression, "lz4") == 0) { #ifndef USE_LZ4 - NO_LZ4_SUPPORT(); + NO_COMPRESSION_SUPPORT("lz4"); #endif return TOAST_LZ4_COMPRESSION; } diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c b/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c index ffd0c78f905..020d00cd01c 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c +++ b/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c @@ -142,11 +142,18 @@ void verify_compact_attribute(TupleDesc tupdesc, int attnum) { #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING - CompactAttribute *cattr = &tupdesc->compact_attrs[attnum]; + CompactAttribute cattr; Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum); CompactAttribute tmp; /* + * Make a temp copy of the TupleDesc's CompactAttribute. This may be a + * shared TupleDesc and the attcacheoff might get changed by another + * backend. + */ + memcpy(&cattr, &tupdesc->compact_attrs[attnum], sizeof(CompactAttribute)); + + /* * Populate the temporary CompactAttribute from the corresponding * Form_pg_attribute */ @@ -156,11 +163,11 @@ verify_compact_attribute(TupleDesc tupdesc, int attnum) * Make the attcacheoff match since it's been reset to -1 by * populate_compact_attribute_internal. Same with attnullability. */ - tmp.attcacheoff = cattr->attcacheoff; - tmp.attnullability = cattr->attnullability; + tmp.attcacheoff = cattr.attcacheoff; + tmp.attnullability = cattr.attnullability; /* Check the freshly populated CompactAttribute matches the TupleDesc's */ - Assert(memcmp(&tmp, cattr, sizeof(CompactAttribute)) == 0); + Assert(memcmp(&tmp, &cattr, sizeof(CompactAttribute)) == 0); #endif } diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/gistutil.c b/src/backend/access/gist/gistutil.c index a6b701943d3..c0aa7d0222f 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/gist/gistutil.c +++ b/src/backend/access/gist/gistutil.c @@ -1058,11 +1058,11 @@ gistGetFakeLSN(Relation rel) } /* - * This is a stratnum support function for GiST opclasses that use the - * RT*StrategyNumber constants. + * This is a stratnum translation support function for GiST opclasses that use + * the RT*StrategyNumber constants. */ Datum -gist_stratnum_common(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +gist_translate_cmptype_common(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) { CompareType cmptype = PG_GETARG_INT32(0); @@ -1090,9 +1090,9 @@ gist_stratnum_common(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) /* * Returns the opclass's private stratnum used for the given compare type. * - * Calls the opclass's GIST_STRATNUM_PROC support function, if any, - * and returns the result. - * Returns InvalidStrategy if the function is not defined. + * Calls the opclass's GIST_TRANSLATE_CMPTYPE_PROC support function, if any, + * and returns the result. Returns InvalidStrategy if the function is not + * defined. */ StrategyNumber gisttranslatecmptype(CompareType cmptype, Oid opfamily) @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ gisttranslatecmptype(CompareType cmptype, Oid opfamily) Datum result; /* Check whether the function is provided. */ - funcid = get_opfamily_proc(opfamily, ANYOID, ANYOID, GIST_STRATNUM_PROC); + funcid = get_opfamily_proc(opfamily, ANYOID, ANYOID, GIST_TRANSLATE_CMPTYPE_PROC); if (!OidIsValid(funcid)) return InvalidStrategy; diff --git a/src/backend/access/gist/gistvalidate.c b/src/backend/access/gist/gistvalidate.c index 2a49e6d20f0..2ed6f74fce9 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/gist/gistvalidate.c +++ b/src/backend/access/gist/gistvalidate.c @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ gistvalidate(Oid opclassoid) ok = check_amproc_signature(procform->amproc, VOIDOID, true, 1, 1, INTERNALOID); break; - case GIST_STRATNUM_PROC: + case GIST_TRANSLATE_CMPTYPE_PROC: ok = check_amproc_signature(procform->amproc, INT2OID, true, 1, 1, INT4OID) && procform->amproclefttype == ANYOID && @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ gistvalidate(Oid opclassoid) if (i == GIST_DISTANCE_PROC || i == GIST_FETCH_PROC || i == GIST_COMPRESS_PROC || i == GIST_DECOMPRESS_PROC || i == GIST_OPTIONS_PROC || i == GIST_SORTSUPPORT_PROC || - i == GIST_STRATNUM_PROC) + i == GIST_TRANSLATE_CMPTYPE_PROC) continue; /* optional methods */ ereport(INFO, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ gistadjustmembers(Oid opfamilyoid, case GIST_FETCH_PROC: case GIST_OPTIONS_PROC: case GIST_SORTSUPPORT_PROC: - case GIST_STRATNUM_PROC: + case GIST_TRANSLATE_CMPTYPE_PROC: /* Optional, so force it to be a soft family dependency */ op->ref_is_hard = false; op->ref_is_family = true; diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c index 9ec8cda1c68..0dcd6ee817e 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c @@ -213,6 +213,27 @@ static const int MultiXactStatusLock[MaxMultiXactStatus + 1] = #define TUPLOCK_from_mxstatus(status) \ (MultiXactStatusLock[(status)]) +/* + * Check that we have a valid snapshot if we might need TOAST access. + */ +static inline void +AssertHasSnapshotForToast(Relation rel) +{ +#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING + + /* bootstrap mode in particular breaks this rule */ + if (!IsNormalProcessingMode()) + return; + + /* if the relation doesn't have a TOAST table, we are good */ + if (!OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid)) + return; + + Assert(HaveRegisteredOrActiveSnapshot()); + +#endif /* USE_ASSERT_CHECKING */ +} + /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- * heap support routines * ---------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2066,6 +2087,8 @@ heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup, CommandId cid, Assert(HeapTupleHeaderGetNatts(tup->t_data) <= RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation)); + AssertHasSnapshotForToast(relation); + /* * Fill in tuple header fields and toast the tuple if necessary. * @@ -2343,6 +2366,8 @@ heap_multi_insert(Relation relation, TupleTableSlot **slots, int ntuples, /* currently not needed (thus unsupported) for heap_multi_insert() */ Assert(!(options & HEAP_INSERT_NO_LOGICAL)); + AssertHasSnapshotForToast(relation); + needwal = RelationNeedsWAL(relation); saveFreeSpace = RelationGetTargetPageFreeSpace(relation, HEAP_DEFAULT_FILLFACTOR); @@ -2765,6 +2790,8 @@ heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(tid)); + AssertHasSnapshotForToast(relation); + /* * Forbid this during a parallel operation, lest it allocate a combo CID. * Other workers might need that combo CID for visibility checks, and we @@ -3260,6 +3287,8 @@ heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup, Assert(HeapTupleHeaderGetNatts(newtup->t_data) <= RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation)); + AssertHasSnapshotForToast(relation); + /* * Forbid this during a parallel operation, lest it allocate a combo CID. * Other workers might need that combo CID for visibility checks, and we @@ -4953,7 +4982,7 @@ l3: case LockWaitError: if (!ConditionalMultiXactIdWait((MultiXactId) xwait, status, infomask, relation, - NULL, log_lock_failure)) + NULL, log_lock_failures)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_NOT_AVAILABLE), errmsg("could not obtain lock on row in relation \"%s\"", @@ -4991,7 +5020,7 @@ l3: } break; case LockWaitError: - if (!ConditionalXactLockTableWait(xwait, log_lock_failure)) + if (!ConditionalXactLockTableWait(xwait, log_lock_failures)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_NOT_AVAILABLE), errmsg("could not obtain lock on row in relation \"%s\"", @@ -5256,7 +5285,7 @@ heap_acquire_tuplock(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, LockTupleMode mode, break; case LockWaitError: - if (!ConditionalLockTupleTuplock(relation, tid, mode, log_lock_failure)) + if (!ConditionalLockTupleTuplock(relation, tid, mode, log_lock_failures)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_NOT_AVAILABLE), errmsg("could not obtain lock on row in relation \"%s\"", diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c index ac082fefa77..cb4bc35c93e 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ tuple_lock_retry: return TM_WouldBlock; break; case LockWaitError: - if (!ConditionalXactLockTableWait(SnapshotDirty.xmax, log_lock_failure)) + if (!ConditionalXactLockTableWait(SnapshotDirty.xmax, log_lock_failures)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_NOT_AVAILABLE), errmsg("could not obtain lock on row in relation \"%s\"", diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_xlog.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_xlog.c index 30f4c2d3c67..eb4bd3d6ae3 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_xlog.c +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_xlog.c @@ -438,6 +438,9 @@ heap_xlog_insert(XLogReaderState *record) ItemPointerSetBlockNumber(&target_tid, blkno); ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(&target_tid, xlrec->offnum); + /* No freezing in the heap_insert() code path */ + Assert(!(xlrec->flags & XLH_INSERT_ALL_FROZEN_SET)); + /* * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is * already up-to-date. @@ -508,10 +511,6 @@ heap_xlog_insert(XLogReaderState *record) if (xlrec->flags & XLH_INSERT_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) PageClearAllVisible(page); - /* XLH_INSERT_ALL_FROZEN_SET implies that all tuples are visible */ - if (xlrec->flags & XLH_INSERT_ALL_FROZEN_SET) - PageSetAllVisible(page); - MarkBufferDirty(buffer); } if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c b/src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c index f28326bad09..14036c27e87 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ typedef struct LVSavedErrInfo /* non-export function prototypes */ static void lazy_scan_heap(LVRelState *vacrel); static void heap_vacuum_eager_scan_setup(LVRelState *vacrel, - VacuumParams *params); + const VacuumParams params); static BlockNumber heap_vac_scan_next_block(ReadStream *stream, void *callback_private_data, void *per_buffer_data); @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ static void find_next_unskippable_block(LVRelState *vacrel, bool *skipsallvis); static bool lazy_scan_new_or_empty(LVRelState *vacrel, Buffer buf, BlockNumber blkno, Page page, bool sharelock, Buffer vmbuffer); -static void lazy_scan_prune(LVRelState *vacrel, Buffer buf, +static int lazy_scan_prune(LVRelState *vacrel, Buffer buf, BlockNumber blkno, Page page, Buffer vmbuffer, bool all_visible_according_to_vm, bool *has_lpdead_items, bool *vm_page_frozen); @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ static void restore_vacuum_error_info(LVRelState *vacrel, * vacuum options or for relfrozenxid/relminmxid advancement. */ static void -heap_vacuum_eager_scan_setup(LVRelState *vacrel, VacuumParams *params) +heap_vacuum_eager_scan_setup(LVRelState *vacrel, const VacuumParams params) { uint32 randseed; BlockNumber allvisible; @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ heap_vacuum_eager_scan_setup(LVRelState *vacrel, VacuumParams *params) vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_successes = 0; /* If eager scanning is explicitly disabled, just return. */ - if (params->max_eager_freeze_failure_rate == 0) + if (params.max_eager_freeze_failure_rate == 0) return; /* @@ -581,11 +581,11 @@ heap_vacuum_eager_scan_setup(LVRelState *vacrel, VacuumParams *params) vacrel->next_eager_scan_region_start = randseed % EAGER_SCAN_REGION_SIZE; - Assert(params->max_eager_freeze_failure_rate > 0 && - params->max_eager_freeze_failure_rate <= 1); + Assert(params.max_eager_freeze_failure_rate > 0 && + params.max_eager_freeze_failure_rate <= 1); vacrel->eager_scan_max_fails_per_region = - params->max_eager_freeze_failure_rate * + params.max_eager_freeze_failure_rate * EAGER_SCAN_REGION_SIZE; /* @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ heap_vacuum_eager_scan_setup(LVRelState *vacrel, VacuumParams *params) * and locked the relation. */ void -heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, +heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, const VacuumParams params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy) { LVRelState *vacrel; @@ -634,9 +634,9 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, ErrorContextCallback errcallback; char **indnames = NULL; - verbose = (params->options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) != 0; + verbose = (params.options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) != 0; instrument = (verbose || (AmAutoVacuumWorkerProcess() && - params->log_min_duration >= 0)); + params.log_min_duration >= 0)); if (instrument) { pg_rusage_init(&ru0); @@ -699,9 +699,9 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, * The truncate param allows user to avoid attempting relation truncation, * though it can't force truncation to happen. */ - Assert(params->index_cleanup != VACOPTVALUE_UNSPECIFIED); - Assert(params->truncate != VACOPTVALUE_UNSPECIFIED && - params->truncate != VACOPTVALUE_AUTO); + Assert(params.index_cleanup != VACOPTVALUE_UNSPECIFIED); + Assert(params.truncate != VACOPTVALUE_UNSPECIFIED && + params.truncate != VACOPTVALUE_AUTO); /* * While VacuumFailSafeActive is reset to false before calling this, we @@ -711,14 +711,14 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, vacrel->consider_bypass_optimization = true; vacrel->do_index_vacuuming = true; vacrel->do_index_cleanup = true; - vacrel->do_rel_truncate = (params->truncate != VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED); - if (params->index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED) + vacrel->do_rel_truncate = (params.truncate != VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED); + if (params.index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED) { /* Force disable index vacuuming up-front */ vacrel->do_index_vacuuming = false; vacrel->do_index_cleanup = false; } - else if (params->index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED) + else if (params.index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED) { /* Force index vacuuming. Note that failsafe can still bypass. */ vacrel->consider_bypass_optimization = false; @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, else { /* Default/auto, make all decisions dynamically */ - Assert(params->index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_AUTO); + Assert(params.index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_AUTO); } /* Initialize page counters explicitly (be tidy) */ @@ -757,7 +757,6 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, vacrel->vm_new_visible_pages = 0; vacrel->vm_new_visible_frozen_pages = 0; vacrel->vm_new_frozen_pages = 0; - vacrel->rel_pages = orig_rel_pages = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(rel); /* * Get cutoffs that determine which deleted tuples are considered DEAD, @@ -776,7 +775,9 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, * to increase the number of dead tuples it can prune away.) */ vacrel->aggressive = vacuum_get_cutoffs(rel, params, &vacrel->cutoffs); + vacrel->rel_pages = orig_rel_pages = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(rel); vacrel->vistest = GlobalVisTestFor(rel); + /* Initialize state used to track oldest extant XID/MXID */ vacrel->NewRelfrozenXid = vacrel->cutoffs.OldestXmin; vacrel->NewRelminMxid = vacrel->cutoffs.OldestMxact; @@ -788,7 +789,7 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, */ vacrel->skippedallvis = false; skipwithvm = true; - if (params->options & VACOPT_DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) + if (params.options & VACOPT_DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) { /* * Force aggressive mode, and disable skipping blocks using the @@ -829,7 +830,7 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, * is already dangerously old.) */ lazy_check_wraparound_failsafe(vacrel); - dead_items_alloc(vacrel, params->nworkers); + dead_items_alloc(vacrel, params.nworkers); /* * Call lazy_scan_heap to perform all required heap pruning, index @@ -946,9 +947,9 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, { TimestampTz endtime = GetCurrentTimestamp(); - if (verbose || params->log_min_duration == 0 || + if (verbose || params.log_min_duration == 0 || TimestampDifferenceExceeds(starttime, endtime, - params->log_min_duration)) + params.log_min_duration)) { long secs_dur; int usecs_dur; @@ -983,10 +984,10 @@ heap_vacuum_rel(Relation rel, VacuumParams *params, * Aggressiveness already reported earlier, in dedicated * VACUUM VERBOSE ereport */ - Assert(!params->is_wraparound); + Assert(!params.is_wraparound); msgfmt = _("finished vacuuming \"%s.%s.%s\": index scans: %d\n"); } - else if (params->is_wraparound) + else if (params.is_wraparound) { /* * While it's possible for a VACUUM to be both is_wraparound @@ -1244,6 +1245,7 @@ lazy_scan_heap(LVRelState *vacrel) Buffer buf; Page page; uint8 blk_info = 0; + int ndeleted = 0; bool has_lpdead_items; void *per_buffer_data = NULL; bool vm_page_frozen = false; @@ -1386,10 +1388,10 @@ lazy_scan_heap(LVRelState *vacrel) * line pointers previously marked LP_DEAD. */ if (got_cleanup_lock) - lazy_scan_prune(vacrel, buf, blkno, page, - vmbuffer, - blk_info & VAC_BLK_ALL_VISIBLE_ACCORDING_TO_VM, - &has_lpdead_items, &vm_page_frozen); + ndeleted = lazy_scan_prune(vacrel, buf, blkno, page, + vmbuffer, + blk_info & VAC_BLK_ALL_VISIBLE_ACCORDING_TO_VM, + &has_lpdead_items, &vm_page_frozen); /* * Count an eagerly scanned page as a failure or a success. @@ -1413,12 +1415,26 @@ lazy_scan_heap(LVRelState *vacrel) if (vm_page_frozen) { - Assert(vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_successes > 0); - vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_successes--; + if (vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_successes > 0) + vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_successes--; if (vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_successes == 0) { /* + * Report only once that we disabled eager scanning. We + * may eagerly read ahead blocks in excess of the success + * or failure caps before attempting to freeze them, so we + * could reach here even after disabling additional eager + * scanning. + */ + if (vacrel->eager_scan_max_fails_per_region > 0) + ereport(vacrel->verbose ? INFO : DEBUG2, + (errmsg("disabling eager scanning after freezing %u eagerly scanned blocks of relation \"%s.%s.%s\"", + orig_eager_scan_success_limit, + vacrel->dbname, vacrel->relnamespace, + vacrel->relname))); + + /* * If we hit our success cap, permanently disable eager * scanning by setting the other eager scan management * fields to their disabled values. @@ -1426,19 +1442,10 @@ lazy_scan_heap(LVRelState *vacrel) vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_fails = 0; vacrel->next_eager_scan_region_start = InvalidBlockNumber; vacrel->eager_scan_max_fails_per_region = 0; - - ereport(vacrel->verbose ? INFO : DEBUG2, - (errmsg("disabling eager scanning after freezing %u eagerly scanned blocks of \"%s.%s.%s\"", - orig_eager_scan_success_limit, - vacrel->dbname, vacrel->relnamespace, - vacrel->relname))); } } - else - { - Assert(vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_fails > 0); + else if (vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_fails > 0) vacrel->eager_scan_remaining_fails--; - } } /* @@ -1475,7 +1482,7 @@ lazy_scan_heap(LVRelState *vacrel) * table has indexes. There will only be newly-freed space if we * held the cleanup lock and lazy_scan_prune() was called. */ - if (got_cleanup_lock && vacrel->nindexes == 0 && has_lpdead_items && + if (got_cleanup_lock && vacrel->nindexes == 0 && ndeleted > 0 && blkno - next_fsm_block_to_vacuum >= VACUUM_FSM_EVERY_PAGES) { FreeSpaceMapVacuumRange(vacrel->rel, next_fsm_block_to_vacuum, @@ -1866,8 +1873,6 @@ lazy_scan_new_or_empty(LVRelState *vacrel, Buffer buf, BlockNumber blkno, */ if (!PageIsAllVisible(page)) { - uint8 old_vmbits; - START_CRIT_SECTION(); /* mark buffer dirty before writing a WAL record */ @@ -1887,24 +1892,16 @@ lazy_scan_new_or_empty(LVRelState *vacrel, Buffer buf, BlockNumber blkno, log_newpage_buffer(buf, true); PageSetAllVisible(page); - old_vmbits = visibilitymap_set(vacrel->rel, blkno, buf, - InvalidXLogRecPtr, - vmbuffer, InvalidTransactionId, - VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE | - VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN); + visibilitymap_set(vacrel->rel, blkno, buf, + InvalidXLogRecPtr, + vmbuffer, InvalidTransactionId, + VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE | + VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN); END_CRIT_SECTION(); - /* - * If the page wasn't already set all-visible and/or all-frozen in - * the VM, count it as newly set for logging. - */ - if ((old_vmbits & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE) == 0) - { - vacrel->vm_new_visible_pages++; - vacrel->vm_new_visible_frozen_pages++; - } - else if ((old_vmbits & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN) == 0) - vacrel->vm_new_frozen_pages++; + /* Count the newly all-frozen pages for logging */ + vacrel->vm_new_visible_pages++; + vacrel->vm_new_visible_frozen_pages++; } freespace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); @@ -1940,8 +1937,10 @@ cmpOffsetNumbers(const void *a, const void *b) * *vm_page_frozen is set to true if the page is newly set all-frozen in the * VM. The caller currently only uses this for determining whether an eagerly * scanned page was successfully set all-frozen. + * + * Returns the number of tuples deleted from the page during HOT pruning. */ -static void +static int lazy_scan_prune(LVRelState *vacrel, Buffer buf, BlockNumber blkno, @@ -2212,6 +2211,8 @@ lazy_scan_prune(LVRelState *vacrel, *vm_page_frozen = true; } } + + return presult.ndeleted; } /* @@ -2909,7 +2910,6 @@ lazy_vacuum_heap_page(LVRelState *vacrel, BlockNumber blkno, Buffer buffer, if (heap_page_is_all_visible(vacrel, buffer, &visibility_cutoff_xid, &all_frozen)) { - uint8 old_vmbits; uint8 flags = VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE; if (all_frozen) @@ -2919,25 +2919,15 @@ lazy_vacuum_heap_page(LVRelState *vacrel, BlockNumber blkno, Buffer buffer, } PageSetAllVisible(page); - old_vmbits = visibilitymap_set(vacrel->rel, blkno, buffer, - InvalidXLogRecPtr, - vmbuffer, visibility_cutoff_xid, - flags); - - /* - * If the page wasn't already set all-visible and/or all-frozen in the - * VM, count it as newly set for logging. - */ - if ((old_vmbits & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE) == 0) - { - vacrel->vm_new_visible_pages++; - if (all_frozen) - vacrel->vm_new_visible_frozen_pages++; - } + visibilitymap_set(vacrel->rel, blkno, buffer, + InvalidXLogRecPtr, + vmbuffer, visibility_cutoff_xid, + flags); - else if ((old_vmbits & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN) == 0 && - all_frozen) - vacrel->vm_new_frozen_pages++; + /* Count the newly set VM page for logging */ + vacrel->vm_new_visible_pages++; + if (all_frozen) + vacrel->vm_new_visible_frozen_pages++; } /* Revert to the previous phase information for error traceback */ diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpreprocesskeys.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpreprocesskeys.c index a136e4bbfdf..21c519cd108 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpreprocesskeys.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpreprocesskeys.c @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ #include "postgres.h" #include "access/nbtree.h" +#include "common/int.h" #include "lib/qunique.h" #include "utils/array.h" #include "utils/lsyscache.h" @@ -56,6 +57,8 @@ static void _bt_skiparray_strat_decrement(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey arraysk, BTArrayKeyInfo *array); static void _bt_skiparray_strat_increment(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey arraysk, BTArrayKeyInfo *array); +static void _bt_unmark_keys(IndexScanDesc scan, int *keyDataMap); +static int _bt_reorder_array_cmp(const void *a, const void *b); static ScanKey _bt_preprocess_array_keys(IndexScanDesc scan, int *new_numberOfKeys); static void _bt_preprocess_array_keys_final(IndexScanDesc scan, int *keyDataMap); static int _bt_num_array_keys(IndexScanDesc scan, Oid *skip_eq_ops_out, @@ -96,7 +99,7 @@ static int _bt_compare_array_elements(const void *a, const void *b, void *arg); * incomplete sets of cross-type operators, we may fail to detect redundant * or contradictory keys, but we can survive that.) * - * The output keys must be sorted by index attribute. Presently we expect + * Required output keys are sorted by index attribute. Presently we expect * (but verify) that the input keys are already so sorted --- this is done * by match_clauses_to_index() in indxpath.c. Some reordering of the keys * within each attribute may be done as a byproduct of the processing here. @@ -127,29 +130,36 @@ static int _bt_compare_array_elements(const void *a, const void *b, void *arg); * This has the potential to be much more efficient than a full index scan * (though it behaves like a full scan when there's many distinct "x" values). * - * If possible, redundant keys are eliminated: we keep only the tightest + * Typically, redundant keys are eliminated: we keep only the tightest * >/>= bound and the tightest </<= bound, and if there's an = key then * that's the only one returned. (So, we return either a single = key, * or one or two boundary-condition keys for each attr.) However, if we * cannot compare two keys for lack of a suitable cross-type operator, - * we cannot eliminate either. If there are two such keys of the same - * operator strategy, the second one is just pushed into the output array - * without further processing here. We may also emit both >/>= or both - * </<= keys if we can't compare them. The logic about required keys still - * works if we don't eliminate redundant keys. - * - * Note that one reason we need direction-sensitive required-key flags is - * precisely that we may not be able to eliminate redundant keys. Suppose - * we have "x > 4::int AND x > 10::bigint", and we are unable to determine - * which key is more restrictive for lack of a suitable cross-type operator. - * _bt_first will arbitrarily pick one of the keys to do the initial - * positioning with. If it picks x > 4, then the x > 10 condition will fail - * until we reach index entries > 10; but we can't stop the scan just because - * x > 10 is failing. On the other hand, if we are scanning backwards, then - * failure of either key is indeed enough to stop the scan. (In general, when - * inequality keys are present, the initial-positioning code only promises to - * position before the first possible match, not exactly at the first match, - * for a forward scan; or after the last match for a backward scan.) + * we cannot eliminate either key. + * + * When all redundant keys could not be eliminated, we'll output a key array + * that can more or less be treated as if it had no redundant keys. Suppose + * we have "x > 4::int AND x > 10::bigint AND x < 70", and we are unable to + * determine which > key is more restrictive for lack of a suitable cross-type + * operator. We'll arbitrarily pick one of the > keys; the other > key won't + * be marked required. Obviously, the scan will be less efficient if we + * choose x > 4 over x > 10 -- but it can still largely proceed as if there + * was only a single > condition. "x > 10" will be placed at the end of the + * so->keyData[] output array. It'll always be evaluated last, after the keys + * that could be marked required in the usual way (after "x > 4 AND x < 70"). + * This can sometimes result in so->keyData[] keys that aren't even in index + * attribute order (if the qual involves multiple attributes). The scan's + * required keys will still be in attribute order, though, so it can't matter. + * + * This scheme ensures that _bt_first always uses the same set of keys at the + * start of a forwards scan as those _bt_checkkeys uses to determine when to + * end a similar backwards scan (and vice-versa). _bt_advance_array_keys + * depends on this: it expects to be able to reliably predict what the next + * _bt_first call will do by testing whether _bt_checkkeys' routines report + * that the final tuple on the page is past the end of matches for the scan's + * keys with the scan direction flipped. If it is (if continuescan=false), + * then it follows that calling _bt_first will, at a minimum, relocate the + * scan to the very next leaf page (in the current scan direction). * * As a byproduct of this work, we can detect contradictory quals such * as "x = 1 AND x > 2". If we see that, we return so->qual_ok = false, @@ -188,7 +198,8 @@ _bt_preprocess_keys(IndexScanDesc scan) int numberOfEqualCols; ScanKey inkeys; BTScanKeyPreproc xform[BTMaxStrategyNumber]; - bool test_result; + bool test_result, + redundant_key_kept = false; AttrNumber attno; ScanKey arrayKeyData; int *keyDataMap = NULL; @@ -388,7 +399,8 @@ _bt_preprocess_keys(IndexScanDesc scan) xform[j].inkey = NULL; xform[j].inkeyi = -1; } - /* else, cannot determine redundancy, keep both keys */ + else + redundant_key_kept = true; } /* track number of attrs for which we have "=" keys */ numberOfEqualCols++; @@ -409,6 +421,8 @@ _bt_preprocess_keys(IndexScanDesc scan) else xform[BTLessStrategyNumber - 1].inkey = NULL; } + else + redundant_key_kept = true; } /* try to keep only one of >, >= */ @@ -426,6 +440,8 @@ _bt_preprocess_keys(IndexScanDesc scan) else xform[BTGreaterStrategyNumber - 1].inkey = NULL; } + else + redundant_key_kept = true; } /* @@ -466,25 +482,6 @@ _bt_preprocess_keys(IndexScanDesc scan) /* check strategy this key's operator corresponds to */ j = inkey->sk_strategy - 1; - /* if row comparison, push it directly to the output array */ - if (inkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_HEADER) - { - ScanKey outkey = &so->keyData[new_numberOfKeys++]; - - memcpy(outkey, inkey, sizeof(ScanKeyData)); - if (arrayKeyData) - keyDataMap[new_numberOfKeys - 1] = i; - if (numberOfEqualCols == attno - 1) - _bt_mark_scankey_required(outkey); - - /* - * We don't support RowCompare using equality; such a qual would - * mess up the numberOfEqualCols tracking. - */ - Assert(j != (BTEqualStrategyNumber - 1)); - continue; - } - if (inkey->sk_strategy == BTEqualStrategyNumber && (inkey->sk_flags & SK_SEARCHARRAY)) { @@ -593,9 +590,8 @@ _bt_preprocess_keys(IndexScanDesc scan) * the new scan key. * * Note: We do things this way around so that our arrays are - * always in the same order as their corresponding scan keys, - * even with incomplete opfamilies. _bt_advance_array_keys - * depends on this. + * always in the same order as their corresponding scan keys. + * _bt_preprocess_array_keys_final expects this. */ ScanKey outkey = &so->keyData[new_numberOfKeys++]; @@ -607,6 +603,7 @@ _bt_preprocess_keys(IndexScanDesc scan) xform[j].inkey = inkey; xform[j].inkeyi = i; xform[j].arrayidx = arrayidx; + redundant_key_kept = true; } } } @@ -622,6 +619,15 @@ _bt_preprocess_keys(IndexScanDesc scan) if (arrayKeyData) _bt_preprocess_array_keys_final(scan, keyDataMap); + /* + * If there are remaining redundant inequality keys, we must make sure + * that each index attribute has no more than one required >/>= key, and + * no more than one required </<= key. Attributes that have one or more + * required = keys now must keep only one required key (the first = key). + */ + if (unlikely(redundant_key_kept) && so->qual_ok) + _bt_unmark_keys(scan, keyDataMap); + /* Could pfree arrayKeyData/keyDataMap now, but not worth the cycles */ } @@ -746,9 +752,12 @@ _bt_fix_scankey_strategy(ScanKey skey, int16 *indoption) * * Depending on the operator type, the key may be required for both scan * directions or just one. Also, if the key is a row comparison header, - * we have to mark its first subsidiary ScanKey as required. (Subsequent - * subsidiary ScanKeys are normally for lower-order columns, and thus - * cannot be required, since they're after the first non-equality scankey.) + * we have to mark the appropriate subsidiary ScanKeys as required. In such + * cases, the first subsidiary key is required, but subsequent ones are + * required only as long as they correspond to successive index columns and + * match the leading column as to sort direction. Otherwise the row + * comparison ordering is different from the index ordering and so we can't + * stop the scan on the basis of those lower-order columns. * * Note: when we set required-key flag bits in a subsidiary scankey, we are * scribbling on a data structure belonging to the index AM's caller, not on @@ -786,12 +795,25 @@ _bt_mark_scankey_required(ScanKey skey) if (skey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_HEADER) { ScanKey subkey = (ScanKey) DatumGetPointer(skey->sk_argument); + AttrNumber attno = skey->sk_attno; /* First subkey should be same column/operator as the header */ - Assert(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_MEMBER); - Assert(subkey->sk_attno == skey->sk_attno); + Assert(subkey->sk_attno == attno); Assert(subkey->sk_strategy == skey->sk_strategy); - subkey->sk_flags |= addflags; + + for (;;) + { + Assert(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_MEMBER); + if (subkey->sk_attno != attno) + break; /* non-adjacent key, so not required */ + if (subkey->sk_strategy != skey->sk_strategy) + break; /* wrong direction, so not required */ + subkey->sk_flags |= addflags; + if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_END) + break; + subkey++; + attno++; + } } } @@ -847,8 +869,7 @@ _bt_compare_scankey_args(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey op, cmp_op; StrategyNumber strat; - Assert(!((leftarg->sk_flags | rightarg->sk_flags) & - (SK_ROW_HEADER | SK_ROW_MEMBER))); + Assert(!((leftarg->sk_flags | rightarg->sk_flags) & SK_ROW_MEMBER)); /* * First, deal with cases where one or both args are NULL. This should @@ -925,6 +946,16 @@ _bt_compare_scankey_args(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey op, } /* + * We don't yet know how to determine redundancy when it involves a row + * compare key (barring simple cases involving IS NULL/IS NOT NULL) + */ + if ((leftarg->sk_flags | rightarg->sk_flags) & SK_ROW_HEADER) + { + Assert(!((leftarg->sk_flags | rightarg->sk_flags) & SK_BT_SKIP)); + return false; + } + + /* * If either leftarg or rightarg are equality-type array scankeys, we need * specialized handling (since by now we know that IS NULL wasn't used) */ @@ -1468,6 +1499,283 @@ _bt_skiparray_strat_increment(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey arraysk, } /* + * _bt_unmark_keys() -- make superfluous required keys nonrequired after all + * + * When _bt_preprocess_keys fails to eliminate one or more redundant keys, it + * calls here to make sure that no index attribute has more than one > or >= + * key marked required, and no more than one required < or <= key. Attributes + * with = keys will always get one = key as their required key. All other + * keys that were initially marked required get "unmarked" here. That way, + * _bt_first and _bt_checkkeys will reliably agree on which keys to use to + * start and/or to end the scan. + * + * We also relocate keys that become/started out nonrequired to the end of + * so->keyData[]. That way, _bt_first and _bt_checkkeys cannot fail to reach + * a required key due to some earlier nonrequired key getting in the way. + * + * Only call here when _bt_compare_scankey_args returned false at least once + * (otherwise, calling here will just waste cycles). + */ +static void +_bt_unmark_keys(IndexScanDesc scan, int *keyDataMap) +{ + BTScanOpaque so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque; + AttrNumber attno; + bool *unmarkikey; + int nunmark, + nunmarked, + nkept, + firsti; + ScanKey keepKeys, + unmarkKeys; + FmgrInfo *keepOrderProcs = NULL, + *unmarkOrderProcs = NULL; + bool haveReqEquals, + haveReqForward, + haveReqBackward; + + /* + * Do an initial pass over so->keyData[] that determines which keys to + * keep as required. We expect so->keyData[] to still be in attribute + * order when we're called (though we don't expect any particular order + * among each attribute's keys). + * + * When both equality and inequality keys remain on a single attribute, we + * *must* make sure that exactly one of the equalities remains required. + * Any requiredness markings that we might leave on later keys/attributes + * are predicated on there being required = keys on all prior columns. + */ + unmarkikey = palloc0(so->numberOfKeys * sizeof(bool)); + nunmark = 0; + + /* Set things up for first key's attribute */ + attno = so->keyData[0].sk_attno; + firsti = 0; + haveReqEquals = false; + haveReqForward = false; + haveReqBackward = false; + for (int i = 0; i < so->numberOfKeys; i++) + { + ScanKey origkey = &so->keyData[i]; + + if (origkey->sk_attno != attno) + { + /* Reset for next attribute */ + attno = origkey->sk_attno; + firsti = i; + + haveReqEquals = false; + haveReqForward = false; + haveReqBackward = false; + } + + /* Equalities get priority over inequalities */ + if (haveReqEquals) + { + /* + * We already found the first "=" key for this attribute. We've + * already decided that all its other keys will be unmarked. + */ + Assert(!(origkey->sk_flags & SK_SEARCHNULL)); + unmarkikey[i] = true; + nunmark++; + continue; + } + else if ((origkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQFWD) && + (origkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQBKWD)) + { + /* + * Found the first "=" key for attno. All other attno keys will + * be unmarked. + */ + Assert(origkey->sk_strategy == BTEqualStrategyNumber); + + haveReqEquals = true; + for (int j = firsti; j < i; j++) + { + /* Unmark any prior inequality keys on attno after all */ + if (!unmarkikey[j]) + { + unmarkikey[j] = true; + nunmark++; + } + } + continue; + } + + /* Deal with inequalities next */ + if ((origkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQFWD) && !haveReqForward) + { + haveReqForward = true; + continue; + } + else if ((origkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQBKWD) && !haveReqBackward) + { + haveReqBackward = true; + continue; + } + + /* + * We have either a redundant inequality key that will be unmarked, or + * we have a key that wasn't marked required in the first place + */ + unmarkikey[i] = true; + nunmark++; + } + + /* Should only be called when _bt_compare_scankey_args reported failure */ + Assert(nunmark > 0); + + /* + * Next, allocate temp arrays: one for required keys that'll remain + * required, the other for all remaining keys + */ + unmarkKeys = palloc(nunmark * sizeof(ScanKeyData)); + keepKeys = palloc((so->numberOfKeys - nunmark) * sizeof(ScanKeyData)); + nunmarked = 0; + nkept = 0; + if (so->numArrayKeys) + { + unmarkOrderProcs = palloc(nunmark * sizeof(FmgrInfo)); + keepOrderProcs = palloc((so->numberOfKeys - nunmark) * sizeof(FmgrInfo)); + } + + /* + * Next, copy the contents of so->keyData[] into the appropriate temp + * array. + * + * Scans with = array keys need us to maintain invariants around the order + * of so->orderProcs[] and so->arrayKeys[] relative to so->keyData[]. See + * _bt_preprocess_array_keys_final for a full explanation. + */ + for (int i = 0; i < so->numberOfKeys; i++) + { + ScanKey origkey = &so->keyData[i]; + ScanKey unmark; + + if (!unmarkikey[i]) + { + /* + * Key gets to keep its original requiredness markings. + * + * Key will stay in its original position, unless we're going to + * unmark an earlier key (in which case this key gets moved back). + */ + memcpy(keepKeys + nkept, origkey, sizeof(ScanKeyData)); + + if (so->numArrayKeys) + { + keyDataMap[i] = nkept; + memcpy(keepOrderProcs + nkept, &so->orderProcs[i], + sizeof(FmgrInfo)); + } + + nkept++; + continue; + } + + /* + * Key will be unmarked as needed, and moved to the end of the array, + * next to other keys that will become (or always were) nonrequired + */ + unmark = unmarkKeys + nunmarked; + memcpy(unmark, origkey, sizeof(ScanKeyData)); + + if (so->numArrayKeys) + { + keyDataMap[i] = (so->numberOfKeys - nunmark) + nunmarked; + memcpy(&unmarkOrderProcs[nunmarked], &so->orderProcs[i], + sizeof(FmgrInfo)); + } + + /* + * Preprocessing only generates skip arrays when it knows that they'll + * be the only required = key on the attr. We'll never unmark them. + */ + Assert(!(unmark->sk_flags & SK_BT_SKIP)); + + /* + * Also shouldn't have to unmark an IS NULL or an IS NOT NULL key. + * They aren't cross-type, so an incomplete opfamily can't matter. + */ + Assert(!(unmark->sk_flags & SK_ISNULL) || + !(unmark->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD))); + + /* Clear requiredness flags on redundant key (and on any subkeys) */ + unmark->sk_flags &= ~(SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD); + if (unmark->sk_flags & SK_ROW_HEADER) + { + ScanKey subkey = (ScanKey) DatumGetPointer(unmark->sk_argument); + + Assert(subkey->sk_strategy == unmark->sk_strategy); + for (;;) + { + Assert(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_MEMBER); + subkey->sk_flags &= ~(SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD); + if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_END) + break; + subkey++; + } + } + + nunmarked++; + } + + /* Copy both temp arrays back into so->keyData[] to reorder */ + Assert(nkept == so->numberOfKeys - nunmark); + Assert(nunmarked == nunmark); + memcpy(so->keyData, keepKeys, sizeof(ScanKeyData) * nkept); + memcpy(so->keyData + nkept, unmarkKeys, sizeof(ScanKeyData) * nunmarked); + + /* Done with temp arrays */ + pfree(unmarkikey); + pfree(keepKeys); + pfree(unmarkKeys); + + /* + * Now copy so->orderProcs[] temp entries needed by scans with = array + * keys back (just like with the so->keyData[] temp arrays) + */ + if (so->numArrayKeys) + { + memcpy(so->orderProcs, keepOrderProcs, sizeof(FmgrInfo) * nkept); + memcpy(so->orderProcs + nkept, unmarkOrderProcs, + sizeof(FmgrInfo) * nunmarked); + + /* Also fix-up array->scan_key references */ + for (int arridx = 0; arridx < so->numArrayKeys; arridx++) + { + BTArrayKeyInfo *array = &so->arrayKeys[arridx]; + + array->scan_key = keyDataMap[array->scan_key]; + } + + /* + * Sort so->arrayKeys[] based on its new BTArrayKeyInfo.scan_key + * offsets, so that its order matches so->keyData[] order as expected + */ + qsort(so->arrayKeys, so->numArrayKeys, sizeof(BTArrayKeyInfo), + _bt_reorder_array_cmp); + + /* Done with temp arrays */ + pfree(unmarkOrderProcs); + pfree(keepOrderProcs); + } +} + +/* + * qsort comparator for reordering so->arrayKeys[] BTArrayKeyInfo entries + */ +static int +_bt_reorder_array_cmp(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + BTArrayKeyInfo *arraya = (BTArrayKeyInfo *) a; + BTArrayKeyInfo *arrayb = (BTArrayKeyInfo *) b; + + return pg_cmp_s32(arraya->scan_key, arrayb->scan_key); +} + +/* * _bt_preprocess_array_keys() -- Preprocess SK_SEARCHARRAY scan keys * * If there are any SK_SEARCHARRAY scan keys, deconstruct the array(s) and diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c index 765659887af..fdff960c130 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c @@ -228,6 +228,8 @@ btgettuple(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) BTScanOpaque so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque; bool res; + Assert(scan->heapRelation != NULL); + /* btree indexes are never lossy */ scan->xs_recheck = false; @@ -289,6 +291,8 @@ btgetbitmap(IndexScanDesc scan, TIDBitmap *tbm) int64 ntids = 0; ItemPointer heapTid; + Assert(scan->heapRelation == NULL); + /* Each loop iteration performs another primitive index scan */ do { @@ -393,6 +397,34 @@ btrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanKey scankey, int nscankeys, BTScanPosInvalidate(so->currPos); } + /* + * We prefer to eagerly drop leaf page pins before btgettuple returns. + * This avoids making VACUUM wait to acquire a cleanup lock on the page. + * + * We cannot safely drop leaf page pins during index-only scans due to a + * race condition involving VACUUM setting pages all-visible in the VM. + * It's also unsafe for plain index scans that use a non-MVCC snapshot. + * + * When we drop pins eagerly, the mechanism that marks so->killedItems[] + * index tuples LP_DEAD has to deal with concurrent TID recycling races. + * The scheme used to detect unsafe TID recycling won't work when scanning + * unlogged relations (since it involves saving an affected page's LSN). + * Opt out of eager pin dropping during unlogged relation scans for now + * (this is preferable to opting out of kill_prior_tuple LP_DEAD setting). + * + * Also opt out of dropping leaf page pins eagerly during bitmap scans. + * Pins cannot be held for more than an instant during bitmap scans either + * way, so we might as well avoid wasting cycles on acquiring page LSNs. + * + * See nbtree/README section on making concurrent TID recycling safe. + * + * Note: so->dropPin should never change across rescans. + */ + so->dropPin = (!scan->xs_want_itup && + IsMVCCSnapshot(scan->xs_snapshot) && + RelationNeedsWAL(scan->indexRelation) && + scan->heapRelation != NULL); + so->markItemIndex = -1; so->needPrimScan = false; so->scanBehind = false; diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c index fe9a3886913..d69798795b4 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "utils/rel.h" -static void _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin(IndexScanDesc scan, BTScanPos sp); +static inline void _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin(Relation rel, BTScanOpaque so); static Buffer _bt_moveright(Relation rel, Relation heaprel, BTScanInsert key, Buffer buf, bool forupdate, BTStack stack, int access); @@ -57,24 +57,29 @@ static bool _bt_endpoint(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir); /* * _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin() * - * Unlock the buffer; and if it is safe to release the pin, do that, too. - * This will prevent vacuum from stalling in a blocked state trying to read a - * page when a cursor is sitting on it. - * - * See nbtree/README section on making concurrent TID recycling safe. + * Unlock so->currPos.buf. If scan is so->dropPin, drop the pin, too. + * Dropping the pin prevents VACUUM from blocking on acquiring a cleanup lock. */ -static void -_bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin(IndexScanDesc scan, BTScanPos sp) +static inline void +_bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin(Relation rel, BTScanOpaque so) { - _bt_unlockbuf(scan->indexRelation, sp->buf); - - if (IsMVCCSnapshot(scan->xs_snapshot) && - RelationNeedsWAL(scan->indexRelation) && - !scan->xs_want_itup) + if (!so->dropPin) { - ReleaseBuffer(sp->buf); - sp->buf = InvalidBuffer; + /* Just drop the lock (not the pin) */ + _bt_unlockbuf(rel, so->currPos.buf); + return; } + + /* + * Drop both the lock and the pin. + * + * Have to set so->currPos.lsn so that _bt_killitems has a way to detect + * when concurrent heap TID recycling by VACUUM might have taken place. + */ + Assert(RelationNeedsWAL(rel)); + so->currPos.lsn = BufferGetLSNAtomic(so->currPos.buf); + _bt_relbuf(rel, so->currPos.buf); + so->currPos.buf = InvalidBuffer; } /* @@ -866,8 +871,8 @@ _bt_compare(Relation rel, * if backwards scan, the last item) in the tree that satisfies the * qualifications in the scan key. On success exit, data about the * matching tuple(s) on the page has been loaded into so->currPos. We'll - * drop all locks and hold onto a pin on page's buffer, except when - * _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin dropped the pin to avoid blocking VACUUM. + * drop all locks and hold onto a pin on page's buffer, except during + * so->dropPin scans, when we drop both the lock and the pin. * _bt_returnitem sets the next item to return to scan on success exit. * * If there are no matching items in the index, we return false, with no @@ -887,9 +892,9 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) OffsetNumber offnum; BTScanInsertData inskey; ScanKey startKeys[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; - ScanKeyData notnullkeys[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; + ScanKeyData notnullkey; int keysz = 0; - StrategyNumber strat_total; + StrategyNumber strat_total = InvalidStrategy; BlockNumber blkno = InvalidBlockNumber, lastcurrblkno; @@ -955,46 +960,51 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) /*---------- * Examine the scan keys to discover where we need to start the scan. + * The selected scan keys (at most one per index column) are remembered by + * storing their addresses into the local startKeys[] array. The final + * startKeys[] entry's strategy is set in strat_total. (Actually, there + * are a couple of cases where we force a less/more restrictive strategy.) * - * We want to identify the keys that can be used as starting boundaries; - * these are =, >, or >= keys for a forward scan or =, <, <= keys for - * a backwards scan. We can use keys for multiple attributes so long as - * the prior attributes had only =, >= (resp. =, <=) keys. Once we accept - * a > or < boundary or find an attribute with no boundary (which can be - * thought of as the same as "> -infinity"), we can't use keys for any - * attributes to its right, because it would break our simplistic notion - * of what initial positioning strategy to use. + * We must use the key that was marked required (in the direction opposite + * our own scan's) during preprocessing. Each index attribute can only + * have one such required key. In general, the keys that we use to find + * an initial position when scanning forwards are the same keys that end + * the scan on the leaf level when scanning backwards (and vice-versa). * * When the scan keys include cross-type operators, _bt_preprocess_keys - * may not be able to eliminate redundant keys; in such cases we will - * arbitrarily pick a usable one for each attribute. This is correct - * but possibly not optimal behavior. (For example, with keys like - * "x >= 4 AND x >= 5" we would elect to scan starting at x=4 when - * x=5 would be more efficient.) Since the situation only arises given - * a poorly-worded query plus an incomplete opfamily, live with it. + * may not be able to eliminate redundant keys; in such cases it will + * arbitrarily pick a usable key for each attribute (and scan direction), + * ensuring that there is no more than one key required in each direction. + * We stop considering further keys once we reach the first nonrequired + * key (which must come after all required keys), so this can't affect us. + * + * The required keys that we use as starting boundaries have to be =, >, + * or >= keys for a forward scan or =, <, <= keys for a backwards scan. + * We can use keys for multiple attributes so long as the prior attributes + * had only =, >= (resp. =, <=) keys. These rules are very similar to the + * rules that preprocessing used to determine which keys to mark required. + * We cannot always use every required key as a positioning key, though. + * Skip arrays necessitate independently applying our own rules here. + * Skip arrays are always generally considered = array keys, but we'll + * nevertheless treat them as inequalities at certain points of the scan. + * When that happens, it _might_ have implications for the number of + * required keys that we can safely use for initial positioning purposes. * - * When both equality and inequality keys appear for a single attribute - * (again, only possible when cross-type operators appear), we *must* - * select one of the equality keys for the starting point, because - * _bt_checkkeys() will stop the scan as soon as an equality qual fails. - * For example, if we have keys like "x >= 4 AND x = 10" and we elect to - * start at x=4, we will fail and stop before reaching x=10. If multiple - * equality quals survive preprocessing, however, it doesn't matter which - * one we use --- by definition, they are either redundant or - * contradictory. + * For example, a forward scan with a skip array on its leading attribute + * (with no low_compare/high_compare) will have at least two required scan + * keys, but we won't use any of them as boundary keys during the scan's + * initial call here. Our positioning key during the first call here can + * be thought of as representing "> -infinity". Similarly, if such a skip + * array's low_compare is "a > 'foo'", then we position using "a > 'foo'" + * during the scan's initial call here; a lower-order key such as "b = 42" + * can't be used until the "a" array advances beyond MINVAL/low_compare. * - * In practice we rarely see any "attribute boundary key gaps" here. - * Preprocessing can usually backfill skip array keys for any attributes - * that were omitted from the original scan->keyData[] input keys. All - * array keys are always considered = keys, but we'll sometimes need to - * treat the current key value as if we were using an inequality strategy. - * This happens with range skip arrays, which store inequality keys in the - * array's low_compare/high_compare fields (used to find the first/last - * set of matches, when = key will lack a usable sk_argument value). - * These are always preferred over any redundant "standard" inequality - * keys on the same column (per the usual rule about preferring = keys). - * Note also that any column with an = skip array key can never have an - * additional, contradictory = key. + * On the other hand, if such a skip array's low_compare was "a >= 'foo'", + * then we _can_ use "a >= 'foo' AND b = 42" during the initial call here. + * A subsequent call here might have us use "a = 'fop' AND b = 42". Note + * that we treat = and >= as equivalent when scanning forwards (just as we + * treat = and <= as equivalent when scanning backwards). We effectively + * do the same thing (though with a distinct "a" element/value) each time. * * All keys (with the exception of SK_SEARCHNULL keys and SK_BT_SKIP * array keys whose array is "null_elem=true") imply a NOT NULL qualifier. @@ -1006,41 +1016,38 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) * traversing a lot of null entries at the start of the scan. * * In this loop, row-comparison keys are treated the same as keys on their - * first (leftmost) columns. We'll add on lower-order columns of the row - * comparison below, if possible. + * first (leftmost) columns. We'll add all lower-order columns of the row + * comparison that were marked required during preprocessing below. * - * The selected scan keys (at most one per index column) are remembered by - * storing their addresses into the local startKeys[] array. - * - * _bt_checkkeys/_bt_advance_array_keys decide whether and when to start - * the next primitive index scan (for scans with array keys) based in part - * on an understanding of how it'll enable us to reposition the scan. - * They're directly aware of how we'll sometimes cons up an explicit - * SK_SEARCHNOTNULL key. They'll even end primitive scans by applying a - * symmetric "deduce NOT NULL" rule of their own. This allows top-level - * scans to skip large groups of NULLs through repeated deductions about - * key strictness (for a required inequality key) and whether NULLs in the - * key's index column are stored last or first (relative to non-NULLs). + * _bt_advance_array_keys needs to know exactly how we'll reposition the + * scan (should it opt to schedule another primitive index scan). It is + * critical that primscans only be scheduled when they'll definitely make + * some useful progress. _bt_advance_array_keys does this by calling + * _bt_checkkeys routines that report whether a tuple is past the end of + * matches for the scan's keys (given the scan's current array elements). + * If the page's final tuple is "after the end of matches" for a scan that + * uses the *opposite* scan direction, then it must follow that it's also + * "before the start of matches" for the actual current scan direction. + * It is therefore essential that all of our initial positioning rules are + * symmetric with _bt_checkkeys's corresponding continuescan=false rule. * If you update anything here, _bt_checkkeys/_bt_advance_array_keys might * need to be kept in sync. *---------- */ - strat_total = BTEqualStrategyNumber; if (so->numberOfKeys > 0) { AttrNumber curattr; - ScanKey chosen; + ScanKey bkey; ScanKey impliesNN; ScanKey cur; /* - * chosen is the so-far-chosen key for the current attribute, if any. - * We don't cast the decision in stone until we reach keys for the - * next attribute. + * bkey will be set to the key that preprocessing left behind as the + * boundary key for this attribute, in this scan direction (if any) */ cur = so->keyData; curattr = 1; - chosen = NULL; + bkey = NULL; /* Also remember any scankey that implies a NOT NULL constraint */ impliesNN = NULL; @@ -1053,23 +1060,29 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) { if (i >= so->numberOfKeys || cur->sk_attno != curattr) { + /* Done looking for the curattr boundary key */ + Assert(bkey == NULL || + (bkey->sk_attno == curattr && + (bkey->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD)))); + Assert(impliesNN == NULL || + (impliesNN->sk_attno == curattr && + (impliesNN->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD)))); + /* - * Done looking at keys for curattr. - * * If this is a scan key for a skip array whose current * element is MINVAL, choose low_compare (when scanning * backwards it'll be MAXVAL, and we'll choose high_compare). * - * Note: if the array's low_compare key makes 'chosen' NULL, + * Note: if the array's low_compare key makes 'bkey' NULL, * then we behave as if the array's first element is -inf, * except when !array->null_elem implies a usable NOT NULL * constraint. */ - if (chosen != NULL && - (chosen->sk_flags & (SK_BT_MINVAL | SK_BT_MAXVAL))) + if (bkey != NULL && + (bkey->sk_flags & (SK_BT_MINVAL | SK_BT_MAXVAL))) { - int ikey = chosen - so->keyData; - ScanKey skipequalitykey = chosen; + int ikey = bkey - so->keyData; + ScanKey skipequalitykey = bkey; BTArrayKeyInfo *array = NULL; for (int arridx = 0; arridx < so->numArrayKeys; arridx++) @@ -1082,42 +1095,41 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) if (ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) { Assert(!(skipequalitykey->sk_flags & SK_BT_MAXVAL)); - chosen = array->low_compare; + bkey = array->low_compare; } else { Assert(!(skipequalitykey->sk_flags & SK_BT_MINVAL)); - chosen = array->high_compare; + bkey = array->high_compare; } - Assert(chosen == NULL || - chosen->sk_attno == skipequalitykey->sk_attno); + Assert(bkey == NULL || + bkey->sk_attno == skipequalitykey->sk_attno); if (!array->null_elem) impliesNN = skipequalitykey; else - Assert(chosen == NULL && impliesNN == NULL); + Assert(bkey == NULL && impliesNN == NULL); } /* * If we didn't find a usable boundary key, see if we can * deduce a NOT NULL key */ - if (chosen == NULL && impliesNN != NULL && + if (bkey == NULL && impliesNN != NULL && ((impliesNN->sk_flags & SK_BT_NULLS_FIRST) ? ScanDirectionIsForward(dir) : ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir))) { - /* Yes, so build the key in notnullkeys[keysz] */ - chosen = ¬nullkeys[keysz]; - ScanKeyEntryInitialize(chosen, + /* Final startKeys[] entry will be deduced NOT NULL key */ + bkey = ¬nullkey; + ScanKeyEntryInitialize(bkey, (SK_SEARCHNOTNULL | SK_ISNULL | (impliesNN->sk_flags & (SK_BT_DESC | SK_BT_NULLS_FIRST))), curattr, - ((impliesNN->sk_flags & SK_BT_NULLS_FIRST) ? - BTGreaterStrategyNumber : - BTLessStrategyNumber), + ScanDirectionIsForward(dir) ? + BTGreaterStrategyNumber : BTLessStrategyNumber, InvalidOid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid, @@ -1125,12 +1137,12 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) } /* - * If we still didn't find a usable boundary key, quit; else - * save the boundary key pointer in startKeys. + * If preprocessing didn't leave a usable boundary key, quit; + * else save the boundary key pointer in startKeys[] */ - if (chosen == NULL) + if (bkey == NULL) break; - startKeys[keysz++] = chosen; + startKeys[keysz++] = bkey; /* * We can only consider adding more boundary keys when the one @@ -1138,7 +1150,7 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) * (during backwards scans we can only do so when the key that * we just added to startKeys[] uses the = or <= strategy) */ - strat_total = chosen->sk_strategy; + strat_total = bkey->sk_strategy; if (strat_total == BTGreaterStrategyNumber || strat_total == BTLessStrategyNumber) break; @@ -1149,19 +1161,19 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) * make strat_total > or < (and stop adding boundary keys). * This can only happen with opclasses that lack skip support. */ - if (chosen->sk_flags & (SK_BT_NEXT | SK_BT_PRIOR)) + if (bkey->sk_flags & (SK_BT_NEXT | SK_BT_PRIOR)) { - Assert(chosen->sk_flags & SK_BT_SKIP); + Assert(bkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_SKIP); Assert(strat_total == BTEqualStrategyNumber); if (ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) { - Assert(!(chosen->sk_flags & SK_BT_PRIOR)); + Assert(!(bkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_PRIOR)); strat_total = BTGreaterStrategyNumber; } else { - Assert(!(chosen->sk_flags & SK_BT_NEXT)); + Assert(!(bkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_NEXT)); strat_total = BTLessStrategyNumber; } @@ -1175,24 +1187,30 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) /* * Done if that was the last scan key output by preprocessing. - * Also done if there is a gap index attribute that lacks a - * usable key (only possible when preprocessing was unable to - * generate a skip array key to "fill in the gap"). + * Also done if we've now examined all keys marked required. */ if (i >= so->numberOfKeys || - cur->sk_attno != curattr + 1) + !(cur->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD))) break; /* * Reset for next attr. */ + Assert(cur->sk_attno == curattr + 1); curattr = cur->sk_attno; - chosen = NULL; + bkey = NULL; impliesNN = NULL; } /* - * Can we use this key as a starting boundary for this attr? + * If we've located the starting boundary key for curattr, we have + * no interest in curattr's other required key + */ + if (bkey != NULL) + continue; + + /* + * Is this key the starting boundary key for curattr? * * If not, does it imply a NOT NULL constraint? (Because * SK_SEARCHNULL keys are always assigned BTEqualStrategyNumber, @@ -1202,27 +1220,20 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) { case BTLessStrategyNumber: case BTLessEqualStrategyNumber: - if (chosen == NULL) - { - if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) - chosen = cur; - else - impliesNN = cur; - } + if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) + bkey = cur; + else if (impliesNN == NULL) + impliesNN = cur; break; case BTEqualStrategyNumber: - /* override any non-equality choice */ - chosen = cur; + bkey = cur; break; case BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber: case BTGreaterStrategyNumber: - if (chosen == NULL) - { - if (ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) - chosen = cur; - else - impliesNN = cur; - } + if (ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) + bkey = cur; + else if (impliesNN == NULL) + impliesNN = cur; break; } } @@ -1248,16 +1259,18 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) Assert(keysz <= INDEX_MAX_KEYS); for (int i = 0; i < keysz; i++) { - ScanKey cur = startKeys[i]; + ScanKey bkey = startKeys[i]; - Assert(cur->sk_attno == i + 1); + Assert(bkey->sk_attno == i + 1); - if (cur->sk_flags & SK_ROW_HEADER) + if (bkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_HEADER) { /* * Row comparison header: look to the first row member instead */ - ScanKey subkey = (ScanKey) DatumGetPointer(cur->sk_argument); + ScanKey subkey = (ScanKey) DatumGetPointer(bkey->sk_argument); + bool loosen_strat = false, + tighten_strat = false; /* * Cannot be a NULL in the first row member: _bt_preprocess_keys @@ -1265,122 +1278,160 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) * ever getting this far */ Assert(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_MEMBER); - Assert(subkey->sk_attno == cur->sk_attno); + Assert(subkey->sk_attno == bkey->sk_attno); Assert(!(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ISNULL)); /* + * This is either a > or >= key (during backwards scans it is + * either < or <=) that was marked required during preprocessing. + * Later so->keyData[] keys can't have been marked required, so + * our row compare header key must be the final startKeys[] entry. + */ + Assert(subkey->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD)); + Assert(i == keysz - 1); + + /* * The member scankeys are already in insertion format (ie, they * have sk_func = 3-way-comparison function) */ memcpy(inskey.scankeys + i, subkey, sizeof(ScanKeyData)); /* - * If the row comparison is the last positioning key we accepted, - * try to add additional keys from the lower-order row members. - * (If we accepted independent conditions on additional index - * columns, we use those instead --- doesn't seem worth trying to - * determine which is more restrictive.) Note that this is OK - * even if the row comparison is of ">" or "<" type, because the - * condition applied to all but the last row member is effectively - * ">=" or "<=", and so the extra keys don't break the positioning - * scheme. But, by the same token, if we aren't able to use all - * the row members, then the part of the row comparison that we - * did use has to be treated as just a ">=" or "<=" condition, and - * so we'd better adjust strat_total accordingly. + * Now look to later row compare members. + * + * If there's an "index attribute gap" between two row compare + * members, the second member won't have been marked required, and + * so can't be used as a starting boundary key here. The part of + * the row comparison that we do still use has to be treated as a + * ">=" or "<=" condition. For example, a qual "(a, c) > (1, 42)" + * with an omitted intervening index attribute "b" will use an + * insertion scan key "a >= 1". Even the first "a = 1" tuple on + * the leaf level might satisfy the row compare qual. + * + * We're able to use a _more_ restrictive strategy when we reach a + * NULL row compare member, since they're always unsatisfiable. + * For example, a qual "(a, b, c) >= (1, NULL, 77)" will use an + * insertion scan key "a > 1". All tuples where "a = 1" cannot + * possibly satisfy the row compare qual, so this is safe. */ - if (i == keysz - 1) + Assert(!(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_END)); + for (;;) { - bool used_all_subkeys = false; + subkey++; + Assert(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_MEMBER); - Assert(!(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_END)); - for (;;) + if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ISNULL) { - subkey++; - Assert(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_MEMBER); - if (subkey->sk_attno != keysz + 1) - break; /* out-of-sequence, can't use it */ - if (subkey->sk_strategy != cur->sk_strategy) - break; /* wrong direction, can't use it */ - if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ISNULL) - break; /* can't use null keys */ - Assert(keysz < INDEX_MAX_KEYS); - memcpy(inskey.scankeys + keysz, subkey, - sizeof(ScanKeyData)); - keysz++; - if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_END) - { - used_all_subkeys = true; - break; - } + /* + * NULL member key, can only use earlier keys. + * + * We deliberately avoid checking if this key is marked + * required. All earlier keys are required, and this key + * is unsatisfiable either way, so we can't miss anything. + */ + tighten_strat = true; + break; } - if (!used_all_subkeys) + + if (!(subkey->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD))) { - switch (strat_total) - { - case BTLessStrategyNumber: - strat_total = BTLessEqualStrategyNumber; - break; - case BTGreaterStrategyNumber: - strat_total = BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber; - break; - } + /* nonrequired member key, can only use earlier keys */ + loosen_strat = true; + break; } - break; /* done with outer loop */ + + Assert(subkey->sk_attno == keysz + 1); + Assert(subkey->sk_strategy == bkey->sk_strategy); + Assert(keysz < INDEX_MAX_KEYS); + + memcpy(inskey.scankeys + keysz, subkey, + sizeof(ScanKeyData)); + keysz++; + if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_END) + break; } - } - else - { - /* - * Ordinary comparison key. Transform the search-style scan key - * to an insertion scan key by replacing the sk_func with the - * appropriate btree comparison function. - * - * If scankey operator is not a cross-type comparison, we can use - * the cached comparison function; otherwise gotta look it up in - * the catalogs. (That can't lead to infinite recursion, since no - * indexscan initiated by syscache lookup will use cross-data-type - * operators.) - * - * We support the convention that sk_subtype == InvalidOid means - * the opclass input type; this is a hack to simplify life for - * ScanKeyInit(). - */ - if (cur->sk_subtype == rel->rd_opcintype[i] || - cur->sk_subtype == InvalidOid) + Assert(!(loosen_strat && tighten_strat)); + if (loosen_strat) { - FmgrInfo *procinfo; - - procinfo = index_getprocinfo(rel, cur->sk_attno, BTORDER_PROC); - ScanKeyEntryInitializeWithInfo(inskey.scankeys + i, - cur->sk_flags, - cur->sk_attno, - InvalidStrategy, - cur->sk_subtype, - cur->sk_collation, - procinfo, - cur->sk_argument); + /* Use less restrictive strategy (and fewer member keys) */ + switch (strat_total) + { + case BTLessStrategyNumber: + strat_total = BTLessEqualStrategyNumber; + break; + case BTGreaterStrategyNumber: + strat_total = BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber; + break; + } } - else + if (tighten_strat) { - RegProcedure cmp_proc; - - cmp_proc = get_opfamily_proc(rel->rd_opfamily[i], - rel->rd_opcintype[i], - cur->sk_subtype, - BTORDER_PROC); - if (!RegProcedureIsValid(cmp_proc)) - elog(ERROR, "missing support function %d(%u,%u) for attribute %d of index \"%s\"", - BTORDER_PROC, rel->rd_opcintype[i], cur->sk_subtype, - cur->sk_attno, RelationGetRelationName(rel)); - ScanKeyEntryInitialize(inskey.scankeys + i, - cur->sk_flags, - cur->sk_attno, - InvalidStrategy, - cur->sk_subtype, - cur->sk_collation, - cmp_proc, - cur->sk_argument); + /* Use more restrictive strategy (and fewer member keys) */ + switch (strat_total) + { + case BTLessEqualStrategyNumber: + strat_total = BTLessStrategyNumber; + break; + case BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber: + strat_total = BTGreaterStrategyNumber; + break; + } } + + /* done adding to inskey (row comparison keys always come last) */ + break; + } + + /* + * Ordinary comparison key/search-style key. + * + * Transform the search-style scan key to an insertion scan key by + * replacing the sk_func with the appropriate btree 3-way-comparison + * function. + * + * If scankey operator is not a cross-type comparison, we can use the + * cached comparison function; otherwise gotta look it up in the + * catalogs. (That can't lead to infinite recursion, since no + * indexscan initiated by syscache lookup will use cross-data-type + * operators.) + * + * We support the convention that sk_subtype == InvalidOid means the + * opclass input type; this hack simplifies life for ScanKeyInit(). + */ + if (bkey->sk_subtype == rel->rd_opcintype[i] || + bkey->sk_subtype == InvalidOid) + { + FmgrInfo *procinfo; + + procinfo = index_getprocinfo(rel, bkey->sk_attno, BTORDER_PROC); + ScanKeyEntryInitializeWithInfo(inskey.scankeys + i, + bkey->sk_flags, + bkey->sk_attno, + InvalidStrategy, + bkey->sk_subtype, + bkey->sk_collation, + procinfo, + bkey->sk_argument); + } + else + { + RegProcedure cmp_proc; + + cmp_proc = get_opfamily_proc(rel->rd_opfamily[i], + rel->rd_opcintype[i], + bkey->sk_subtype, BTORDER_PROC); + if (!RegProcedureIsValid(cmp_proc)) + elog(ERROR, "missing support function %d(%u,%u) for attribute %d of index \"%s\"", + BTORDER_PROC, rel->rd_opcintype[i], bkey->sk_subtype, + bkey->sk_attno, RelationGetRelationName(rel)); + ScanKeyEntryInitialize(inskey.scankeys + i, + bkey->sk_flags, + bkey->sk_attno, + InvalidStrategy, + bkey->sk_subtype, + bkey->sk_collation, + cmp_proc, + bkey->sk_argument); } } @@ -1469,6 +1520,8 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) if (!BufferIsValid(so->currPos.buf)) { + Assert(!so->needPrimScan); + /* * We only get here if the index is completely empty. Lock relation * because nothing finer to lock exists. Without a buffer lock, it's @@ -1487,7 +1540,6 @@ _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) if (!BufferIsValid(so->currPos.buf)) { - Assert(!so->needPrimScan); _bt_parallel_done(scan); return false; } @@ -1610,7 +1662,13 @@ _bt_readpage(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir, OffsetNumber offnum, so->currPos.currPage = BufferGetBlockNumber(so->currPos.buf); so->currPos.prevPage = opaque->btpo_prev; so->currPos.nextPage = opaque->btpo_next; + /* delay setting so->currPos.lsn until _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin */ + so->currPos.dir = dir; + so->currPos.nextTupleOffset = 0; + /* either moreRight or moreLeft should be set now (may be unset later) */ + Assert(ScanDirectionIsForward(dir) ? so->currPos.moreRight : + so->currPos.moreLeft); Assert(!P_IGNORE(opaque)); Assert(BTScanPosIsPinned(so->currPos)); Assert(!so->needPrimScan); @@ -1626,14 +1684,6 @@ _bt_readpage(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir, OffsetNumber offnum, so->currPos.currPage); } - /* initialize remaining currPos fields related to current page */ - so->currPos.lsn = BufferGetLSNAtomic(so->currPos.buf); - so->currPos.dir = dir; - so->currPos.nextTupleOffset = 0; - /* either moreLeft or moreRight should be set now (may be unset later) */ - Assert(ScanDirectionIsForward(dir) ? so->currPos.moreRight : - so->currPos.moreLeft); - PredicateLockPage(rel, so->currPos.currPage, scan->xs_snapshot); /* initialize local variables */ @@ -2107,10 +2157,9 @@ _bt_returnitem(IndexScanDesc scan, BTScanOpaque so) * * Wrapper on _bt_readnextpage that performs final steps for the current page. * - * On entry, if so->currPos.buf is valid the buffer is pinned but not locked. - * If there's no pin held, it's because _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin dropped - * the pin eagerly earlier on. The scan must have so->currPos.currPage set to - * a valid block, in any case. + * On entry, so->currPos must be valid. Its buffer will be pinned, though + * never locked. (Actually, when so->dropPin there won't even be a pin held, + * though so->currPos.currPage must still be set to a valid block number.) */ static bool _bt_steppage(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) @@ -2251,12 +2300,14 @@ _bt_readfirstpage(IndexScanDesc scan, OffsetNumber offnum, ScanDirection dir) */ if (_bt_readpage(scan, dir, offnum, true)) { + Relation rel = scan->indexRelation; + /* * _bt_readpage succeeded. Drop the lock (and maybe the pin) on * so->currPos.buf in preparation for btgettuple returning tuples. */ Assert(BTScanPosIsPinned(so->currPos)); - _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin(scan, &so->currPos); + _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin(rel, so); return true; } @@ -2278,9 +2329,12 @@ _bt_readfirstpage(IndexScanDesc scan, OffsetNumber offnum, ScanDirection dir) * previously-saved right link or left link. lastcurrblkno is the page that * was current at the point where the blkno link was saved, which we use to * reason about concurrent page splits/page deletions during backwards scans. + * In the common case where seized=false, blkno is either so->currPos.nextPage + * or so->currPos.prevPage, and lastcurrblkno is so->currPos.currPage. * - * On entry, caller shouldn't hold any locks or pins on any page (we work - * directly off of blkno and lastcurrblkno instead). Parallel scan callers + * On entry, so->currPos shouldn't be locked by caller. so->currPos.buf must + * be InvalidBuffer/unpinned as needed by caller (note that lastcurrblkno + * won't need to be read again in almost all cases). Parallel scan callers * that seized the scan before calling here should pass seized=true; such a * caller's blkno and lastcurrblkno arguments come from the seized scan. * seized=false callers just pass us the blkno/lastcurrblkno taken from their @@ -2294,11 +2348,11 @@ _bt_readfirstpage(IndexScanDesc scan, OffsetNumber offnum, ScanDirection dir) * * On success exit, so->currPos is updated to contain data from the next * interesting page, and we return true. We hold a pin on the buffer on - * success exit, except when _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin decided it was safe - * to eagerly drop the pin (to avoid blocking VACUUM). + * success exit (except during so->dropPin index scans, when we drop the pin + * eagerly to avoid blocking VACUUM). * - * If there are no more matching records in the given direction, we drop all - * locks and pins, invalidate so->currPos, and return false. + * If there are no more matching records in the given direction, we invalidate + * so->currPos (while ensuring it retains no locks or pins), and return false. * * We always release the scan for a parallel scan caller, regardless of * success or failure; we'll call _bt_parallel_release as soon as possible. @@ -2413,7 +2467,7 @@ _bt_readnextpage(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, */ Assert(so->currPos.currPage == blkno); Assert(BTScanPosIsPinned(so->currPos)); - _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin(scan, &so->currPos); + _bt_drop_lock_and_maybe_pin(rel, so); return true; } diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c index 3794cc924ad..9d70e89c1f3 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ typedef struct BTShared int scantuplesortstates; /* Query ID, for report in worker processes */ - uint64 queryid; + int64 queryid; /* * workersdonecv is used to monitor the progress of workers. All parallel diff --git a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c index 1a15dfcb7d3..9aed207995f 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c +++ b/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c @@ -44,7 +44,6 @@ static bool _bt_array_decrement(Relation rel, ScanKey skey, BTArrayKeyInfo *arra static bool _bt_array_increment(Relation rel, ScanKey skey, BTArrayKeyInfo *array); static bool _bt_advance_array_keys_increment(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir, bool *skip_array_set); -static void _bt_rewind_nonrequired_arrays(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir); static bool _bt_tuple_before_array_skeys(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir, IndexTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupdesc, int tupnatts, bool readpagetup, int sktrig, bool *scanBehind); @@ -52,7 +51,6 @@ static bool _bt_advance_array_keys(IndexScanDesc scan, BTReadPageState *pstate, IndexTuple tuple, int tupnatts, TupleDesc tupdesc, int sktrig, bool sktrig_required); #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING -static bool _bt_verify_arrays_bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir); static bool _bt_verify_keys_with_arraykeys(IndexScanDesc scan); #endif static bool _bt_oppodir_checkkeys(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir, @@ -1035,73 +1033,6 @@ _bt_advance_array_keys_increment(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir, } /* - * _bt_rewind_nonrequired_arrays() -- Rewind SAOP arrays not marked required - * - * Called when _bt_advance_array_keys decides to start a new primitive index - * scan on the basis of the current scan position being before the position - * that _bt_first is capable of repositioning the scan to by applying an - * inequality operator required in the opposite-to-scan direction only. - * - * Although equality strategy scan keys (for both arrays and non-arrays alike) - * are either marked required in both directions or in neither direction, - * there is a sense in which non-required arrays behave like required arrays. - * With a qual such as "WHERE a IN (100, 200) AND b >= 3 AND c IN (5, 6, 7)", - * the scan key on "c" is non-required, but nevertheless enables positioning - * the scan at the first tuple >= "(100, 3, 5)" on the leaf level during the - * first descent of the tree by _bt_first. Later on, there could also be a - * second descent, that places the scan right before tuples >= "(200, 3, 5)". - * _bt_first must never be allowed to build an insertion scan key whose "c" - * entry is set to a value other than 5, the "c" array's first element/value. - * (Actually, it's the first in the current scan direction. This example uses - * a forward scan.) - * - * Calling here resets the array scan key elements for the scan's non-required - * arrays. This is strictly necessary for correctness in a subset of cases - * involving "required in opposite direction"-triggered primitive index scans. - * Not all callers are at risk of _bt_first using a non-required array like - * this, but advancement always resets the arrays when another primitive scan - * is scheduled, just to keep things simple. Array advancement even makes - * sure to reset non-required arrays during scans that have no inequalities. - * (Advancement still won't call here when there are no inequalities, though - * that's just because it's all handled indirectly instead.) - * - * Note: _bt_verify_arrays_bt_first is called by an assertion to enforce that - * everybody got this right. - * - * Note: In practice almost all SAOP arrays are marked required during - * preprocessing (if necessary by generating skip arrays). It is hardly ever - * truly necessary to call here, but consistently doing so is simpler. - */ -static void -_bt_rewind_nonrequired_arrays(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) -{ - Relation rel = scan->indexRelation; - BTScanOpaque so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque; - int arrayidx = 0; - - for (int ikey = 0; ikey < so->numberOfKeys; ikey++) - { - ScanKey cur = so->keyData + ikey; - BTArrayKeyInfo *array = NULL; - - if (!(cur->sk_flags & SK_SEARCHARRAY) || - cur->sk_strategy != BTEqualStrategyNumber) - continue; - - array = &so->arrayKeys[arrayidx++]; - Assert(array->scan_key == ikey); - - if ((cur->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD))) - continue; - - Assert(array->num_elems != -1); /* No non-required skip arrays */ - - _bt_array_set_low_or_high(rel, cur, array, - ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)); - } -} - -/* * _bt_tuple_before_array_skeys() -- too early to advance required arrays? * * We always compare the tuple using the current array keys (which we assume @@ -1380,8 +1311,6 @@ _bt_start_prim_scan(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) */ if (so->needPrimScan) { - Assert(_bt_verify_arrays_bt_first(scan, dir)); - /* * Flag was set -- must call _bt_first again, which will reset the * scan's needPrimScan flag @@ -2007,14 +1936,7 @@ _bt_advance_array_keys(IndexScanDesc scan, BTReadPageState *pstate, */ else if (has_required_opposite_direction_only && pstate->finaltup && unlikely(!_bt_oppodir_checkkeys(scan, dir, pstate->finaltup))) - { - /* - * Make sure that any SAOP arrays that were not marked required by - * preprocessing are reset to their first element for this direction - */ - _bt_rewind_nonrequired_arrays(scan, dir); goto new_prim_scan; - } continue_scan: @@ -2045,8 +1967,6 @@ continue_scan: */ so->oppositeDirCheck = has_required_opposite_direction_only; - _bt_rewind_nonrequired_arrays(scan, dir); - /* * skip by setting "look ahead" mechanism's offnum for forwards scans * (backwards scans check scanBehind flag directly instead) @@ -2143,48 +2063,6 @@ end_toplevel_scan: #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING /* - * Verify that the scan's qual state matches what we expect at the point that - * _bt_start_prim_scan is about to start a just-scheduled new primitive scan. - * - * We enforce a rule against non-required array scan keys: they must start out - * with whatever element is the first for the scan's current scan direction. - * See _bt_rewind_nonrequired_arrays comments for an explanation. - */ -static bool -_bt_verify_arrays_bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir) -{ - BTScanOpaque so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque; - int arrayidx = 0; - - for (int ikey = 0; ikey < so->numberOfKeys; ikey++) - { - ScanKey cur = so->keyData + ikey; - BTArrayKeyInfo *array = NULL; - int first_elem_dir; - - if (!(cur->sk_flags & SK_SEARCHARRAY) || - cur->sk_strategy != BTEqualStrategyNumber) - continue; - - array = &so->arrayKeys[arrayidx++]; - - if (((cur->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQFWD) && ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) || - ((cur->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQBKWD) && ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir))) - continue; - - if (ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) - first_elem_dir = 0; - else - first_elem_dir = array->num_elems - 1; - - if (array->cur_elem != first_elem_dir) - return false; - } - - return _bt_verify_keys_with_arraykeys(scan); -} - -/* * Verify that the scan's "so->keyData[]" scan keys are in agreement with * its array key state */ @@ -2194,6 +2072,7 @@ _bt_verify_keys_with_arraykeys(IndexScanDesc scan) BTScanOpaque so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque; int last_sk_attno = InvalidAttrNumber, arrayidx = 0; + bool nonrequiredseen = false; if (!so->qual_ok) return false; @@ -2217,8 +2096,16 @@ _bt_verify_keys_with_arraykeys(IndexScanDesc scan) if (array->num_elems != -1 && cur->sk_argument != array->elem_values[array->cur_elem]) return false; - if (last_sk_attno > cur->sk_attno) - return false; + if (cur->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD)) + { + if (last_sk_attno > cur->sk_attno) + return false; + if (nonrequiredseen) + return false; + } + else + nonrequiredseen = true; + last_sk_attno = cur->sk_attno; } @@ -2551,37 +2438,12 @@ _bt_set_startikey(IndexScanDesc scan, BTReadPageState *pstate) if (!(key->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD))) { /* Scan key isn't marked required (corner case) */ - Assert(!(key->sk_flags & SK_ROW_HEADER)); break; /* unsafe */ } if (key->sk_flags & SK_ROW_HEADER) { - /* - * RowCompare inequality. - * - * Only the first subkey from a RowCompare can ever be marked - * required (that happens when the row header is marked required). - * There is no simple, general way for us to transitively deduce - * whether or not every tuple on the page satisfies a RowCompare - * key based only on firsttup and lasttup -- so we just give up. - */ - if (!start_past_saop_eq && !so->skipScan) - break; /* unsafe to go further */ - - /* - * We have to be even more careful with RowCompares that come - * after an array: we assume it's unsafe to even bypass the array. - * Calling _bt_start_array_keys to recover the scan's arrays - * following use of forcenonrequired mode isn't compatible with - * _bt_check_rowcompare's continuescan=false behavior with NULL - * row compare members. _bt_advance_array_keys must not make a - * decision on the basis of a key not being satisfied in the - * opposite-to-scan direction until the scan reaches a leaf page - * where the same key begins to be satisfied in scan direction. - * The _bt_first !used_all_subkeys behavior makes this limitation - * hard to work around some other way. - */ - return; /* completely unsafe to set pstate.startikey */ + /* RowCompare inequalities currently aren't supported */ + break; /* "unsafe" */ } if (key->sk_strategy != BTEqualStrategyNumber) { @@ -3078,6 +2940,31 @@ _bt_check_rowcompare(ScanKey skey, IndexTuple tuple, int tupnatts, Assert(subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_MEMBER); + /* When a NULL row member is compared, the row never matches */ + if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ISNULL) + { + /* + * Unlike the simple-scankey case, this isn't a disallowed case + * (except when it's the first row element that has the NULL arg). + * But it can never match. If all the earlier row comparison + * columns are required for the scan direction, we can stop the + * scan, because there can't be another tuple that will succeed. + */ + Assert(subkey != (ScanKey) DatumGetPointer(skey->sk_argument)); + subkey--; + if (forcenonrequired) + { + /* treating scan's keys as non-required */ + } + else if ((subkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQFWD) && + ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) + *continuescan = false; + else if ((subkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQBKWD) && + ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) + *continuescan = false; + return false; + } + if (subkey->sk_attno > tupnatts) { /* @@ -3087,11 +2974,7 @@ _bt_check_rowcompare(ScanKey skey, IndexTuple tuple, int tupnatts, * attribute passes the qual. */ Assert(BTreeTupleIsPivot(tuple)); - cmpresult = 0; - if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ROW_END) - break; - subkey++; - continue; + return true; } datum = index_getattr(tuple, @@ -3101,6 +2984,8 @@ _bt_check_rowcompare(ScanKey skey, IndexTuple tuple, int tupnatts, if (isNull) { + int reqflags; + if (forcenonrequired) { /* treating scan's keys as non-required */ @@ -3111,15 +2996,35 @@ _bt_check_rowcompare(ScanKey skey, IndexTuple tuple, int tupnatts, * Since NULLs are sorted before non-NULLs, we know we have * reached the lower limit of the range of values for this * index attr. On a backward scan, we can stop if this qual - * is one of the "must match" subset. We can stop regardless - * of whether the qual is > or <, so long as it's required, - * because it's not possible for any future tuples to pass. On - * a forward scan, however, we must keep going, because we may - * have initially positioned to the start of the index. - * (_bt_advance_array_keys also relies on this behavior during - * forward scans.) + * is one of the "must match" subset. However, on a forwards + * scan, we must keep going, because we may have initially + * positioned to the start of the index. + * + * All required NULLS FIRST > row members can use NULL tuple + * values to end backwards scans, just like with other values. + * A qual "WHERE (a, b, c) > (9, 42, 'foo')" can terminate a + * backwards scan upon reaching the index's rightmost "a = 9" + * tuple whose "b" column contains a NULL (if not sooner). + * Since "b" is NULLS FIRST, we can treat its NULLs as "<" 42. */ - if ((subkey->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD)) && + reqflags = SK_BT_REQBKWD; + + /* + * When a most significant required NULLS FIRST < row compare + * member sees NULL tuple values during a backwards scan, it + * signals the end of matches for the whole row compare/scan. + * A qual "WHERE (a, b, c) < (9, 42, 'foo')" will terminate a + * backwards scan upon reaching the rightmost tuple whose "a" + * column has a NULL. The "a" NULL value is "<" 9, and yet + * our < row compare will still end the scan. (This isn't + * safe with later/lower-order row members. Notice that it + * can only happen with an "a" NULL some time after the scan + * completely stops needing to use its "b" and "c" members.) + */ + if (subkey == (ScanKey) DatumGetPointer(skey->sk_argument)) + reqflags |= SK_BT_REQFWD; /* safe, first row member */ + + if ((subkey->sk_flags & reqflags) && ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) *continuescan = false; } @@ -3129,15 +3034,35 @@ _bt_check_rowcompare(ScanKey skey, IndexTuple tuple, int tupnatts, * Since NULLs are sorted after non-NULLs, we know we have * reached the upper limit of the range of values for this * index attr. On a forward scan, we can stop if this qual is - * one of the "must match" subset. We can stop regardless of - * whether the qual is > or <, so long as it's required, - * because it's not possible for any future tuples to pass. On - * a backward scan, however, we must keep going, because we - * may have initially positioned to the end of the index. - * (_bt_advance_array_keys also relies on this behavior during - * backward scans.) + * one of the "must match" subset. However, on a backward + * scan, we must keep going, because we may have initially + * positioned to the end of the index. + * + * All required NULLS LAST < row members can use NULL tuple + * values to end forwards scans, just like with other values. + * A qual "WHERE (a, b, c) < (9, 42, 'foo')" can terminate a + * forwards scan upon reaching the index's leftmost "a = 9" + * tuple whose "b" column contains a NULL (if not sooner). + * Since "b" is NULLS LAST, we can treat its NULLs as ">" 42. + */ + reqflags = SK_BT_REQFWD; + + /* + * When a most significant required NULLS LAST > row compare + * member sees NULL tuple values during a forwards scan, it + * signals the end of matches for the whole row compare/scan. + * A qual "WHERE (a, b, c) > (9, 42, 'foo')" will terminate a + * forwards scan upon reaching the leftmost tuple whose "a" + * column has a NULL. The "a" NULL value is ">" 9, and yet + * our > row compare will end the scan. (This isn't safe with + * later/lower-order row members. Notice that it can only + * happen with an "a" NULL some time after the scan completely + * stops needing to use its "b" and "c" members.) */ - if ((subkey->sk_flags & (SK_BT_REQFWD | SK_BT_REQBKWD)) && + if (subkey == (ScanKey) DatumGetPointer(skey->sk_argument)) + reqflags |= SK_BT_REQBKWD; /* safe, first row member */ + + if ((subkey->sk_flags & reqflags) && ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) *continuescan = false; } @@ -3148,30 +3073,6 @@ _bt_check_rowcompare(ScanKey skey, IndexTuple tuple, int tupnatts, return false; } - if (subkey->sk_flags & SK_ISNULL) - { - /* - * Unlike the simple-scankey case, this isn't a disallowed case - * (except when it's the first row element that has the NULL arg). - * But it can never match. If all the earlier row comparison - * columns are required for the scan direction, we can stop the - * scan, because there can't be another tuple that will succeed. - */ - Assert(subkey != (ScanKey) DatumGetPointer(skey->sk_argument)); - subkey--; - if (forcenonrequired) - { - /* treating scan's keys as non-required */ - } - else if ((subkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQFWD) && - ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) - *continuescan = false; - else if ((subkey->sk_flags & SK_BT_REQBKWD) && - ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) - *continuescan = false; - return false; - } - /* Perform the test --- three-way comparison not bool operator */ cmpresult = DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall2Coll(&subkey->sk_func, subkey->sk_collation, @@ -3330,87 +3231,85 @@ _bt_checkkeys_look_ahead(IndexScanDesc scan, BTReadPageState *pstate, * current page and killed tuples thereon (generally, this should only be * called if so->numKilled > 0). * - * The caller does not have a lock on the page and may or may not have the - * page pinned in a buffer. Note that read-lock is sufficient for setting - * LP_DEAD status (which is only a hint). - * - * We match items by heap TID before assuming they are the right ones to - * delete. We cope with cases where items have moved right due to insertions. - * If an item has moved off the current page due to a split, we'll fail to - * find it and do nothing (this is not an error case --- we assume the item - * will eventually get marked in a future indexscan). + * Caller should not have a lock on the so->currPos page, but must hold a + * buffer pin when !so->dropPin. When we return, it still won't be locked. + * It'll continue to hold whatever pins were held before calling here. * - * Note that if we hold a pin on the target page continuously from initially - * reading the items until applying this function, VACUUM cannot have deleted - * any items from the page, and so there is no need to search left from the - * recorded offset. (This observation also guarantees that the item is still - * the right one to delete, which might otherwise be questionable since heap - * TIDs can get recycled.) This holds true even if the page has been modified - * by inserts and page splits, so there is no need to consult the LSN. + * We match items by heap TID before assuming they are the right ones to set + * LP_DEAD. If the scan is one that holds a buffer pin on the target page + * continuously from initially reading the items until applying this function + * (if it is a !so->dropPin scan), VACUUM cannot have deleted any items on the + * page, so the page's TIDs can't have been recycled by now. There's no risk + * that we'll confuse a new index tuple that happens to use a recycled TID + * with a now-removed tuple with the same TID (that used to be on this same + * page). We can't rely on that during scans that drop buffer pins eagerly + * (so->dropPin scans), though, so we must condition setting LP_DEAD bits on + * the page LSN having not changed since back when _bt_readpage saw the page. + * We totally give up on setting LP_DEAD bits when the page LSN changed. * - * If the pin was released after reading the page, then we re-read it. If it - * has been modified since we read it (as determined by the LSN), we dare not - * flag any entries because it is possible that the old entry was vacuumed - * away and the TID was re-used by a completely different heap tuple. + * We give up much less often during !so->dropPin scans, but it still happens. + * We cope with cases where items have moved right due to insertions. If an + * item has moved off the current page due to a split, we'll fail to find it + * and just give up on it. */ void _bt_killitems(IndexScanDesc scan) { + Relation rel = scan->indexRelation; BTScanOpaque so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque; Page page; BTPageOpaque opaque; OffsetNumber minoff; OffsetNumber maxoff; - int i; int numKilled = so->numKilled; bool killedsomething = false; - bool droppedpin PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY; + Buffer buf; + Assert(numKilled > 0); Assert(BTScanPosIsValid(so->currPos)); + Assert(scan->heapRelation != NULL); /* can't be a bitmap index scan */ - /* - * Always reset the scan state, so we don't look for same items on other - * pages. - */ + /* Always invalidate so->killedItems[] before leaving so->currPos */ so->numKilled = 0; - if (BTScanPosIsPinned(so->currPos)) + if (!so->dropPin) { /* * We have held the pin on this page since we read the index tuples, * so all we need to do is lock it. The pin will have prevented - * re-use of any TID on the page, so there is no need to check the - * LSN. + * concurrent VACUUMs from recycling any of the TIDs on the page. */ - droppedpin = false; - _bt_lockbuf(scan->indexRelation, so->currPos.buf, BT_READ); - - page = BufferGetPage(so->currPos.buf); + Assert(BTScanPosIsPinned(so->currPos)); + buf = so->currPos.buf; + _bt_lockbuf(rel, buf, BT_READ); } else { - Buffer buf; + XLogRecPtr latestlsn; - droppedpin = true; - /* Attempt to re-read the buffer, getting pin and lock. */ - buf = _bt_getbuf(scan->indexRelation, so->currPos.currPage, BT_READ); + Assert(!BTScanPosIsPinned(so->currPos)); + Assert(RelationNeedsWAL(rel)); + buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, so->currPos.currPage, BT_READ); - page = BufferGetPage(buf); - if (BufferGetLSNAtomic(buf) == so->currPos.lsn) - so->currPos.buf = buf; - else + latestlsn = BufferGetLSNAtomic(buf); + Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(so->currPos.lsn)); + Assert(so->currPos.lsn <= latestlsn); + if (so->currPos.lsn != latestlsn) { - /* Modified while not pinned means hinting is not safe. */ - _bt_relbuf(scan->indexRelation, buf); + /* Modified, give up on hinting */ + _bt_relbuf(rel, buf); return; } + + /* Unmodified, hinting is safe */ } + page = BufferGetPage(buf); opaque = BTPageGetOpaque(page); minoff = P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque); maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); - for (i = 0; i < numKilled; i++) + for (int i = 0; i < numKilled; i++) { int itemIndex = so->killedItems[i]; BTScanPosItem *kitem = &so->currPos.items[itemIndex]; @@ -3442,7 +3341,7 @@ _bt_killitems(IndexScanDesc scan) * correctness. * * Note that the page may have been modified in almost any way - * since we first read it (in the !droppedpin case), so it's + * since we first read it (in the !so->dropPin case), so it's * possible that this posting list tuple wasn't a posting list * tuple when we first encountered its heap TIDs. */ @@ -3458,7 +3357,7 @@ _bt_killitems(IndexScanDesc scan) * though only in the common case where the page can't * have been concurrently modified */ - Assert(kitem->indexOffset == offnum || !droppedpin); + Assert(kitem->indexOffset == offnum || !so->dropPin); /* * Read-ahead to later kitems here. @@ -3522,10 +3421,13 @@ _bt_killitems(IndexScanDesc scan) if (killedsomething) { opaque->btpo_flags |= BTP_HAS_GARBAGE; - MarkBufferDirtyHint(so->currPos.buf, true); + MarkBufferDirtyHint(buf, true); } - _bt_unlockbuf(scan->indexRelation, so->currPos.buf); + if (!so->dropPin) + _bt_unlockbuf(rel, buf); + else + _bt_relbuf(rel, buf); } diff --git a/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/replorigindesc.c b/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/replorigindesc.c index 5dd74233996..35e3af2903e 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/replorigindesc.c +++ b/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/replorigindesc.c @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ replorigin_desc(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record) xlrec = (xl_replorigin_set *) rec; - appendStringInfo(buf, "set %u; lsn %X/%X; force: %d", + appendStringInfo(buf, "set %u; lsn %X/%08X; force: %d", xlrec->node_id, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlrec->remote_lsn), xlrec->force); diff --git a/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/xactdesc.c b/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/xactdesc.c index 305598e2865..f0f696855b9 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/xactdesc.c +++ b/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/xactdesc.c @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ xact_desc_commit(StringInfo buf, uint8 info, xl_xact_commit *xlrec, RepOriginId if (parsed.xinfo & XACT_XINFO_HAS_ORIGIN) { - appendStringInfo(buf, "; origin: node %u, lsn %X/%X, at %s", + appendStringInfo(buf, "; origin: node %u, lsn %X/%08X, at %s", origin_id, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(parsed.origin_lsn), timestamptz_to_str(parsed.origin_timestamp)); @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ xact_desc_abort(StringInfo buf, uint8 info, xl_xact_abort *xlrec, RepOriginId or if (parsed.xinfo & XACT_XINFO_HAS_ORIGIN) { - appendStringInfo(buf, "; origin: node %u, lsn %X/%X, at %s", + appendStringInfo(buf, "; origin: node %u, lsn %X/%08X, at %s", origin_id, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(parsed.origin_lsn), timestamptz_to_str(parsed.origin_timestamp)); @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ xact_desc_prepare(StringInfo buf, uint8 info, xl_xact_prepare *xlrec, RepOriginI * way as PrepareRedoAdd(). */ if (origin_id != InvalidRepOriginId) - appendStringInfo(buf, "; origin: node %u, lsn %X/%X, at %s", + appendStringInfo(buf, "; origin: node %u, lsn %X/%08X, at %s", origin_id, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(parsed.origin_lsn), timestamptz_to_str(parsed.origin_timestamp)); diff --git a/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/xlogdesc.c b/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/xlogdesc.c index 58040f28656..cd6c2a2f650 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/xlogdesc.c +++ b/src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/xlogdesc.c @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ xlog_desc(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record) { CheckPoint *checkpoint = (CheckPoint *) rec; - appendStringInfo(buf, "redo %X/%X; " + appendStringInfo(buf, "redo %X/%08X; " "tli %u; prev tli %u; fpw %s; wal_level %s; xid %u:%u; oid %u; multi %u; offset %u; " "oldest xid %u in DB %u; oldest multi %u in DB %u; " "oldest/newest commit timestamp xid: %u/%u; " @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ xlog_desc(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record) XLogRecPtr startpoint; memcpy(&startpoint, rec, sizeof(XLogRecPtr)); - appendStringInfo(buf, "%X/%X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startpoint)); + appendStringInfo(buf, "%X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startpoint)); } else if (info == XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE) { @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ xlog_desc(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record) xl_overwrite_contrecord xlrec; memcpy(&xlrec, rec, sizeof(xl_overwrite_contrecord)); - appendStringInfo(buf, "lsn %X/%X; time %s", + appendStringInfo(buf, "lsn %X/%08X; time %s", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlrec.overwritten_lsn), timestamptz_to_str(xlrec.overwrite_time)); } diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c b/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c index 48f10bec91e..e80fbe109cf 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c @@ -110,9 +110,7 @@ static SlruCtlData XactCtlData; #define XactCtl (&XactCtlData) -static int ZeroCLOGPage(int64 pageno, bool writeXlog); static bool CLOGPagePrecedes(int64 page1, int64 page2); -static void WriteZeroPageXlogRec(int64 pageno); static void WriteTruncateXlogRec(int64 pageno, TransactionId oldestXact, Oid oldestXactDb); static void TransactionIdSetPageStatus(TransactionId xid, int nsubxids, @@ -832,41 +830,8 @@ check_transaction_buffers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source) void BootStrapCLOG(void) { - int slotno; - LWLock *lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(XactCtl, 0); - - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - /* Create and zero the first page of the commit log */ - slotno = ZeroCLOGPage(0, false); - - /* Make sure it's written out */ - SimpleLruWritePage(XactCtl, slotno); - Assert(!XactCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - - LWLockRelease(lock); -} - -/* - * Initialize (or reinitialize) a page of CLOG to zeroes. - * If writeXlog is true, also emit an XLOG record saying we did this. - * - * The page is not actually written, just set up in shared memory. - * The slot number of the new page is returned. - * - * Control lock must be held at entry, and will be held at exit. - */ -static int -ZeroCLOGPage(int64 pageno, bool writeXlog) -{ - int slotno; - - slotno = SimpleLruZeroPage(XactCtl, pageno); - - if (writeXlog) - WriteZeroPageXlogRec(pageno); - - return slotno; + /* Zero the initial page and flush it to disk */ + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(XactCtl, 0); } /* @@ -974,8 +939,9 @@ ExtendCLOG(TransactionId newestXact) LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - /* Zero the page and make an XLOG entry about it */ - ZeroCLOGPage(pageno, true); + /* Zero the page and make a WAL entry about it */ + SimpleLruZeroPage(XactCtl, pageno); + XLogSimpleInsertInt64(RM_CLOG_ID, CLOG_ZEROPAGE, pageno); LWLockRelease(lock); } @@ -1068,17 +1034,6 @@ CLOGPagePrecedes(int64 page1, int64 page2) /* - * Write a ZEROPAGE xlog record - */ -static void -WriteZeroPageXlogRec(int64 pageno) -{ - XLogBeginInsert(); - XLogRegisterData(&pageno, sizeof(pageno)); - (void) XLogInsert(RM_CLOG_ID, CLOG_ZEROPAGE); -} - -/* * Write a TRUNCATE xlog record * * We must flush the xlog record to disk before returning --- see notes @@ -1114,19 +1069,9 @@ clog_redo(XLogReaderState *record) if (info == CLOG_ZEROPAGE) { int64 pageno; - int slotno; - LWLock *lock; memcpy(&pageno, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(pageno)); - - lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(XactCtl, pageno); - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - slotno = ZeroCLOGPage(pageno, false); - SimpleLruWritePage(XactCtl, slotno); - Assert(!XactCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - - LWLockRelease(lock); + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(XactCtl, pageno); } else if (info == CLOG_TRUNCATE) { diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/commit_ts.c b/src/backend/access/transam/commit_ts.c index 113fae1437a..370b38e048b 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/commit_ts.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/commit_ts.c @@ -114,11 +114,9 @@ static void SetXidCommitTsInPage(TransactionId xid, int nsubxids, static void TransactionIdSetCommitTs(TransactionId xid, TimestampTz ts, RepOriginId nodeid, int slotno); static void error_commit_ts_disabled(void); -static int ZeroCommitTsPage(int64 pageno, bool writeXlog); static bool CommitTsPagePrecedes(int64 page1, int64 page2); static void ActivateCommitTs(void); static void DeactivateCommitTs(void); -static void WriteZeroPageXlogRec(int64 pageno); static void WriteTruncateXlogRec(int64 pageno, TransactionId oldestXid); /* @@ -603,28 +601,6 @@ BootStrapCommitTs(void) } /* - * Initialize (or reinitialize) a page of CommitTs to zeroes. - * If writeXlog is true, also emit an XLOG record saying we did this. - * - * The page is not actually written, just set up in shared memory. - * The slot number of the new page is returned. - * - * Control lock must be held at entry, and will be held at exit. - */ -static int -ZeroCommitTsPage(int64 pageno, bool writeXlog) -{ - int slotno; - - slotno = SimpleLruZeroPage(CommitTsCtl, pageno); - - if (writeXlog) - WriteZeroPageXlogRec(pageno); - - return slotno; -} - -/* * This must be called ONCE during postmaster or standalone-backend startup, * after StartupXLOG has initialized TransamVariables->nextXid. */ @@ -707,6 +683,13 @@ ActivateCommitTs(void) TransactionId xid; int64 pageno; + /* + * During bootstrap, we should not register commit timestamps so skip the + * activation in this case. + */ + if (IsBootstrapProcessingMode()) + return; + /* If we've done this already, there's nothing to do */ LWLockAcquire(CommitTsLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); if (commitTsShared->commitTsActive) @@ -747,16 +730,7 @@ ActivateCommitTs(void) /* Create the current segment file, if necessary */ if (!SimpleLruDoesPhysicalPageExist(CommitTsCtl, pageno)) - { - LWLock *lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(CommitTsCtl, pageno); - int slotno; - - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - slotno = ZeroCommitTsPage(pageno, false); - SimpleLruWritePage(CommitTsCtl, slotno); - Assert(!CommitTsCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - LWLockRelease(lock); - } + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(CommitTsCtl, pageno); /* Change the activation status in shared memory. */ LWLockAcquire(CommitTsLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); @@ -867,8 +841,12 @@ ExtendCommitTs(TransactionId newestXact) LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - /* Zero the page and make an XLOG entry about it */ - ZeroCommitTsPage(pageno, !InRecovery); + /* Zero the page ... */ + SimpleLruZeroPage(CommitTsCtl, pageno); + + /* and make a WAL entry about that, unless we're in REDO */ + if (!InRecovery) + XLogSimpleInsertInt64(RM_COMMIT_TS_ID, COMMIT_TS_ZEROPAGE, pageno); LWLockRelease(lock); } @@ -983,17 +961,6 @@ CommitTsPagePrecedes(int64 page1, int64 page2) /* - * Write a ZEROPAGE xlog record - */ -static void -WriteZeroPageXlogRec(int64 pageno) -{ - XLogBeginInsert(); - XLogRegisterData(&pageno, sizeof(pageno)); - (void) XLogInsert(RM_COMMIT_TS_ID, COMMIT_TS_ZEROPAGE); -} - -/* * Write a TRUNCATE xlog record */ static void @@ -1023,19 +990,9 @@ commit_ts_redo(XLogReaderState *record) if (info == COMMIT_TS_ZEROPAGE) { int64 pageno; - int slotno; - LWLock *lock; memcpy(&pageno, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(pageno)); - - lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(CommitTsCtl, pageno); - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - slotno = ZeroCommitTsPage(pageno, false); - SimpleLruWritePage(CommitTsCtl, slotno); - Assert(!CommitTsCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - - LWLockRelease(lock); + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(CommitTsCtl, pageno); } else if (info == COMMIT_TS_TRUNCATE) { diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/multixact.c b/src/backend/access/transam/multixact.c index 3c06ac45532..3cb09c3d598 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/multixact.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/multixact.c @@ -401,8 +401,6 @@ static void mXactCachePut(MultiXactId multi, int nmembers, static char *mxstatus_to_string(MultiXactStatus status); /* management of SLRU infrastructure */ -static int ZeroMultiXactOffsetPage(int64 pageno, bool writeXlog); -static int ZeroMultiXactMemberPage(int64 pageno, bool writeXlog); static bool MultiXactOffsetPagePrecedes(int64 page1, int64 page2); static bool MultiXactMemberPagePrecedes(int64 page1, int64 page2); static bool MultiXactOffsetPrecedes(MultiXactOffset offset1, @@ -413,7 +411,6 @@ static bool MultiXactOffsetWouldWrap(MultiXactOffset boundary, MultiXactOffset start, uint32 distance); static bool SetOffsetVacuumLimit(bool is_startup); static bool find_multixact_start(MultiXactId multi, MultiXactOffset *result); -static void WriteMZeroPageXlogRec(int64 pageno, uint8 info); static void WriteMTruncateXlogRec(Oid oldestMultiDB, MultiXactId startTruncOff, MultiXactId endTruncOff, @@ -1847,7 +1844,7 @@ AtPrepare_MultiXact(void) * Clean up after successful PREPARE TRANSACTION */ void -PostPrepare_MultiXact(TransactionId xid) +PostPrepare_MultiXact(FullTransactionId fxid) { MultiXactId myOldestMember; @@ -1858,7 +1855,7 @@ PostPrepare_MultiXact(TransactionId xid) myOldestMember = OldestMemberMXactId[MyProcNumber]; if (MultiXactIdIsValid(myOldestMember)) { - ProcNumber dummyProcNumber = TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber(xid, false); + ProcNumber dummyProcNumber = TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber(fxid, false); /* * Even though storing MultiXactId is atomic, acquire lock to make @@ -1896,10 +1893,10 @@ PostPrepare_MultiXact(TransactionId xid) * Recover the state of a prepared transaction at startup */ void -multixact_twophase_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +multixact_twophase_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { - ProcNumber dummyProcNumber = TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber(xid, false); + ProcNumber dummyProcNumber = TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber(fxid, false); MultiXactId oldestMember; /* @@ -1917,10 +1914,10 @@ multixact_twophase_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, * Similar to AtEOXact_MultiXact but for COMMIT PREPARED */ void -multixact_twophase_postcommit(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +multixact_twophase_postcommit(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { - ProcNumber dummyProcNumber = TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber(xid, true); + ProcNumber dummyProcNumber = TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber(fxid, true); Assert(len == sizeof(MultiXactId)); @@ -1932,10 +1929,10 @@ multixact_twophase_postcommit(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, * This is actually just the same as the COMMIT case. */ void -multixact_twophase_postabort(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +multixact_twophase_postabort(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { - multixact_twophase_postcommit(xid, info, recdata, len); + multixact_twophase_postcommit(fxid, info, recdata, len); } /* @@ -2033,70 +2030,9 @@ check_multixact_member_buffers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source) void BootStrapMultiXact(void) { - int slotno; - LWLock *lock; - - lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(MultiXactOffsetCtl, 0); - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - /* Create and zero the first page of the offsets log */ - slotno = ZeroMultiXactOffsetPage(0, false); - - /* Make sure it's written out */ - SimpleLruWritePage(MultiXactOffsetCtl, slotno); - Assert(!MultiXactOffsetCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - - LWLockRelease(lock); - - lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(MultiXactMemberCtl, 0); - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - /* Create and zero the first page of the members log */ - slotno = ZeroMultiXactMemberPage(0, false); - - /* Make sure it's written out */ - SimpleLruWritePage(MultiXactMemberCtl, slotno); - Assert(!MultiXactMemberCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - - LWLockRelease(lock); -} - -/* - * Initialize (or reinitialize) a page of MultiXactOffset to zeroes. - * If writeXlog is true, also emit an XLOG record saying we did this. - * - * The page is not actually written, just set up in shared memory. - * The slot number of the new page is returned. - * - * Control lock must be held at entry, and will be held at exit. - */ -static int -ZeroMultiXactOffsetPage(int64 pageno, bool writeXlog) -{ - int slotno; - - slotno = SimpleLruZeroPage(MultiXactOffsetCtl, pageno); - - if (writeXlog) - WriteMZeroPageXlogRec(pageno, XLOG_MULTIXACT_ZERO_OFF_PAGE); - - return slotno; -} - -/* - * Ditto, for MultiXactMember - */ -static int -ZeroMultiXactMemberPage(int64 pageno, bool writeXlog) -{ - int slotno; - - slotno = SimpleLruZeroPage(MultiXactMemberCtl, pageno); - - if (writeXlog) - WriteMZeroPageXlogRec(pageno, XLOG_MULTIXACT_ZERO_MEM_PAGE); - - return slotno; + /* Zero the initial pages and flush them to disk */ + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(MultiXactOffsetCtl, 0); + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(MultiXactMemberCtl, 0); } /* @@ -2134,7 +2070,7 @@ MaybeExtendOffsetSlru(void) * with creating a new segment file even if the page we're writing is * not the first in it, so this is enough. */ - slotno = ZeroMultiXactOffsetPage(pageno, false); + slotno = SimpleLruZeroPage(MultiXactOffsetCtl, pageno); SimpleLruWritePage(MultiXactOffsetCtl, slotno); } @@ -2568,8 +2504,10 @@ ExtendMultiXactOffset(MultiXactId multi) LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - /* Zero the page and make an XLOG entry about it */ - ZeroMultiXactOffsetPage(pageno, true); + /* Zero the page and make a WAL entry about it */ + SimpleLruZeroPage(MultiXactOffsetCtl, pageno); + XLogSimpleInsertInt64(RM_MULTIXACT_ID, XLOG_MULTIXACT_ZERO_OFF_PAGE, + pageno); LWLockRelease(lock); } @@ -2611,8 +2549,10 @@ ExtendMultiXactMember(MultiXactOffset offset, int nmembers) LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - /* Zero the page and make an XLOG entry about it */ - ZeroMultiXactMemberPage(pageno, true); + /* Zero the page and make a WAL entry about it */ + SimpleLruZeroPage(MultiXactMemberCtl, pageno); + XLogSimpleInsertInt64(RM_MULTIXACT_ID, + XLOG_MULTIXACT_ZERO_MEM_PAGE, pageno); LWLockRelease(lock); } @@ -3348,18 +3288,6 @@ MultiXactOffsetPrecedes(MultiXactOffset offset1, MultiXactOffset offset2) } /* - * Write an xlog record reflecting the zeroing of either a MEMBERs or - * OFFSETs page (info shows which) - */ -static void -WriteMZeroPageXlogRec(int64 pageno, uint8 info) -{ - XLogBeginInsert(); - XLogRegisterData(&pageno, sizeof(pageno)); - (void) XLogInsert(RM_MULTIXACT_ID, info); -} - -/* * Write a TRUNCATE xlog record * * We must flush the xlog record to disk before returning --- see notes in @@ -3401,36 +3329,16 @@ multixact_redo(XLogReaderState *record) if (info == XLOG_MULTIXACT_ZERO_OFF_PAGE) { int64 pageno; - int slotno; - LWLock *lock; memcpy(&pageno, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(pageno)); - - lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(MultiXactOffsetCtl, pageno); - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - slotno = ZeroMultiXactOffsetPage(pageno, false); - SimpleLruWritePage(MultiXactOffsetCtl, slotno); - Assert(!MultiXactOffsetCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - - LWLockRelease(lock); + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(MultiXactOffsetCtl, pageno); } else if (info == XLOG_MULTIXACT_ZERO_MEM_PAGE) { int64 pageno; - int slotno; - LWLock *lock; memcpy(&pageno, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(pageno)); - - lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(MultiXactMemberCtl, pageno); - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - slotno = ZeroMultiXactMemberPage(pageno, false); - SimpleLruWritePage(MultiXactMemberCtl, slotno); - Assert(!MultiXactMemberCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - - LWLockRelease(lock); + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(MultiXactMemberCtl, pageno); } else if (info == XLOG_MULTIXACT_CREATE_ID) { diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c b/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c index fe56286d9a9..10ec259f382 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c @@ -434,6 +434,31 @@ SimpleLruZeroLSNs(SlruCtl ctl, int slotno) } /* + * This is a convenience wrapper for the common case of zeroing a page and + * immediately flushing it to disk. + * + * Control lock is acquired and released here. + */ +void +SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(SlruCtl ctl, int64 pageno) +{ + int slotno; + LWLock *lock; + + lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(ctl, pageno); + LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* Create and zero the page */ + slotno = SimpleLruZeroPage(ctl, pageno); + + /* Make sure it's written out */ + SimpleLruWritePage(ctl, slotno); + Assert(!ctl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); + + LWLockRelease(lock); +} + +/* * Wait for any active I/O on a page slot to finish. (This does not * guarantee that new I/O hasn't been started before we return, though. * In fact the slot might not even contain the same page anymore.) diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/subtrans.c b/src/backend/access/transam/subtrans.c index 15153618fad..09aace9e09f 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/subtrans.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/subtrans.c @@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ static SlruCtlData SubTransCtlData; #define SubTransCtl (&SubTransCtlData) -static int ZeroSUBTRANSPage(int64 pageno); static bool SubTransPagePrecedes(int64 page1, int64 page2); @@ -269,33 +268,8 @@ check_subtrans_buffers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source) void BootStrapSUBTRANS(void) { - int slotno; - LWLock *lock = SimpleLruGetBankLock(SubTransCtl, 0); - - LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - /* Create and zero the first page of the subtrans log */ - slotno = ZeroSUBTRANSPage(0); - - /* Make sure it's written out */ - SimpleLruWritePage(SubTransCtl, slotno); - Assert(!SubTransCtl->shared->page_dirty[slotno]); - - LWLockRelease(lock); -} - -/* - * Initialize (or reinitialize) a page of SUBTRANS to zeroes. - * - * The page is not actually written, just set up in shared memory. - * The slot number of the new page is returned. - * - * Control lock must be held at entry, and will be held at exit. - */ -static int -ZeroSUBTRANSPage(int64 pageno) -{ - return SimpleLruZeroPage(SubTransCtl, pageno); + /* Zero the initial page and flush it to disk */ + SimpleLruZeroAndWritePage(SubTransCtl, 0); } /* @@ -335,7 +309,7 @@ StartupSUBTRANS(TransactionId oldestActiveXID) prevlock = lock; } - (void) ZeroSUBTRANSPage(startPage); + (void) SimpleLruZeroPage(SubTransCtl, startPage); if (startPage == endPage) break; @@ -395,7 +369,7 @@ ExtendSUBTRANS(TransactionId newestXact) LWLockAcquire(lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); /* Zero the page */ - ZeroSUBTRANSPage(pageno); + SimpleLruZeroPage(SubTransCtl, pageno); LWLockRelease(lock); } diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/timeline.c b/src/backend/access/transam/timeline.c index a27f27cc037..186eb91f609 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/timeline.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/timeline.c @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ readTimeLineHistory(TimeLineID targetTLI) if (*ptr == '\0' || *ptr == '#') continue; - nfields = sscanf(fline, "%u\t%X/%X", &tli, &switchpoint_hi, &switchpoint_lo); + nfields = sscanf(fline, "%u\t%X/%08X", &tli, &switchpoint_hi, &switchpoint_lo); if (nfields < 1) { @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ writeTimeLineHistory(TimeLineID newTLI, TimeLineID parentTLI, * parent file failed to end with one. */ snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), - "%s%u\t%X/%X\t%s\n", + "%s%u\t%X/%08X\t%s\n", (srcfd < 0) ? "" : "\n", parentTLI, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(switchpoint), diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/twophase.c b/src/backend/access/transam/twophase.c index 73a80559194..85cbe397cb2 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/twophase.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/twophase.c @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ typedef struct GlobalTransactionData */ XLogRecPtr prepare_start_lsn; /* XLOG offset of prepare record start */ XLogRecPtr prepare_end_lsn; /* XLOG offset of prepare record end */ - TransactionId xid; /* The GXACT id */ + FullTransactionId fxid; /* The GXACT full xid */ Oid owner; /* ID of user that executed the xact */ ProcNumber locking_backend; /* backend currently working on the xact */ @@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ static GlobalTransaction MyLockedGxact = NULL; static bool twophaseExitRegistered = false; +static void PrepareRedoRemoveFull(FullTransactionId fxid, bool giveWarning); static void RecordTransactionCommitPrepared(TransactionId xid, int nchildren, TransactionId *children, @@ -216,19 +217,19 @@ static void RecordTransactionAbortPrepared(TransactionId xid, int nstats, xl_xact_stats_item *stats, const char *gid); -static void ProcessRecords(char *bufptr, TransactionId xid, +static void ProcessRecords(char *bufptr, FullTransactionId fxid, const TwoPhaseCallback callbacks[]); static void RemoveGXact(GlobalTransaction gxact); static void XlogReadTwoPhaseData(XLogRecPtr lsn, char **buf, int *len); -static char *ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(TransactionId xid, +static char *ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(FullTransactionId fxid, XLogRecPtr prepare_start_lsn, bool fromdisk, bool setParent, bool setNextXid); -static void MarkAsPreparingGuts(GlobalTransaction gxact, TransactionId xid, +static void MarkAsPreparingGuts(GlobalTransaction gxact, FullTransactionId fxid, const char *gid, TimestampTz prepared_at, Oid owner, Oid databaseid); -static void RemoveTwoPhaseFile(TransactionId xid, bool giveWarning); -static void RecreateTwoPhaseFile(TransactionId xid, void *content, int len); +static void RemoveTwoPhaseFile(FullTransactionId fxid, bool giveWarning); +static void RecreateTwoPhaseFile(FullTransactionId fxid, void *content, int len); /* * Initialization of shared memory @@ -356,7 +357,7 @@ PostPrepare_Twophase(void) * Reserve the GID for the given transaction. */ GlobalTransaction -MarkAsPreparing(TransactionId xid, const char *gid, +MarkAsPreparing(FullTransactionId fxid, const char *gid, TimestampTz prepared_at, Oid owner, Oid databaseid) { GlobalTransaction gxact; @@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ MarkAsPreparing(TransactionId xid, const char *gid, gxact = TwoPhaseState->freeGXacts; TwoPhaseState->freeGXacts = gxact->next; - MarkAsPreparingGuts(gxact, xid, gid, prepared_at, owner, databaseid); + MarkAsPreparingGuts(gxact, fxid, gid, prepared_at, owner, databaseid); gxact->ondisk = false; @@ -430,11 +431,13 @@ MarkAsPreparing(TransactionId xid, const char *gid, * Note: This function should be called with appropriate locks held. */ static void -MarkAsPreparingGuts(GlobalTransaction gxact, TransactionId xid, const char *gid, - TimestampTz prepared_at, Oid owner, Oid databaseid) +MarkAsPreparingGuts(GlobalTransaction gxact, FullTransactionId fxid, + const char *gid, TimestampTz prepared_at, Oid owner, + Oid databaseid) { PGPROC *proc; int i; + TransactionId xid = XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid); Assert(LWLockHeldByMeInMode(TwoPhaseStateLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE)); @@ -479,7 +482,7 @@ MarkAsPreparingGuts(GlobalTransaction gxact, TransactionId xid, const char *gid, proc->subxidStatus.count = 0; gxact->prepared_at = prepared_at; - gxact->xid = xid; + gxact->fxid = fxid; gxact->owner = owner; gxact->locking_backend = MyProcNumber; gxact->valid = false; @@ -797,12 +800,12 @@ pg_prepared_xact(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) * caller had better hold it. */ static GlobalTransaction -TwoPhaseGetGXact(TransactionId xid, bool lock_held) +TwoPhaseGetGXact(FullTransactionId fxid, bool lock_held) { GlobalTransaction result = NULL; int i; - static TransactionId cached_xid = InvalidTransactionId; + static FullTransactionId cached_fxid = {InvalidTransactionId}; static GlobalTransaction cached_gxact = NULL; Assert(!lock_held || LWLockHeldByMe(TwoPhaseStateLock)); @@ -811,7 +814,7 @@ TwoPhaseGetGXact(TransactionId xid, bool lock_held) * During a recovery, COMMIT PREPARED, or ABORT PREPARED, we'll be called * repeatedly for the same XID. We can save work with a simple cache. */ - if (xid == cached_xid) + if (FullTransactionIdEquals(fxid, cached_fxid)) return cached_gxact; if (!lock_held) @@ -821,7 +824,7 @@ TwoPhaseGetGXact(TransactionId xid, bool lock_held) { GlobalTransaction gxact = TwoPhaseState->prepXacts[i]; - if (gxact->xid == xid) + if (FullTransactionIdEquals(gxact->fxid, fxid)) { result = gxact; break; @@ -832,9 +835,10 @@ TwoPhaseGetGXact(TransactionId xid, bool lock_held) LWLockRelease(TwoPhaseStateLock); if (result == NULL) /* should not happen */ - elog(ERROR, "failed to find GlobalTransaction for xid %u", xid); + elog(ERROR, "failed to find GlobalTransaction for xid %u", + XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid)); - cached_xid = xid; + cached_fxid = fxid; cached_gxact = result; return result; @@ -881,7 +885,7 @@ TwoPhaseGetXidByVirtualXID(VirtualTransactionId vxid, *have_more = true; break; } - result = gxact->xid; + result = XidFromFullTransactionId(gxact->fxid); } } @@ -892,7 +896,7 @@ TwoPhaseGetXidByVirtualXID(VirtualTransactionId vxid, /* * TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber - * Get the dummy proc number for prepared transaction specified by XID + * Get the dummy proc number for prepared transaction * * Dummy proc numbers are similar to proc numbers of real backends. They * start at MaxBackends, and are unique across all currently active real @@ -900,24 +904,24 @@ TwoPhaseGetXidByVirtualXID(VirtualTransactionId vxid, * TwoPhaseStateLock will not be taken, so the caller had better hold it. */ ProcNumber -TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber(TransactionId xid, bool lock_held) +TwoPhaseGetDummyProcNumber(FullTransactionId fxid, bool lock_held) { - GlobalTransaction gxact = TwoPhaseGetGXact(xid, lock_held); + GlobalTransaction gxact = TwoPhaseGetGXact(fxid, lock_held); return gxact->pgprocno; } /* * TwoPhaseGetDummyProc - * Get the PGPROC that represents a prepared transaction specified by XID + * Get the PGPROC that represents a prepared transaction * * If lock_held is set to true, TwoPhaseStateLock will not be taken, so the * caller had better hold it. */ PGPROC * -TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(TransactionId xid, bool lock_held) +TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(FullTransactionId fxid, bool lock_held) { - GlobalTransaction gxact = TwoPhaseGetGXact(xid, lock_held); + GlobalTransaction gxact = TwoPhaseGetGXact(fxid, lock_held); return GetPGProcByNumber(gxact->pgprocno); } @@ -942,10 +946,8 @@ AdjustToFullTransactionId(TransactionId xid) } static inline int -TwoPhaseFilePath(char *path, TransactionId xid) +TwoPhaseFilePath(char *path, FullTransactionId fxid) { - FullTransactionId fxid = AdjustToFullTransactionId(xid); - return snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, TWOPHASE_DIR "/%08X%08X", EpochFromFullTransactionId(fxid), XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid)); @@ -1049,7 +1051,7 @@ void StartPrepare(GlobalTransaction gxact) { PGPROC *proc = GetPGProcByNumber(gxact->pgprocno); - TransactionId xid = gxact->xid; + TransactionId xid = XidFromFullTransactionId(gxact->fxid); TwoPhaseFileHeader hdr; TransactionId *children; RelFileLocator *commitrels; @@ -1281,10 +1283,11 @@ RegisterTwoPhaseRecord(TwoPhaseRmgrId rmid, uint16 info, * If it looks OK (has a valid magic number and CRC), return the palloc'd * contents of the file, issuing an error when finding corrupted data. If * missing_ok is true, which indicates that missing files can be safely - * ignored, then return NULL. This state can be reached when doing recovery. + * ignored, then return NULL. This state can be reached when doing recovery + * after discarding two-phase files from frozen epochs. */ static char * -ReadTwoPhaseFile(TransactionId xid, bool missing_ok) +ReadTwoPhaseFile(FullTransactionId fxid, bool missing_ok) { char path[MAXPGPATH]; char *buf; @@ -1296,7 +1299,7 @@ ReadTwoPhaseFile(TransactionId xid, bool missing_ok) file_crc; int r; - TwoPhaseFilePath(path, xid); + TwoPhaseFilePath(path, fxid); fd = OpenTransientFile(path, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY); if (fd < 0) @@ -1426,12 +1429,12 @@ XlogReadTwoPhaseData(XLogRecPtr lsn, char **buf, int *len) if (errormsg) ereport(ERROR, (errcode_for_file_access(), - errmsg("could not read two-phase state from WAL at %X/%X: %s", + errmsg("could not read two-phase state from WAL at %X/%08X: %s", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn), errormsg))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode_for_file_access(), - errmsg("could not read two-phase state from WAL at %X/%X", + errmsg("could not read two-phase state from WAL at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)))); } @@ -1439,7 +1442,7 @@ XlogReadTwoPhaseData(XLogRecPtr lsn, char **buf, int *len) (XLogRecGetInfo(xlogreader) & XLOG_XACT_OPMASK) != XLOG_XACT_PREPARE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode_for_file_access(), - errmsg("expected two-phase state data is not present in WAL at %X/%X", + errmsg("expected two-phase state data is not present in WAL at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)))); if (len != NULL) @@ -1461,6 +1464,7 @@ StandbyTransactionIdIsPrepared(TransactionId xid) char *buf; TwoPhaseFileHeader *hdr; bool result; + FullTransactionId fxid; Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xid)); @@ -1468,7 +1472,8 @@ StandbyTransactionIdIsPrepared(TransactionId xid) return false; /* nothing to do */ /* Read and validate file */ - buf = ReadTwoPhaseFile(xid, true); + fxid = AdjustToFullTransactionId(xid); + buf = ReadTwoPhaseFile(fxid, true); if (buf == NULL) return false; @@ -1488,6 +1493,7 @@ FinishPreparedTransaction(const char *gid, bool isCommit) { GlobalTransaction gxact; PGPROC *proc; + FullTransactionId fxid; TransactionId xid; bool ondisk; char *buf; @@ -1509,7 +1515,8 @@ FinishPreparedTransaction(const char *gid, bool isCommit) */ gxact = LockGXact(gid, GetUserId()); proc = GetPGProcByNumber(gxact->pgprocno); - xid = gxact->xid; + fxid = gxact->fxid; + xid = XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid); /* * Read and validate 2PC state data. State data will typically be stored @@ -1517,7 +1524,7 @@ FinishPreparedTransaction(const char *gid, bool isCommit) * to disk if for some reason they have lived for a long time. */ if (gxact->ondisk) - buf = ReadTwoPhaseFile(xid, false); + buf = ReadTwoPhaseFile(fxid, false); else XlogReadTwoPhaseData(gxact->prepare_start_lsn, &buf, NULL); @@ -1636,11 +1643,11 @@ FinishPreparedTransaction(const char *gid, bool isCommit) /* And now do the callbacks */ if (isCommit) - ProcessRecords(bufptr, xid, twophase_postcommit_callbacks); + ProcessRecords(bufptr, fxid, twophase_postcommit_callbacks); else - ProcessRecords(bufptr, xid, twophase_postabort_callbacks); + ProcessRecords(bufptr, fxid, twophase_postabort_callbacks); - PredicateLockTwoPhaseFinish(xid, isCommit); + PredicateLockTwoPhaseFinish(fxid, isCommit); /* * Read this value while holding the two-phase lock, as the on-disk 2PC @@ -1664,7 +1671,7 @@ FinishPreparedTransaction(const char *gid, bool isCommit) * And now we can clean up any files we may have left. */ if (ondisk) - RemoveTwoPhaseFile(xid, true); + RemoveTwoPhaseFile(fxid, true); MyLockedGxact = NULL; @@ -1677,7 +1684,7 @@ FinishPreparedTransaction(const char *gid, bool isCommit) * Scan 2PC state data in memory and call the indicated callbacks for each 2PC record. */ static void -ProcessRecords(char *bufptr, TransactionId xid, +ProcessRecords(char *bufptr, FullTransactionId fxid, const TwoPhaseCallback callbacks[]) { for (;;) @@ -1691,24 +1698,28 @@ ProcessRecords(char *bufptr, TransactionId xid, bufptr += MAXALIGN(sizeof(TwoPhaseRecordOnDisk)); if (callbacks[record->rmid] != NULL) - callbacks[record->rmid] (xid, record->info, bufptr, record->len); + callbacks[record->rmid] (fxid, record->info, bufptr, record->len); bufptr += MAXALIGN(record->len); } } /* - * Remove the 2PC file for the specified XID. + * Remove the 2PC file. * * If giveWarning is false, do not complain about file-not-present; * this is an expected case during WAL replay. + * + * This routine is used at early stages at recovery where future and + * past orphaned files are checked, hence the FullTransactionId to build + * a complete file name fit for the removal. */ static void -RemoveTwoPhaseFile(TransactionId xid, bool giveWarning) +RemoveTwoPhaseFile(FullTransactionId fxid, bool giveWarning) { char path[MAXPGPATH]; - TwoPhaseFilePath(path, xid); + TwoPhaseFilePath(path, fxid); if (unlink(path)) if (errno != ENOENT || giveWarning) ereport(WARNING, @@ -1723,7 +1734,7 @@ RemoveTwoPhaseFile(TransactionId xid, bool giveWarning) * Note: content and len don't include CRC. */ static void -RecreateTwoPhaseFile(TransactionId xid, void *content, int len) +RecreateTwoPhaseFile(FullTransactionId fxid, void *content, int len) { char path[MAXPGPATH]; pg_crc32c statefile_crc; @@ -1734,7 +1745,7 @@ RecreateTwoPhaseFile(TransactionId xid, void *content, int len) COMP_CRC32C(statefile_crc, content, len); FIN_CRC32C(statefile_crc); - TwoPhaseFilePath(path, xid); + TwoPhaseFilePath(path, fxid); fd = OpenTransientFile(path, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY | PG_BINARY); @@ -1846,7 +1857,7 @@ CheckPointTwoPhase(XLogRecPtr redo_horizon) int len; XlogReadTwoPhaseData(gxact->prepare_start_lsn, &buf, &len); - RecreateTwoPhaseFile(gxact->xid, buf, len); + RecreateTwoPhaseFile(gxact->fxid, buf, len); gxact->ondisk = true; gxact->prepare_start_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr; gxact->prepare_end_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr; @@ -1897,19 +1908,17 @@ restoreTwoPhaseData(void) if (strlen(clde->d_name) == 16 && strspn(clde->d_name, "0123456789ABCDEF") == 16) { - TransactionId xid; FullTransactionId fxid; char *buf; fxid = FullTransactionIdFromU64(strtou64(clde->d_name, NULL, 16)); - xid = XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid); - buf = ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(xid, InvalidXLogRecPtr, + buf = ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(fxid, InvalidXLogRecPtr, true, false, false); if (buf == NULL) continue; - PrepareRedoAdd(buf, InvalidXLogRecPtr, + PrepareRedoAdd(fxid, buf, InvalidXLogRecPtr, InvalidXLogRecPtr, InvalidRepOriginId); } } @@ -1968,9 +1977,7 @@ PrescanPreparedTransactions(TransactionId **xids_p, int *nxids_p) Assert(gxact->inredo); - xid = gxact->xid; - - buf = ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(xid, + buf = ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(gxact->fxid, gxact->prepare_start_lsn, gxact->ondisk, false, true); @@ -1981,6 +1988,7 @@ PrescanPreparedTransactions(TransactionId **xids_p, int *nxids_p) * OK, we think this file is valid. Incorporate xid into the * running-minimum result. */ + xid = XidFromFullTransactionId(gxact->fxid); if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, result)) result = xid; @@ -2036,15 +2044,12 @@ StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions(void) LWLockAcquire(TwoPhaseStateLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); for (i = 0; i < TwoPhaseState->numPrepXacts; i++) { - TransactionId xid; char *buf; GlobalTransaction gxact = TwoPhaseState->prepXacts[i]; Assert(gxact->inredo); - xid = gxact->xid; - - buf = ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(xid, + buf = ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(gxact->fxid, gxact->prepare_start_lsn, gxact->ondisk, true, false); if (buf != NULL) @@ -2077,16 +2082,14 @@ RecoverPreparedTransactions(void) LWLockAcquire(TwoPhaseStateLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); for (i = 0; i < TwoPhaseState->numPrepXacts; i++) { - TransactionId xid; char *buf; GlobalTransaction gxact = TwoPhaseState->prepXacts[i]; + FullTransactionId fxid = gxact->fxid; char *bufptr; TwoPhaseFileHeader *hdr; TransactionId *subxids; const char *gid; - xid = gxact->xid; - /* * Reconstruct subtrans state for the transaction --- needed because * pg_subtrans is not preserved over a restart. Note that we are @@ -2096,17 +2099,20 @@ RecoverPreparedTransactions(void) * SubTransSetParent has been set before, if the prepared transaction * generated xid assignment records. */ - buf = ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(xid, + buf = ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(gxact->fxid, gxact->prepare_start_lsn, gxact->ondisk, true, false); if (buf == NULL) continue; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("recovering prepared transaction %u from shared memory", xid))); + (errmsg("recovering prepared transaction %u of epoch %u from shared memory", + XidFromFullTransactionId(gxact->fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(gxact->fxid)))); hdr = (TwoPhaseFileHeader *) buf; - Assert(TransactionIdEquals(hdr->xid, xid)); + Assert(TransactionIdEquals(hdr->xid, + XidFromFullTransactionId(gxact->fxid))); bufptr = buf + MAXALIGN(sizeof(TwoPhaseFileHeader)); gid = (const char *) bufptr; bufptr += MAXALIGN(hdr->gidlen); @@ -2122,7 +2128,7 @@ RecoverPreparedTransactions(void) * Recreate its GXACT and dummy PGPROC. But, check whether it was * added in redo and already has a shmem entry for it. */ - MarkAsPreparingGuts(gxact, xid, gid, + MarkAsPreparingGuts(gxact, gxact->fxid, gid, hdr->prepared_at, hdr->owner, hdr->database); @@ -2137,7 +2143,7 @@ RecoverPreparedTransactions(void) /* * Recover other state (notably locks) using resource managers. */ - ProcessRecords(bufptr, xid, twophase_recover_callbacks); + ProcessRecords(bufptr, fxid, twophase_recover_callbacks); /* * Release locks held by the standby process after we process each @@ -2145,7 +2151,7 @@ RecoverPreparedTransactions(void) * additional locks at any one time. */ if (InHotStandby) - StandbyReleaseLockTree(xid, hdr->nsubxacts, subxids); + StandbyReleaseLockTree(hdr->xid, hdr->nsubxacts, subxids); /* * We're done with recovering this transaction. Clear MyLockedGxact, @@ -2164,7 +2170,7 @@ RecoverPreparedTransactions(void) /* * ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer * - * Given a transaction id, read it either from disk or read it directly + * Given a FullTransactionId, read it either from disk or read it directly * via shmem xlog record pointer using the provided "prepare_start_lsn". * * If setParent is true, set up subtransaction parent linkages. @@ -2173,13 +2179,12 @@ RecoverPreparedTransactions(void) * value scanned. */ static char * -ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(TransactionId xid, +ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(FullTransactionId fxid, XLogRecPtr prepare_start_lsn, bool fromdisk, bool setParent, bool setNextXid) { FullTransactionId nextXid = TransamVariables->nextXid; - TransactionId origNextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(nextXid); TransactionId *subxids; char *buf; TwoPhaseFileHeader *hdr; @@ -2191,41 +2196,46 @@ ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(TransactionId xid, Assert(prepare_start_lsn != InvalidXLogRecPtr); /* Already processed? */ - if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xid) || TransactionIdDidAbort(xid)) + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid)) || + TransactionIdDidAbort(XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid))) { if (fromdisk) { ereport(WARNING, - (errmsg("removing stale two-phase state file for transaction %u", - xid))); - RemoveTwoPhaseFile(xid, true); + (errmsg("removing stale two-phase state file for transaction %u of epoch %u", + XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(fxid)))); + RemoveTwoPhaseFile(fxid, true); } else { ereport(WARNING, - (errmsg("removing stale two-phase state from memory for transaction %u", - xid))); - PrepareRedoRemove(xid, true); + (errmsg("removing stale two-phase state from memory for transaction %u of epoch %u", + XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(fxid)))); + PrepareRedoRemoveFull(fxid, true); } return NULL; } /* Reject XID if too new */ - if (TransactionIdFollowsOrEquals(xid, origNextXid)) + if (FullTransactionIdFollowsOrEquals(fxid, nextXid)) { if (fromdisk) { ereport(WARNING, - (errmsg("removing future two-phase state file for transaction %u", - xid))); - RemoveTwoPhaseFile(xid, true); + (errmsg("removing future two-phase state file for transaction %u of epoch %u", + XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(fxid)))); + RemoveTwoPhaseFile(fxid, true); } else { ereport(WARNING, - (errmsg("removing future two-phase state from memory for transaction %u", - xid))); - PrepareRedoRemove(xid, true); + (errmsg("removing future two-phase state from memory for transaction %u of epoch %u", + XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(fxid)))); + PrepareRedoRemoveFull(fxid, true); } return NULL; } @@ -2233,7 +2243,7 @@ ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(TransactionId xid, if (fromdisk) { /* Read and validate file */ - buf = ReadTwoPhaseFile(xid, false); + buf = ReadTwoPhaseFile(fxid, false); } else { @@ -2243,18 +2253,20 @@ ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(TransactionId xid, /* Deconstruct header */ hdr = (TwoPhaseFileHeader *) buf; - if (!TransactionIdEquals(hdr->xid, xid)) + if (!TransactionIdEquals(hdr->xid, XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid))) { if (fromdisk) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), - errmsg("corrupted two-phase state file for transaction %u", - xid))); + errmsg("corrupted two-phase state file for transaction %u of epoch %u", + XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(fxid)))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), - errmsg("corrupted two-phase state in memory for transaction %u", - xid))); + errmsg("corrupted two-phase state in memory for transaction %u of epoch %u", + XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(fxid)))); } /* @@ -2268,14 +2280,14 @@ ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer(TransactionId xid, { TransactionId subxid = subxids[i]; - Assert(TransactionIdFollows(subxid, xid)); + Assert(TransactionIdFollows(subxid, XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid))); /* update nextXid if needed */ if (setNextXid) AdvanceNextFullTransactionIdPastXid(subxid); if (setParent) - SubTransSetParent(subxid, xid); + SubTransSetParent(subxid, XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid)); } return buf; @@ -2466,8 +2478,9 @@ RecordTransactionAbortPrepared(TransactionId xid, * data, the entry is marked as located on disk. */ void -PrepareRedoAdd(char *buf, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, - XLogRecPtr end_lsn, RepOriginId origin_id) +PrepareRedoAdd(FullTransactionId fxid, char *buf, + XLogRecPtr start_lsn, XLogRecPtr end_lsn, + RepOriginId origin_id) { TwoPhaseFileHeader *hdr = (TwoPhaseFileHeader *) buf; char *bufptr; @@ -2477,6 +2490,13 @@ PrepareRedoAdd(char *buf, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, Assert(LWLockHeldByMeInMode(TwoPhaseStateLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE)); Assert(RecoveryInProgress()); + if (!FullTransactionIdIsValid(fxid)) + { + Assert(InRecovery); + fxid = FullTransactionIdFromAllowableAt(TransamVariables->nextXid, + hdr->xid); + } + bufptr = buf + MAXALIGN(sizeof(TwoPhaseFileHeader)); gid = (const char *) bufptr; @@ -2505,14 +2525,15 @@ PrepareRedoAdd(char *buf, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, { char path[MAXPGPATH]; - TwoPhaseFilePath(path, hdr->xid); + Assert(InRecovery); + TwoPhaseFilePath(path, fxid); if (access(path, F_OK) == 0) { ereport(reachedConsistency ? ERROR : WARNING, (errmsg("could not recover two-phase state file for transaction %u", hdr->xid), - errdetail("Two-phase state file has been found in WAL record %X/%X, but this transaction has already been restored from disk.", + errdetail("Two-phase state file has been found in WAL record %X/%08X, but this transaction has already been restored from disk.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(start_lsn)))); return; } @@ -2536,7 +2557,7 @@ PrepareRedoAdd(char *buf, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, gxact->prepared_at = hdr->prepared_at; gxact->prepare_start_lsn = start_lsn; gxact->prepare_end_lsn = end_lsn; - gxact->xid = hdr->xid; + gxact->fxid = fxid; gxact->owner = hdr->owner; gxact->locking_backend = INVALID_PROC_NUMBER; gxact->valid = false; @@ -2555,11 +2576,13 @@ PrepareRedoAdd(char *buf, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, false /* backward */ , false /* WAL */ ); } - elog(DEBUG2, "added 2PC data in shared memory for transaction %u", gxact->xid); + elog(DEBUG2, "added 2PC data in shared memory for transaction %u of epoch %u", + XidFromFullTransactionId(gxact->fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(gxact->fxid)); } /* - * PrepareRedoRemove + * PrepareRedoRemoveFull * * Remove the corresponding gxact entry from TwoPhaseState. Also remove * the 2PC file if a prepared transaction was saved via an earlier checkpoint. @@ -2567,8 +2590,8 @@ PrepareRedoAdd(char *buf, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, * Caller must hold TwoPhaseStateLock in exclusive mode, because TwoPhaseState * is updated. */ -void -PrepareRedoRemove(TransactionId xid, bool giveWarning) +static void +PrepareRedoRemoveFull(FullTransactionId fxid, bool giveWarning) { GlobalTransaction gxact = NULL; int i; @@ -2581,7 +2604,7 @@ PrepareRedoRemove(TransactionId xid, bool giveWarning) { gxact = TwoPhaseState->prepXacts[i]; - if (gxact->xid == xid) + if (FullTransactionIdEquals(gxact->fxid, fxid)) { Assert(gxact->inredo); found = true; @@ -2598,13 +2621,29 @@ PrepareRedoRemove(TransactionId xid, bool giveWarning) /* * And now we can clean up any files we may have left. */ - elog(DEBUG2, "removing 2PC data for transaction %u", xid); + elog(DEBUG2, "removing 2PC data for transaction %u of epoch %u ", + XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid), + EpochFromFullTransactionId(fxid)); + if (gxact->ondisk) - RemoveTwoPhaseFile(xid, giveWarning); + RemoveTwoPhaseFile(fxid, giveWarning); + RemoveGXact(gxact); } /* + * Wrapper of PrepareRedoRemoveFull(), for TransactionIds. + */ +void +PrepareRedoRemove(TransactionId xid, bool giveWarning) +{ + FullTransactionId fxid = + FullTransactionIdFromAllowableAt(TransamVariables->nextXid, xid); + + PrepareRedoRemoveFull(fxid, giveWarning); +} + +/* * LookupGXact * Check if the prepared transaction with the given GID, lsn and timestamp * exists. @@ -2648,7 +2687,7 @@ LookupGXact(const char *gid, XLogRecPtr prepare_end_lsn, * between publisher and subscriber. */ if (gxact->ondisk) - buf = ReadTwoPhaseFile(gxact->xid, false); + buf = ReadTwoPhaseFile(gxact->fxid, false); else { Assert(gxact->prepare_start_lsn); diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c index b885513f765..41601fcb280 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c @@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@ static void PrepareTransaction(void) { TransactionState s = CurrentTransactionState; - TransactionId xid = GetCurrentTransactionId(); + FullTransactionId fxid = GetCurrentFullTransactionId(); GlobalTransaction gxact; TimestampTz prepared_at; @@ -2644,7 +2644,7 @@ PrepareTransaction(void) * Reserve the GID for this transaction. This could fail if the requested * GID is invalid or already in use. */ - gxact = MarkAsPreparing(xid, prepareGID, prepared_at, + gxact = MarkAsPreparing(fxid, prepareGID, prepared_at, GetUserId(), MyDatabaseId); prepareGID = NULL; @@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ PrepareTransaction(void) * ProcArrayClearTransaction(). Otherwise, a GetLockConflicts() would * conclude "xact already committed or aborted" for our locks. */ - PostPrepare_Locks(xid); + PostPrepare_Locks(fxid); /* * Let others know about no transaction in progress by me. This has to be @@ -2738,9 +2738,9 @@ PrepareTransaction(void) PostPrepare_smgr(); - PostPrepare_MultiXact(xid); + PostPrepare_MultiXact(fxid); - PostPrepare_PredicateLocks(xid); + PostPrepare_PredicateLocks(fxid); ResourceOwnerRelease(TopTransactionResourceOwner, RESOURCE_RELEASE_LOCKS, @@ -6420,7 +6420,8 @@ xact_redo(XLogReaderState *record) * gxact entry. */ LWLockAcquire(TwoPhaseStateLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - PrepareRedoAdd(XLogRecGetData(record), + PrepareRedoAdd(InvalidFullTransactionId, + XLogRecGetData(record), record->ReadRecPtr, record->EndRecPtr, XLogRecGetOrigin(record)); diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c index 1914859b2ee..8e7827c6ed9 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c @@ -449,7 +449,6 @@ typedef struct XLogCtlData /* Protected by info_lck: */ XLogwrtRqst LogwrtRqst; XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr; /* a recent copy of Insert->RedoRecPtr */ - FullTransactionId ckptFullXid; /* nextXid of latest checkpoint */ XLogRecPtr asyncXactLSN; /* LSN of newest async commit/abort */ XLogRecPtr replicationSlotMinLSN; /* oldest LSN needed by any slot */ @@ -1028,7 +1027,7 @@ XLogInsertRecord(XLogRecData *rdata, oldCxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(walDebugCxt); initStringInfo(&buf); - appendStringInfo(&buf, "INSERT @ %X/%X: ", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPos)); + appendStringInfo(&buf, "INSERT @ %X/%08X: ", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPos)); /* * We have to piece together the WAL record data from the XLogRecData @@ -1549,8 +1548,8 @@ WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(XLogRecPtr upto) if (upto > reservedUpto) { ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("request to flush past end of generated WAL; request %X/%X, current position %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(upto), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(reservedUpto)))); + errmsg("request to flush past end of generated WAL; request %X/%08X, current position %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(upto), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(reservedUpto))); upto = reservedUpto; } @@ -1716,7 +1715,7 @@ GetXLogBuffer(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli) endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]); if (expectedEndPtr != endptr) - elog(PANIC, "could not find WAL buffer for %X/%X", + elog(PANIC, "could not find WAL buffer for %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ptr)); } else @@ -1776,7 +1775,7 @@ WALReadFromBuffers(char *dstbuf, XLogRecPtr startptr, Size count, inserted = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult); if (startptr + count > inserted) ereport(ERROR, - errmsg("cannot read past end of generated WAL: requested %X/%X, current position %X/%X", + errmsg("cannot read past end of generated WAL: requested %X/%08X, current position %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startptr + count), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(inserted))); @@ -2281,7 +2280,7 @@ AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli, bool opportunistic) #ifdef WAL_DEBUG if (XLOG_DEBUG && npages > 0) { - elog(DEBUG1, "initialized %d pages, up to %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG1, "initialized %d pages, up to %X/%08X", npages, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(NewPageEndPtr)); } #endif @@ -2347,25 +2346,6 @@ check_wal_segment_size(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source) } /* - * GUC check_hook for max_slot_wal_keep_size - * - * We don't allow the value of max_slot_wal_keep_size other than -1 during the - * binary upgrade. See start_postmaster() in pg_upgrade for more details. - */ -bool -check_max_slot_wal_keep_size(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source) -{ - if (IsBinaryUpgrade && *newval != -1) - { - GUC_check_errdetail("\"%s\" must be set to -1 during binary upgrade mode.", - "max_slot_wal_keep_size"); - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -/* * At a checkpoint, how many WAL segments to recycle as preallocated future * XLOG segments? Returns the highest segment that should be preallocated. */ @@ -2492,7 +2472,7 @@ XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible) XLogRecPtr EndPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[curridx]); if (LogwrtResult.Write >= EndPtr) - elog(PANIC, "xlog write request %X/%X is past end of log %X/%X", + elog(PANIC, "xlog write request %X/%08X is past end of log %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPtr)); @@ -2892,7 +2872,7 @@ UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force) newMinRecoveryPoint = GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&newMinRecoveryPointTLI); if (!force && newMinRecoveryPoint < lsn) elog(WARNING, - "xlog min recovery request %X/%X is past current point %X/%X", + "xlog min recovery request %X/%08X is past current point %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint)); /* update control file */ @@ -2905,9 +2885,9 @@ UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force) LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI; ereport(DEBUG2, - (errmsg_internal("updated min recovery point to %X/%X on timeline %u", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint), - newMinRecoveryPointTLI))); + errmsg_internal("updated min recovery point to %X/%08X on timeline %u", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint), + newMinRecoveryPointTLI)); } } LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock); @@ -2945,7 +2925,7 @@ XLogFlush(XLogRecPtr record) #ifdef WAL_DEBUG if (XLOG_DEBUG) - elog(LOG, "xlog flush request %X/%X; write %X/%X; flush %X/%X", + elog(LOG, "xlog flush request %X/%08X; write %X/%08X; flush %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush)); @@ -3078,7 +3058,7 @@ XLogFlush(XLogRecPtr record) */ if (LogwrtResult.Flush < record) elog(ERROR, - "xlog flush request %X/%X is not satisfied --- flushed only to %X/%X", + "xlog flush request %X/%08X is not satisfied --- flushed only to %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush)); } @@ -3205,7 +3185,7 @@ XLogBackgroundFlush(void) #ifdef WAL_DEBUG if (XLOG_DEBUG) - elog(LOG, "xlog bg flush request write %X/%X; flush: %X/%X, current is write %X/%X; flush %X/%X", + elog(LOG, "xlog bg flush request write %X/%08X; flush: %X/%08X, current is write %X/%08X; flush %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Write), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Flush), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write), @@ -5763,7 +5743,6 @@ StartupXLOG(void) SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB, true); SetCommitTsLimit(checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid, checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid); - XLogCtl->ckptFullXid = checkPoint.nextXid; /* * Clear out any old relcache cache files. This is *necessary* if we do @@ -6505,7 +6484,7 @@ PerformRecoveryXLogAction(void) else { RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY | - CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | + CHECKPOINT_FAST | CHECKPOINT_WAIT); } @@ -6814,7 +6793,7 @@ ShutdownXLOG(int code, Datum arg) WalSndWaitStopping(); if (RecoveryInProgress()) - CreateRestartPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE); + CreateRestartPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_FAST); else { /* @@ -6826,7 +6805,7 @@ ShutdownXLOG(int code, Datum arg) if (XLogArchivingActive()) RequestXLogSwitch(false); - CreateCheckPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE); + CreateCheckPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_FAST); } } @@ -6842,24 +6821,24 @@ LogCheckpointStart(int flags, bool restartpoint) (errmsg("restartpoint starting:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? " shutdown" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? " end-of-recovery" : "", - (flags & CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE) ? " immediate" : "", + (flags & CHECKPOINT_FAST) ? " fast" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_FORCE) ? " force" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_WAIT) ? " wait" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG) ? " wal" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME) ? " time" : "", - (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL) ? " flush-all" : ""))); + (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED) ? " flush-unlogged" : ""))); else ereport(LOG, /* translator: the placeholders show checkpoint options */ (errmsg("checkpoint starting:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? " shutdown" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? " end-of-recovery" : "", - (flags & CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE) ? " immediate" : "", + (flags & CHECKPOINT_FAST) ? " fast" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_FORCE) ? " force" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_WAIT) ? " wait" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG) ? " wal" : "", (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME) ? " time" : "", - (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL) ? " flush-all" : ""))); + (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED) ? " flush-unlogged" : ""))); } /* @@ -6921,7 +6900,7 @@ LogCheckpointEnd(bool restartpoint) "%d removed, %d recycled; write=%ld.%03d s, " "sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; sync files=%d, " "longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; distance=%d kB, " - "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%X, redo lsn=%X/%X", + "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%08X, redo lsn=%X/%08X", CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written, (double) CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written * 100 / NBuffers, CheckpointStats.ckpt_slru_written, @@ -6945,7 +6924,7 @@ LogCheckpointEnd(bool restartpoint) "%d removed, %d recycled; write=%ld.%03d s, " "sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; sync files=%d, " "longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; distance=%d kB, " - "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%X, redo lsn=%X/%X", + "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%08X, redo lsn=%X/%08X", CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written, (double) CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written * 100 / NBuffers, CheckpointStats.ckpt_slru_written, @@ -7042,12 +7021,12 @@ update_checkpoint_display(int flags, bool restartpoint, bool reset) * flags is a bitwise OR of the following: * CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN: checkpoint is for database shutdown. * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY: checkpoint is for end of WAL recovery. - * CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE: finish the checkpoint ASAP, - * ignoring checkpoint_completion_target parameter. + * CHECKPOINT_FAST: finish the checkpoint ASAP, ignoring + * checkpoint_completion_target parameter. * CHECKPOINT_FORCE: force a checkpoint even if no XLOG activity has occurred * since the last one (implied by CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN or * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY). - * CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL: also flush buffers of unlogged tables. + * CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED: also flush buffers of unlogged tables. * * Note: flags contains other bits, of interest here only for logging purposes. * In particular note that this routine is synchronous and does not pay @@ -7456,11 +7435,6 @@ CreateCheckPoint(int flags) UpdateControlFile(); LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock); - /* Update shared-memory copy of checkpoint XID/epoch */ - SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck); - XLogCtl->ckptFullXid = checkPoint.nextXid; - SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck); - /* * We are now done with critical updates; no need for system panic if we * have trouble while fooling with old log segments. @@ -7498,6 +7472,10 @@ CreateCheckPoint(int flags) if (PriorRedoPtr != InvalidXLogRecPtr) UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(RedoRecPtr - PriorRedoPtr); +#ifdef USE_INJECTION_POINTS + INJECTION_POINT("checkpoint-before-old-wal-removal", NULL); +#endif + /* * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last checkpoint to * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full. @@ -7637,7 +7615,7 @@ CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn, XLogRecPtr pagePtr, if (!RecoveryInProgress()) elog(ERROR, "can only be used at end of recovery"); if (pagePtr % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0) - elog(ERROR, "invalid position for missing continuation record %X/%X", + elog(ERROR, "invalid position for missing continuation record %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(pagePtr)); /* The current WAL insert position should be right after the page header */ @@ -7648,7 +7626,7 @@ CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn, XLogRecPtr pagePtr, startPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD; recptr = GetXLogInsertRecPtr(); if (recptr != startPos) - elog(ERROR, "invalid WAL insert position %X/%X for OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD", + elog(ERROR, "invalid WAL insert position %X/%08X for OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr)); START_CRIT_SECTION(); @@ -7678,7 +7656,7 @@ CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn, XLogRecPtr pagePtr, /* check that the record was inserted to the right place */ if (ProcLastRecPtr != startPos) - elog(ERROR, "OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD was inserted to unexpected position %X/%X", + elog(ERROR, "OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD was inserted to unexpected position %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ProcLastRecPtr)); XLogFlush(recptr); @@ -7747,8 +7725,7 @@ RecoveryRestartPoint(const CheckPoint *checkPoint, XLogReaderState *record) if (XLogHaveInvalidPages()) { elog(DEBUG2, - "could not record restart point at %X/%X because there " - "are unresolved references to invalid pages", + "could not record restart point at %X/%08X because there are unresolved references to invalid pages", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint->redo)); return; } @@ -7828,8 +7805,8 @@ CreateRestartPoint(int flags) lastCheckPoint.redo <= ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo) { ereport(DEBUG2, - (errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, already performed at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)))); + errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, already performed at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo))); UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(InvalidXLogRecPtr, true); if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) @@ -8013,10 +7990,10 @@ CreateRestartPoint(int flags) xtime = GetLatestXTime(); ereport((log_checkpoints ? LOG : DEBUG2), - (errmsg("recovery restart point at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)), - xtime ? errdetail("Last completed transaction was at log time %s.", - timestamptz_to_str(xtime)) : 0)); + errmsg("recovery restart point at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)), + xtime ? errdetail("Last completed transaction was at log time %s.", + timestamptz_to_str(xtime)) : 0); /* * Finally, execute archive_cleanup_command, if any. @@ -8147,17 +8124,19 @@ KeepLogSeg(XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo) XLByteToSeg(recptr, currSegNo, wal_segment_size); segno = currSegNo; - /* - * Calculate how many segments are kept by slots first, adjusting for - * max_slot_wal_keep_size. - */ + /* Calculate how many segments are kept by slots. */ keep = XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(); if (keep != InvalidXLogRecPtr && keep < recptr) { XLByteToSeg(keep, segno, wal_segment_size); - /* Cap by max_slot_wal_keep_size ... */ - if (max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb >= 0) + /* + * Account for max_slot_wal_keep_size to avoid keeping more than + * configured. However, don't do that during a binary upgrade: if + * slots were to be invalidated because of this, it would not be + * possible to preserve logical ones during the upgrade. + */ + if (max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb >= 0 && !IsBinaryUpgrade) { uint64 slot_keep_segs; @@ -8277,8 +8256,8 @@ XLogRestorePoint(const char *rpName) RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_RESTORE_POINT); ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("restore point \"%s\" created at %X/%X", - rpName, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)))); + errmsg("restore point \"%s\" created at %X/%08X", + rpName, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr))); return RecPtr; } @@ -8530,11 +8509,6 @@ xlog_redo(XLogReaderState *record) ControlFile->checkPointCopy.nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid; LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock); - /* Update shared-memory copy of checkpoint XID/epoch */ - SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck); - XLogCtl->ckptFullXid = checkPoint.nextXid; - SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck); - /* * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this * record. @@ -8591,11 +8565,6 @@ xlog_redo(XLogReaderState *record) ControlFile->checkPointCopy.nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid; LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock); - /* Update shared-memory copy of checkpoint XID/epoch */ - SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck); - XLogCtl->ckptFullXid = checkPoint.nextXid; - SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck); - /* TLI should not change in an on-line checkpoint */ (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI); if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI) @@ -8943,9 +8912,8 @@ issue_xlog_fsync(int fd, XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli) * backup state and tablespace map. * * Input parameters are "state" (the backup state), "fast" (if true, we do - * the checkpoint in immediate mode to make it faster), and "tablespaces" - * (if non-NULL, indicates a list of tablespaceinfo structs describing the - * cluster's tablespaces.). + * the checkpoint in fast mode), and "tablespaces" (if non-NULL, indicates a + * list of tablespaceinfo structs describing the cluster's tablespaces.). * * The tablespace map contents are appended to passed-in parameter * tablespace_map and the caller is responsible for including it in the backup @@ -9073,11 +9041,11 @@ do_pg_backup_start(const char *backupidstr, bool fast, List **tablespaces, * during recovery means that checkpointer is running, we can use * RequestCheckpoint() to establish a restartpoint. * - * We use CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE only if requested by user (via - * passing fast = true). Otherwise this can take awhile. + * We use CHECKPOINT_FAST only if requested by user (via passing + * fast = true). Otherwise this can take awhile. */ RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT | - (fast ? CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE : 0)); + (fast ? CHECKPOINT_FAST : 0)); /* * Now we need to fetch the checkpoint record location, and also diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogbackup.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogbackup.c index 342590e0a46..cda4b38b7d6 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogbackup.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogbackup.c @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ build_backup_content(BackupState *state, bool ishistoryfile) XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, startsegno, wal_segment_size); XLogFileName(startxlogfile, state->starttli, startsegno, wal_segment_size); - appendStringInfo(result, "START WAL LOCATION: %X/%X (file %s)\n", + appendStringInfo(result, "START WAL LOCATION: %X/%08X (file %s)\n", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->startpoint), startxlogfile); if (ishistoryfile) @@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ build_backup_content(BackupState *state, bool ishistoryfile) XLByteToSeg(state->stoppoint, stopsegno, wal_segment_size); XLogFileName(stopxlogfile, state->stoptli, stopsegno, wal_segment_size); - appendStringInfo(result, "STOP WAL LOCATION: %X/%X (file %s)\n", + appendStringInfo(result, "STOP WAL LOCATION: %X/%08X (file %s)\n", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->stoppoint), stopxlogfile); } - appendStringInfo(result, "CHECKPOINT LOCATION: %X/%X\n", + appendStringInfo(result, "CHECKPOINT LOCATION: %X/%08X\n", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->checkpointloc)); appendStringInfoString(result, "BACKUP METHOD: streamed\n"); appendStringInfo(result, "BACKUP FROM: %s\n", @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ build_backup_content(BackupState *state, bool ishistoryfile) Assert(XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(state->istartpoint) == (state->istarttli == 0)); if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(state->istartpoint)) { - appendStringInfo(result, "INCREMENTAL FROM LSN: %X/%X\n", + appendStringInfo(result, "INCREMENTAL FROM LSN: %X/%08X\n", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->istartpoint)); appendStringInfo(result, "INCREMENTAL FROM TLI: %u\n", state->istarttli); diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xloginsert.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xloginsert.c index 5ee9d0b028e..c7571429e8e 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xloginsert.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xloginsert.c @@ -530,6 +530,18 @@ XLogInsert(RmgrId rmid, uint8 info) } /* + * Simple wrapper to XLogInsert to insert a WAL record with elementary + * contents (only an int64 is supported as value currently). + */ +XLogRecPtr +XLogSimpleInsertInt64(RmgrId rmid, uint8 info, int64 value) +{ + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData(&value, sizeof(value)); + return XLogInsert(rmid, info); +} + +/* * Assemble a WAL record from the registered data and buffers into an * XLogRecData chain, ready for insertion with XLogInsertRecord(). * diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogprefetcher.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogprefetcher.c index 7735562db01..ed3aacabc98 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogprefetcher.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogprefetcher.c @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ XLogPrefetcherNextBlock(uintptr_t pgsr_private, XLogRecPtr *lsn) #ifdef XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL elog(XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL, - "suppressing all readahead until %X/%X is replayed due to possible TLI change", + "suppressing all readahead until %X/%08X is replayed due to possible TLI change", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->lsn)); #endif @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ XLogPrefetcherNextBlock(uintptr_t pgsr_private, XLogRecPtr *lsn) #ifdef XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL elog(XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL, - "suppressing prefetch in database %u until %X/%X is replayed due to raw file copy", + "suppressing prefetch in database %u until %X/%08X is replayed due to raw file copy", rlocator.dbOid, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->lsn)); #endif @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ XLogPrefetcherNextBlock(uintptr_t pgsr_private, XLogRecPtr *lsn) #ifdef XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL elog(XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL, - "suppressing prefetch in relation %u/%u/%u until %X/%X is replayed, which creates the relation", + "suppressing prefetch in relation %u/%u/%u until %X/%08X is replayed, which creates the relation", xlrec->rlocator.spcOid, xlrec->rlocator.dbOid, xlrec->rlocator.relNumber, @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ XLogPrefetcherNextBlock(uintptr_t pgsr_private, XLogRecPtr *lsn) #ifdef XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL elog(XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL, - "suppressing prefetch in relation %u/%u/%u from block %u until %X/%X is replayed, which truncates the relation", + "suppressing prefetch in relation %u/%u/%u from block %u until %X/%08X is replayed, which truncates the relation", xlrec->rlocator.spcOid, xlrec->rlocator.dbOid, xlrec->rlocator.relNumber, @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ XLogPrefetcherNextBlock(uintptr_t pgsr_private, XLogRecPtr *lsn) { #ifdef XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL elog(XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL, - "suppressing all prefetch in relation %u/%u/%u until %X/%X is replayed, because the relation does not exist on disk", + "suppressing all prefetch in relation %u/%u/%u until %X/%08X is replayed, because the relation does not exist on disk", reln->smgr_rlocator.locator.spcOid, reln->smgr_rlocator.locator.dbOid, reln->smgr_rlocator.locator.relNumber, @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ XLogPrefetcherNextBlock(uintptr_t pgsr_private, XLogRecPtr *lsn) { #ifdef XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL elog(XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL, - "suppressing prefetch in relation %u/%u/%u from block %u until %X/%X is replayed, because the relation is too small", + "suppressing prefetch in relation %u/%u/%u from block %u until %X/%08X is replayed, because the relation is too small", reln->smgr_rlocator.locator.spcOid, reln->smgr_rlocator.locator.dbOid, reln->smgr_rlocator.locator.relNumber, @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ XLogPrefetcherIsFiltered(XLogPrefetcher *prefetcher, RelFileLocator rlocator, { #ifdef XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL elog(XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL, - "prefetch of %u/%u/%u block %u suppressed; filtering until LSN %X/%X is replayed (blocks >= %u filtered)", + "prefetch of %u/%u/%u block %u suppressed; filtering until LSN %X/%08X is replayed (blocks >= %u filtered)", rlocator.spcOid, rlocator.dbOid, rlocator.relNumber, blockno, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(filter->filter_until_replayed), filter->filter_from_block); @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ XLogPrefetcherIsFiltered(XLogPrefetcher *prefetcher, RelFileLocator rlocator, { #ifdef XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL elog(XLOGPREFETCHER_DEBUG_LEVEL, - "prefetch of %u/%u/%u block %u suppressed; filtering until LSN %X/%X is replayed (whole database)", + "prefetch of %u/%u/%u block %u suppressed; filtering until LSN %X/%08X is replayed (whole database)", rlocator.spcOid, rlocator.dbOid, rlocator.relNumber, blockno, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(filter->filter_until_replayed)); #endif diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogreader.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogreader.c index 2790ade1f91..ac1f801b1eb 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogreader.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogreader.c @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ restart: } else if (targetRecOff < pageHeaderSize) { - report_invalid_record(state, "invalid record offset at %X/%X: expected at least %u, got %u", + report_invalid_record(state, "invalid record offset at %X/%08X: expected at least %u, got %u", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr), pageHeaderSize, targetRecOff); goto err; @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ restart: if ((((XLogPageHeader) state->readBuf)->xlp_info & XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD) && targetRecOff == pageHeaderSize) { - report_invalid_record(state, "contrecord is requested by %X/%X", + report_invalid_record(state, "contrecord is requested by %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)); goto err; } @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ restart: if (total_len < SizeOfXLogRecord) { report_invalid_record(state, - "invalid record length at %X/%X: expected at least %u, got %u", + "invalid record length at %X/%08X: expected at least %u, got %u", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr), (uint32) SizeOfXLogRecord, total_len); goto err; @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ restart: if (!(pageHeader->xlp_info & XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD)) { report_invalid_record(state, - "there is no contrecord flag at %X/%X", + "there is no contrecord flag at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)); goto err; } @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ restart: total_len != (pageHeader->xlp_rem_len + gotlen)) { report_invalid_record(state, - "invalid contrecord length %u (expected %lld) at %X/%X", + "invalid contrecord length %u (expected %lld) at %X/%08X", pageHeader->xlp_rem_len, ((long long) total_len) - gotlen, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)); @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ ValidXLogRecordHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr RecPtr, if (record->xl_tot_len < SizeOfXLogRecord) { report_invalid_record(state, - "invalid record length at %X/%X: expected at least %u, got %u", + "invalid record length at %X/%08X: expected at least %u, got %u", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr), (uint32) SizeOfXLogRecord, record->xl_tot_len); return false; @@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ ValidXLogRecordHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr RecPtr, if (!RmgrIdIsValid(record->xl_rmid)) { report_invalid_record(state, - "invalid resource manager ID %u at %X/%X", + "invalid resource manager ID %u at %X/%08X", record->xl_rmid, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)); return false; } @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ ValidXLogRecordHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr RecPtr, if (!(record->xl_prev < RecPtr)) { report_invalid_record(state, - "record with incorrect prev-link %X/%X at %X/%X", + "record with incorrect prev-link %X/%08X at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->xl_prev), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)); return false; @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ ValidXLogRecordHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr RecPtr, if (record->xl_prev != PrevRecPtr) { report_invalid_record(state, - "record with incorrect prev-link %X/%X at %X/%X", + "record with incorrect prev-link %X/%08X at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->xl_prev), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)); return false; @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ ValidXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecord *record, XLogRecPtr recptr) if (!EQ_CRC32C(record->xl_crc, crc)) { report_invalid_record(state, - "incorrect resource manager data checksum in record at %X/%X", + "incorrect resource manager data checksum in record at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr)); return false; } @@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ XLogReaderValidatePageHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogFileName(fname, state->seg.ws_tli, segno, state->segcxt.ws_segsize); report_invalid_record(state, - "invalid magic number %04X in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u", + "invalid magic number %04X in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%08X, offset %u", hdr->xlp_magic, fname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr), @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ XLogReaderValidatePageHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogFileName(fname, state->seg.ws_tli, segno, state->segcxt.ws_segsize); report_invalid_record(state, - "invalid info bits %04X in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u", + "invalid info bits %04X in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%08X, offset %u", hdr->xlp_info, fname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr), @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ XLogReaderValidatePageHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr recptr, /* hmm, first page of file doesn't have a long header? */ report_invalid_record(state, - "invalid info bits %04X in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u", + "invalid info bits %04X in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%08X, offset %u", hdr->xlp_info, fname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr), @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ XLogReaderValidatePageHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogFileName(fname, state->seg.ws_tli, segno, state->segcxt.ws_segsize); report_invalid_record(state, - "unexpected pageaddr %X/%X in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u", + "unexpected pageaddr %X/%08X in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%08X, offset %u", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(hdr->xlp_pageaddr), fname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr), @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ XLogReaderValidatePageHeader(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogFileName(fname, state->seg.ws_tli, segno, state->segcxt.ws_segsize); report_invalid_record(state, - "out-of-sequence timeline ID %u (after %u) in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u", + "out-of-sequence timeline ID %u (after %u) in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%08X, offset %u", hdr->xlp_tli, state->latestPageTLI, fname, @@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, if (block_id <= decoded->max_block_id) { report_invalid_record(state, - "out-of-order block_id %u at %X/%X", + "out-of-order block_id %u at %X/%08X", block_id, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); goto err; @@ -1780,14 +1780,14 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, if (blk->has_data && blk->data_len == 0) { report_invalid_record(state, - "BKPBLOCK_HAS_DATA set, but no data included at %X/%X", + "BKPBLOCK_HAS_DATA set, but no data included at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); goto err; } if (!blk->has_data && blk->data_len != 0) { report_invalid_record(state, - "BKPBLOCK_HAS_DATA not set, but data length is %u at %X/%X", + "BKPBLOCK_HAS_DATA not set, but data length is %u at %X/%08X", (unsigned int) blk->data_len, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); goto err; @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, blk->bimg_len == BLCKSZ)) { report_invalid_record(state, - "BKPIMAGE_HAS_HOLE set, but hole offset %u length %u block image length %u at %X/%X", + "BKPIMAGE_HAS_HOLE set, but hole offset %u length %u block image length %u at %X/%08X", (unsigned int) blk->hole_offset, (unsigned int) blk->hole_length, (unsigned int) blk->bimg_len, @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, (blk->hole_offset != 0 || blk->hole_length != 0)) { report_invalid_record(state, - "BKPIMAGE_HAS_HOLE not set, but hole offset %u length %u at %X/%X", + "BKPIMAGE_HAS_HOLE not set, but hole offset %u length %u at %X/%08X", (unsigned int) blk->hole_offset, (unsigned int) blk->hole_length, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, blk->bimg_len == BLCKSZ) { report_invalid_record(state, - "BKPIMAGE_COMPRESSED set, but block image length %u at %X/%X", + "BKPIMAGE_COMPRESSED set, but block image length %u at %X/%08X", (unsigned int) blk->bimg_len, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); goto err; @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, blk->bimg_len != BLCKSZ) { report_invalid_record(state, - "neither BKPIMAGE_HAS_HOLE nor BKPIMAGE_COMPRESSED set, but block image length is %u at %X/%X", + "neither BKPIMAGE_HAS_HOLE nor BKPIMAGE_COMPRESSED set, but block image length is %u at %X/%08X", (unsigned int) blk->data_len, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); goto err; @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, if (rlocator == NULL) { report_invalid_record(state, - "BKPBLOCK_SAME_REL set but no previous rel at %X/%X", + "BKPBLOCK_SAME_REL set but no previous rel at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); goto err; } @@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, else { report_invalid_record(state, - "invalid block_id %u at %X/%X", + "invalid block_id %u at %X/%08X", block_id, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); goto err; } @@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, shortdata_err: report_invalid_record(state, - "record with invalid length at %X/%X", + "record with invalid length at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->ReadRecPtr)); err: *errormsg = state->errormsg_buf; @@ -2073,14 +2073,14 @@ RestoreBlockImage(XLogReaderState *record, uint8 block_id, char *page) !record->record->blocks[block_id].in_use) { report_invalid_record(record, - "could not restore image at %X/%X with invalid block %d specified", + "could not restore image at %X/%08X with invalid block %d specified", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->ReadRecPtr), block_id); return false; } if (!record->record->blocks[block_id].has_image) { - report_invalid_record(record, "could not restore image at %X/%X with invalid state, block %d", + report_invalid_record(record, "could not restore image at %X/%08X with invalid state, block %d", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->ReadRecPtr), block_id); return false; @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ RestoreBlockImage(XLogReaderState *record, uint8 block_id, char *page) bkpb->bimg_len, BLCKSZ - bkpb->hole_length) <= 0) decomp_success = false; #else - report_invalid_record(record, "could not restore image at %X/%X compressed with %s not supported by build, block %d", + report_invalid_record(record, "could not restore image at %X/%08X compressed with %s not supported by build, block %d", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->ReadRecPtr), "LZ4", block_id); @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ RestoreBlockImage(XLogReaderState *record, uint8 block_id, char *page) if (ZSTD_isError(decomp_result)) decomp_success = false; #else - report_invalid_record(record, "could not restore image at %X/%X compressed with %s not supported by build, block %d", + report_invalid_record(record, "could not restore image at %X/%08X compressed with %s not supported by build, block %d", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->ReadRecPtr), "zstd", block_id); @@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ RestoreBlockImage(XLogReaderState *record, uint8 block_id, char *page) } else { - report_invalid_record(record, "could not restore image at %X/%X compressed with unknown method, block %d", + report_invalid_record(record, "could not restore image at %X/%08X compressed with unknown method, block %d", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->ReadRecPtr), block_id); return false; @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ RestoreBlockImage(XLogReaderState *record, uint8 block_id, char *page) if (!decomp_success) { - report_invalid_record(record, "could not decompress image at %X/%X, block %d", + report_invalid_record(record, "could not decompress image at %X/%08X, block %d", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->ReadRecPtr), block_id); return false; diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogrecovery.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogrecovery.c index 6ce979f2d8b..23878b2dd91 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogrecovery.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogrecovery.c @@ -620,10 +620,10 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, * than ControlFile->checkPoint is used. */ ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("starting backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%X, checkpoint LSN %X/%X, on timeline ID %u", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RedoStartLSN), - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc), - CheckPointTLI))); + errmsg("starting backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%08X, checkpoint LSN %X/%08X, on timeline ID %u", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RedoStartLSN), + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc), + CheckPointTLI)); /* * When a backup_label file is present, we want to roll forward from @@ -636,8 +636,8 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(xlogreader), sizeof(CheckPoint)); wasShutdown = ((record->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK) == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN); ereport(DEBUG1, - (errmsg_internal("checkpoint record is at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)))); + errmsg_internal("checkpoint record is at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc))); InRecovery = true; /* force recovery even if SHUTDOWNED */ /* @@ -652,23 +652,23 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, if (!ReadRecord(xlogprefetcher, LOG, false, checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID)) ereport(FATAL, - (errmsg("could not find redo location %X/%X referenced by checkpoint record at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint.redo), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)), - errhint("If you are restoring from a backup, touch \"%s/recovery.signal\" or \"%s/standby.signal\" and add required recovery options.\n" - "If you are not restoring from a backup, try removing the file \"%s/backup_label\".\n" - "Be careful: removing \"%s/backup_label\" will result in a corrupt cluster if restoring from a backup.", - DataDir, DataDir, DataDir, DataDir))); + errmsg("could not find redo location %X/%08X referenced by checkpoint record at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint.redo), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)), + errhint("If you are restoring from a backup, touch \"%s/recovery.signal\" or \"%s/standby.signal\" and add required recovery options.\n" + "If you are not restoring from a backup, try removing the file \"%s/backup_label\".\n" + "Be careful: removing \"%s/backup_label\" will result in a corrupt cluster if restoring from a backup.", + DataDir, DataDir, DataDir, DataDir)); } } else { ereport(FATAL, - (errmsg("could not locate required checkpoint record at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)), - errhint("If you are restoring from a backup, touch \"%s/recovery.signal\" or \"%s/standby.signal\" and add required recovery options.\n" - "If you are not restoring from a backup, try removing the file \"%s/backup_label\".\n" - "Be careful: removing \"%s/backup_label\" will result in a corrupt cluster if restoring from a backup.", - DataDir, DataDir, DataDir, DataDir))); + errmsg("could not locate required checkpoint record at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)), + errhint("If you are restoring from a backup, touch \"%s/recovery.signal\" or \"%s/standby.signal\" and add required recovery options.\n" + "If you are not restoring from a backup, try removing the file \"%s/backup_label\".\n" + "Be careful: removing \"%s/backup_label\" will result in a corrupt cluster if restoring from a backup.", + DataDir, DataDir, DataDir, DataDir)); wasShutdown = false; /* keep compiler quiet */ } @@ -773,8 +773,8 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, */ if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint)) ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("restarting backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->backupStartPoint)))); + errmsg("restarting backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->backupStartPoint))); /* Get the last valid checkpoint record. */ CheckPointLoc = ControlFile->checkPoint; @@ -786,8 +786,8 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, if (record != NULL) { ereport(DEBUG1, - (errmsg_internal("checkpoint record is at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)))); + errmsg_internal("checkpoint record is at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc))); } else { @@ -798,8 +798,8 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, * simplify processing around checkpoints. */ ereport(PANIC, - (errmsg("could not locate a valid checkpoint record at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc)))); + errmsg("could not locate a valid checkpoint record at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc))); } memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(xlogreader), sizeof(CheckPoint)); wasShutdown = ((record->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK) == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN); @@ -824,8 +824,8 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, recoveryTargetName))); else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_LSN) ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("starting point-in-time recovery to WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%X\"", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryTargetLSN)))); + errmsg("starting point-in-time recovery to WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%08X\"", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryTargetLSN))); else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_IMMEDIATE) ereport(LOG, (errmsg("starting point-in-time recovery to earliest consistent point"))); @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, (errmsg("requested timeline %u is not a child of this server's history", recoveryTargetTLI), /* translator: %s is a backup_label file or a pg_control file */ - errdetail("Latest checkpoint in file \"%s\" is at %X/%X on timeline %u, but in the history of the requested timeline, the server forked off from that timeline at %X/%X.", + errdetail("Latest checkpoint in file \"%s\" is at %X/%08X on timeline %u, but in the history of the requested timeline, the server forked off from that timeline at %X/%08X.", haveBackupLabel ? "backup_label" : "pg_control", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(CheckPointLoc), CheckPointTLI, @@ -870,15 +870,15 @@ InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, tliOfPointInHistory(ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint - 1, expectedTLEs) != ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI) ereport(FATAL, - (errmsg("requested timeline %u does not contain minimum recovery point %X/%X on timeline %u", - recoveryTargetTLI, - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint), - ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI))); + errmsg("requested timeline %u does not contain minimum recovery point %X/%08X on timeline %u", + recoveryTargetTLI, + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint), + ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI)); ereport(DEBUG1, - (errmsg_internal("redo record is at %X/%X; shutdown %s", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint.redo), - wasShutdown ? "true" : "false"))); + errmsg_internal("redo record is at %X/%08X; shutdown %s", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint.redo), + wasShutdown ? "true" : "false")); ereport(DEBUG1, (errmsg_internal("next transaction ID: " UINT64_FORMAT "; next OID: %u", U64FromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid), @@ -1253,14 +1253,14 @@ read_backup_label(XLogRecPtr *checkPointLoc, TimeLineID *backupLabelTLI, * is pretty crude, but we are not expecting any variability in the file * format). */ - if (fscanf(lfp, "START WAL LOCATION: %X/%X (file %08X%16s)%c", + if (fscanf(lfp, "START WAL LOCATION: %X/%08X (file %08X%16s)%c", &hi, &lo, &tli_from_walseg, startxlogfilename, &ch) != 5 || ch != '\n') ereport(FATAL, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("invalid data in file \"%s\"", BACKUP_LABEL_FILE))); RedoStartLSN = ((uint64) hi) << 32 | lo; RedoStartTLI = tli_from_walseg; - if (fscanf(lfp, "CHECKPOINT LOCATION: %X/%X%c", + if (fscanf(lfp, "CHECKPOINT LOCATION: %X/%08X%c", &hi, &lo, &ch) != 3 || ch != '\n') ereport(FATAL, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), @@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ read_backup_label(XLogRecPtr *checkPointLoc, TimeLineID *backupLabelTLI, tli_from_file, BACKUP_LABEL_FILE))); } - if (fscanf(lfp, "INCREMENTAL FROM LSN: %X/%X\n", &hi, &lo) > 0) + if (fscanf(lfp, "INCREMENTAL FROM LSN: %X/%08X\n", &hi, &lo) > 0) ereport(FATAL, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("this is an incremental backup, not a data directory"), @@ -1722,8 +1722,8 @@ PerformWalRecovery(void) if (record->xl_rmid != RM_XLOG_ID || (record->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK) != XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO) ereport(FATAL, - (errmsg("unexpected record type found at redo point %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr)))); + errmsg("unexpected record type found at redo point %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr))); } else { @@ -1745,8 +1745,8 @@ PerformWalRecovery(void) RmgrStartup(); ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("redo starts at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr)))); + errmsg("redo starts at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr))); /* Prepare to report progress of the redo phase. */ if (!StandbyMode) @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ PerformWalRecovery(void) do { if (!StandbyMode) - ereport_startup_progress("redo in progress, elapsed time: %ld.%02d s, current LSN: %X/%X", + ereport_startup_progress("redo in progress, elapsed time: %ld.%02d s, current LSN: %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr)); #ifdef WAL_DEBUG @@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ PerformWalRecovery(void) StringInfoData buf; initStringInfo(&buf); - appendStringInfo(&buf, "REDO @ %X/%X; LSN %X/%X: ", + appendStringInfo(&buf, "REDO @ %X/%08X; LSN %X/%08X: ", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->EndRecPtr)); xlog_outrec(&buf, xlogreader); @@ -1880,9 +1880,9 @@ PerformWalRecovery(void) RmgrCleanup(); ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("redo done at %X/%X system usage: %s", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr), - pg_rusage_show(&ru0)))); + errmsg("redo done at %X/%08X system usage: %s", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->ReadRecPtr), + pg_rusage_show(&ru0))); xtime = GetLatestXTime(); if (xtime) ereport(LOG, @@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ xlogrecovery_redo(XLogReaderState *record, TimeLineID replayTLI) memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_overwrite_contrecord)); if (xlrec.overwritten_lsn != record->overwrittenRecPtr) - elog(FATAL, "mismatching overwritten LSN %X/%X -> %X/%X", + elog(FATAL, "mismatching overwritten LSN %X/%08X -> %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlrec.overwritten_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->overwrittenRecPtr)); @@ -2101,9 +2101,9 @@ xlogrecovery_redo(XLogReaderState *record, TimeLineID replayTLI) missingContrecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("successfully skipped missing contrecord at %X/%X, overwritten at %s", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlrec.overwritten_lsn), - timestamptz_to_str(xlrec.overwrite_time)))); + errmsg("successfully skipped missing contrecord at %X/%08X, overwritten at %s", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlrec.overwritten_lsn), + timestamptz_to_str(xlrec.overwrite_time))); /* Verifying the record should only happen once */ record->overwrittenRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr; @@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ xlogrecovery_redo(XLogReaderState *record, TimeLineID replayTLI) backupEndPoint = lsn; } else - elog(DEBUG1, "saw end-of-backup record for backup starting at %X/%X, waiting for %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG1, "saw end-of-backup record for backup starting at %X/%08X, waiting for %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startpoint), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(backupStartPoint)); } } @@ -2224,9 +2224,9 @@ CheckRecoveryConsistency(void) backupEndRequired = false; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("completed backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%X and end LSN %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(saveBackupStartPoint), - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(saveBackupEndPoint)))); + errmsg("completed backup recovery with redo LSN %X/%08X and end LSN %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(saveBackupStartPoint), + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(saveBackupEndPoint))); } /* @@ -2255,8 +2255,8 @@ CheckRecoveryConsistency(void) reachedConsistency = true; SendPostmasterSignal(PMSIGNAL_RECOVERY_CONSISTENT); ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("consistent recovery state reached at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastReplayedEndRecPtr)))); + errmsg("consistent recovery state reached at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastReplayedEndRecPtr))); } /* @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ rm_redo_error_callback(void *arg) xlog_block_info(&buf, record); /* translator: %s is a WAL record description */ - errcontext("WAL redo at %X/%X for %s", + errcontext("WAL redo at %X/%08X for %s", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record->ReadRecPtr), buf.data); @@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ xlog_outdesc(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record) static void xlog_outrec(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record) { - appendStringInfo(buf, "prev %X/%X; xid %u", + appendStringInfo(buf, "prev %X/%08X; xid %u", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(XLogRecGetPrev(record)), XLogRecGetXid(record)); @@ -2416,10 +2416,10 @@ checkTimeLineSwitch(XLogRecPtr lsn, TimeLineID newTLI, TimeLineID prevTLI, lsn < minRecoveryPoint && newTLI > minRecoveryPointTLI) ereport(PANIC, - (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u in checkpoint record, before reaching minimum recovery point %X/%X on timeline %u", - newTLI, - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(minRecoveryPoint), - minRecoveryPointTLI))); + errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u in checkpoint record, before reaching minimum recovery point %X/%08X on timeline %u", + newTLI, + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(minRecoveryPoint), + minRecoveryPointTLI)); /* Looks good */ } @@ -2621,8 +2621,8 @@ recoveryStopsBefore(XLogReaderState *record) recoveryStopTime = 0; recoveryStopName[0] = '\0'; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("recovery stopping before WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%X\"", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryStopLSN)))); + errmsg("recovery stopping before WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%08X\"", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryStopLSN))); return true; } @@ -2789,8 +2789,8 @@ recoveryStopsAfter(XLogReaderState *record) recoveryStopTime = 0; recoveryStopName[0] = '\0'; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("recovery stopping after WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%X\"", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryStopLSN)))); + errmsg("recovery stopping after WAL location (LSN) \"%X/%08X\"", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryStopLSN))); return true; } @@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ getRecoveryStopReason(void) timestamptz_to_str(recoveryStopTime)); else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_LSN) snprintf(reason, sizeof(reason), - "%s LSN %X/%X\n", + "%s LSN %X/%08X\n", recoveryStopAfter ? "after" : "before", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recoveryStopLSN)); else if (recoveryTarget == RECOVERY_TARGET_NAME) @@ -3213,11 +3213,11 @@ ReadRecord(XLogPrefetcher *xlogprefetcher, int emode, XLogFileName(fname, xlogreader->seg.ws_tli, segno, wal_segment_size); ereport(emode_for_corrupt_record(emode, xlogreader->EndRecPtr), - (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u", - xlogreader->latestPageTLI, - fname, - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->latestPagePtr), - offset))); + errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u in WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%08X, offset %u", + xlogreader->latestPageTLI, + fname, + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->latestPagePtr), + offset)); record = NULL; } @@ -3429,14 +3429,14 @@ retry: errno = save_errno; ereport(emode_for_corrupt_record(emode, targetPagePtr + reqLen), (errcode_for_file_access(), - errmsg("could not read from WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u: %m", + errmsg("could not read from WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%08X, offset %u: %m", fname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(targetPagePtr), readOff))); } else ereport(emode_for_corrupt_record(emode, targetPagePtr + reqLen), (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), - errmsg("could not read from WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%X, offset %u: read %d of %zu", + errmsg("could not read from WAL segment %s, LSN %X/%08X, offset %u: read %d of %zu", fname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(targetPagePtr), readOff, r, (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ))); goto next_record_is_invalid; @@ -3718,7 +3718,7 @@ WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable(XLogRecPtr RecPtr, bool randAccess, wait_time = wal_retrieve_retry_interval - TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(last_fail_time, now); - elog(LOG, "waiting for WAL to become available at %X/%X", + elog(LOG, "waiting for WAL to become available at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)); /* Do background tasks that might benefit us later. */ @@ -3864,7 +3864,7 @@ WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable(XLogRecPtr RecPtr, bool randAccess, tli = tliOfPointInHistory(tliRecPtr, expectedTLEs); if (curFileTLI > 0 && tli < curFileTLI) - elog(ERROR, "according to history file, WAL location %X/%X belongs to timeline %u, but previous recovered WAL file came from timeline %u", + elog(ERROR, "according to history file, WAL location %X/%08X belongs to timeline %u, but previous recovered WAL file came from timeline %u", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tliRecPtr), tli, curFileTLI); } @@ -4177,10 +4177,10 @@ rescanLatestTimeLine(TimeLineID replayTLI, XLogRecPtr replayLSN) if (currentTle->end < replayLSN) { ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("new timeline %u forked off current database system timeline %u before current recovery point %X/%X", - newtarget, - replayTLI, - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(replayLSN)))); + errmsg("new timeline %u forked off current database system timeline %u before current recovery point %X/%08X", + newtarget, + replayTLI, + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(replayLSN))); return false; } @@ -4994,13 +4994,25 @@ check_recovery_target_timeline(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source) rttg = RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_LATEST; else { + char *endp; + uint64 timeline; + rttg = RECOVERY_TARGET_TIMELINE_NUMERIC; errno = 0; - strtoul(*newval, NULL, 0); - if (errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE) + timeline = strtou64(*newval, &endp, 0); + + if (*endp != '\0' || errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE) + { + GUC_check_errdetail("\"%s\" is not a valid number.", + "recovery_target_timeline"); + return false; + } + + if (timeline < 1 || timeline > PG_UINT32_MAX) { - GUC_check_errdetail("\"recovery_target_timeline\" is not a valid number."); + GUC_check_errdetail("\"%s\" must be between %u and %u.", + "recovery_target_timeline", 1, UINT_MAX); return false; } } diff --git a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogutils.c b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogutils.c index c389b27f77d..27ea52fdfee 100644 --- a/src/backend/access/transam/xlogutils.c +++ b/src/backend/access/transam/xlogutils.c @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ XLogReadDetermineTimeline(XLogReaderState *state, XLogRecPtr wantPage, list_free_deep(timelineHistory); - elog(DEBUG3, "switched to timeline %u valid until %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG3, "switched to timeline %u valid until %X/%08X", state->currTLI, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(state->currTLIValidUntil)); } diff --git a/src/backend/backup/backup_manifest.c b/src/backend/backup/backup_manifest.c index 22e2be37c95..d05252f383c 100644 --- a/src/backend/backup/backup_manifest.c +++ b/src/backend/backup/backup_manifest.c @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ AddWALInfoToBackupManifest(backup_manifest_info *manifest, XLogRecPtr startptr, } AppendToManifest(manifest, - "%s{ \"Timeline\": %u, \"Start-LSN\": \"%X/%X\", \"End-LSN\": \"%X/%X\" }", + "%s{ \"Timeline\": %u, \"Start-LSN\": \"%X/%08X\", \"End-LSN\": \"%X/%08X\" }", first_wal_range ? "" : ",\n", entry->tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tl_beginptr), diff --git a/src/backend/backup/basebackup_copy.c b/src/backend/backup/basebackup_copy.c index a284ce318ff..18b0b5a52d3 100644 --- a/src/backend/backup/basebackup_copy.c +++ b/src/backend/backup/basebackup_copy.c @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ SendXlogRecPtrResult(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli) tstate = begin_tup_output_tupdesc(dest, tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual); /* Data row */ - values[0] = CStringGetTextDatum(psprintf("%X/%X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ptr))); + values[0] = CStringGetTextDatum(psprintf("%X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ptr))); values[1] = Int64GetDatum(tli); do_tup_output(tstate, values, nulls); diff --git a/src/backend/backup/basebackup_incremental.c b/src/backend/backup/basebackup_incremental.c index 28491b1e0ab..a0d48ff0fef 100644 --- a/src/backend/backup/basebackup_incremental.c +++ b/src/backend/backup/basebackup_incremental.c @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ PrepareForIncrementalBackup(IncrementalBackupInfo *ib, if (range->start_lsn < tlep[i]->begin) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("manifest requires WAL from initial timeline %u starting at %X/%X, but that timeline begins at %X/%X", + errmsg("manifest requires WAL from initial timeline %u starting at %X/%08X, but that timeline begins at %X/%08X", range->tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(range->start_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tlep[i]->begin)))); @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ PrepareForIncrementalBackup(IncrementalBackupInfo *ib, if (range->start_lsn != tlep[i]->begin) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("manifest requires WAL from continuation timeline %u starting at %X/%X, but that timeline begins at %X/%X", + errmsg("manifest requires WAL from continuation timeline %u starting at %X/%08X, but that timeline begins at %X/%08X", range->tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(range->start_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tlep[i]->begin)))); @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ PrepareForIncrementalBackup(IncrementalBackupInfo *ib, if (range->end_lsn > backup_state->startpoint) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("manifest requires WAL from final timeline %u ending at %X/%X, but this backup starts at %X/%X", + errmsg("manifest requires WAL from final timeline %u ending at %X/%08X, but this backup starts at %X/%08X", range->tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(range->end_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(backup_state->startpoint)), @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ PrepareForIncrementalBackup(IncrementalBackupInfo *ib, if (range->end_lsn != tlep[i]->end) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("manifest requires WAL from non-final timeline %u ending at %X/%X, but this server switched timelines at %X/%X", + errmsg("manifest requires WAL from non-final timeline %u ending at %X/%08X, but this server switched timelines at %X/%08X", range->tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(range->end_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tlep[i]->end)))); @@ -522,18 +522,18 @@ PrepareForIncrementalBackup(IncrementalBackupInfo *ib, if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(tli_missing_lsn)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("WAL summaries are required on timeline %u from %X/%X to %X/%X, but no summaries for that timeline and LSN range exist", + errmsg("WAL summaries are required on timeline %u from %X/%08X to %X/%08X, but no summaries for that timeline and LSN range exist", tle->tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tli_start_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tli_end_lsn)))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("WAL summaries are required on timeline %u from %X/%X to %X/%X, but the summaries for that timeline and LSN range are incomplete", + errmsg("WAL summaries are required on timeline %u from %X/%08X to %X/%08X, but the summaries for that timeline and LSN range are incomplete", tle->tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tli_start_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tli_end_lsn)), - errdetail("The first unsummarized LSN in this range is %X/%X.", + errdetail("The first unsummarized LSN in this range is %X/%08X.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(tli_missing_lsn)))); } diff --git a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c index 6db864892d0..fc8638c1b61 100644 --- a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c +++ b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c @@ -109,6 +109,8 @@ static const struct typinfo TypInfo[] = { F_REGROLEIN, F_REGROLEOUT}, {"regnamespace", REGNAMESPACEOID, 0, 4, true, TYPALIGN_INT, TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN, InvalidOid, F_REGNAMESPACEIN, F_REGNAMESPACEOUT}, + {"regdatabase", REGDATABASEOID, 0, 4, true, TYPALIGN_INT, TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN, InvalidOid, + F_REGDATABASEIN, F_REGDATABASEOUT}, {"text", TEXTOID, 0, -1, false, TYPALIGN_INT, TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED, DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID, F_TEXTIN, F_TEXTOUT}, {"oid", OIDOID, 0, 4, true, TYPALIGN_INT, TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN, InvalidOid, diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c b/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c index 18316a3968b..7dded634eb8 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c @@ -1850,6 +1850,17 @@ find_expr_references_walker(Node *node, errmsg("constant of the type %s cannot be used here", "regrole"))); break; + + /* + * Dependencies for regdatabase should be shared among all + * databases, so explicitly inhibit to have dependencies. + */ + case REGDATABASEOID: + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("constant of the type %s cannot be used here", + "regdatabase"))); + break; } } return false; diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c index fbaed5359ad..fd6537567ea 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c @@ -665,6 +665,15 @@ CheckAttributeType(const char *attname, } /* + * For consistency with check_virtual_generated_security(). + */ + if ((flags & CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL) && atttypid >= FirstUnpinnedObjectId) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("virtual generated column \"%s\" cannot have a user-defined type", attname), + errdetail("Virtual generated columns that make use of user-defined types are not yet supported.")); + + /* * This might not be strictly invalid per SQL standard, but it is pretty * useless, and it cannot be dumped, so we must disallow it. */ @@ -1100,6 +1109,7 @@ AddNewRelationType(const char *typeName, * if false, relacl is always set NULL * allow_system_table_mods: true to allow creation in system namespaces * is_internal: is this a system-generated catalog? + * relrewrite: link to original relation during a table rewrite * * Output parameters: * typaddress: if not null, gets the object address of the new pg_type entry @@ -2996,7 +3006,7 @@ AddRelationNotNullConstraints(Relation rel, List *constraints, if (constr->is_no_inherit) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), - errmsg("cannot define not-null constraint on column \"%s\" with NO INHERIT", + errmsg("cannot define not-null constraint with NO INHERIT on column \"%s\"", strVal(linitial(constr->keys))), errdetail("The column has an inherited not-null constraint."))); @@ -3215,6 +3225,86 @@ check_nested_generated(ParseState *pstate, Node *node) } /* + * Check security of virtual generated column expression. + * + * Just like selecting from a view is exploitable (CVE-2024-7348), selecting + * from a table with virtual generated columns is exploitable. Users who are + * concerned about this can avoid selecting from views, but telling them to + * avoid selecting from tables is less practical. + * + * To address this, this restricts generation expressions for virtual + * generated columns are restricted to using built-in functions and types. We + * assume that built-in functions and types cannot be exploited for this + * purpose. Note the overall security also requires that all functions in use + * a immutable. (For example, there are some built-in non-immutable functions + * that can run arbitrary SQL.) The immutability is checked elsewhere, since + * that is a property that needs to hold independent of security + * considerations. + * + * In the future, this could be expanded by some new mechanism to declare + * other functions and types as safe or trusted for this purpose, but that is + * to be designed. + */ + +/* + * Callback for check_functions_in_node() that determines whether a function + * is user-defined. + */ +static bool +contains_user_functions_checker(Oid func_id, void *context) +{ + return (func_id >= FirstUnpinnedObjectId); +} + +/* + * Checks for all the things we don't want in the generation expressions of + * virtual generated columns for security reasons. Errors out if it finds + * one. + */ +static bool +check_virtual_generated_security_walker(Node *node, void *context) +{ + ParseState *pstate = context; + + if (node == NULL) + return false; + + if (!IsA(node, List)) + { + if (check_functions_in_node(node, contains_user_functions_checker, NULL)) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("generation expression uses user-defined function"), + errdetail("Virtual generated columns that make use of user-defined functions are not yet supported."), + parser_errposition(pstate, exprLocation(node))); + + /* + * check_functions_in_node() doesn't check some node types (see + * comment there). We handle CoerceToDomain and MinMaxExpr by + * checking for built-in types. The other listed node types cannot + * call user-definable SQL-visible functions. + * + * We furthermore need this type check to handle built-in, immutable + * polymorphic functions such as array_eq(). + */ + if (exprType(node) >= FirstUnpinnedObjectId) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("generation expression uses user-defined type"), + errdetail("Virtual generated columns that make use of user-defined types are not yet supported."), + parser_errposition(pstate, exprLocation(node))); + } + + return expression_tree_walker(node, check_virtual_generated_security_walker, context); +} + +static void +check_virtual_generated_security(ParseState *pstate, Node *node) +{ + check_virtual_generated_security_walker(node, pstate); +} + +/* * Take a raw default and convert it to a cooked format ready for * storage. * @@ -3253,6 +3343,10 @@ cookDefault(ParseState *pstate, ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("generation expression is not immutable"))); + + /* Check security of expressions for virtual generated column */ + if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL) + check_virtual_generated_security(pstate, expr); } else { diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/index.c b/src/backend/catalog/index.c index 739a92bdcc1..c4029a4f3d3 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/index.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/index.c @@ -800,11 +800,11 @@ index_create(Relation heapRelation, errmsg("user-defined indexes on system catalog tables are not supported"))); /* - * Btree text_pattern_ops uses text_eq as the equality operator, which is - * fine as long as the collation is deterministic; text_eq then reduces to + * Btree text_pattern_ops uses texteq as the equality operator, which is + * fine as long as the collation is deterministic; texteq then reduces to * bitwise equality and so it is semantically compatible with the other * operators and functions in that opclass. But with a nondeterministic - * collation, text_eq could yield results that are incompatible with the + * collation, texteq could yield results that are incompatible with the * actual behavior of the index (which is determined by the opclass's * comparison function). We prevent such problems by refusing creation of * an index with that opclass and a nondeterministic collation. @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ index_create(Relation heapRelation, * opclasses as incompatible with nondeterminism; but for now, this small * hack suffices. * - * Another solution is to use a special operator, not text_eq, as the + * Another solution is to use a special operator, not texteq, as the * equality opclass member; but that is undesirable because it would * prevent index usage in many queries that work fine today. */ @@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ index_build(Relation heapRelation, /* * Determine worker process details for parallel CREATE INDEX. Currently, - * only btree and BRIN have support for parallel builds. + * only btree, GIN, and BRIN have support for parallel builds. * * Note that planner considers parallel safety for us. */ diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/system_views.sql b/src/backend/catalog/system_views.sql index 15efb02badb..b2d5332effc 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/system_views.sql +++ b/src/backend/catalog/system_views.sql @@ -666,6 +666,14 @@ GRANT SELECT ON pg_shmem_allocations_numa TO pg_read_all_stats; REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_get_shmem_allocations_numa() FROM PUBLIC; GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_get_shmem_allocations_numa() TO pg_read_all_stats; +CREATE VIEW pg_dsm_registry_allocations AS + SELECT * FROM pg_get_dsm_registry_allocations(); + +REVOKE ALL ON pg_dsm_registry_allocations FROM PUBLIC; +GRANT SELECT ON pg_dsm_registry_allocations TO pg_read_all_stats; +REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_get_dsm_registry_allocations() FROM PUBLIC; +GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_get_dsm_registry_allocations() TO pg_read_all_stats; + CREATE VIEW pg_backend_memory_contexts AS SELECT * FROM pg_get_backend_memory_contexts(); @@ -674,11 +682,6 @@ GRANT SELECT ON pg_backend_memory_contexts TO pg_read_all_stats; REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_get_backend_memory_contexts() FROM PUBLIC; GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION pg_get_backend_memory_contexts() TO pg_read_all_stats; -REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION - pg_get_process_memory_contexts(integer, boolean, float) FROM PUBLIC; -GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION - pg_get_process_memory_contexts(integer, boolean, float) TO pg_read_all_stats; - -- Statistics views CREATE VIEW pg_stat_all_tables AS @@ -900,7 +903,7 @@ CREATE VIEW pg_stat_activity AS S.wait_event, S.state, S.backend_xid, - s.backend_xmin, + S.backend_xmin, S.query_id, S.query, S.backend_type diff --git a/src/backend/commands/analyze.c b/src/backend/commands/analyze.c index 4fffb76e557..7111d5d5334 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/analyze.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/analyze.c @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ static BufferAccessStrategy vac_strategy; static void do_analyze_rel(Relation onerel, - VacuumParams *params, List *va_cols, + const VacuumParams params, List *va_cols, AcquireSampleRowsFunc acquirefunc, BlockNumber relpages, bool inh, bool in_outer_xact, int elevel); static void compute_index_stats(Relation onerel, double totalrows, @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ static Datum ind_fetch_func(VacAttrStatsP stats, int rownum, bool *isNull); */ void analyze_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, - VacuumParams *params, List *va_cols, bool in_outer_xact, + const VacuumParams params, List *va_cols, bool in_outer_xact, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy) { Relation onerel; @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ analyze_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, BlockNumber relpages = 0; /* Select logging level */ - if (params->options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) + if (params.options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) elevel = INFO; else elevel = DEBUG2; @@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ analyze_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, * * Make sure to generate only logs for ANALYZE in this case. */ - onerel = vacuum_open_relation(relid, relation, params->options & ~(VACOPT_VACUUM), - params->log_min_duration >= 0, + onerel = vacuum_open_relation(relid, relation, params.options & ~(VACOPT_VACUUM), + params.log_min_duration >= 0, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); /* leave if relation could not be opened or locked */ @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ analyze_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, */ if (!vacuum_is_permitted_for_relation(RelationGetRelid(onerel), onerel->rd_rel, - params->options & ~VACOPT_VACUUM)) + params.options & ~VACOPT_VACUUM)) { relation_close(onerel, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); return; @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ analyze_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, else { /* No need for a WARNING if we already complained during VACUUM */ - if (!(params->options & VACOPT_VACUUM)) + if (!(params.options & VACOPT_VACUUM)) ereport(WARNING, (errmsg("skipping \"%s\" --- cannot analyze non-tables or special system tables", RelationGetRelationName(onerel)))); @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ analyze_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, * appropriate acquirefunc for each child table. */ static void -do_analyze_rel(Relation onerel, VacuumParams *params, +do_analyze_rel(Relation onerel, const VacuumParams params, List *va_cols, AcquireSampleRowsFunc acquirefunc, BlockNumber relpages, bool inh, bool in_outer_xact, int elevel) @@ -309,9 +309,9 @@ do_analyze_rel(Relation onerel, VacuumParams *params, PgStat_Counter startreadtime = 0; PgStat_Counter startwritetime = 0; - verbose = (params->options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) != 0; + verbose = (params.options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) != 0; instrument = (verbose || (AmAutoVacuumWorkerProcess() && - params->log_min_duration >= 0)); + params.log_min_duration >= 0)); if (inh) ereport(elevel, (errmsg("analyzing \"%s.%s\" inheritance tree", @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ do_analyze_rel(Relation onerel, VacuumParams *params, * amvacuumcleanup() when called in ANALYZE-only mode. The only exception * among core index AMs is GIN/ginvacuumcleanup(). */ - if (!(params->options & VACOPT_VACUUM)) + if (!(params.options & VACOPT_VACUUM)) { for (ind = 0; ind < nindexes; ind++) { @@ -736,9 +736,9 @@ do_analyze_rel(Relation onerel, VacuumParams *params, { TimestampTz endtime = GetCurrentTimestamp(); - if (verbose || params->log_min_duration == 0 || + if (verbose || params.log_min_duration == 0 || TimestampDifferenceExceeds(starttime, endtime, - params->log_min_duration)) + params.log_min_duration)) { long delay_in_ms; WalUsage walusage; diff --git a/src/backend/commands/cluster.c b/src/backend/commands/cluster.c index 54a08e4102e..b55221d44cd 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/cluster.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/cluster.c @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ copy_table_data(Relation NewHeap, Relation OldHeap, Relation OldIndex, bool verb * not to be aggressive about this. */ memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(VacuumParams)); - vacuum_get_cutoffs(OldHeap, ¶ms, &cutoffs); + vacuum_get_cutoffs(OldHeap, params, &cutoffs); /* * FreezeXid will become the table's new relfrozenxid, and that mustn't go diff --git a/src/backend/commands/copy.c b/src/backend/commands/copy.c index 74ae42b19a7..fae9c41db65 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/copy.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/copy.c @@ -322,11 +322,13 @@ DoCopy(ParseState *pstate, const CopyStmt *stmt, } /* - * Extract a CopyHeaderChoice value from a DefElem. This is like - * defGetBoolean() but also accepts the special value "match". + * Extract the CopyFormatOptions.header_line value from a DefElem. + * + * Parses the HEADER option for COPY, which can be a boolean, a non-negative + * integer (number of lines to skip), or the special value "match". */ -static CopyHeaderChoice -defGetCopyHeaderChoice(DefElem *def, bool is_from) +static int +defGetCopyHeaderOption(DefElem *def, bool is_from) { /* * If no parameter value given, assume "true" is meant. @@ -335,20 +337,27 @@ defGetCopyHeaderChoice(DefElem *def, bool is_from) return COPY_HEADER_TRUE; /* - * Allow 0, 1, "true", "false", "on", "off", or "match". + * Allow 0, 1, "true", "false", "on", "off", a non-negative integer, or + * "match". */ switch (nodeTag(def->arg)) { case T_Integer: - switch (intVal(def->arg)) { - case 0: - return COPY_HEADER_FALSE; - case 1: - return COPY_HEADER_TRUE; - default: - /* otherwise, error out below */ - break; + int ival = intVal(def->arg); + + if (ival < 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), + errmsg("a negative integer value cannot be " + "specified for %s", def->defname))); + + if (!is_from && ival > 1) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("cannot use multi-line header in COPY TO"))); + + return ival; } break; default: @@ -381,7 +390,8 @@ defGetCopyHeaderChoice(DefElem *def, bool is_from) } ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), - errmsg("%s requires a Boolean value or \"match\"", + errmsg("%s requires a Boolean value, a non-negative integer, " + "or the string \"match\"", def->defname))); return COPY_HEADER_FALSE; /* keep compiler quiet */ } @@ -566,7 +576,7 @@ ProcessCopyOptions(ParseState *pstate, if (header_specified) errorConflictingDefElem(defel, pstate); header_specified = true; - opts_out->header_line = defGetCopyHeaderChoice(defel, is_from); + opts_out->header_line = defGetCopyHeaderOption(defel, is_from); } else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "quote") == 0) { @@ -769,7 +779,7 @@ ProcessCopyOptions(ParseState *pstate, errmsg("COPY delimiter cannot be \"%s\"", opts_out->delim))); /* Check header */ - if (opts_out->binary && opts_out->header_line) + if (opts_out->binary && opts_out->header_line != COPY_HEADER_FALSE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), /*- translator: %s is the name of a COPY option, e.g. ON_ERROR */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/copyfromparse.c b/src/backend/commands/copyfromparse.c index f5fc346e201..b1ae97b833d 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/copyfromparse.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/copyfromparse.c @@ -771,21 +771,30 @@ static pg_attribute_always_inline bool NextCopyFromRawFieldsInternal(CopyFromState cstate, char ***fields, int *nfields, bool is_csv) { int fldct; - bool done; + bool done = false; /* only available for text or csv input */ Assert(!cstate->opts.binary); /* on input check that the header line is correct if needed */ - if (cstate->cur_lineno == 0 && cstate->opts.header_line) + if (cstate->cur_lineno == 0 && cstate->opts.header_line != COPY_HEADER_FALSE) { ListCell *cur; TupleDesc tupDesc; + int lines_to_skip = cstate->opts.header_line; + + /* If set to "match", one header line is skipped */ + if (cstate->opts.header_line == COPY_HEADER_MATCH) + lines_to_skip = 1; tupDesc = RelationGetDescr(cstate->rel); - cstate->cur_lineno++; - done = CopyReadLine(cstate, is_csv); + for (int i = 0; i < lines_to_skip; i++) + { + cstate->cur_lineno++; + if ((done = CopyReadLine(cstate, is_csv))) + break; + } if (cstate->opts.header_line == COPY_HEADER_MATCH) { @@ -1538,7 +1547,7 @@ GetDecimalFromHex(char hex) if (isdigit((unsigned char) hex)) return hex - '0'; else - return tolower((unsigned char) hex) - 'a' + 10; + return pg_ascii_tolower((unsigned char) hex) - 'a' + 10; } /* diff --git a/src/backend/commands/copyto.c b/src/backend/commands/copyto.c index ea6f18f2c80..67b94b91cae 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/copyto.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/copyto.c @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ CopyToTextLikeStart(CopyToState cstate, TupleDesc tupDesc) cstate->file_encoding); /* if a header has been requested send the line */ - if (cstate->opts.header_line) + if (cstate->opts.header_line == COPY_HEADER_TRUE) { ListCell *cur; bool hdr_delim = false; diff --git a/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c b/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c index 5fbbcdaabb1..502a45163c8 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c @@ -570,8 +570,8 @@ CreateDatabaseUsingFileCopy(Oid src_dboid, Oid dst_dboid, Oid src_tsid, * any CREATE DATABASE commands. */ if (!IsBinaryUpgrade) - RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | - CHECKPOINT_WAIT | CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL); + RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FAST | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | + CHECKPOINT_WAIT | CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED); /* * Iterate through all tablespaces of the template database, and copy each @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ CreateDatabaseUsingFileCopy(Oid src_dboid, Oid dst_dboid, Oid src_tsid, * strategy that avoids these problems. */ if (!IsBinaryUpgrade) - RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | + RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FAST | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT); } @@ -1065,16 +1065,41 @@ createdb(ParseState *pstate, const CreatedbStmt *stmt) /* Check that the chosen locales are valid, and get canonical spellings */ if (!check_locale(LC_COLLATE, dbcollate, &canonname)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), - errmsg("invalid LC_COLLATE locale name: \"%s\"", dbcollate), - errhint("If the locale name is specific to ICU, use ICU_LOCALE."))); + { + if (dblocprovider == COLLPROVIDER_BUILTIN) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), + errmsg("invalid LC_COLLATE locale name: \"%s\"", dbcollate), + errhint("If the locale name is specific to the builtin provider, use BUILTIN_LOCALE."))); + else if (dblocprovider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), + errmsg("invalid LC_COLLATE locale name: \"%s\"", dbcollate), + errhint("If the locale name is specific to the ICU provider, use ICU_LOCALE."))); + else + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), + errmsg("invalid LC_COLLATE locale name: \"%s\"", dbcollate))); + } dbcollate = canonname; if (!check_locale(LC_CTYPE, dbctype, &canonname)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), - errmsg("invalid LC_CTYPE locale name: \"%s\"", dbctype), - errhint("If the locale name is specific to ICU, use ICU_LOCALE."))); + { + if (dblocprovider == COLLPROVIDER_BUILTIN) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), + errmsg("invalid LC_CTYPE locale name: \"%s\"", dbctype), + errhint("If the locale name is specific to the builtin provider, use BUILTIN_LOCALE."))); + else if (dblocprovider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), + errmsg("invalid LC_CTYPE locale name: \"%s\"", dbctype), + errhint("If the locale name is specific to the ICU provider, use ICU_LOCALE."))); + else + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), + errmsg("invalid LC_CTYPE locale name: \"%s\"", dbctype))); + } + dbctype = canonname; check_encoding_locale_matches(encoding, dbcollate, dbctype); @@ -1845,7 +1870,7 @@ dropdb(const char *dbname, bool missing_ok, bool force) * Force a checkpoint to make sure the checkpointer has received the * message sent by ForgetDatabaseSyncRequests. */ - RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT); + RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FAST | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT); /* Close all smgr fds in all backends. */ WaitForProcSignalBarrier(EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_SMGRRELEASE)); @@ -2095,8 +2120,8 @@ movedb(const char *dbname, const char *tblspcname) * On Windows, this also ensures that background procs don't hold any open * files, which would cause rmdir() to fail. */ - RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT - | CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL); + RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FAST | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT + | CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED); /* Close all smgr fds in all backends. */ WaitForProcSignalBarrier(EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_SMGRRELEASE)); @@ -2227,7 +2252,7 @@ movedb(const char *dbname, const char *tblspcname) * any unlogged operations done in the new DB tablespace before the * next checkpoint. */ - RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT); + RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FAST | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT); /* * Force synchronous commit, thus minimizing the window between diff --git a/src/backend/commands/explain.c b/src/backend/commands/explain.c index bfa83fbc3fe..7e2792ead71 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/explain.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/explain.c @@ -811,14 +811,10 @@ ExplainPrintPlan(ExplainState *es, QueryDesc *queryDesc) * the queryid in any of the EXPLAIN plans to keep stable the results * generated by regression test suites. */ - if (es->verbose && queryDesc->plannedstmt->queryId != UINT64CONST(0) && + if (es->verbose && queryDesc->plannedstmt->queryId != INT64CONST(0) && compute_query_id != COMPUTE_QUERY_ID_REGRESS) { - /* - * Output the queryid as an int64 rather than a uint64 so we match - * what would be seen in the BIGINT pg_stat_statements.queryid column. - */ - ExplainPropertyInteger("Query Identifier", NULL, (int64) + ExplainPropertyInteger("Query Identifier", NULL, queryDesc->plannedstmt->queryId, es); } } diff --git a/src/backend/commands/foreigncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/foreigncmds.c index c14e038d54f..8d2d7431544 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/foreigncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/foreigncmds.c @@ -71,15 +71,26 @@ optionListToArray(List *options) foreach(cell, options) { DefElem *def = lfirst(cell); + const char *name; const char *value; Size len; text *t; + name = def->defname; value = defGetString(def); - len = VARHDRSZ + strlen(def->defname) + 1 + strlen(value); + + /* Insist that name not contain "=", else "a=b=c" is ambiguous */ + if (strchr(name, '=') != NULL) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), + errmsg("invalid option name \"%s\": must not contain \"=\"", + name))); + + len = VARHDRSZ + strlen(name) + 1 + strlen(value); + /* +1 leaves room for sprintf's trailing null */ t = palloc(len + 1); SET_VARSIZE(t, len); - sprintf(VARDATA(t), "%s=%s", def->defname, value); + sprintf(VARDATA(t), "%s=%s", name, value); astate = accumArrayResult(astate, PointerGetDatum(t), false, TEXTOID, diff --git a/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c index d962fe392cd..6f753ab6d7a 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c @@ -2469,8 +2469,8 @@ GetOperatorFromCompareType(Oid opclass, Oid rhstype, CompareType cmptype, cmptype == COMPARE_EQ ? errmsg("could not identify an equality operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) : cmptype == COMPARE_OVERLAP ? errmsg("could not identify an overlaps operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) : cmptype == COMPARE_CONTAINED_BY ? errmsg("could not identify a contained-by operator for type %s", format_type_be(opcintype)) : 0, - errdetail("Could not translate compare type %d for operator family \"%s\", input type %s, access method \"%s\".", - cmptype, get_opfamily_name(opfamily, false), format_type_be(opcintype), get_am_name(amid))); + errdetail("Could not translate compare type %d for operator family \"%s\" of access method \"%s\".", + cmptype, get_opfamily_name(opfamily, false), get_am_name(amid))); /* * We parameterize rhstype so foreign keys can ask for a <@ operator @@ -2592,7 +2592,9 @@ makeObjectName(const char *name1, const char *name2, const char *label) * constraint names.) * * Note: it is theoretically possible to get a collision anyway, if someone - * else chooses the same name concurrently. This is fairly unlikely to be + * else chooses the same name concurrently. We shorten the race condition + * window by checking for conflicting relations using SnapshotDirty, but + * that doesn't close the window entirely. This is fairly unlikely to be * a problem in practice, especially if one is holding an exclusive lock on * the relation identified by name1. However, if choosing multiple names * within a single command, you'd better create the new object and do @@ -2608,15 +2610,45 @@ ChooseRelationName(const char *name1, const char *name2, int pass = 0; char *relname = NULL; char modlabel[NAMEDATALEN]; + SnapshotData SnapshotDirty; + Relation pgclassrel; + + /* prepare to search pg_class with a dirty snapshot */ + InitDirtySnapshot(SnapshotDirty); + pgclassrel = table_open(RelationRelationId, AccessShareLock); /* try the unmodified label first */ strlcpy(modlabel, label, sizeof(modlabel)); for (;;) { + ScanKeyData key[2]; + SysScanDesc scan; + bool collides; + relname = makeObjectName(name1, name2, modlabel); - if (!OidIsValid(get_relname_relid(relname, namespaceid))) + /* is there any conflicting relation name? */ + ScanKeyInit(&key[0], + Anum_pg_class_relname, + BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ, + CStringGetDatum(relname)); + ScanKeyInit(&key[1], + Anum_pg_class_relnamespace, + BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, + ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceid)); + + scan = systable_beginscan(pgclassrel, ClassNameNspIndexId, + true /* indexOK */ , + &SnapshotDirty, + 2, key); + + collides = HeapTupleIsValid(systable_getnext(scan)); + + systable_endscan(scan); + + /* break out of loop if no conflict */ + if (!collides) { if (!isconstraint || !ConstraintNameExists(relname, namespaceid)) @@ -2628,6 +2660,8 @@ ChooseRelationName(const char *name1, const char *name2, snprintf(modlabel, sizeof(modlabel), "%s%d", label, ++pass); } + table_close(pgclassrel, AccessShareLock); + return relname; } @@ -4226,7 +4260,7 @@ ReindexRelationConcurrently(const ReindexStmt *stmt, Oid relationOid, const Rein false); /* - * Updating pg_index might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we + * Swapping the indexes might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we * have a valid snapshot. */ PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot()); diff --git a/src/backend/commands/matview.c b/src/backend/commands/matview.c index 27c2cb26ef5..188e26f0e6e 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/matview.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/matview.c @@ -835,7 +835,8 @@ refresh_by_match_merge(Oid matviewOid, Oid tempOid, Oid relowner, if (!foundUniqueIndex) ereport(ERROR, errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), - errmsg("could not find suitable unique index on materialized view")); + errmsg("could not find suitable unique index on materialized view \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(matviewRel))); appendStringInfoString(&querybuf, " AND newdata.* OPERATOR(pg_catalog.*=) mv.*) " diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 0b23d94c38e..1bf7eaae5b3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -2130,8 +2130,8 @@ defGetGeneratedColsOption(DefElem *def) ereport(ERROR, errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), - errmsg("%s requires a \"none\" or \"stored\" value", - def->defname)); + errmsg("invalid value for publication parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"", def->defname, sval), + errdetail("Valid values are \"%s\" and \"%s\".", "none", "stored")); return PUBLISH_GENCOLS_NONE; /* keep compiler quiet */ } diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index 4aec73bcc6b..e23b0de7242 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, IsSet(opts.specified_opts, SUBOPT_SLOT_NAME)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), - errmsg("slot_name and two_phase cannot be altered at the same time"))); + errmsg("\"slot_name\" and \"two_phase\" cannot be altered at the same time"))); /* * Note that workers may still survive even if the @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, if (logicalrep_workers_find(subid, true, true)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("cannot alter two_phase when logical replication worker is still running"), + errmsg("cannot alter \"two_phase\" when logical replication worker is still running"), errhint("Try again after some time."))); /* @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, LookupGXactBySubid(subid)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("cannot disable two_phase when prepared transactions are present"), + errmsg("cannot disable \"two_phase\" when prepared transactions exist"), errhint("Resolve these transactions and try again."))); /* Change system catalog accordingly */ @@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, if (!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(remote_lsn) && opts.lsn < remote_lsn) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), - errmsg("skip WAL location (LSN %X/%X) must be greater than origin LSN %X/%X", + errmsg("skip WAL location (LSN %X/%08X) must be greater than origin LSN %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(opts.lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_lsn)))); } diff --git a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c index 54ad38247aa..cb811520c29 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c @@ -430,8 +430,8 @@ static void AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation static ObjectAddress ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode); -static void QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, - HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode); +static void QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation fkrel, + Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void QueueCheckConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, char *constrName, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode); @@ -2711,8 +2711,7 @@ MergeAttributes(List *columns, const List *supers, char relpersistence, RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); /* If existing rel is temp, it must belong to this session */ - if (relation->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && - !relation->rd_islocaltemp) + if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(relation)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg(!is_partition @@ -7374,7 +7373,7 @@ ATExecAddColumn(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */ CheckAttributeType(NameStr(attribute->attname), attribute->atttypid, attribute->attcollation, list_make1_oid(rel->rd_rel->reltype), - 0); + (attribute->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL ? CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL : 0)); InsertPgAttributeTuples(attrdesc, tupdesc, myrelid, NULL, NULL); @@ -8609,7 +8608,7 @@ ATExecSetExpression(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, rel->rd_att->constr && rel->rd_att->constr->num_check > 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), - errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns on tables with check constraints"), + errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns in tables with check constraints"), errdetail("Column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is a virtual generated column.", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); @@ -8627,7 +8626,7 @@ ATExecSetExpression(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, GetRelationPublications(RelationGetRelid(rel)) != NIL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), - errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns on tables that are part of a publication"), + errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns in tables that are part of a publication"), errdetail("Column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is a virtual generated column.", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); @@ -10189,7 +10188,7 @@ ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, if (pk_has_without_overlaps && !with_period) ereport(ERROR, errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY), - errmsg("foreign key must use PERIOD when referencing a primary using WITHOUT OVERLAPS")); + errmsg("foreign key must use PERIOD when referencing a primary key using WITHOUT OVERLAPS")); /* * Now we can check permissions. @@ -10330,8 +10329,8 @@ ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, for_overlaps ? errmsg("could not identify an overlaps operator for foreign key") : errmsg("could not identify an equality operator for foreign key"), - errdetail("Could not translate compare type %d for operator family \"%s\", input type %s, access method \"%s\".", - cmptype, get_opfamily_name(opfamily, false), format_type_be(opcintype), get_am_name(amid))); + errdetail("Could not translate compare type %d for operator family \"%s\" of access method \"%s\".", + cmptype, get_opfamily_name(opfamily, false), get_am_name(amid))); /* * There had better be a primary equality operator for the index. @@ -11858,6 +11857,7 @@ AttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue, if (queueValidation) { Relation conrel; + Oid confrelid; conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); @@ -11865,9 +11865,11 @@ AttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue, if (!HeapTupleIsValid(partcontup)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", partConstrOid); + confrelid = ((Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(partcontup))->confrelid; + /* Use the same lock as for AT_ValidateConstraint */ - QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, partition, partcontup, - ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); + QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, partition, confrelid, + partcontup, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); ReleaseSysCache(partcontup); table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock); } @@ -12463,9 +12465,12 @@ ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, /* * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing - * rows. + * rows. Only applies to leaf partitions, and (for constraints that + * reference a partitioned table) only if this is not one of the + * pg_constraint rows that exist solely to support action triggers. */ - if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION) + if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION && + currcon->confrelid == pkrelid) { AlteredTableInfo *tab; NewConstraint *newcon; @@ -12907,8 +12912,9 @@ ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL) ereport(ERROR, errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), - errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a foreign key, check, or not-null constraint", - constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))); + errmsg("cannot validate constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"", + constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)), + errdetail("This operation is not supported for this type of constraint.")); if (!con->conenforced) ereport(ERROR, @@ -12919,7 +12925,8 @@ ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, { if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN) { - QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel, tuple, lockmode); + QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel, con->confrelid, + tuple, lockmode); } else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK) { @@ -12952,8 +12959,8 @@ ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, * for the specified relation and all its children. */ static void -QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, - HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode) +QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation fkrel, + Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Form_pg_constraint con; AlteredTableInfo *tab; @@ -12964,7 +12971,17 @@ QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN); Assert(!con->convalidated); - if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION) + /* + * Add the validation to phase 3's queue; not needed for partitioned + * tables themselves, only for their partitions. + * + * When the referenced table (pkrelid) is partitioned, the referencing + * table (fkrel) has one pg_constraint row pointing to each partition + * thereof. These rows are there only to support action triggers and no + * table scan is needed, therefore skip this for them as well. + */ + if (fkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION && + con->confrelid == pkrelid) { NewConstraint *newcon; Constraint *fkconstraint; @@ -12983,15 +13000,16 @@ QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, newcon->qual = (Node *) fkconstraint; /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */ - tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel); + tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, fkrel); tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon); } /* * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we need to - * recurse and handle every constraint that is a child of this constraint. + * recurse and handle every unvalidate constraint that is a child of this + * constraint. */ - if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE || + if (fkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE || get_rel_relkind(con->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { ScanKeyData pkey; @@ -13023,8 +13041,12 @@ QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, childrel = table_open(childcon->conrelid, lockmode); - QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, childrel, childtup, - lockmode); + /* + * NB: Note that pkrelid should be passed as-is during recursion, + * as it is required to identify the root referenced table. + */ + QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, childrel, pkrelid, + childtup, lockmode); table_close(childrel, NoLock); } @@ -13032,7 +13054,11 @@ QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, } /* - * Now update the catalog, while we have the door open. + * Now mark the pg_constraint row as validated (even if we didn't check, + * notably the ones for partitions on the referenced side). + * + * We rely on transaction abort to roll back this change if phase 3 + * ultimately finds violating rows. This is a bit ugly. */ copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple); copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple); @@ -14400,7 +14426,7 @@ ATPrepAlterColumnType(List **wqueue, /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */ CheckAttributeType(colName, targettype, targetcollid, list_make1_oid(rel->rd_rel->reltype), - 0); + (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL ? CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL : 0)); if (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL) { @@ -14458,6 +14484,9 @@ ATPrepAlterColumnType(List **wqueue, /* Fix collations after all else */ assign_expr_collations(pstate, transform); + /* Expand virtual generated columns in the expr. */ + transform = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(transform, rel, 1); + /* Plan the expr now so we can accurately assess the need to rewrite. */ transform = (Node *) expression_planner((Expr *) transform); @@ -15385,9 +15414,12 @@ ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) /* * Re-parse the index and constraint definitions, and attach them to the * appropriate work queue entries. We do this before dropping because in - * the case of a FOREIGN KEY constraint, we might not yet have exclusive - * lock on the table the constraint is attached to, and we need to get - * that before reparsing/dropping. + * the case of a constraint on another table, we might not yet have + * exclusive lock on the table the constraint is attached to, and we need + * to get that before reparsing/dropping. (That's possible at least for + * FOREIGN KEY, CHECK, and EXCLUSION constraints; in non-FK cases it + * requires a dependency on the target table's composite type in the other + * table's constraint expressions.) * * We can't rely on the output of deparsing to tell us which relation to * operate on, because concurrent activity might have made the name @@ -15403,7 +15435,6 @@ ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) Form_pg_constraint con; Oid relid; Oid confrelid; - char contype; bool conislocal; tup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oldId)); @@ -15420,7 +15451,6 @@ ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) elog(ERROR, "could not identify relation associated with constraint %u", oldId); } confrelid = con->confrelid; - contype = con->contype; conislocal = con->conislocal; ReleaseSysCache(tup); @@ -15438,12 +15468,12 @@ ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) continue; /* - * When rebuilding an FK constraint that references the table we're - * modifying, we might not yet have any lock on the FK's table, so get - * one now. We'll need AccessExclusiveLock for the DROP CONSTRAINT - * step, so there's no value in asking for anything weaker. + * When rebuilding another table's constraint that references the + * table we're modifying, we might not yet have any lock on the other + * table, so get one now. We'll need AccessExclusiveLock for the DROP + * CONSTRAINT step, so there's no value in asking for anything weaker. */ - if (relid != tab->relid && contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN) + if (relid != tab->relid) LockRelationOid(relid, AccessExclusiveLock); ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, confrelid, @@ -15457,6 +15487,14 @@ ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) Oid relid; relid = IndexGetRelation(oldId, false); + + /* + * As above, make sure we have lock on the index's table if it's not + * the same table. + */ + if (relid != tab->relid) + LockRelationOid(relid, AccessExclusiveLock); + ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, InvalidOid, (char *) lfirst(def_item), wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite); @@ -15473,6 +15511,20 @@ ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) Oid relid; relid = StatisticsGetRelation(oldId, false); + + /* + * As above, make sure we have lock on the statistics object's table + * if it's not the same table. However, we take + * ShareUpdateExclusiveLock here, aligning with the lock level used in + * CreateStatistics and RemoveStatisticsById. + * + * CAUTION: this should be done after all cases that grab + * AccessExclusiveLock, else we risk causing deadlock due to needing + * to promote our table lock. + */ + if (relid != tab->relid) + LockRelationOid(relid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); + ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, InvalidOid, (char *) lfirst(def_item), wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite); @@ -15696,7 +15748,7 @@ ATPostAlterTypeParse(Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, char *cmd, { AlterDomainStmt *stmt = (AlterDomainStmt *) stm; - if (stmt->subtype == 'C') /* ADD CONSTRAINT */ + if (stmt->subtype == AD_AddConstraint) { Constraint *con = castNode(Constraint, stmt->def); AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); @@ -17199,15 +17251,13 @@ ATExecAddInherit(Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode) RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)))); /* If parent rel is temp, it must belong to this session */ - if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && - !parent_rel->rd_islocaltemp) + if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(parent_rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation of another session"))); /* Ditto for the child */ - if (child_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && - !child_rel->rd_islocaltemp) + if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(child_rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit to temporary relation of another session"))); @@ -20278,15 +20328,13 @@ ATExecAttachPartition(List **wqueue, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* If the parent is temp, it must belong to this session */ - if (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && - !rel->rd_islocaltemp) + if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach as partition of temporary relation of another session"))); /* Ditto for the partition */ - if (attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && - !attachrel->rd_islocaltemp) + if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(attachrel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach temporary relation of another session as partition"))); @@ -20964,9 +21012,17 @@ ATExecDetachPartition(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, tab->rel = rel; } + /* + * Detaching the partition might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we + * have a valid snapshot. + */ + PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot()); + /* Do the final part of detaching */ DetachPartitionFinalize(rel, partRel, concurrent, defaultPartOid); + PopActiveSnapshot(); + ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(partRel)); /* keep our lock until commit */ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/tablespace.c b/src/backend/commands/tablespace.c index a9005cc7212..df31eace47a 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/tablespace.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/tablespace.c @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ DropTableSpace(DropTableSpaceStmt *stmt) * mustn't delete. So instead, we force a checkpoint which will clean * out any lingering files, and try again. */ - RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT); + RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FAST | CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT); /* * On Windows, an unlinked file persists in the directory listing diff --git a/src/backend/commands/trigger.c b/src/backend/commands/trigger.c index 67f8e70f9c1..7dc121f73f1 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/trigger.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/trigger.c @@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ static bool GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate, ItemPointer tid, LockTupleMode lockmode, TupleTableSlot *oldslot, + bool do_epq_recheck, TupleTableSlot **epqslot, TM_Result *tmresultp, TM_FailureData *tmfdp); @@ -2693,7 +2694,8 @@ ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot **epqslot, TM_Result *tmresult, - TM_FailureData *tmfd) + TM_FailureData *tmfd, + bool is_merge_delete) { TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo); TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc; @@ -2708,9 +2710,17 @@ ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, { TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL; + /* + * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to delete. In + * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should + * recheck it using EPQ. However, if this is a MERGE DELETE action, + * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do + * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different + * action entirely). + */ if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid, - LockTupleExclusive, slot, &epqslot_candidate, - tmresult, tmfd)) + LockTupleExclusive, slot, !is_merge_delete, + &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd)) return false; /* @@ -2800,6 +2810,7 @@ ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, tupleid, LockTupleExclusive, slot, + false, NULL, NULL, NULL); @@ -2944,7 +2955,8 @@ ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot, TM_Result *tmresult, - TM_FailureData *tmfd) + TM_FailureData *tmfd, + bool is_merge_update) { TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc; TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo); @@ -2965,10 +2977,17 @@ ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate, { TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL; - /* get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to update */ + /* + * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to update. In + * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should + * recheck it using EPQ. However, if this is a MERGE UPDATE action, + * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do + * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different + * action entirely). + */ if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid, - lockmode, oldslot, &epqslot_candidate, - tmresult, tmfd)) + lockmode, oldslot, !is_merge_update, + &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd)) return false; /* cancel the update action */ /* @@ -3142,6 +3161,7 @@ ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo, tupleid, LockTupleExclusive, oldslot, + false, NULL, NULL, NULL); @@ -3298,6 +3318,7 @@ GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate, ItemPointer tid, LockTupleMode lockmode, TupleTableSlot *oldslot, + bool do_epq_recheck, TupleTableSlot **epqslot, TM_Result *tmresultp, TM_FailureData *tmfdp) @@ -3357,29 +3378,30 @@ GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate, if (tmfd.traversed) { /* - * Recheck the tuple using EPQ. For MERGE, we leave this - * to the caller (it must do additional rechecking, and - * might end up executing a different action entirely). + * Recheck the tuple using EPQ, if requested. Otherwise, + * just return that it was concurrently updated. */ - if (estate->es_plannedstmt->commandType == CMD_MERGE) + if (do_epq_recheck) { - if (tmresultp) - *tmresultp = TM_Updated; - return false; + *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(epqstate, + relation, + relinfo->ri_RangeTableIndex, + oldslot); + + /* + * If PlanQual failed for updated tuple - we must not + * process this tuple! + */ + if (TupIsNull(*epqslot)) + { + *epqslot = NULL; + return false; + } } - - *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(epqstate, - relation, - relinfo->ri_RangeTableIndex, - oldslot); - - /* - * If PlanQual failed for updated tuple - we must not - * process this tuple! - */ - if (TupIsNull(*epqslot)) + else { - *epqslot = NULL; + if (tmresultp) + *tmresultp = TM_Updated; return false; } } diff --git a/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c index 45ae7472ab5..26d985193ae 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c @@ -939,11 +939,19 @@ DefineDomain(ParseState *pstate, CreateDomainStmt *stmt) break; case CONSTR_NOTNULL: - if (nullDefined && !typNotNull) + if (nullDefined) + { + if (!typNotNull) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), + errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints"), + parser_errposition(pstate, constr->location)); + ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), - errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints"), + errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), + errmsg("redundant NOT NULL constraint definition"), parser_errposition(pstate, constr->location)); + } if (constr->is_no_inherit) ereport(ERROR, errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), diff --git a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c index 33a33bf6b1c..733ef40ae7c 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ #include "utils/fmgroids.h" #include "utils/guc.h" #include "utils/guc_hooks.h" +#include "utils/injection_point.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/snapmgr.h" #include "utils/syscache.h" @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ static void vac_truncate_clog(TransactionId frozenXID, MultiXactId minMulti, TransactionId lastSaneFrozenXid, MultiXactId lastSaneMinMulti); -static bool vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, +static bool vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy); static double compute_parallel_delay(void); static VacOptValue get_vacoptval_from_boolean(DefElem *def); @@ -464,7 +465,7 @@ ExecVacuum(ParseState *pstate, VacuumStmt *vacstmt, bool isTopLevel) } /* Now go through the common routine */ - vacuum(vacstmt->rels, ¶ms, bstrategy, vac_context, isTopLevel); + vacuum(vacstmt->rels, params, bstrategy, vac_context, isTopLevel); /* Finally, clean up the vacuum memory context */ MemoryContextDelete(vac_context); @@ -493,7 +494,7 @@ ExecVacuum(ParseState *pstate, VacuumStmt *vacstmt, bool isTopLevel) * memory context that will not disappear at transaction commit. */ void -vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, +vacuum(List *relations, const VacuumParams params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, MemoryContext vac_context, bool isTopLevel) { static bool in_vacuum = false; @@ -502,9 +503,7 @@ vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, volatile bool in_outer_xact, use_own_xacts; - Assert(params != NULL); - - stmttype = (params->options & VACOPT_VACUUM) ? "VACUUM" : "ANALYZE"; + stmttype = (params.options & VACOPT_VACUUM) ? "VACUUM" : "ANALYZE"; /* * We cannot run VACUUM inside a user transaction block; if we were inside @@ -514,7 +513,7 @@ vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, * * ANALYZE (without VACUUM) can run either way. */ - if (params->options & VACOPT_VACUUM) + if (params.options & VACOPT_VACUUM) { PreventInTransactionBlock(isTopLevel, stmttype); in_outer_xact = false; @@ -537,7 +536,7 @@ vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, * Build list of relation(s) to process, putting any new data in * vac_context for safekeeping. */ - if (params->options & VACOPT_ONLY_DATABASE_STATS) + if (params.options & VACOPT_ONLY_DATABASE_STATS) { /* We don't process any tables in this case */ Assert(relations == NIL); @@ -553,7 +552,7 @@ vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, List *sublist; MemoryContext old_context; - sublist = expand_vacuum_rel(vrel, vac_context, params->options); + sublist = expand_vacuum_rel(vrel, vac_context, params.options); old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(vac_context); newrels = list_concat(newrels, sublist); MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context); @@ -561,7 +560,7 @@ vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, relations = newrels; } else - relations = get_all_vacuum_rels(vac_context, params->options); + relations = get_all_vacuum_rels(vac_context, params.options); /* * Decide whether we need to start/commit our own transactions. @@ -577,11 +576,11 @@ vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, * transaction block, and also in an autovacuum worker, use own * transactions so we can release locks sooner. */ - if (params->options & VACOPT_VACUUM) + if (params.options & VACOPT_VACUUM) use_own_xacts = true; else { - Assert(params->options & VACOPT_ANALYZE); + Assert(params.options & VACOPT_ANALYZE); if (AmAutoVacuumWorkerProcess()) use_own_xacts = true; else if (in_outer_xact) @@ -632,13 +631,13 @@ vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, { VacuumRelation *vrel = lfirst_node(VacuumRelation, cur); - if (params->options & VACOPT_VACUUM) + if (params.options & VACOPT_VACUUM) { if (!vacuum_rel(vrel->oid, vrel->relation, params, bstrategy)) continue; } - if (params->options & VACOPT_ANALYZE) + if (params.options & VACOPT_ANALYZE) { /* * If using separate xacts, start one for analyze. Otherwise, @@ -702,8 +701,8 @@ vacuum(List *relations, VacuumParams *params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy, StartTransactionCommand(); } - if ((params->options & VACOPT_VACUUM) && - !(params->options & VACOPT_SKIP_DATABASE_STATS)) + if ((params.options & VACOPT_VACUUM) && + !(params.options & VACOPT_SKIP_DATABASE_STATS)) { /* * Update pg_database.datfrozenxid, and truncate pg_xact if possible. @@ -1101,7 +1100,7 @@ get_all_vacuum_rels(MemoryContext vac_context, int options) * minimum). */ bool -vacuum_get_cutoffs(Relation rel, const VacuumParams *params, +vacuum_get_cutoffs(Relation rel, const VacuumParams params, struct VacuumCutoffs *cutoffs) { int freeze_min_age, @@ -1117,10 +1116,10 @@ vacuum_get_cutoffs(Relation rel, const VacuumParams *params, aggressiveMXIDCutoff; /* Use mutable copies of freeze age parameters */ - freeze_min_age = params->freeze_min_age; - multixact_freeze_min_age = params->multixact_freeze_min_age; - freeze_table_age = params->freeze_table_age; - multixact_freeze_table_age = params->multixact_freeze_table_age; + freeze_min_age = params.freeze_min_age; + multixact_freeze_min_age = params.multixact_freeze_min_age; + freeze_table_age = params.freeze_table_age; + multixact_freeze_table_age = params.multixact_freeze_table_age; /* Set pg_class fields in cutoffs */ cutoffs->relfrozenxid = rel->rd_rel->relfrozenxid; @@ -1997,7 +1996,7 @@ vac_truncate_clog(TransactionId frozenXID, * At entry and exit, we are not inside a transaction. */ static bool -vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, +vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams params, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy) { LOCKMODE lmode; @@ -2008,13 +2007,18 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, Oid save_userid; int save_sec_context; int save_nestlevel; + VacuumParams toast_vacuum_params; - Assert(params != NULL); + /* + * This function scribbles on the parameters, so make a copy early to + * avoid affecting the TOAST table (if we do end up recursing to it). + */ + memcpy(&toast_vacuum_params, ¶ms, sizeof(VacuumParams)); /* Begin a transaction for vacuuming this relation */ StartTransactionCommand(); - if (!(params->options & VACOPT_FULL)) + if (!(params.options & VACOPT_FULL)) { /* * In lazy vacuum, we can set the PROC_IN_VACUUM flag, which lets @@ -2040,7 +2044,7 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, */ LWLockAcquire(ProcArrayLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); MyProc->statusFlags |= PROC_IN_VACUUM; - if (params->is_wraparound) + if (params.is_wraparound) MyProc->statusFlags |= PROC_VACUUM_FOR_WRAPAROUND; ProcGlobal->statusFlags[MyProc->pgxactoff] = MyProc->statusFlags; LWLockRelease(ProcArrayLock); @@ -2064,12 +2068,12 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, * vacuum, but just ShareUpdateExclusiveLock for concurrent vacuum. Either * way, we can be sure that no other backend is vacuuming the same table. */ - lmode = (params->options & VACOPT_FULL) ? + lmode = (params.options & VACOPT_FULL) ? AccessExclusiveLock : ShareUpdateExclusiveLock; /* open the relation and get the appropriate lock on it */ - rel = vacuum_open_relation(relid, relation, params->options, - params->log_min_duration >= 0, lmode); + rel = vacuum_open_relation(relid, relation, params.options, + params.log_min_duration >= 0, lmode); /* leave if relation could not be opened or locked */ if (!rel) @@ -2084,8 +2088,8 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, * This is only safe to do because we hold a session lock on the main * relation that prevents concurrent deletion. */ - if (OidIsValid(params->toast_parent)) - priv_relid = params->toast_parent; + if (OidIsValid(params.toast_parent)) + priv_relid = params.toast_parent; else priv_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); @@ -2098,7 +2102,7 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, */ if (!vacuum_is_permitted_for_relation(priv_relid, rel->rd_rel, - params->options & ~VACOPT_ANALYZE)) + params.options & ~VACOPT_ANALYZE)) { relation_close(rel, lmode); PopActiveSnapshot(); @@ -2169,7 +2173,7 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, * Set index_cleanup option based on index_cleanup reloption if it wasn't * specified in VACUUM command, or when running in an autovacuum worker */ - if (params->index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_UNSPECIFIED) + if (params.index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_UNSPECIFIED) { StdRdOptIndexCleanup vacuum_index_cleanup; @@ -2180,56 +2184,74 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, ((StdRdOptions *) rel->rd_options)->vacuum_index_cleanup; if (vacuum_index_cleanup == STDRD_OPTION_VACUUM_INDEX_CLEANUP_AUTO) - params->index_cleanup = VACOPTVALUE_AUTO; + params.index_cleanup = VACOPTVALUE_AUTO; else if (vacuum_index_cleanup == STDRD_OPTION_VACUUM_INDEX_CLEANUP_ON) - params->index_cleanup = VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED; + params.index_cleanup = VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED; else { Assert(vacuum_index_cleanup == STDRD_OPTION_VACUUM_INDEX_CLEANUP_OFF); - params->index_cleanup = VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED; + params.index_cleanup = VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED; } } +#ifdef USE_INJECTION_POINTS + if (params.index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_AUTO) + INJECTION_POINT("vacuum-index-cleanup-auto", NULL); + else if (params.index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED) + INJECTION_POINT("vacuum-index-cleanup-disabled", NULL); + else if (params.index_cleanup == VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED) + INJECTION_POINT("vacuum-index-cleanup-enabled", NULL); +#endif + /* * Check if the vacuum_max_eager_freeze_failure_rate table storage * parameter was specified. This overrides the GUC value. */ if (rel->rd_options != NULL && ((StdRdOptions *) rel->rd_options)->vacuum_max_eager_freeze_failure_rate >= 0) - params->max_eager_freeze_failure_rate = + params.max_eager_freeze_failure_rate = ((StdRdOptions *) rel->rd_options)->vacuum_max_eager_freeze_failure_rate; /* * Set truncate option based on truncate reloption or GUC if it wasn't * specified in VACUUM command, or when running in an autovacuum worker */ - if (params->truncate == VACOPTVALUE_UNSPECIFIED) + if (params.truncate == VACOPTVALUE_UNSPECIFIED) { StdRdOptions *opts = (StdRdOptions *) rel->rd_options; if (opts && opts->vacuum_truncate_set) { if (opts->vacuum_truncate) - params->truncate = VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED; + params.truncate = VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED; else - params->truncate = VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED; + params.truncate = VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED; } else if (vacuum_truncate) - params->truncate = VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED; + params.truncate = VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED; else - params->truncate = VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED; + params.truncate = VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED; } +#ifdef USE_INJECTION_POINTS + if (params.truncate == VACOPTVALUE_AUTO) + INJECTION_POINT("vacuum-truncate-auto", NULL); + else if (params.truncate == VACOPTVALUE_DISABLED) + INJECTION_POINT("vacuum-truncate-disabled", NULL); + else if (params.truncate == VACOPTVALUE_ENABLED) + INJECTION_POINT("vacuum-truncate-enabled", NULL); +#endif + /* * Remember the relation's TOAST relation for later, if the caller asked * us to process it. In VACUUM FULL, though, the toast table is * automatically rebuilt by cluster_rel so we shouldn't recurse to it, * unless PROCESS_MAIN is disabled. */ - if ((params->options & VACOPT_PROCESS_TOAST) != 0 && - ((params->options & VACOPT_FULL) == 0 || - (params->options & VACOPT_PROCESS_MAIN) == 0)) + if ((params.options & VACOPT_PROCESS_TOAST) != 0 && + ((params.options & VACOPT_FULL) == 0 || + (params.options & VACOPT_PROCESS_MAIN) == 0)) toast_relid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid; else toast_relid = InvalidOid; @@ -2252,16 +2274,16 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, * table is required (e.g., PROCESS_TOAST is set), we force PROCESS_MAIN * to be set when we recurse to the TOAST table. */ - if (params->options & VACOPT_PROCESS_MAIN) + if (params.options & VACOPT_PROCESS_MAIN) { /* * Do the actual work --- either FULL or "lazy" vacuum */ - if (params->options & VACOPT_FULL) + if (params.options & VACOPT_FULL) { ClusterParams cluster_params = {0}; - if ((params->options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) != 0) + if ((params.options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) != 0) cluster_params.options |= CLUOPT_VERBOSE; /* VACUUM FULL is now a variant of CLUSTER; see cluster.c */ @@ -2299,19 +2321,16 @@ vacuum_rel(Oid relid, RangeVar *relation, VacuumParams *params, */ if (toast_relid != InvalidOid) { - VacuumParams toast_vacuum_params; - /* * Force VACOPT_PROCESS_MAIN so vacuum_rel() processes it. Likewise, * set toast_parent so that the privilege checks are done on the main * relation. NB: This is only safe to do because we hold a session * lock on the main relation that prevents concurrent deletion. */ - memcpy(&toast_vacuum_params, params, sizeof(VacuumParams)); toast_vacuum_params.options |= VACOPT_PROCESS_MAIN; toast_vacuum_params.toast_parent = relid; - vacuum_rel(toast_relid, NULL, &toast_vacuum_params, bstrategy); + vacuum_rel(toast_relid, NULL, toast_vacuum_params, bstrategy); } /* diff --git a/src/backend/commands/vacuumparallel.c b/src/backend/commands/vacuumparallel.c index 2b9d548cdeb..0feea1d30ec 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/vacuumparallel.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/vacuumparallel.c @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ typedef struct PVShared */ Oid relid; int elevel; - uint64 queryid; + int64 queryid; /* * Fields for both index vacuum and cleanup. diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execExprInterp.c b/src/backend/executor/execExprInterp.c index 8a72b5e70a4..1a37737d4a2 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execExprInterp.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execExprInterp.c @@ -5228,7 +5228,6 @@ ExecEvalJsonCoercionFinish(ExprState *state, ExprEvalStep *op) * JsonBehavior expression. */ jsestate->escontext.error_occurred = false; - jsestate->escontext.error_occurred = false; jsestate->escontext.details_wanted = true; } } diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c b/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c index 255bd795361..b5400749353 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ execTuplesHashPrepare(int numCols, * hashfunctions: FmgrInfos of datatype-specific hashing functions to use * collations: collations to use in comparisons * nbuckets: initial estimate of hashtable size - * additionalsize: size of data stored in ->additional + * additionalsize: size of data that may be stored along with the hash entry * metacxt: memory context for long-lived allocation, but not per-entry data * tablecxt: memory context in which to store table entries * tempcxt: short-lived context for evaluation hash and comparison functions @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ ResetTupleHashTable(TupleHashTable hashtable) * * If isnew isn't NULL, then a new entry is created if no existing entry * matches. On return, *isnew is true if the entry is newly created, - * false if it existed already. ->additional_data in the new entry has + * false if it existed already. The additional data in the new entry has * been zeroed. */ TupleHashEntry diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execIndexing.c b/src/backend/executor/execIndexing.c index bdf862b2406..ca33a854278 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execIndexing.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execIndexing.c @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ ExecCloseIndices(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo) * executor is performing an UPDATE that could not use an * optimization like heapam's HOT (in more general terms a * call to table_tuple_update() took place and set - * 'update_indexes' to TUUI_All). Receiving this hint makes + * 'update_indexes' to TU_All). Receiving this hint makes * us consider if we should pass down the 'indexUnchanged' * hint in turn. That's something that we figure out for * each index_insert() call iff 'update' is true. @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ ExecCloseIndices(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo) * HOT has been applied and any updated columns are indexed * only by summarizing indexes (or in more general terms a * call to table_tuple_update() took place and set - * 'update_indexes' to TUUI_Summarizing). We can (and must) + * 'update_indexes' to TU_Summarizing). We can (and must) * therefore only update the indexes that have * 'amsummarizing' = true. * diff --git a/src/backend/executor/execReplication.c b/src/backend/executor/execReplication.c index 53ddd25c42d..f262e7a66f7 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/execReplication.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/execReplication.c @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->trig_update_before_row) { if (!ExecBRUpdateTriggers(estate, epqstate, resultRelInfo, - tid, NULL, slot, NULL, NULL)) + tid, NULL, slot, NULL, NULL, false)) skip_tuple = true; /* "do nothing" */ } @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ ExecSimpleRelationDelete(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->trig_delete_before_row) { skip_tuple = !ExecBRDeleteTriggers(estate, epqstate, resultRelInfo, - tid, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); + tid, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, false); } if (!skip_tuple) diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c index 2bc89bf84dc..7c6c2c1f6e4 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c @@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h" #include "optimizer/optimizer.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" +#include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/datum.h" @@ -1473,7 +1474,8 @@ ExecDeletePrologue(ModifyTableContext *context, ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, return ExecBRDeleteTriggers(context->estate, context->epqstate, resultRelInfo, tupleid, oldtuple, - epqreturnslot, result, &context->tmfd); + epqreturnslot, result, &context->tmfd, + context->mtstate->operation == CMD_MERGE); } return true; @@ -2116,7 +2118,8 @@ ExecUpdatePrologue(ModifyTableContext *context, ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, return ExecBRUpdateTriggers(context->estate, context->epqstate, resultRelInfo, tupleid, oldtuple, slot, - result, &context->tmfd); + result, &context->tmfd, + context->mtstate->operation == CMD_MERGE); } return true; @@ -3735,6 +3738,7 @@ ExecInitMerge(ModifyTableState *mtstate, EState *estate) switch (action->commandType) { case CMD_INSERT: + /* INSERT actions always use rootRelInfo */ ExecCheckPlanOutput(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc, action->targetList); @@ -3774,9 +3778,23 @@ ExecInitMerge(ModifyTableState *mtstate, EState *estate) } else { - /* not partitioned? use the stock relation and slot */ - tgtslot = resultRelInfo->ri_newTupleSlot; - tgtdesc = RelationGetDescr(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc); + /* + * If the MERGE targets an inherited table, we insert + * into the root table, so we must initialize its + * "new" tuple slot, if not already done, and use its + * relation descriptor for the projection. + * + * For non-inherited tables, rootRelInfo and + * resultRelInfo are the same, and the "new" tuple + * slot will already have been initialized. + */ + if (rootRelInfo->ri_newTupleSlot == NULL) + rootRelInfo->ri_newTupleSlot = + table_slot_create(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc, + &estate->es_tupleTable); + + tgtslot = rootRelInfo->ri_newTupleSlot; + tgtdesc = RelationGetDescr(rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc); } action_state->mas_proj = @@ -3809,6 +3827,114 @@ ExecInitMerge(ModifyTableState *mtstate, EState *estate) } } } + + /* + * If the MERGE targets an inherited table, any INSERT actions will use + * rootRelInfo, and rootRelInfo will not be in the resultRelInfo array. + * Therefore we must initialize its WITH CHECK OPTION constraints and + * RETURNING projection, as ExecInitModifyTable did for the resultRelInfo + * entries. + * + * Note that the planner does not build a withCheckOptionList or + * returningList for the root relation, but as in ExecInitPartitionInfo, + * we can use the first resultRelInfo entry as a reference to calculate + * the attno's for the root table. + */ + if (rootRelInfo != mtstate->resultRelInfo && + rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE && + (mtstate->mt_merge_subcommands & MERGE_INSERT) != 0) + { + ModifyTable *node = (ModifyTable *) mtstate->ps.plan; + Relation rootRelation = rootRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc; + Relation firstResultRel = mtstate->resultRelInfo[0].ri_RelationDesc; + int firstVarno = mtstate->resultRelInfo[0].ri_RangeTableIndex; + AttrMap *part_attmap = NULL; + bool found_whole_row; + + if (node->withCheckOptionLists != NIL) + { + List *wcoList; + List *wcoExprs = NIL; + + /* There should be as many WCO lists as result rels */ + Assert(list_length(node->withCheckOptionLists) == + list_length(node->resultRelations)); + + /* + * Use the first WCO list as a reference. In the most common case, + * this will be for the same relation as rootRelInfo, and so there + * will be no need to adjust its attno's. + */ + wcoList = linitial(node->withCheckOptionLists); + if (rootRelation != firstResultRel) + { + /* Convert any Vars in it to contain the root's attno's */ + part_attmap = + build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(rootRelation), + RelationGetDescr(firstResultRel), + false); + + wcoList = (List *) + map_variable_attnos((Node *) wcoList, + firstVarno, 0, + part_attmap, + RelationGetForm(rootRelation)->reltype, + &found_whole_row); + } + + foreach(lc, wcoList) + { + WithCheckOption *wco = lfirst_node(WithCheckOption, lc); + ExprState *wcoExpr = ExecInitQual(castNode(List, wco->qual), + &mtstate->ps); + + wcoExprs = lappend(wcoExprs, wcoExpr); + } + + rootRelInfo->ri_WithCheckOptions = wcoList; + rootRelInfo->ri_WithCheckOptionExprs = wcoExprs; + } + + if (node->returningLists != NIL) + { + List *returningList; + + /* There should be as many returning lists as result rels */ + Assert(list_length(node->returningLists) == + list_length(node->resultRelations)); + + /* + * Use the first returning list as a reference. In the most common + * case, this will be for the same relation as rootRelInfo, and so + * there will be no need to adjust its attno's. + */ + returningList = linitial(node->returningLists); + if (rootRelation != firstResultRel) + { + /* Convert any Vars in it to contain the root's attno's */ + if (part_attmap == NULL) + part_attmap = + build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(rootRelation), + RelationGetDescr(firstResultRel), + false); + + returningList = (List *) + map_variable_attnos((Node *) returningList, + firstVarno, 0, + part_attmap, + RelationGetForm(rootRelation)->reltype, + &found_whole_row); + } + rootRelInfo->ri_returningList = returningList; + + /* Initialize the RETURNING projection */ + rootRelInfo->ri_projectReturning = + ExecBuildProjectionInfo(returningList, econtext, + mtstate->ps.ps_ResultTupleSlot, + &mtstate->ps, + RelationGetDescr(rootRelation)); + } + } } /* diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeTidrangescan.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeTidrangescan.c index ab2eab9596e..26f7420b64b 100644 --- a/src/backend/executor/nodeTidrangescan.c +++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeTidrangescan.c @@ -128,9 +128,11 @@ TidExprListCreate(TidRangeScanState *tidrangestate) * TidRangeEval * * Compute and set node's block and offset range to scan by evaluating - * the trss_tidexprs. Returns false if we detect the range cannot + * node->trss_tidexprs. Returns false if we detect the range cannot * contain any tuples. Returns true if it's possible for the range to - * contain tuples. + * contain tuples. We don't bother validating that trss_mintid is less + * than or equal to trss_maxtid, as the scan_set_tidrange() table AM + * function will handle that. * ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ static bool diff --git a/src/backend/jit/README b/src/backend/jit/README index 5427bdf2153..a40950dfb03 100644 --- a/src/backend/jit/README +++ b/src/backend/jit/README @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ The ability to do so allows us to get the LLVM IR for all operators bitcode files get installed into the server's $pkglibdir/bitcode/postgres/ Using existing LLVM functionality (for parallel LTO compilation), -additionally an index is over these is stored to +additionally an index over these is stored to $pkglibdir/bitcode/postgres.index.bc Similarly extensions can install code into diff --git a/src/backend/jit/llvm/meson.build b/src/backend/jit/llvm/meson.build index c8e06dfbe35..805fbd69006 100644 --- a/src/backend/jit/llvm/meson.build +++ b/src/backend/jit/llvm/meson.build @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ llvm_irgen_args = [ if ccache.found() llvm_irgen_command = ccache - llvm_irgen_args = [clang.path()] + llvm_irgen_args + llvm_irgen_args = [clang.full_path()] + llvm_irgen_args else llvm_irgen_command = clang endif diff --git a/src/backend/lib/README b/src/backend/lib/README index f2fb591237d..c28cbe356f0 100644 --- a/src/backend/lib/README +++ b/src/backend/lib/README @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ This directory contains a general purpose data structures, for use anywhere in the backend: -binaryheap.c - a binary heap - bipartite_match.c - Hopcroft-Karp maximum cardinality algorithm for bipartite graphs bloomfilter.c - probabilistic, space-efficient set membership testing @@ -21,8 +19,6 @@ pairingheap.c - a pairing heap rbtree.c - a red-black tree -stringinfo.c - an extensible string type - Aside from the inherent characteristics of the data structures, there are a few practical differences between the binary heap and the pairing heap. The diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-secure-gssapi.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-secure-gssapi.c index 717ba9824f9..5d98c58ffa8 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/be-secure-gssapi.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-secure-gssapi.c @@ -46,11 +46,18 @@ * don't want the other side to send arbitrarily huge packets as we * would have to allocate memory for them to then pass them to GSSAPI. * - * Therefore, these two #define's are effectively part of the protocol + * Therefore, this #define is effectively part of the protocol * spec and can't ever be changed. */ -#define PQ_GSS_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE 16384 -#define PQ_GSS_RECV_BUFFER_SIZE 16384 +#define PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 16384 /* includes uint32 header word */ + +/* + * However, during the authentication exchange we must cope with whatever + * message size the GSSAPI library wants to send (because our protocol + * doesn't support splitting those messages). Depending on configuration + * those messages might be as much as 64kB. + */ +#define PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE 65536 /* includes uint32 header word */ /* * Since we manage at most one GSS-encrypted connection per backend, @@ -114,9 +121,9 @@ be_gssapi_write(Port *port, const void *ptr, size_t len) * again, so if it offers a len less than that, something is wrong. * * Note: it may seem attractive to report partial write completion once - * we've successfully sent any encrypted packets. However, that can cause - * problems for callers; notably, pqPutMsgEnd's heuristic to send only - * full 8K blocks interacts badly with such a hack. We won't save much, + * we've successfully sent any encrypted packets. However, doing that + * expands the state space of this processing and has been responsible for + * bugs in the past (cf. commit d053a879b). We won't save much, * typically, by letting callers discard data early, so don't risk it. */ if (len < PqGSSSendConsumed) @@ -210,12 +217,12 @@ be_gssapi_write(Port *port, const void *ptr, size_t len) errno = ECONNRESET; return -1; } - if (output.length > PQ_GSS_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)) + if (output.length > PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)) { ereport(COMMERROR, (errmsg("server tried to send oversize GSSAPI packet (%zu > %zu)", (size_t) output.length, - PQ_GSS_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)))); + PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)))); errno = ECONNRESET; return -1; } @@ -346,12 +353,12 @@ be_gssapi_read(Port *port, void *ptr, size_t len) /* Decode the packet length and check for overlength packet */ input.length = pg_ntoh32(*(uint32 *) PqGSSRecvBuffer); - if (input.length > PQ_GSS_RECV_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)) + if (input.length > PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)) { ereport(COMMERROR, (errmsg("oversize GSSAPI packet sent by the client (%zu > %zu)", (size_t) input.length, - PQ_GSS_RECV_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)))); + PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)))); errno = ECONNRESET; return -1; } @@ -517,10 +524,13 @@ secure_open_gssapi(Port *port) * that will never use them, and we ensure that the buffers are * sufficiently aligned for the length-word accesses that we do in some * places in this file. + * + * We'll use PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE-sized buffers until transport + * negotiation is complete, then switch to PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE. */ - PqGSSSendBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE); - PqGSSRecvBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_RECV_BUFFER_SIZE); - PqGSSResultBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_RECV_BUFFER_SIZE); + PqGSSSendBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE); + PqGSSRecvBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE); + PqGSSResultBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE); if (!PqGSSSendBuffer || !PqGSSRecvBuffer || !PqGSSResultBuffer) ereport(FATAL, (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY), @@ -568,16 +578,16 @@ secure_open_gssapi(Port *port) /* * During initialization, packets are always fully consumed and - * shouldn't ever be over PQ_GSS_RECV_BUFFER_SIZE in length. + * shouldn't ever be over PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE in total length. * * Verify on our side that the client doesn't do something funny. */ - if (input.length > PQ_GSS_RECV_BUFFER_SIZE) + if (input.length > PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)) { ereport(COMMERROR, - (errmsg("oversize GSSAPI packet sent by the client (%zu > %d)", + (errmsg("oversize GSSAPI packet sent by the client (%zu > %zu)", (size_t) input.length, - PQ_GSS_RECV_BUFFER_SIZE))); + PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)))); return -1; } @@ -631,12 +641,12 @@ secure_open_gssapi(Port *port) { uint32 netlen = pg_hton32(output.length); - if (output.length > PQ_GSS_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)) + if (output.length > PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)) { ereport(COMMERROR, (errmsg("server tried to send oversize GSSAPI packet (%zu > %zu)", (size_t) output.length, - PQ_GSS_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)))); + PQ_GSS_AUTH_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32)))); gss_release_buffer(&minor, &output); return -1; } @@ -692,11 +702,28 @@ secure_open_gssapi(Port *port) } /* + * Release the large authentication buffers and allocate the ones we want + * for normal operation. + */ + free(PqGSSSendBuffer); + free(PqGSSRecvBuffer); + free(PqGSSResultBuffer); + PqGSSSendBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE); + PqGSSRecvBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE); + PqGSSResultBuffer = malloc(PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE); + if (!PqGSSSendBuffer || !PqGSSRecvBuffer || !PqGSSResultBuffer) + ereport(FATAL, + (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY), + errmsg("out of memory"))); + PqGSSSendLength = PqGSSSendNext = PqGSSSendConsumed = 0; + PqGSSRecvLength = PqGSSResultLength = PqGSSResultNext = 0; + + /* * Determine the max packet size which will fit in our buffer, after * accounting for the length. be_gssapi_write will need this. */ major = gss_wrap_size_limit(&minor, port->gss->ctx, 1, GSS_C_QOP_DEFAULT, - PQ_GSS_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE - sizeof(uint32), + PQ_GSS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE - sizeof(uint32), &PqGSSMaxPktSize); if (GSS_ERROR(major)) diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/be-secure-openssl.c b/src/backend/libpq/be-secure-openssl.c index 64ff3ce3d6a..c8b63ef8249 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/be-secure-openssl.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/be-secure-openssl.c @@ -1436,10 +1436,10 @@ initialize_ecdh(SSL_CTX *context, bool isServerStart) */ ereport(isServerStart ? FATAL : LOG, errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR), - errmsg("failed to set group names specified in ssl_groups: %s", + errmsg("could not set group names specified in ssl_groups: %s", SSLerrmessageExt(ERR_get_error(), _("No valid groups found"))), - errhint("Ensure that each group name is spelled correctly and supported by the installed version of OpenSSL")); + errhint("Ensure that each group name is spelled correctly and supported by the installed version of OpenSSL.")); return false; } #endif diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/hba.c b/src/backend/libpq/hba.c index 332fad27835..fecee8224d0 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/hba.c +++ b/src/backend/libpq/hba.c @@ -2873,8 +2873,11 @@ check_ident_usermap(IdentLine *identLine, const char *usermap_name, !token_has_regexp(identLine->pg_user) && (ofs = strstr(identLine->pg_user->string, "\\1")) != NULL) { + const char *repl_str; + size_t repl_len; + char *old_pg_user; char *expanded_pg_user; - int offset; + size_t offset; /* substitution of the first argument requested */ if (matches[1].rm_so < 0) @@ -2886,18 +2889,33 @@ check_ident_usermap(IdentLine *identLine, const char *usermap_name, *error_p = true; return; } + repl_str = system_user + matches[1].rm_so; + repl_len = matches[1].rm_eo - matches[1].rm_so; /* - * length: original length minus length of \1 plus length of match - * plus null terminator + * It's allowed to have more than one \1 in the string, and we'll + * replace them all. But that's pretty unusual so we optimize on + * the assumption of only one occurrence, which motivates doing + * repeated replacements instead of making two passes over the + * string to determine the final length right away. */ - expanded_pg_user = palloc0(strlen(identLine->pg_user->string) - 2 + (matches[1].rm_eo - matches[1].rm_so) + 1); - offset = ofs - identLine->pg_user->string; - memcpy(expanded_pg_user, identLine->pg_user->string, offset); - memcpy(expanded_pg_user + offset, - system_user + matches[1].rm_so, - matches[1].rm_eo - matches[1].rm_so); - strcat(expanded_pg_user, ofs + 2); + old_pg_user = identLine->pg_user->string; + do + { + /* + * length: current length minus length of \1 plus length of + * replacement plus null terminator + */ + expanded_pg_user = palloc(strlen(old_pg_user) - 2 + repl_len + 1); + /* ofs points into the old_pg_user string at this point */ + offset = ofs - old_pg_user; + memcpy(expanded_pg_user, old_pg_user, offset); + memcpy(expanded_pg_user + offset, repl_str, repl_len); + strcpy(expanded_pg_user + offset + repl_len, ofs + 2); + if (old_pg_user != identLine->pg_user->string) + pfree(old_pg_user); + old_pg_user = expanded_pg_user; + } while ((ofs = strstr(old_pg_user + offset + repl_len, "\\1")) != NULL); /* * Mark the token as quoted, so it will only be compared literally diff --git a/src/backend/libpq/pg_ident.conf.sample b/src/backend/libpq/pg_ident.conf.sample index f5225f26cdf..8ee6c0ba315 100644 --- a/src/backend/libpq/pg_ident.conf.sample +++ b/src/backend/libpq/pg_ident.conf.sample @@ -13,25 +13,25 @@ # user names to their corresponding PostgreSQL user names. Records # are of the form: # -# MAPNAME SYSTEM-USERNAME PG-USERNAME +# MAPNAME SYSTEM-USERNAME DATABASE-USERNAME # # (The uppercase quantities must be replaced by actual values.) # # MAPNAME is the (otherwise freely chosen) map name that was used in # pg_hba.conf. SYSTEM-USERNAME is the detected user name of the -# client. PG-USERNAME is the requested PostgreSQL user name. The -# existence of a record specifies that SYSTEM-USERNAME may connect as -# PG-USERNAME. +# client. DATABASE-USERNAME is the requested PostgreSQL user name. +# The existence of a record specifies that SYSTEM-USERNAME may connect +# as DATABASE-USERNAME. # -# If SYSTEM-USERNAME starts with a slash (/), it will be treated as a -# regular expression. Optionally this can contain a capture (a -# parenthesized subexpression). The substring matching the capture -# will be substituted for \1 (backslash-one) if present in -# PG-USERNAME. +# If SYSTEM-USERNAME starts with a slash (/), the rest of it will be +# treated as a regular expression. Optionally this can contain a capture +# (a parenthesized subexpression). The substring matching the capture +# will be substituted for \1 (backslash-one) if that appears in +# DATABASE-USERNAME. # -# PG-USERNAME can be "all", a user name, a group name prefixed with "+", or -# a regular expression (if it starts with a slash (/)). If it is a regular -# expression, the substring matching with \1 has no effect. +# DATABASE-USERNAME can be "all", a user name, a group name prefixed with "+", +# or a regular expression (if it starts with a slash (/)). If it is a regular +# expression, no substitution for \1 will occur. # # Multiple maps may be specified in this file and used by pg_hba.conf. # @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ # Put your actual configuration here # ---------------------------------- -# MAPNAME SYSTEM-USERNAME PG-USERNAME +# MAPNAME SYSTEM-USERNAME DATABASE-USERNAME diff --git a/src/backend/main/main.c b/src/backend/main/main.c index 7d63cf94a6b..bdcb5e4f261 100644 --- a/src/backend/main/main.c +++ b/src/backend/main/main.c @@ -125,13 +125,17 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) set_pglocale_pgservice(argv[0], PG_TEXTDOMAIN("postgres")); /* - * In the postmaster, absorb the environment values for LC_COLLATE and - * LC_CTYPE. Individual backends will change these later to settings - * taken from pg_database, but the postmaster cannot do that. If we leave - * these set to "C" then message localization might not work well in the - * postmaster. + * Collation is handled by pg_locale.c, and the behavior is dependent on + * the provider. strcoll(), etc., should not be called directly. + */ + init_locale("LC_COLLATE", LC_COLLATE, "C"); + + /* + * In the postmaster, absorb the environment value for LC_CTYPE. + * Individual backends will change it later to pg_database.datctype, but + * the postmaster cannot do that. If we leave it set to "C" then message + * localization might not work well in the postmaster. */ - init_locale("LC_COLLATE", LC_COLLATE, ""); init_locale("LC_CTYPE", LC_CTYPE, ""); /* diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/gen_node_support.pl b/src/backend/nodes/gen_node_support.pl index 77659b0f760..9ecddb14231 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/gen_node_support.pl +++ b/src/backend/nodes/gen_node_support.pl @@ -1039,6 +1039,11 @@ _read${n}(void) print $off "\tWRITE_UINT_FIELD($f);\n"; print $rff "\tREAD_UINT_FIELD($f);\n" unless $no_read; } + elsif ($t eq 'int64') + { + print $off "\tWRITE_INT64_FIELD($f);\n"; + print $rff "\tREAD_INT64_FIELD($f);\n" unless $no_read; + } elsif ($t eq 'uint64' || $t eq 'AclMode') { @@ -1324,7 +1329,7 @@ _jumble${n}(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node) # Node type. Squash constants if requested. if ($query_jumble_squash) { - print $jff "\tJUMBLE_ELEMENTS($f);\n" + print $jff "\tJUMBLE_ELEMENTS($f, node);\n" unless $query_jumble_ignore; } else diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c index ceac3fd8620..eaf391fc2ab 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c @@ -51,6 +51,12 @@ static void outDouble(StringInfo str, double d); #define WRITE_UINT_FIELD(fldname) \ appendStringInfo(str, " :" CppAsString(fldname) " %u", node->fldname) +/* Write a signed integer field (anything written with INT64_FORMAT) */ +#define WRITE_INT64_FIELD(fldname) \ + appendStringInfo(str, \ + " :" CppAsString(fldname) " " INT64_FORMAT, \ + node->fldname) + /* Write an unsigned integer field (anything written with UINT64_FORMAT) */ #define WRITE_UINT64_FIELD(fldname) \ appendStringInfo(str, " :" CppAsString(fldname) " " UINT64_FORMAT, \ @@ -647,6 +653,8 @@ _outA_Expr(StringInfo str, const A_Expr *node) WRITE_NODE_FIELD(lexpr); WRITE_NODE_FIELD(rexpr); + WRITE_LOCATION_FIELD(rexpr_list_start); + WRITE_LOCATION_FIELD(rexpr_list_end); WRITE_LOCATION_FIELD(location); } diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/queryjumblefuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/queryjumblefuncs.c index d1e82a63f09..31f97151977 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/queryjumblefuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/queryjumblefuncs.c @@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ * tree(s) generated from the query. The executor can then use this value * to blame query costs on the proper queryId. * + * Arrays of two or more constants and PARAM_EXTERN parameters are "squashed" + * and contribute only once to the jumble. This has the effect that queries + * that differ only on the length of such lists have the same queryId. + * + * * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * @@ -56,16 +61,18 @@ int compute_query_id = COMPUTE_QUERY_ID_AUTO; bool query_id_enabled = false; static JumbleState *InitJumble(void); -static uint64 DoJumble(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node); +static int64 DoJumble(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node); static void AppendJumble(JumbleState *jstate, const unsigned char *value, Size size); static void FlushPendingNulls(JumbleState *jstate); static void RecordConstLocation(JumbleState *jstate, - int location, bool squashed); + bool extern_param, + int location, int len); static void _jumbleNode(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node); -static void _jumbleElements(JumbleState *jstate, List *elements); -static void _jumbleA_Const(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node); static void _jumbleList(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node); +static void _jumbleElements(JumbleState *jstate, List *elements, Node *node); +static void _jumbleParam(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node); +static void _jumbleA_Const(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node); static void _jumbleVariableSetStmt(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node); static void _jumbleRangeTblEntry_eref(JumbleState *jstate, RangeTblEntry *rte, @@ -141,12 +148,12 @@ JumbleQuery(Query *query) * If we are unlucky enough to get a hash of zero, use 1 instead for * normal statements and 2 for utility queries. */ - if (query->queryId == UINT64CONST(0)) + if (query->queryId == INT64CONST(0)) { if (query->utilityStmt) - query->queryId = UINT64CONST(2); + query->queryId = INT64CONST(2); else - query->queryId = UINT64CONST(1); + query->queryId = INT64CONST(1); } return jstate; @@ -185,6 +192,7 @@ InitJumble(void) jstate->clocations_count = 0; jstate->highest_extern_param_id = 0; jstate->pending_nulls = 0; + jstate->has_squashed_lists = false; #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING jstate->total_jumble_len = 0; #endif @@ -197,7 +205,7 @@ InitJumble(void) * Jumble the given Node using the given JumbleState and return the resulting * jumble hash. */ -static uint64 +static int64 DoJumble(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node) { /* Jumble the given node */ @@ -207,10 +215,14 @@ DoJumble(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node) if (jstate->pending_nulls > 0) FlushPendingNulls(jstate); + /* Squashed list found, reset highest_extern_param_id */ + if (jstate->has_squashed_lists) + jstate->highest_extern_param_id = 0; + /* Process the jumble buffer and produce the hash value */ - return DatumGetUInt64(hash_any_extended(jstate->jumble, - jstate->jumble_len, - 0)); + return DatumGetInt64(hash_any_extended(jstate->jumble, + jstate->jumble_len, + 0)); } /* @@ -256,10 +268,10 @@ AppendJumbleInternal(JumbleState *jstate, const unsigned char *item, if (unlikely(jumble_len >= JUMBLE_SIZE)) { - uint64 start_hash; + int64 start_hash; - start_hash = DatumGetUInt64(hash_any_extended(jumble, - JUMBLE_SIZE, 0)); + start_hash = DatumGetInt64(hash_any_extended(jumble, + JUMBLE_SIZE, 0)); memcpy(jumble, &start_hash, sizeof(start_hash)); jumble_len = sizeof(start_hash); } @@ -373,15 +385,17 @@ FlushPendingNulls(JumbleState *jstate) /* - * Record location of constant within query string of query tree that is - * currently being walked. + * Record the location of some kind of constant within a query string. + * These are not only bare constants but also expressions that ultimately + * constitute a constant, such as those inside casts and simple function + * calls; if extern_param, then it corresponds to a PARAM_EXTERN Param. * - * 'squashed' signals that the constant represents the first or the last - * element in a series of merged constants, and everything but the first/last - * element contributes nothing to the jumble hash. + * If length is -1, it indicates a single such constant element. If + * it's a positive integer, it indicates the length of a squashable + * list of them. */ static void -RecordConstLocation(JumbleState *jstate, int location, bool squashed) +RecordConstLocation(JumbleState *jstate, bool extern_param, int location, int len) { /* -1 indicates unknown or undefined location */ if (location >= 0) @@ -396,9 +410,15 @@ RecordConstLocation(JumbleState *jstate, int location, bool squashed) sizeof(LocationLen)); } jstate->clocations[jstate->clocations_count].location = location; - /* initialize lengths to -1 to simplify third-party module usage */ - jstate->clocations[jstate->clocations_count].squashed = squashed; - jstate->clocations[jstate->clocations_count].length = -1; + + /* + * Lengths are either positive integers (indicating a squashable + * list), or -1. + */ + Assert(len > -1 || len == -1); + jstate->clocations[jstate->clocations_count].length = len; + jstate->clocations[jstate->clocations_count].squashed = (len > -1); + jstate->clocations[jstate->clocations_count].extern_param = extern_param; jstate->clocations_count++; } } @@ -407,47 +427,74 @@ RecordConstLocation(JumbleState *jstate, int location, bool squashed) * Subroutine for _jumbleElements: Verify a few simple cases where we can * deduce that the expression is a constant: * - * - Ignore a possible wrapping RelabelType and CoerceViaIO. - * - If it's a FuncExpr, check that the function is an implicit + * - See through any wrapping RelabelType and CoerceViaIO layers. + * - If it's a FuncExpr, check that the function is a builtin * cast and its arguments are Const. - * - Otherwise test if the expression is a simple Const. + * - Otherwise test if the expression is a simple Const or a + * PARAM_EXTERN param. */ static bool -IsSquashableConst(Node *element) +IsSquashableConstant(Node *element) { - if (IsA(element, RelabelType)) - element = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) element)->arg; - - if (IsA(element, CoerceViaIO)) - element = (Node *) ((CoerceViaIO *) element)->arg; - - if (IsA(element, FuncExpr)) +restart: + switch (nodeTag(element)) { - FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) element; - ListCell *temp; + case T_RelabelType: + /* Unwrap RelabelType */ + element = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) element)->arg; + goto restart; - if (func->funcformat != COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST && - func->funcformat != COERCE_EXPLICIT_CAST) - return false; + case T_CoerceViaIO: + /* Unwrap CoerceViaIO */ + element = (Node *) ((CoerceViaIO *) element)->arg; + goto restart; - if (func->funcid > FirstGenbkiObjectId) - return false; + case T_Const: + return true; - foreach(temp, func->args) - { - Node *arg = lfirst(temp); + case T_Param: + return castNode(Param, element)->paramkind == PARAM_EXTERN; - if (!IsA(arg, Const)) /* XXX we could recurse here instead */ - return false; - } + case T_FuncExpr: + { + FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) element; + ListCell *temp; - return true; - } + if (func->funcformat != COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST && + func->funcformat != COERCE_EXPLICIT_CAST) + return false; - if (!IsA(element, Const)) - return false; + if (func->funcid > FirstGenbkiObjectId) + return false; - return true; + /* + * We can check function arguments recursively, being careful + * about recursing too deep. At each recursion level it's + * enough to test the stack on the first element. (Note that + * I wasn't able to hit this without bloating the stack + * artificially in this function: the parser errors out before + * stack size becomes a problem here.) + */ + foreach(temp, func->args) + { + Node *arg = lfirst(temp); + + if (!IsA(arg, Const)) + { + if (foreach_current_index(temp) == 0 && + stack_is_too_deep()) + return false; + else if (!IsSquashableConstant(arg)) + return false; + } + } + + return true; + } + + default: + return false; + } } /* @@ -457,39 +504,33 @@ IsSquashableConst(Node *element) * Return value indicates if squashing is possible. * * Note that this function searches only for explicit Const nodes with - * possibly very simple decorations on top, and does not try to simplify - * expressions. + * possibly very simple decorations on top and PARAM_EXTERN parameters, + * and does not try to simplify expressions. */ static bool -IsSquashableConstList(List *elements, Node **firstExpr, Node **lastExpr) +IsSquashableConstantList(List *elements) { ListCell *temp; - /* - * If squashing is disabled, or the list is too short, we don't try to - * squash it. - */ + /* If the list is too short, we don't try to squash it. */ if (list_length(elements) < 2) return false; foreach(temp, elements) { - if (!IsSquashableConst(lfirst(temp))) + if (!IsSquashableConstant(lfirst(temp))) return false; } - *firstExpr = linitial(elements); - *lastExpr = llast(elements); - return true; } #define JUMBLE_NODE(item) \ _jumbleNode(jstate, (Node *) expr->item) -#define JUMBLE_ELEMENTS(list) \ - _jumbleElements(jstate, (List *) expr->list) +#define JUMBLE_ELEMENTS(list, node) \ + _jumbleElements(jstate, (List *) expr->list, node) #define JUMBLE_LOCATION(location) \ - RecordConstLocation(jstate, expr->location, false) + RecordConstLocation(jstate, false, expr->location, -1) #define JUMBLE_FIELD(item) \ do { \ if (sizeof(expr->item) == 8) \ @@ -516,42 +557,6 @@ do { \ #include "queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c" -/* - * We jumble lists of constant elements as one individual item regardless - * of how many elements are in the list. This means different queries - * jumble to the same query_id, if the only difference is the number of - * elements in the list. - */ -static void -_jumbleElements(JumbleState *jstate, List *elements) -{ - Node *first, - *last; - - if (IsSquashableConstList(elements, &first, &last)) - { - /* - * If this list of elements is squashable, keep track of the location - * of its first and last elements. When reading back the locations - * array, we'll see two consecutive locations with ->squashed set to - * true, indicating the location of initial and final elements of this - * list. - * - * For the limited set of cases we support now (implicit coerce via - * FuncExpr, Const) it's fine to use exprLocation of the 'last' - * expression, but if more complex composite expressions are to be - * supported (e.g., OpExpr or FuncExpr as an explicit call), more - * sophisticated tracking will be needed. - */ - RecordConstLocation(jstate, exprLocation(first), true); - RecordConstLocation(jstate, exprLocation(last), true); - } - else - { - _jumbleNode(jstate, (Node *) elements); - } -} - static void _jumbleNode(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node) { @@ -593,26 +598,6 @@ _jumbleNode(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node) break; } - /* Special cases to handle outside the automated code */ - switch (nodeTag(expr)) - { - case T_Param: - { - Param *p = (Param *) node; - - /* - * Update the highest Param id seen, in order to start - * normalization correctly. - */ - if (p->paramkind == PARAM_EXTERN && - p->paramid > jstate->highest_extern_param_id) - jstate->highest_extern_param_id = p->paramid; - } - break; - default: - break; - } - /* Ensure we added something to the jumble buffer */ Assert(jstate->total_jumble_len > prev_jumble_len); } @@ -648,6 +633,79 @@ _jumbleList(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node) } } +/* + * We try to jumble lists of expressions as one individual item regardless + * of how many elements are in the list. This is know as squashing, which + * results in different queries jumbling to the same query_id, if the only + * difference is the number of elements in the list. + * + * We allow constants and PARAM_EXTERN parameters to be squashed. To normalize + * such queries, we use the start and end locations of the list of elements in + * a list. + */ +static void +_jumbleElements(JumbleState *jstate, List *elements, Node *node) +{ + bool normalize_list = false; + + if (IsSquashableConstantList(elements)) + { + if (IsA(node, ArrayExpr)) + { + ArrayExpr *aexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node; + + if (aexpr->list_start > 0 && aexpr->list_end > 0) + { + RecordConstLocation(jstate, + false, + aexpr->list_start + 1, + (aexpr->list_end - aexpr->list_start) - 1); + normalize_list = true; + jstate->has_squashed_lists = true; + } + } + } + + if (!normalize_list) + { + _jumbleNode(jstate, (Node *) elements); + } +} + +/* + * We store the highest param ID of extern params. This can later be used + * to start the numbering of the placeholder for squashed lists. + */ +static void +_jumbleParam(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node) +{ + Param *expr = (Param *) node; + + JUMBLE_FIELD(paramkind); + JUMBLE_FIELD(paramid); + JUMBLE_FIELD(paramtype); + /* paramtypmode and paramcollid are ignored */ + + if (expr->paramkind == PARAM_EXTERN) + { + /* + * At this point, only external parameter locations outside of + * squashable lists will be recorded. + */ + RecordConstLocation(jstate, true, expr->location, -1); + + /* + * Update the highest Param id seen, in order to start normalization + * correctly. + * + * Note: This value is reset at the end of jumbling if there exists a + * squashable list. See the comment in the definition of JumbleState. + */ + if (expr->paramid > jstate->highest_extern_param_id) + jstate->highest_extern_param_id = expr->paramid; + } +} + static void _jumbleA_Const(JumbleState *jstate, Node *node) { diff --git a/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c b/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c index 64d3a09f765..48b5d13b9b6 100644 --- a/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c @@ -68,6 +68,12 @@ token = pg_strtok(&length); /* get field value */ \ local_node->fldname = atoui(token) +/* Read a signed integer field (anything written using INT64_FORMAT) */ +#define READ_INT64_FIELD(fldname) \ + token = pg_strtok(&length); /* skip :fldname */ \ + token = pg_strtok(&length); /* get field value */ \ + local_node->fldname = strtoi64(token, NULL, 10) + /* Read an unsigned integer field (anything written using UINT64_FORMAT) */ #define READ_UINT64_FIELD(fldname) \ token = pg_strtok(&length); /* skip :fldname */ \ @@ -520,6 +526,8 @@ _readA_Expr(void) READ_NODE_FIELD(lexpr); READ_NODE_FIELD(rexpr); + READ_LOCATION_FIELD(rexpr_list_start); + READ_LOCATION_FIELD(rexpr_list_end); READ_LOCATION_FIELD(location); READ_DONE(); diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c index 3d44815ed5a..1f04a2c182c 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c @@ -2247,7 +2247,7 @@ append_nonpartial_cost(List *subpaths, int numpaths, int parallel_workers) * Determines and returns the cost of an Append node. */ void -cost_append(AppendPath *apath) +cost_append(AppendPath *apath, PlannerInfo *root) { ListCell *l; @@ -2309,26 +2309,52 @@ cost_append(AppendPath *apath) foreach(l, apath->subpaths) { Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(l); - Path sort_path; /* dummy for result of cost_sort */ + int presorted_keys; + Path sort_path; /* dummy for result of + * cost_sort/cost_incremental_sort */ - if (!pathkeys_contained_in(pathkeys, subpath->pathkeys)) + if (!pathkeys_count_contained_in(pathkeys, subpath->pathkeys, + &presorted_keys)) { /* * We'll need to insert a Sort node, so include costs for - * that. We can use the parent's LIMIT if any, since we + * that. We choose to use incremental sort if it is + * enabled and there are presorted keys; otherwise we use + * full sort. + * + * We can use the parent's LIMIT if any, since we * certainly won't pull more than that many tuples from * any child. */ - cost_sort(&sort_path, - NULL, /* doesn't currently need root */ - pathkeys, - subpath->disabled_nodes, - subpath->total_cost, - subpath->rows, - subpath->pathtarget->width, - 0.0, - work_mem, - apath->limit_tuples); + if (enable_incremental_sort && presorted_keys > 0) + { + cost_incremental_sort(&sort_path, + root, + pathkeys, + presorted_keys, + subpath->disabled_nodes, + subpath->startup_cost, + subpath->total_cost, + subpath->rows, + subpath->pathtarget->width, + 0.0, + work_mem, + apath->limit_tuples); + } + else + { + cost_sort(&sort_path, + root, + pathkeys, + subpath->disabled_nodes, + subpath->total_cost, + subpath->rows, + subpath->pathtarget->width, + 0.0, + work_mem, + apath->limit_tuples); + } + subpath = &sort_path; } diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c index 26f0336f1e4..ebedc5574ca 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c @@ -154,13 +154,17 @@ add_paths_to_joinrel(PlannerInfo *root, /* * See if the inner relation is provably unique for this outer rel. * - * We have some special cases: for JOIN_SEMI and JOIN_ANTI, it doesn't - * matter since the executor can make the equivalent optimization anyway; - * we need not expend planner cycles on proofs. For JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER, we - * must be considering a semijoin whose inner side is not provably unique - * (else reduce_unique_semijoins would've simplified it), so there's no - * point in calling innerrel_is_unique. However, if the LHS covers all of - * the semijoin's min_lefthand, then it's appropriate to set inner_unique + * We have some special cases: for JOIN_SEMI, it doesn't matter since the + * executor can make the equivalent optimization anyway. It also doesn't + * help enable use of Memoize, since a semijoin with a provably unique + * inner side should have been reduced to an inner join in that case. + * Therefore, we need not expend planner cycles on proofs. (For + * JOIN_ANTI, although it doesn't help the executor for the same reason, + * it can benefit Memoize paths.) For JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER, we must be + * considering a semijoin whose inner side is not provably unique (else + * reduce_unique_semijoins would've simplified it), so there's no point in + * calling innerrel_is_unique. However, if the LHS covers all of the + * semijoin's min_lefthand, then it's appropriate to set inner_unique * because the path produced by create_unique_path will be unique relative * to the LHS. (If we have an LHS that's only part of the min_lefthand, * that is *not* true.) For JOIN_UNIQUE_OUTER, pass JOIN_INNER to avoid @@ -169,12 +173,6 @@ add_paths_to_joinrel(PlannerInfo *root, switch (jointype) { case JOIN_SEMI: - case JOIN_ANTI: - - /* - * XXX it may be worth proving this to allow a Memoize to be - * considered for Nested Loop Semi/Anti Joins. - */ extra.inner_unique = false; /* well, unproven */ break; case JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER: @@ -715,16 +713,21 @@ get_memoize_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *innerrel, return NULL; /* - * Currently we don't do this for SEMI and ANTI joins unless they're - * marked as inner_unique. This is because nested loop SEMI/ANTI joins - * don't scan the inner node to completion, which will mean memoize cannot - * mark the cache entry as complete. - * - * XXX Currently we don't attempt to mark SEMI/ANTI joins as inner_unique - * = true. Should we? See add_paths_to_joinrel() + * Currently we don't do this for SEMI and ANTI joins, because nested loop + * SEMI/ANTI joins don't scan the inner node to completion, which means + * memoize cannot mark the cache entry as complete. Nor can we mark the + * cache entry as complete after fetching the first inner tuple, because + * if that tuple and the current outer tuple don't satisfy the join + * clauses, a second inner tuple that satisfies the parameters would find + * the cache entry already marked as complete. The only exception is when + * the inner relation is provably unique, as in that case, there won't be + * a second matching tuple and we can safely mark the cache entry as + * complete after fetching the first inner tuple. Note that in such + * cases, the SEMI join should have been reduced to an inner join by + * reduce_unique_semijoins. */ - if (!extra->inner_unique && (jointype == JOIN_SEMI || - jointype == JOIN_ANTI)) + if ((jointype == JOIN_SEMI || jointype == JOIN_ANTI) && + !extra->inner_unique) return NULL; /* @@ -876,16 +879,13 @@ try_nestloop_path(PlannerInfo *root, /* * Check to see if proposed path is still parameterized, and reject if the * parameterization wouldn't be sensible --- unless allow_star_schema_join - * says to allow it anyway. Also, we must reject if have_dangerous_phv - * doesn't like the look of it, which could only happen if the nestloop is - * still parameterized. + * says to allow it anyway. */ required_outer = calc_nestloop_required_outer(outerrelids, outer_paramrels, innerrelids, inner_paramrels); if (required_outer && - ((!bms_overlap(required_outer, extra->param_source_rels) && - !allow_star_schema_join(root, outerrelids, inner_paramrels)) || - have_dangerous_phv(root, outerrelids, inner_paramrels))) + !bms_overlap(required_outer, extra->param_source_rels) && + !allow_star_schema_join(root, outerrelids, inner_paramrels)) { /* Waste no memory when we reject a path here */ bms_free(required_outer); diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c index 60d65762b5d..aad41b94009 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c @@ -565,9 +565,6 @@ join_is_legal(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2, * Also, if the lateral reference is only indirect, we should reject * the join; whatever rel(s) the reference chain goes through must be * joined to first. - * - * Another case that might keep us from building a valid plan is the - * implementation restriction described by have_dangerous_phv(). */ lateral_fwd = bms_overlap(rel1->relids, rel2->lateral_relids); lateral_rev = bms_overlap(rel2->relids, rel1->lateral_relids); @@ -584,9 +581,6 @@ join_is_legal(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2, /* check there is a direct reference from rel2 to rel1 */ if (!bms_overlap(rel1->relids, rel2->direct_lateral_relids)) return false; /* only indirect refs, so reject */ - /* check we won't have a dangerous PHV */ - if (have_dangerous_phv(root, rel1->relids, rel2->lateral_relids)) - return false; /* might be unable to handle required PHV */ } else if (lateral_rev) { @@ -599,9 +593,6 @@ join_is_legal(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2, /* check there is a direct reference from rel1 to rel2 */ if (!bms_overlap(rel2->relids, rel1->direct_lateral_relids)) return false; /* only indirect refs, so reject */ - /* check we won't have a dangerous PHV */ - if (have_dangerous_phv(root, rel2->relids, rel1->lateral_relids)) - return false; /* might be unable to handle required PHV */ } /* @@ -1279,57 +1270,6 @@ has_legal_joinclause(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel) /* - * There's a pitfall for creating parameterized nestloops: suppose the inner - * rel (call it A) has a parameter that is a PlaceHolderVar, and that PHV's - * minimum eval_at set includes the outer rel (B) and some third rel (C). - * We might think we could create a B/A nestloop join that's parameterized by - * C. But we would end up with a plan in which the PHV's expression has to be - * evaluated as a nestloop parameter at the B/A join; and the executor is only - * set up to handle simple Vars as NestLoopParams. Rather than add complexity - * and overhead to the executor for such corner cases, it seems better to - * forbid the join. (Note that we can still make use of A's parameterized - * path with pre-joined B+C as the outer rel. have_join_order_restriction() - * ensures that we will consider making such a join even if there are not - * other reasons to do so.) - * - * So we check whether any PHVs used in the query could pose such a hazard. - * We don't have any simple way of checking whether a risky PHV would actually - * be used in the inner plan, and the case is so unusual that it doesn't seem - * worth working very hard on it. - * - * This needs to be checked in two places. If the inner rel's minimum - * parameterization would trigger the restriction, then join_is_legal() should - * reject the join altogether, because there will be no workable paths for it. - * But joinpath.c has to check again for every proposed nestloop path, because - * the inner path might have more than the minimum parameterization, causing - * some PHV to be dangerous for it that otherwise wouldn't be. - */ -bool -have_dangerous_phv(PlannerInfo *root, - Relids outer_relids, Relids inner_params) -{ - ListCell *lc; - - foreach(lc, root->placeholder_list) - { - PlaceHolderInfo *phinfo = (PlaceHolderInfo *) lfirst(lc); - - if (!bms_is_subset(phinfo->ph_eval_at, inner_params)) - continue; /* ignore, could not be a nestloop param */ - if (!bms_overlap(phinfo->ph_eval_at, outer_relids)) - continue; /* ignore, not relevant to this join */ - if (bms_is_subset(phinfo->ph_eval_at, outer_relids)) - continue; /* safe, it can be eval'd within outerrel */ - /* Otherwise, it's potentially unsafe, so reject the join */ - return true; - } - - /* OK to perform the join */ - return false; -} - - -/* * is_dummy_rel --- has relation been proven empty? */ bool diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c index 4ad30b7627e..8a9f1d7a943 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c @@ -1318,6 +1318,7 @@ create_append_plan(PlannerInfo *root, AppendPath *best_path, int flags) Oid *sortOperators; Oid *collations; bool *nullsFirst; + int presorted_keys; /* * Compute sort column info, and adjust subplan's tlist as needed. @@ -1353,14 +1354,38 @@ create_append_plan(PlannerInfo *root, AppendPath *best_path, int flags) numsortkeys * sizeof(bool)) == 0); /* Now, insert a Sort node if subplan isn't sufficiently ordered */ - if (!pathkeys_contained_in(pathkeys, subpath->pathkeys)) + if (!pathkeys_count_contained_in(pathkeys, subpath->pathkeys, + &presorted_keys)) { - Sort *sort = make_sort(subplan, numsortkeys, + Plan *sort_plan; + + /* + * We choose to use incremental sort if it is enabled and + * there are presorted keys; otherwise we use full sort. + */ + if (enable_incremental_sort && presorted_keys > 0) + { + sort_plan = (Plan *) + make_incrementalsort(subplan, numsortkeys, presorted_keys, sortColIdx, sortOperators, collations, nullsFirst); - label_sort_with_costsize(root, sort, best_path->limit_tuples); - subplan = (Plan *) sort; + label_incrementalsort_with_costsize(root, + (IncrementalSort *) sort_plan, + pathkeys, + best_path->limit_tuples); + } + else + { + sort_plan = (Plan *) make_sort(subplan, numsortkeys, + sortColIdx, sortOperators, + collations, nullsFirst); + + label_sort_with_costsize(root, (Sort *) sort_plan, + best_path->limit_tuples); + } + + subplan = sort_plan; } } @@ -1491,6 +1516,7 @@ create_merge_append_plan(PlannerInfo *root, MergeAppendPath *best_path, Oid *sortOperators; Oid *collations; bool *nullsFirst; + int presorted_keys; /* Build the child plan */ /* Must insist that all children return the same tlist */ @@ -1525,14 +1551,38 @@ create_merge_append_plan(PlannerInfo *root, MergeAppendPath *best_path, numsortkeys * sizeof(bool)) == 0); /* Now, insert a Sort node if subplan isn't sufficiently ordered */ - if (!pathkeys_contained_in(pathkeys, subpath->pathkeys)) + if (!pathkeys_count_contained_in(pathkeys, subpath->pathkeys, + &presorted_keys)) { - Sort *sort = make_sort(subplan, numsortkeys, + Plan *sort_plan; + + /* + * We choose to use incremental sort if it is enabled and there + * are presorted keys; otherwise we use full sort. + */ + if (enable_incremental_sort && presorted_keys > 0) + { + sort_plan = (Plan *) + make_incrementalsort(subplan, numsortkeys, presorted_keys, sortColIdx, sortOperators, collations, nullsFirst); - label_sort_with_costsize(root, sort, best_path->limit_tuples); - subplan = (Plan *) sort; + label_incrementalsort_with_costsize(root, + (IncrementalSort *) sort_plan, + pathkeys, + best_path->limit_tuples); + } + else + { + sort_plan = (Plan *) make_sort(subplan, numsortkeys, + sortColIdx, sortOperators, + collations, nullsFirst); + + label_sort_with_costsize(root, (Sort *) sort_plan, + best_path->limit_tuples); + } + + subplan = sort_plan; } subplans = lappend(subplans, subplan); @@ -4344,13 +4394,16 @@ create_nestloop_plan(PlannerInfo *root, NestLoop *join_plan; Plan *outer_plan; Plan *inner_plan; + Relids outerrelids; List *tlist = build_path_tlist(root, &best_path->jpath.path); List *joinrestrictclauses = best_path->jpath.joinrestrictinfo; List *joinclauses; List *otherclauses; - Relids outerrelids; List *nestParams; + List *outer_tlist; + bool outer_parallel_safe; Relids saveOuterRels = root->curOuterRels; + ListCell *lc; /* * If the inner path is parameterized by the topmost parent of the outer @@ -4372,8 +4425,8 @@ create_nestloop_plan(PlannerInfo *root, outer_plan = create_plan_recurse(root, best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath, 0); /* For a nestloop, include outer relids in curOuterRels for inner side */ - root->curOuterRels = bms_union(root->curOuterRels, - best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids); + outerrelids = best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids; + root->curOuterRels = bms_union(root->curOuterRels, outerrelids); inner_plan = create_plan_recurse(root, best_path->jpath.innerjoinpath, 0); @@ -4412,9 +4465,66 @@ create_nestloop_plan(PlannerInfo *root, * Identify any nestloop parameters that should be supplied by this join * node, and remove them from root->curOuterParams. */ - outerrelids = best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids; - nestParams = identify_current_nestloop_params(root, outerrelids); + nestParams = identify_current_nestloop_params(root, + outerrelids, + PATH_REQ_OUTER((Path *) best_path)); + + /* + * While nestloop parameters that are Vars had better be available from + * the outer_plan already, there are edge cases where nestloop parameters + * that are PHVs won't be. In such cases we must add them to the + * outer_plan's tlist, since the executor's NestLoopParam machinery + * requires the params to be simple outer-Var references to that tlist. + * (This is cheating a little bit, because the outer path's required-outer + * relids might not be enough to allow evaluating such a PHV. But in + * practice, if we could have evaluated the PHV at the nestloop node, we + * can do so in the outer plan too.) + */ + outer_tlist = outer_plan->targetlist; + outer_parallel_safe = outer_plan->parallel_safe; + foreach(lc, nestParams) + { + NestLoopParam *nlp = (NestLoopParam *) lfirst(lc); + PlaceHolderVar *phv; + TargetEntry *tle; + + if (IsA(nlp->paramval, Var)) + continue; /* nothing to do for simple Vars */ + /* Otherwise it must be a PHV */ + phv = castNode(PlaceHolderVar, nlp->paramval); + + if (tlist_member((Expr *) phv, outer_tlist)) + continue; /* already available */ + + /* + * It's possible that nestloop parameter PHVs selected to evaluate + * here contain references to surviving root->curOuterParams items + * (that is, they reference values that will be supplied by some + * higher-level nestloop). Those need to be converted to Params now. + * Note: it's safe to do this after the tlist_member() check, because + * equal() won't pay attention to phv->phexpr. + */ + phv->phexpr = (Expr *) replace_nestloop_params(root, + (Node *) phv->phexpr); + + /* Make a shallow copy of outer_tlist, if we didn't already */ + if (outer_tlist == outer_plan->targetlist) + outer_tlist = list_copy(outer_tlist); + /* ... and add the needed expression */ + tle = makeTargetEntry((Expr *) copyObject(phv), + list_length(outer_tlist) + 1, + NULL, + true); + outer_tlist = lappend(outer_tlist, tle); + /* ... and track whether tlist is (still) parallel-safe */ + if (outer_parallel_safe) + outer_parallel_safe = is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) phv); + } + if (outer_tlist != outer_plan->targetlist) + outer_plan = change_plan_targetlist(outer_plan, outer_tlist, + outer_parallel_safe); + /* And finally, we can build the join plan node */ join_plan = make_nestloop(tlist, joinclauses, otherclauses, diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c index ff65867eebe..549aedcfa99 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c @@ -6879,7 +6879,7 @@ plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid) * * tableOid is the table on which the index is to be built. indexOid is the * OID of an index to be created or reindexed (which must be an index with - * support for parallel builds - currently btree or BRIN). + * support for parallel builds - currently btree, GIN, or BRIN). * * Return value is the number of parallel worker processes to request. It * may be unsafe to proceed if this is 0. Note that this does not include the diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c index 26a3e050086..f45131c34c5 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c @@ -3333,6 +3333,13 @@ eval_const_expressions_mutator(Node *node, -1, coalesceexpr->coalescecollid); + /* + * If there's exactly one surviving argument, we no longer + * need COALESCE at all: the result is that argument + */ + if (list_length(newargs) == 1) + return (Node *) linitial(newargs); + newcoalesce = makeNode(CoalesceExpr); newcoalesce->coalescetype = coalesceexpr->coalescetype; newcoalesce->coalescecollid = coalesceexpr->coalescecollid; diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/paramassign.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/paramassign.c index 3bd3ce37c8f..4c13c5931b4 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/paramassign.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/paramassign.c @@ -599,38 +599,46 @@ process_subquery_nestloop_params(PlannerInfo *root, List *subplan_params) } /* - * Identify any NestLoopParams that should be supplied by a NestLoop plan - * node with the specified lefthand rels. Remove them from the active - * root->curOuterParams list and return them as the result list. + * Identify any NestLoopParams that should be supplied by a NestLoop + * plan node with the specified lefthand rels and required-outer rels. + * Remove them from the active root->curOuterParams list and return + * them as the result list. * - * XXX Here we also hack up the returned Vars and PHVs so that they do not - * contain nullingrel sets exceeding what is available from the outer side. - * This is needed if we have applied outer join identity 3, - * (A leftjoin B on (Pab)) leftjoin C on (Pb*c) - * = A leftjoin (B leftjoin C on (Pbc)) on (Pab) - * and C contains lateral references to B. It's still safe to apply the - * identity, but the parser will have created those references in the form - * "b*" (i.e., with varnullingrels listing the A/B join), while what we will - * have available from the nestloop's outer side is just "b". We deal with - * that here by stripping the nullingrels down to what is available from the - * outer side according to leftrelids. - * - * That fixes matters for the case of forward application of identity 3. - * If the identity was applied in the reverse direction, we will have - * parameter Vars containing too few nullingrel bits rather than too many. - * Currently, that causes no problems because setrefs.c applies only a - * subset check to nullingrels in NestLoopParams, but we'd have to work - * harder if we ever want to tighten that check. This is all pretty annoying - * because it greatly weakens setrefs.c's cross-check, but the alternative + * Vars and PHVs appearing in the result list must have nullingrel sets + * that could validly appear in the lefthand rel's output. Ordinarily that + * would be true already, but if we have applied outer join identity 3, + * there could be more or fewer nullingrel bits in the nodes appearing in + * curOuterParams than are in the nominal leftrelids. We deal with that by + * forcing their nullingrel sets to include exactly the outer-join relids + * that appear in leftrelids and can null the respective Var or PHV. + * This fix is a bit ad-hoc and intellectually unsatisfactory, because it's + * essentially jumping to the conclusion that we've placed evaluation of + * the nestloop parameters correctly, and thus it defeats the intent of the + * subsequent nullingrel cross-checks in setrefs.c. But the alternative * seems to be to generate multiple versions of each laterally-parameterized * subquery, which'd be unduly expensive. */ List * -identify_current_nestloop_params(PlannerInfo *root, Relids leftrelids) +identify_current_nestloop_params(PlannerInfo *root, + Relids leftrelids, + Relids outerrelids) { List *result; + Relids allleftrelids; ListCell *cell; + /* + * We'll be able to evaluate a PHV in the lefthand path if it uses the + * lefthand rels plus any available required-outer rels. But don't do so + * if it uses *only* required-outer rels; in that case it should be + * evaluated higher in the tree. For Vars, no such hair-splitting is + * necessary since they depend on only one relid. + */ + if (outerrelids) + allleftrelids = bms_union(leftrelids, outerrelids); + else + allleftrelids = leftrelids; + result = NIL; foreach(cell, root->curOuterParams) { @@ -646,25 +654,60 @@ identify_current_nestloop_params(PlannerInfo *root, Relids leftrelids) bms_is_member(nlp->paramval->varno, leftrelids)) { Var *var = (Var *) nlp->paramval; + RelOptInfo *rel = root->simple_rel_array[var->varno]; root->curOuterParams = foreach_delete_current(root->curOuterParams, cell); - var->varnullingrels = bms_intersect(var->varnullingrels, + var->varnullingrels = bms_intersect(rel->nulling_relids, leftrelids); result = lappend(result, nlp); } - else if (IsA(nlp->paramval, PlaceHolderVar) && - bms_is_subset(find_placeholder_info(root, - (PlaceHolderVar *) nlp->paramval)->ph_eval_at, - leftrelids)) + else if (IsA(nlp->paramval, PlaceHolderVar)) { PlaceHolderVar *phv = (PlaceHolderVar *) nlp->paramval; + PlaceHolderInfo *phinfo = find_placeholder_info(root, phv); + Relids eval_at = phinfo->ph_eval_at; - root->curOuterParams = foreach_delete_current(root->curOuterParams, - cell); - phv->phnullingrels = bms_intersect(phv->phnullingrels, - leftrelids); - result = lappend(result, nlp); + if (bms_is_subset(eval_at, allleftrelids) && + bms_overlap(eval_at, leftrelids)) + { + root->curOuterParams = foreach_delete_current(root->curOuterParams, + cell); + + /* + * Deal with an edge case: if the PHV was pulled up out of a + * subquery and it contains a subquery that was originally + * pushed down from this query level, then that will still be + * represented as a SubLink, because SS_process_sublinks won't + * recurse into outer PHVs, so it didn't get transformed + * during expression preprocessing in the subquery. We need a + * version of the PHV that has a SubPlan, which we can get + * from the current query level's placeholder_list. This is + * quite grotty of course, but dealing with it earlier in the + * handling of subplan params would be just as grotty, and it + * might end up being a waste of cycles if we don't decide to + * treat the PHV as a NestLoopParam. (Perhaps that whole + * mechanism should be redesigned someday, but today is not + * that day.) + */ + if (root->parse->hasSubLinks) + { + phv = copyObject(phinfo->ph_var); + + /* + * The ph_var will have empty nullingrels, but that + * doesn't matter since we're about to overwrite + * phv->phnullingrels. Other fields should be OK already. + */ + nlp->paramval = (Var *) phv; + } + + phv->phnullingrels = + bms_intersect(get_placeholder_nulling_relids(root, phinfo), + leftrelids); + + result = lappend(result, nlp); + } } } return result; diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c index e0192d4a491..9cc602788ea 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c @@ -1404,12 +1404,12 @@ create_append_path(PlannerInfo *root, pathnode->path.total_cost = child->total_cost; } else - cost_append(pathnode); + cost_append(pathnode, root); /* Must do this last, else cost_append complains */ pathnode->path.pathkeys = child->pathkeys; } else - cost_append(pathnode); + cost_append(pathnode, root); /* If the caller provided a row estimate, override the computed value. */ if (rows >= 0) @@ -1515,6 +1515,9 @@ create_merge_append_path(PlannerInfo *root, foreach(l, subpaths) { Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(l); + int presorted_keys; + Path sort_path; /* dummy for result of + * cost_sort/cost_incremental_sort */ /* All child paths should be unparameterized */ Assert(bms_is_empty(PATH_REQ_OUTER(subpath))); @@ -1523,32 +1526,52 @@ create_merge_append_path(PlannerInfo *root, pathnode->path.parallel_safe = pathnode->path.parallel_safe && subpath->parallel_safe; - if (pathkeys_contained_in(pathkeys, subpath->pathkeys)) + if (!pathkeys_count_contained_in(pathkeys, subpath->pathkeys, + &presorted_keys)) { - /* Subpath is adequately ordered, we won't need to sort it */ - input_disabled_nodes += subpath->disabled_nodes; - input_startup_cost += subpath->startup_cost; - input_total_cost += subpath->total_cost; - } - else - { - /* We'll need to insert a Sort node, so include cost for that */ - Path sort_path; /* dummy for result of cost_sort */ + /* + * We'll need to insert a Sort node, so include costs for that. We + * choose to use incremental sort if it is enabled and there are + * presorted keys; otherwise we use full sort. + * + * We can use the parent's LIMIT if any, since we certainly won't + * pull more than that many tuples from any child. + */ + if (enable_incremental_sort && presorted_keys > 0) + { + cost_incremental_sort(&sort_path, + root, + pathkeys, + presorted_keys, + subpath->disabled_nodes, + subpath->startup_cost, + subpath->total_cost, + subpath->rows, + subpath->pathtarget->width, + 0.0, + work_mem, + pathnode->limit_tuples); + } + else + { + cost_sort(&sort_path, + root, + pathkeys, + subpath->disabled_nodes, + subpath->total_cost, + subpath->rows, + subpath->pathtarget->width, + 0.0, + work_mem, + pathnode->limit_tuples); + } - cost_sort(&sort_path, - root, - pathkeys, - subpath->disabled_nodes, - subpath->total_cost, - subpath->rows, - subpath->pathtarget->width, - 0.0, - work_mem, - pathnode->limit_tuples); - input_disabled_nodes += sort_path.disabled_nodes; - input_startup_cost += sort_path.startup_cost; - input_total_cost += sort_path.total_cost; + subpath = &sort_path; } + + input_disabled_nodes += subpath->disabled_nodes; + input_startup_cost += subpath->startup_cost; + input_total_cost += subpath->total_cost; } /* diff --git a/src/backend/optimizer/util/placeholder.c b/src/backend/optimizer/util/placeholder.c index 41a4c81e94a..e1cd00a72fb 100644 --- a/src/backend/optimizer/util/placeholder.c +++ b/src/backend/optimizer/util/placeholder.c @@ -545,3 +545,43 @@ contain_placeholder_references_walker(Node *node, return expression_tree_walker(node, contain_placeholder_references_walker, context); } + +/* + * Compute the set of outer-join relids that can null a placeholder. + * + * This is analogous to RelOptInfo.nulling_relids for Vars, but we compute it + * on-the-fly rather than saving it somewhere. Currently the value is needed + * at most once per query, so there's little value in doing otherwise. If it + * ever gains more widespread use, perhaps we should cache the result in + * PlaceHolderInfo. + */ +Relids +get_placeholder_nulling_relids(PlannerInfo *root, PlaceHolderInfo *phinfo) +{ + Relids result = NULL; + int relid = -1; + + /* + * Form the union of all potential nulling OJs for each baserel included + * in ph_eval_at. + */ + while ((relid = bms_next_member(phinfo->ph_eval_at, relid)) > 0) + { + RelOptInfo *rel = root->simple_rel_array[relid]; + + /* ignore the RTE_GROUP RTE */ + if (relid == root->group_rtindex) + continue; + + if (rel == NULL) /* must be an outer join */ + { + Assert(bms_is_member(relid, root->outer_join_rels)); + continue; + } + result = bms_add_members(result, rel->nulling_relids); + } + + /* Now remove any OJs already included in ph_eval_at, and we're done. */ + result = bms_del_members(result, phinfo->ph_eval_at); + return result; +} diff --git a/src/backend/parser/analyze.c b/src/backend/parser/analyze.c index a16fdd65601..34f7c17f576 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/analyze.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/analyze.c @@ -239,102 +239,23 @@ parse_sub_analyze(Node *parseTree, ParseState *parentParseState, } /* - * setQueryLocationAndLength - * Set query's location and length from statement and ParseState - * - * Some statements, like PreparableStmt, can be located within parentheses. - * For example "(SELECT 1)" or "COPY (UPDATE ...) to x;". For those, we - * cannot use the whole string from the statement's location or the SQL - * string would yield incorrectly. The parser will set stmt_len, reflecting - * the size of the statement within the parentheses. Thus, when stmt_len is - * available, we need to use it for the Query's stmt_len. - * - * For other cases, the parser can't provide the length of individual - * statements. However, we have the statement's location plus the length - * (p_stmt_len) and location (p_stmt_location) of the top level RawStmt, - * stored in pstate. Thus, the statement's length is the RawStmt's length - * minus how much we've advanced in the RawStmt's string. If p_stmt_len - * is 0, the SQL string is used up to its end. - */ -static void -setQueryLocationAndLength(ParseState *pstate, Query *qry, Node *parseTree) -{ - ParseLoc stmt_len = 0; - - switch (nodeTag(parseTree)) - { - case T_InsertStmt: - qry->stmt_location = ((InsertStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_location; - stmt_len = ((InsertStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_len; - break; - - case T_DeleteStmt: - qry->stmt_location = ((DeleteStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_location; - stmt_len = ((DeleteStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_len; - break; - - case T_UpdateStmt: - qry->stmt_location = ((UpdateStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_location; - stmt_len = ((UpdateStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_len; - break; - - case T_MergeStmt: - qry->stmt_location = ((MergeStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_location; - stmt_len = ((MergeStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_len; - break; - - case T_SelectStmt: - qry->stmt_location = ((SelectStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_location; - stmt_len = ((SelectStmt *) parseTree)->stmt_len; - break; - - case T_PLAssignStmt: - qry->stmt_location = ((PLAssignStmt *) parseTree)->location; - break; - - default: - qry->stmt_location = pstate->p_stmt_location; - break; - } - - if (stmt_len > 0) - { - /* Statement's length is known, use it */ - qry->stmt_len = stmt_len; - } - else if (pstate->p_stmt_len > 0) - { - /* - * The top RawStmt's length is known, so calculate the statement's - * length from the statement's location and the RawStmt's length and - * location. - */ - qry->stmt_len = pstate->p_stmt_len - (qry->stmt_location - pstate->p_stmt_location); - } - - /* The calculated statement length should be calculated as positive. */ - Assert(qry->stmt_len >= 0); -} - -/* * transformTopLevelStmt - * transform a Parse tree into a Query tree. * - * This function is just responsible for storing location data - * from the RawStmt into the ParseState. + * This function is just responsible for transferring statement location data + * from the RawStmt into the finished Query. */ Query * transformTopLevelStmt(ParseState *pstate, RawStmt *parseTree) { Query *result; - /* Store RawStmt's length and location in pstate */ - pstate->p_stmt_len = parseTree->stmt_len; - pstate->p_stmt_location = parseTree->stmt_location; - /* We're at top level, so allow SELECT INTO */ result = transformOptionalSelectInto(pstate, parseTree->stmt); + result->stmt_location = parseTree->stmt_location; + result->stmt_len = parseTree->stmt_len; + return result; } @@ -503,7 +424,6 @@ transformStmt(ParseState *pstate, Node *parseTree) /* Mark as original query until we learn differently */ result->querySource = QSRC_ORIGINAL; result->canSetTag = true; - setQueryLocationAndLength(pstate, result, parseTree); return result; } diff --git a/src/backend/parser/gram.y b/src/backend/parser/gram.y index 0b5652071d1..73345bb3c70 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/gram.y +++ b/src/backend/parser/gram.y @@ -154,7 +154,6 @@ static void base_yyerror(YYLTYPE *yylloc, core_yyscan_t yyscanner, const char *msg); static RawStmt *makeRawStmt(Node *stmt, int stmt_location); static void updateRawStmtEnd(RawStmt *rs, int end_location); -static void updatePreparableStmtEnd(Node *n, int end_location); static Node *makeColumnRef(char *colname, List *indirection, int location, core_yyscan_t yyscanner); static Node *makeTypeCast(Node *arg, TypeName *typename, int location); @@ -178,13 +177,13 @@ static void insertSelectOptions(SelectStmt *stmt, SelectLimit *limitClause, WithClause *withClause, core_yyscan_t yyscanner); -static Node *makeSetOp(SetOperation op, bool all, Node *larg, Node *rarg, int location); +static Node *makeSetOp(SetOperation op, bool all, Node *larg, Node *rarg); static Node *doNegate(Node *n, int location); static void doNegateFloat(Float *v); static Node *makeAndExpr(Node *lexpr, Node *rexpr, int location); static Node *makeOrExpr(Node *lexpr, Node *rexpr, int location); static Node *makeNotExpr(Node *expr, int location); -static Node *makeAArrayExpr(List *elements, int location); +static Node *makeAArrayExpr(List *elements, int location, int end_location); static Node *makeSQLValueFunction(SQLValueFunctionOp op, int32 typmod, int location); static Node *makeXmlExpr(XmlExprOp op, char *name, List *named_args, @@ -523,7 +522,7 @@ static Node *makeRecursiveViewSelect(char *relname, List *aliases, Node *query); %type <defelt> def_elem reloption_elem old_aggr_elem operator_def_elem %type <node> def_arg columnElem where_clause where_or_current_clause a_expr b_expr c_expr AexprConst indirection_el opt_slice_bound - columnref in_expr having_clause func_table xmltable array_expr + columnref having_clause func_table xmltable array_expr OptWhereClause operator_def_arg %type <list> opt_column_and_period_list %type <list> rowsfrom_item rowsfrom_list opt_col_def_list @@ -2035,6 +2034,13 @@ CheckPointStmt: $$ = (Node *) n; } + | CHECKPOINT '(' utility_option_list ')' + { + CheckPointStmt *n = makeNode(CheckPointStmt); + + $$ = (Node *) n; + n->options = $3; + } ; @@ -2669,6 +2675,12 @@ alter_table_cmd: c->alterDeferrability = true; if ($4 & CAS_NO_INHERIT) c->alterInheritability = true; + /* handle unsupported case with specific error message */ + if ($4 & CAS_NOT_VALID) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("constraints cannot be altered to be NOT VALID"), + parser_errposition(@4)); processCASbits($4, @4, "FOREIGN KEY", &c->deferrable, &c->initdeferred, @@ -3417,7 +3429,6 @@ CopyStmt: COPY opt_binary qualified_name opt_column_list { CopyStmt *n = makeNode(CopyStmt); - updatePreparableStmtEnd($3, @4); n->relation = NULL; n->query = $3; n->attlist = NIL; @@ -6037,6 +6048,26 @@ CreateTrigStmt: EXECUTE FUNCTION_or_PROCEDURE func_name '(' TriggerFuncArgs ')' { CreateTrigStmt *n = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt); + bool dummy; + + if (($11 & CAS_NOT_VALID) != 0) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("constraint triggers cannot be marked %s", + "NOT VALID"), + parser_errposition(@11)); + if (($11 & CAS_NO_INHERIT) != 0) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("constraint triggers cannot be marked %s", + "NO INHERIT"), + parser_errposition(@11)); + if (($11 & CAS_NOT_ENFORCED) != 0) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg("constraint triggers cannot be marked %s", + "NOT ENFORCED"), + parser_errposition(@11)); n->replace = $2; if (n->replace) /* not supported, see CreateTrigger */ @@ -6056,7 +6087,7 @@ CreateTrigStmt: n->whenClause = $15; n->transitionRels = NIL; processCASbits($11, @11, "TRIGGER", - &n->deferrable, &n->initdeferred, NULL, + &n->deferrable, &n->initdeferred, &dummy, NULL, NULL, yyscanner); n->constrrel = $10; $$ = (Node *) n; @@ -7479,6 +7510,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $1; n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; n->howMany = 1; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_NONE; $$ = (Node *) n; } | from_in cursor_name @@ -7488,6 +7521,19 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $2; n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; n->howMany = 1; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_NONE; + $$ = (Node *) n; + } + | SignedIconst opt_from_in cursor_name + { + FetchStmt *n = makeNode(FetchStmt); + + n->portalname = $3; + n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; + n->howMany = $1; + n->location = @1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_NONE; $$ = (Node *) n; } | NEXT opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7497,6 +7543,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $3; n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; n->howMany = 1; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_NEXT; $$ = (Node *) n; } | PRIOR opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7506,6 +7554,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $3; n->direction = FETCH_BACKWARD; n->howMany = 1; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_PRIOR; $$ = (Node *) n; } | FIRST_P opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7515,6 +7565,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $3; n->direction = FETCH_ABSOLUTE; n->howMany = 1; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_FIRST; $$ = (Node *) n; } | LAST_P opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7524,6 +7576,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $3; n->direction = FETCH_ABSOLUTE; n->howMany = -1; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_LAST; $$ = (Node *) n; } | ABSOLUTE_P SignedIconst opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7533,6 +7587,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $4; n->direction = FETCH_ABSOLUTE; n->howMany = $2; + n->location = @2; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_ABSOLUTE; $$ = (Node *) n; } | RELATIVE_P SignedIconst opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7542,15 +7598,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $4; n->direction = FETCH_RELATIVE; n->howMany = $2; - $$ = (Node *) n; - } - | SignedIconst opt_from_in cursor_name - { - FetchStmt *n = makeNode(FetchStmt); - - n->portalname = $3; - n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; - n->howMany = $1; + n->location = @2; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_RELATIVE; $$ = (Node *) n; } | ALL opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7560,6 +7609,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $3; n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; n->howMany = FETCH_ALL; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_ALL; $$ = (Node *) n; } | FORWARD opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7569,6 +7620,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $3; n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; n->howMany = 1; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_FORWARD; $$ = (Node *) n; } | FORWARD SignedIconst opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7578,6 +7631,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $4; n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; n->howMany = $2; + n->location = @2; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_FORWARD; $$ = (Node *) n; } | FORWARD ALL opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7587,6 +7642,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $4; n->direction = FETCH_FORWARD; n->howMany = FETCH_ALL; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_FORWARD_ALL; $$ = (Node *) n; } | BACKWARD opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7596,6 +7653,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $3; n->direction = FETCH_BACKWARD; n->howMany = 1; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_BACKWARD; $$ = (Node *) n; } | BACKWARD SignedIconst opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7605,6 +7664,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $4; n->direction = FETCH_BACKWARD; n->howMany = $2; + n->location = @2; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_BACKWARD; $$ = (Node *) n; } | BACKWARD ALL opt_from_in cursor_name @@ -7614,6 +7675,8 @@ fetch_args: cursor_name n->portalname = $4; n->direction = FETCH_BACKWARD; n->howMany = FETCH_ALL; + n->location = -1; + n->direction_keyword = FETCH_KEYWORD_BACKWARD_ALL; $$ = (Node *) n; } ; @@ -11629,7 +11692,7 @@ AlterDomainStmt: { AlterDomainStmt *n = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt); - n->subtype = 'T'; + n->subtype = AD_AlterDefault; n->typeName = $3; n->def = $4; $$ = (Node *) n; @@ -11639,7 +11702,7 @@ AlterDomainStmt: { AlterDomainStmt *n = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt); - n->subtype = 'N'; + n->subtype = AD_DropNotNull; n->typeName = $3; $$ = (Node *) n; } @@ -11648,7 +11711,7 @@ AlterDomainStmt: { AlterDomainStmt *n = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt); - n->subtype = 'O'; + n->subtype = AD_SetNotNull; n->typeName = $3; $$ = (Node *) n; } @@ -11657,7 +11720,7 @@ AlterDomainStmt: { AlterDomainStmt *n = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt); - n->subtype = 'C'; + n->subtype = AD_AddConstraint; n->typeName = $3; n->def = $5; $$ = (Node *) n; @@ -11667,7 +11730,7 @@ AlterDomainStmt: { AlterDomainStmt *n = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt); - n->subtype = 'X'; + n->subtype = AD_DropConstraint; n->typeName = $3; n->name = $6; n->behavior = $7; @@ -11679,7 +11742,7 @@ AlterDomainStmt: { AlterDomainStmt *n = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt); - n->subtype = 'X'; + n->subtype = AD_DropConstraint; n->typeName = $3; n->name = $8; n->behavior = $9; @@ -11691,7 +11754,7 @@ AlterDomainStmt: { AlterDomainStmt *n = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt); - n->subtype = 'V'; + n->subtype = AD_ValidateConstraint; n->typeName = $3; n->name = $6; $$ = (Node *) n; @@ -12240,7 +12303,6 @@ InsertStmt: $5->onConflictClause = $6; $5->returningClause = $7; $5->withClause = $1; - $5->stmt_location = @$; $$ = (Node *) $5; } ; @@ -12431,7 +12493,6 @@ DeleteStmt: opt_with_clause DELETE_P FROM relation_expr_opt_alias n->whereClause = $6; n->returningClause = $7; n->withClause = $1; - n->stmt_location = @$; $$ = (Node *) n; } ; @@ -12506,7 +12567,6 @@ UpdateStmt: opt_with_clause UPDATE relation_expr_opt_alias n->whereClause = $7; n->returningClause = $8; n->withClause = $1; - n->stmt_location = @$; $$ = (Node *) n; } ; @@ -12584,7 +12644,6 @@ MergeStmt: m->joinCondition = $8; m->mergeWhenClauses = $9; m->returningClause = $10; - m->stmt_location = @$; $$ = (Node *) m; } @@ -12825,20 +12884,7 @@ SelectStmt: select_no_parens %prec UMINUS ; select_with_parens: - '(' select_no_parens ')' - { - SelectStmt *n = (SelectStmt *) $2; - - /* - * As SelectStmt's location starts at the SELECT keyword, - * we need to track the length of the SelectStmt within - * parentheses to be able to extract the relevant part - * of the query. Without this, the RawStmt's length would - * be used and would include the closing parenthesis. - */ - n->stmt_len = @3 - @2; - $$ = $2; - } + '(' select_no_parens ')' { $$ = $2; } | '(' select_with_parens ')' { $$ = $2; } ; @@ -12960,7 +13006,6 @@ simple_select: n->groupDistinct = ($7)->distinct; n->havingClause = $8; n->windowClause = $9; - n->stmt_location = @1; $$ = (Node *) n; } | SELECT distinct_clause target_list @@ -12978,7 +13023,6 @@ simple_select: n->groupDistinct = ($7)->distinct; n->havingClause = $8; n->windowClause = $9; - n->stmt_location = @1; $$ = (Node *) n; } | values_clause { $$ = $1; } @@ -12999,20 +13043,19 @@ simple_select: n->targetList = list_make1(rt); n->fromClause = list_make1($2); - n->stmt_location = @1; $$ = (Node *) n; } | select_clause UNION set_quantifier select_clause { - $$ = makeSetOp(SETOP_UNION, $3 == SET_QUANTIFIER_ALL, $1, $4, @1); + $$ = makeSetOp(SETOP_UNION, $3 == SET_QUANTIFIER_ALL, $1, $4); } | select_clause INTERSECT set_quantifier select_clause { - $$ = makeSetOp(SETOP_INTERSECT, $3 == SET_QUANTIFIER_ALL, $1, $4, @1); + $$ = makeSetOp(SETOP_INTERSECT, $3 == SET_QUANTIFIER_ALL, $1, $4); } | select_clause EXCEPT set_quantifier select_clause { - $$ = makeSetOp(SETOP_EXCEPT, $3 == SET_QUANTIFIER_ALL, $1, $4, @1); + $$ = makeSetOp(SETOP_EXCEPT, $3 == SET_QUANTIFIER_ALL, $1, $4); } ; @@ -13590,7 +13633,6 @@ values_clause: { SelectStmt *n = makeNode(SelectStmt); - n->stmt_location = @1; n->valuesLists = list_make1($3); $$ = (Node *) n; } @@ -15287,49 +15329,50 @@ a_expr: c_expr { $$ = $1; } (Node *) list_make2($5, $7), @2); } - | a_expr IN_P in_expr + | a_expr IN_P select_with_parens { - /* in_expr returns a SubLink or a list of a_exprs */ - if (IsA($3, SubLink)) - { - /* generate foo = ANY (subquery) */ - SubLink *n = (SubLink *) $3; + /* generate foo = ANY (subquery) */ + SubLink *n = makeNode(SubLink); - n->subLinkType = ANY_SUBLINK; - n->subLinkId = 0; - n->testexpr = $1; - n->operName = NIL; /* show it's IN not = ANY */ - n->location = @2; - $$ = (Node *) n; - } - else - { - /* generate scalar IN expression */ - $$ = (Node *) makeSimpleA_Expr(AEXPR_IN, "=", $1, $3, @2); - } + n->subselect = $3; + n->subLinkType = ANY_SUBLINK; + n->subLinkId = 0; + n->testexpr = $1; + n->operName = NIL; /* show it's IN not = ANY */ + n->location = @2; + $$ = (Node *) n; } - | a_expr NOT_LA IN_P in_expr %prec NOT_LA + | a_expr IN_P '(' expr_list ')' { - /* in_expr returns a SubLink or a list of a_exprs */ - if (IsA($4, SubLink)) - { - /* generate NOT (foo = ANY (subquery)) */ - /* Make an = ANY node */ - SubLink *n = (SubLink *) $4; - - n->subLinkType = ANY_SUBLINK; - n->subLinkId = 0; - n->testexpr = $1; - n->operName = NIL; /* show it's IN not = ANY */ - n->location = @2; - /* Stick a NOT on top; must have same parse location */ - $$ = makeNotExpr((Node *) n, @2); - } - else - { - /* generate scalar NOT IN expression */ - $$ = (Node *) makeSimpleA_Expr(AEXPR_IN, "<>", $1, $4, @2); - } + /* generate scalar IN expression */ + A_Expr *n = makeSimpleA_Expr(AEXPR_IN, "=", $1, (Node *) $4, @2); + + n->rexpr_list_start = @3; + n->rexpr_list_end = @5; + $$ = (Node *) n; + } + | a_expr NOT_LA IN_P select_with_parens %prec NOT_LA + { + /* generate NOT (foo = ANY (subquery)) */ + SubLink *n = makeNode(SubLink); + + n->subselect = $4; + n->subLinkType = ANY_SUBLINK; + n->subLinkId = 0; + n->testexpr = $1; + n->operName = NIL; /* show it's IN not = ANY */ + n->location = @2; + /* Stick a NOT on top; must have same parse location */ + $$ = makeNotExpr((Node *) n, @2); + } + | a_expr NOT_LA IN_P '(' expr_list ')' + { + /* generate scalar NOT IN expression */ + A_Expr *n = makeSimpleA_Expr(AEXPR_IN, "<>", $1, (Node *) $5, @2); + + n->rexpr_list_start = @4; + n->rexpr_list_end = @6; + $$ = (Node *) n; } | a_expr subquery_Op sub_type select_with_parens %prec Op { @@ -16764,15 +16807,15 @@ type_list: Typename { $$ = list_make1($1); } array_expr: '[' expr_list ']' { - $$ = makeAArrayExpr($2, @1); + $$ = makeAArrayExpr($2, @1, @3); } | '[' array_expr_list ']' { - $$ = makeAArrayExpr($2, @1); + $$ = makeAArrayExpr($2, @1, @3); } | '[' ']' { - $$ = makeAArrayExpr(NIL, @1); + $$ = makeAArrayExpr(NIL, @1, @2); } ; @@ -16894,17 +16937,6 @@ trim_list: a_expr FROM expr_list { $$ = lappend($3, $1); } | expr_list { $$ = $1; } ; -in_expr: select_with_parens - { - SubLink *n = makeNode(SubLink); - - n->subselect = $1; - /* other fields will be filled later */ - $$ = (Node *) n; - } - | '(' expr_list ')' { $$ = (Node *) $2; } - ; - /* * Define SQL-style CASE clause. * - Full specification @@ -18748,47 +18780,6 @@ updateRawStmtEnd(RawStmt *rs, int end_location) rs->stmt_len = end_location - rs->stmt_location; } -/* - * Adjust a PreparableStmt to reflect that it doesn't run to the end of the - * string. - */ -static void -updatePreparableStmtEnd(Node *n, int end_location) -{ - if (IsA(n, SelectStmt)) - { - SelectStmt *stmt = (SelectStmt *) n; - - stmt->stmt_len = end_location - stmt->stmt_location; - } - else if (IsA(n, InsertStmt)) - { - InsertStmt *stmt = (InsertStmt *) n; - - stmt->stmt_len = end_location - stmt->stmt_location; - } - else if (IsA(n, UpdateStmt)) - { - UpdateStmt *stmt = (UpdateStmt *) n; - - stmt->stmt_len = end_location - stmt->stmt_location; - } - else if (IsA(n, DeleteStmt)) - { - DeleteStmt *stmt = (DeleteStmt *) n; - - stmt->stmt_len = end_location - stmt->stmt_location; - } - else if (IsA(n, MergeStmt)) - { - MergeStmt *stmt = (MergeStmt *) n; - - stmt->stmt_len = end_location - stmt->stmt_location; - } - else - elog(ERROR, "unexpected node type %d", (int) n->type); -} - static Node * makeColumnRef(char *colname, List *indirection, int location, core_yyscan_t yyscanner) @@ -19167,14 +19158,11 @@ insertSelectOptions(SelectStmt *stmt, errmsg("multiple WITH clauses not allowed"), parser_errposition(exprLocation((Node *) withClause)))); stmt->withClause = withClause; - - /* Update SelectStmt's location to the start of the WITH clause */ - stmt->stmt_location = withClause->location; } } static Node * -makeSetOp(SetOperation op, bool all, Node *larg, Node *rarg, int location) +makeSetOp(SetOperation op, bool all, Node *larg, Node *rarg) { SelectStmt *n = makeNode(SelectStmt); @@ -19182,7 +19170,6 @@ makeSetOp(SetOperation op, bool all, Node *larg, Node *rarg, int location) n->all = all; n->larg = (SelectStmt *) larg; n->rarg = (SelectStmt *) rarg; - n->stmt_location = location; return (Node *) n; } @@ -19300,12 +19287,14 @@ makeNotExpr(Node *expr, int location) } static Node * -makeAArrayExpr(List *elements, int location) +makeAArrayExpr(List *elements, int location, int location_end) { A_ArrayExpr *n = makeNode(A_ArrayExpr); n->elements = elements; n->location = location; + n->list_start = location; + n->list_end = location_end; return (Node *) n; } diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c index 1f8e2d54673..d66276801c6 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c @@ -1223,6 +1223,8 @@ transformAExprIn(ParseState *pstate, A_Expr *a) newa->element_typeid = scalar_type; newa->elements = aexprs; newa->multidims = false; + newa->list_start = a->rexpr_list_start; + newa->list_end = a->rexpr_list_end; newa->location = -1; result = (Node *) make_scalar_array_op(pstate, @@ -2165,6 +2167,8 @@ transformArrayExpr(ParseState *pstate, A_ArrayExpr *a, /* array_collid will be set by parse_collate.c */ newa->element_typeid = element_type; newa->elements = newcoercedelems; + newa->list_start = a->list_start; + newa->list_end = a->list_end; newa->location = a->location; return (Node *) newa; diff --git a/src/backend/parser/parse_utilcmd.c b/src/backend/parser/parse_utilcmd.c index 62015431fdf..afcf54169c3 100644 --- a/src/backend/parser/parse_utilcmd.c +++ b/src/backend/parser/parse_utilcmd.c @@ -1279,6 +1279,28 @@ transformTableLikeClause(CreateStmtContext *cxt, TableLikeClause *table_like_cla lst = RelationGetNotNullConstraints(RelationGetRelid(relation), false, true); cxt->nnconstraints = list_concat(cxt->nnconstraints, lst); + + /* Copy comments on not-null constraints */ + if (table_like_clause->options & CREATE_TABLE_LIKE_COMMENTS) + { + foreach_node(Constraint, nnconstr, lst) + { + if ((comment = GetComment(get_relation_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(relation), + nnconstr->conname, false), + ConstraintRelationId, + 0)) != NULL) + { + CommentStmt *stmt = makeNode(CommentStmt); + + stmt->objtype = OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT; + stmt->object = (Node *) list_make3(makeString(cxt->relation->schemaname), + makeString(cxt->relation->relname), + makeString(nnconstr->conname)); + stmt->comment = comment; + cxt->alist = lappend(cxt->alist, stmt); + } + } + } } /* diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/autovacuum.c b/src/backend/postmaster/autovacuum.c index 4d4a1a3197e..9474095f271 100644 --- a/src/backend/postmaster/autovacuum.c +++ b/src/backend/postmaster/autovacuum.c @@ -781,10 +781,6 @@ ProcessAutoVacLauncherInterrupts(void) if (LogMemoryContextPending) ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt(); - /* Publish memory contexts of this process */ - if (PublishMemoryContextPending) - ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt(); - /* Process sinval catchup interrupts that happened while sleeping */ ProcessCatchupInterrupt(); } @@ -2077,6 +2073,12 @@ do_autovacuum(void) } } } + + /* Release stuff to avoid per-relation leakage */ + if (relopts) + pfree(relopts); + if (tabentry) + pfree(tabentry); } table_endscan(relScan); @@ -2093,7 +2095,8 @@ do_autovacuum(void) Form_pg_class classForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); PgStat_StatTabEntry *tabentry; Oid relid; - AutoVacOpts *relopts = NULL; + AutoVacOpts *relopts; + bool free_relopts = false; bool dovacuum; bool doanalyze; bool wraparound; @@ -2111,7 +2114,9 @@ do_autovacuum(void) * main rel */ relopts = extract_autovac_opts(tuple, pg_class_desc); - if (relopts == NULL) + if (relopts) + free_relopts = true; + else { av_relation *hentry; bool found; @@ -2132,6 +2137,12 @@ do_autovacuum(void) /* ignore analyze for toast tables */ if (dovacuum) table_oids = lappend_oid(table_oids, relid); + + /* Release stuff to avoid leakage */ + if (free_relopts) + pfree(relopts); + if (tabentry) + pfree(tabentry); } table_endscan(relScan); @@ -2223,6 +2234,12 @@ do_autovacuum(void) get_namespace_name(classForm->relnamespace), NameStr(classForm->relname)))); + /* + * Deletion might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we have a + * valid snapshot. + */ + PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot()); + object.classId = RelationRelationId; object.objectId = relid; object.objectSubId = 0; @@ -2235,6 +2252,7 @@ do_autovacuum(void) * To commit the deletion, end current transaction and start a new * one. Note this also releases the locks we took. */ + PopActiveSnapshot(); CommitTransactionCommand(); StartTransactionCommand(); @@ -2503,6 +2521,8 @@ deleted: pg_atomic_test_set_flag(&MyWorkerInfo->wi_dobalance); } + list_free(table_oids); + /* * Perform additional work items, as requested by backends. */ @@ -2684,8 +2704,8 @@ deleted2: /* * extract_autovac_opts * - * Given a relation's pg_class tuple, return the AutoVacOpts portion of - * reloptions, if set; otherwise, return NULL. + * Given a relation's pg_class tuple, return a palloc'd copy of the + * AutoVacOpts portion of reloptions, if set; otherwise, return NULL. * * Note: callers do not have a relation lock on the table at this point, * so the table could have been dropped, and its catalog rows gone, after @@ -2734,6 +2754,7 @@ table_recheck_autovac(Oid relid, HTAB *table_toast_map, autovac_table *tab = NULL; bool wraparound; AutoVacOpts *avopts; + bool free_avopts = false; /* fetch the relation's relcache entry */ classTup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); @@ -2746,8 +2767,10 @@ table_recheck_autovac(Oid relid, HTAB *table_toast_map, * main table reloptions if the toast table itself doesn't have. */ avopts = extract_autovac_opts(classTup, pg_class_desc); - if (classForm->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE && - avopts == NULL && table_toast_map != NULL) + if (avopts) + free_avopts = true; + else if (classForm->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE && + table_toast_map != NULL) { av_relation *hentry; bool found; @@ -2856,6 +2879,8 @@ table_recheck_autovac(Oid relid, HTAB *table_toast_map, avopts->vacuum_cost_delay >= 0)); } + if (free_avopts) + pfree(avopts); heap_freetuple(classTup); return tab; } @@ -2887,6 +2912,10 @@ recheck_relation_needs_vacanalyze(Oid relid, effective_multixact_freeze_max_age, dovacuum, doanalyze, wraparound); + /* Release tabentry to avoid leakage */ + if (tabentry) + pfree(tabentry); + /* ignore ANALYZE for toast tables */ if (classForm->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE) *doanalyze = false; @@ -3144,20 +3173,24 @@ autovacuum_do_vac_analyze(autovac_table *tab, BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy) VacuumRelation *rel; List *rel_list; MemoryContext vac_context; + MemoryContext old_context; /* Let pgstat know what we're doing */ autovac_report_activity(tab); + /* Create a context that vacuum() can use as cross-transaction storage */ + vac_context = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext, + "Vacuum", + ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES); + /* Set up one VacuumRelation target, identified by OID, for vacuum() */ + old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(vac_context); rangevar = makeRangeVar(tab->at_nspname, tab->at_relname, -1); rel = makeVacuumRelation(rangevar, tab->at_relid, NIL); rel_list = list_make1(rel); + MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context); - vac_context = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext, - "Vacuum", - ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES); - - vacuum(rel_list, &tab->at_params, bstrategy, vac_context, true); + vacuum(rel_list, tab->at_params, bstrategy, vac_context, true); MemoryContextDelete(vac_context); } diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/checkpointer.c b/src/backend/postmaster/checkpointer.c index d3cb3f1891c..2809e298a44 100644 --- a/src/backend/postmaster/checkpointer.c +++ b/src/backend/postmaster/checkpointer.c @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ #include "access/xlog.h" #include "access/xlog_internal.h" #include "access/xlogrecovery.h" +#include "catalog/pg_authid.h" +#include "commands/defrem.h" #include "libpq/pqsignal.h" #include "miscadmin.h" #include "pgstat.h" @@ -61,6 +63,7 @@ #include "storage/shmem.h" #include "storage/smgr.h" #include "storage/spin.h" +#include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/guc.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/resowner.h" @@ -161,7 +164,7 @@ static pg_time_t last_xlog_switch_time; static void ProcessCheckpointerInterrupts(void); static void CheckArchiveTimeout(void); static bool IsCheckpointOnSchedule(double progress); -static bool ImmediateCheckpointRequested(void); +static bool FastCheckpointRequested(void); static bool CompactCheckpointerRequestQueue(void); static void UpdateSharedMemoryConfig(void); @@ -663,10 +666,6 @@ ProcessCheckpointerInterrupts(void) /* Perform logging of memory contexts of this process */ if (LogMemoryContextPending) ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt(); - - /* Publish memory contexts of this process */ - if (PublishMemoryContextPending) - ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt(); } /* @@ -738,12 +737,12 @@ CheckArchiveTimeout(void) } /* - * Returns true if an immediate checkpoint request is pending. (Note that - * this does not check the *current* checkpoint's IMMEDIATE flag, but whether - * there is one pending behind it.) + * Returns true if a fast checkpoint request is pending. (Note that this does + * not check the *current* checkpoint's FAST flag, but whether there is one + * pending behind it.) */ static bool -ImmediateCheckpointRequested(void) +FastCheckpointRequested(void) { volatile CheckpointerShmemStruct *cps = CheckpointerShmem; @@ -751,7 +750,7 @@ ImmediateCheckpointRequested(void) * We don't need to acquire the ckpt_lck in this case because we're only * looking at a single flag bit. */ - if (cps->ckpt_flags & CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE) + if (cps->ckpt_flags & CHECKPOINT_FAST) return true; return false; } @@ -764,7 +763,7 @@ ImmediateCheckpointRequested(void) * checkpoint_completion_target. * * The checkpoint request flags should be passed in; currently the only one - * examined is CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE, which disables delays between writes. + * examined is CHECKPOINT_FAST, which disables delays between writes. * * 'progress' is an estimate of how much of the work has been done, as a * fraction between 0.0 meaning none, and 1.0 meaning all done. @@ -782,10 +781,10 @@ CheckpointWriteDelay(int flags, double progress) * Perform the usual duties and take a nap, unless we're behind schedule, * in which case we just try to catch up as quickly as possible. */ - if (!(flags & CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE) && + if (!(flags & CHECKPOINT_FAST) && !ShutdownXLOGPending && !ShutdownRequestPending && - !ImmediateCheckpointRequested() && + !FastCheckpointRequested() && IsCheckpointOnSchedule(progress)) { if (ConfigReloadPending) @@ -981,17 +980,67 @@ CheckpointerShmemInit(void) } /* + * ExecCheckpoint + * Primary entry point for manual CHECKPOINT commands + * + * This is mainly a wrapper for RequestCheckpoint(). + */ +void +ExecCheckpoint(ParseState *pstate, CheckPointStmt *stmt) +{ + bool fast = true; + bool unlogged = false; + + foreach_ptr(DefElem, opt, stmt->options) + { + if (strcmp(opt->defname, "mode") == 0) + { + char *mode = defGetString(opt); + + if (strcmp(mode, "spread") == 0) + fast = false; + else if (strcmp(mode, "fast") != 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), + errmsg("unrecognized MODE option \"%s\"", mode), + parser_errposition(pstate, opt->location))); + } + else if (strcmp(opt->defname, "flush_unlogged") == 0) + unlogged = defGetBoolean(opt); + else + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), + errmsg("unrecognized CHECKPOINT option \"%s\"", opt->defname), + parser_errposition(pstate, opt->location))); + } + + if (!has_privs_of_role(GetUserId(), ROLE_PG_CHECKPOINT)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), + /* translator: %s is name of an SQL command (e.g., CHECKPOINT) */ + errmsg("permission denied to execute %s command", + "CHECKPOINT"), + errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may execute this command.", + "pg_checkpoint"))); + + RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_WAIT | + (fast ? CHECKPOINT_FAST : 0) | + (unlogged ? CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED : 0) | + (RecoveryInProgress() ? 0 : CHECKPOINT_FORCE)); +} + +/* * RequestCheckpoint * Called in backend processes to request a checkpoint * * flags is a bitwise OR of the following: * CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN: checkpoint is for database shutdown. * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY: checkpoint is for end of WAL recovery. - * CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE: finish the checkpoint ASAP, + * CHECKPOINT_FAST: finish the checkpoint ASAP, * ignoring checkpoint_completion_target parameter. * CHECKPOINT_FORCE: force a checkpoint even if no XLOG activity has occurred * since the last one (implied by CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN or - * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY). + * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY, and the CHECKPOINT command). * CHECKPOINT_WAIT: wait for completion before returning (otherwise, * just signal checkpointer to do it, and return). * CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG: checkpoint is requested due to xlog filling. @@ -1013,7 +1062,7 @@ RequestCheckpoint(int flags) * There's no point in doing slow checkpoints in a standalone backend, * because there's no other backends the checkpoint could disrupt. */ - CreateCheckPoint(flags | CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE); + CreateCheckPoint(flags | CHECKPOINT_FAST); /* Free all smgr objects, as CheckpointerMain() normally would. */ smgrdestroyall(); diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/interrupt.c b/src/backend/postmaster/interrupt.c index f24f574e748..0ae9bf906ec 100644 --- a/src/backend/postmaster/interrupt.c +++ b/src/backend/postmaster/interrupt.c @@ -48,10 +48,6 @@ ProcessMainLoopInterrupts(void) /* Perform logging of memory contexts of this process */ if (LogMemoryContextPending) ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt(); - - /* Publish memory contexts of this process */ - if (PublishMemoryContextPending) - ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt(); } /* diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/pgarch.c b/src/backend/postmaster/pgarch.c index cb7408acf4c..78e39e5f866 100644 --- a/src/backend/postmaster/pgarch.c +++ b/src/backend/postmaster/pgarch.c @@ -718,15 +718,15 @@ pgarch_readyXlog(char *xlog) /* * Store the file in our max-heap if it has a high enough priority. */ - if (arch_files->arch_heap->bh_size < NUM_FILES_PER_DIRECTORY_SCAN) + if (binaryheap_size(arch_files->arch_heap) < NUM_FILES_PER_DIRECTORY_SCAN) { /* If the heap isn't full yet, quickly add it. */ - arch_file = arch_files->arch_filenames[arch_files->arch_heap->bh_size]; + arch_file = arch_files->arch_filenames[binaryheap_size(arch_files->arch_heap)]; strcpy(arch_file, basename); binaryheap_add_unordered(arch_files->arch_heap, CStringGetDatum(arch_file)); /* If we just filled the heap, make it a valid one. */ - if (arch_files->arch_heap->bh_size == NUM_FILES_PER_DIRECTORY_SCAN) + if (binaryheap_size(arch_files->arch_heap) == NUM_FILES_PER_DIRECTORY_SCAN) binaryheap_build(arch_files->arch_heap); } else if (ready_file_comparator(binaryheap_first(arch_files->arch_heap), @@ -744,21 +744,21 @@ pgarch_readyXlog(char *xlog) FreeDir(rldir); /* If no files were found, simply return. */ - if (arch_files->arch_heap->bh_size == 0) + if (binaryheap_empty(arch_files->arch_heap)) return false; /* * If we didn't fill the heap, we didn't make it a valid one. Do that * now. */ - if (arch_files->arch_heap->bh_size < NUM_FILES_PER_DIRECTORY_SCAN) + if (binaryheap_size(arch_files->arch_heap) < NUM_FILES_PER_DIRECTORY_SCAN) binaryheap_build(arch_files->arch_heap); /* * Fill arch_files array with the files to archive in ascending order of * priority. */ - arch_files->arch_files_size = arch_files->arch_heap->bh_size; + arch_files->arch_files_size = binaryheap_size(arch_files->arch_heap); for (int i = 0; i < arch_files->arch_files_size; i++) arch_files->arch_files[i] = DatumGetCString(binaryheap_remove_first(arch_files->arch_heap)); @@ -867,10 +867,6 @@ ProcessPgArchInterrupts(void) if (LogMemoryContextPending) ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt(); - /* Publish memory contexts of this process */ - if (PublishMemoryContextPending) - ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt(); - if (ConfigReloadPending) { char *archiveLib = pstrdup(XLogArchiveLibrary); diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c b/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c index 490f7ce3664..cca9b946e53 100644 --- a/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c +++ b/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c @@ -4337,15 +4337,15 @@ maybe_start_bgworkers(void) static bool maybe_reap_io_worker(int pid) { - for (int id = 0; id < MAX_IO_WORKERS; ++id) + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_IO_WORKERS; ++i) { - if (io_worker_children[id] && - io_worker_children[id]->pid == pid) + if (io_worker_children[i] && + io_worker_children[i]->pid == pid) { - ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(io_worker_children[id]); + ReleasePostmasterChildSlot(io_worker_children[i]); --io_worker_count; - io_worker_children[id] = NULL; + io_worker_children[i] = NULL; return true; } } @@ -4389,22 +4389,22 @@ maybe_adjust_io_workers(void) while (io_worker_count < io_workers) { PMChild *child; - int id; + int i; /* find unused entry in io_worker_children array */ - for (id = 0; id < MAX_IO_WORKERS; ++id) + for (i = 0; i < MAX_IO_WORKERS; ++i) { - if (io_worker_children[id] == NULL) + if (io_worker_children[i] == NULL) break; } - if (id == MAX_IO_WORKERS) - elog(ERROR, "could not find a free IO worker ID"); + if (i == MAX_IO_WORKERS) + elog(ERROR, "could not find a free IO worker slot"); /* Try to launch one. */ child = StartChildProcess(B_IO_WORKER); if (child != NULL) { - io_worker_children[id] = child; + io_worker_children[i] = child; ++io_worker_count; } else @@ -4415,11 +4415,11 @@ maybe_adjust_io_workers(void) if (io_worker_count > io_workers) { /* ask the IO worker in the highest slot to exit */ - for (int id = MAX_IO_WORKERS - 1; id >= 0; --id) + for (int i = MAX_IO_WORKERS - 1; i >= 0; --i) { - if (io_worker_children[id] != NULL) + if (io_worker_children[i] != NULL) { - kill(io_worker_children[id]->pid, SIGUSR2); + kill(io_worker_children[i]->pid, SIGUSR2); break; } } diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/startup.c b/src/backend/postmaster/startup.c index 7149a67fcbc..27e86cf393f 100644 --- a/src/backend/postmaster/startup.c +++ b/src/backend/postmaster/startup.c @@ -192,10 +192,6 @@ ProcessStartupProcInterrupts(void) /* Perform logging of memory contexts of this process */ if (LogMemoryContextPending) ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt(); - - /* Publish memory contexts of this process */ - if (PublishMemoryContextPending) - ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt(); } diff --git a/src/backend/postmaster/walsummarizer.c b/src/backend/postmaster/walsummarizer.c index c7a76711cc5..777c9a8d555 100644 --- a/src/backend/postmaster/walsummarizer.c +++ b/src/backend/postmaster/walsummarizer.c @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ WalSummarizerMain(const void *startup_data, size_t startup_data_len) switch_lsn = tliSwitchPoint(current_tli, tles, &switch_tli); ereport(DEBUG1, - errmsg_internal("switch point from TLI %u to TLI %u is at %X/%X", + errmsg_internal("switch point from TLI %u to TLI %u is at %X/%08X", current_tli, switch_tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(switch_lsn))); } @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ WaitForWalSummarization(XLogRecPtr lsn) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("WAL summarization is not progressing"), - errdetail("Summarization is needed through %X/%X, but is stuck at %X/%X on disk and %X/%X in memory.", + errdetail("Summarization is needed through %X/%08X, but is stuck at %X/%08X on disk and %X/%08X in memory.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(summarized_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(pending_lsn)))); @@ -755,12 +755,12 @@ WaitForWalSummarization(XLogRecPtr lsn) current_time) / 1000; ereport(WARNING, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg_plural("still waiting for WAL summarization through %X/%X after %ld second", - "still waiting for WAL summarization through %X/%X after %ld seconds", + errmsg_plural("still waiting for WAL summarization through %X/%08X after %ld second", + "still waiting for WAL summarization through %X/%08X after %ld seconds", elapsed_seconds, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn), elapsed_seconds), - errdetail("Summarization has reached %X/%X on disk and %X/%X in memory.", + errdetail("Summarization has reached %X/%08X on disk and %X/%08X in memory.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(summarized_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(pending_lsn)))); } @@ -879,10 +879,6 @@ ProcessWalSummarizerInterrupts(void) /* Perform logging of memory contexts of this process */ if (LogMemoryContextPending) ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt(); - - /* Publish memory contexts of this process */ - if (PublishMemoryContextPending) - ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt(); } /* @@ -985,7 +981,7 @@ SummarizeWAL(TimeLineID tli, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, bool exact, if (private_data->end_of_wal) { ereport(DEBUG1, - errmsg_internal("could not read WAL from timeline %u at %X/%X: end of WAL at %X/%X", + errmsg_internal("could not read WAL from timeline %u at %X/%08X: end of WAL at %X/%08X", tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(start_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(private_data->read_upto))); @@ -1004,8 +1000,8 @@ SummarizeWAL(TimeLineID tli, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, bool exact, } else ereport(ERROR, - (errmsg("could not find a valid record after %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(start_lsn)))); + errmsg("could not find a valid record after %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(start_lsn))); } /* We shouldn't go backward. */ @@ -1038,7 +1034,7 @@ SummarizeWAL(TimeLineID tli, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, bool exact, * able to read a complete record. */ ereport(DEBUG1, - errmsg_internal("could not read WAL from timeline %u at %X/%X: end of WAL at %X/%X", + errmsg_internal("could not read WAL from timeline %u at %X/%08X: end of WAL at %X/%08X", tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->EndRecPtr), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(private_data->read_upto))); @@ -1049,13 +1045,13 @@ SummarizeWAL(TimeLineID tli, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, bool exact, if (errormsg) ereport(ERROR, (errcode_for_file_access(), - errmsg("could not read WAL from timeline %u at %X/%X: %s", + errmsg("could not read WAL from timeline %u at %X/%08X: %s", tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->EndRecPtr), errormsg))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode_for_file_access(), - errmsg("could not read WAL from timeline %u at %X/%X", + errmsg("could not read WAL from timeline %u at %X/%08X", tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(xlogreader->EndRecPtr)))); } @@ -1226,7 +1222,7 @@ SummarizeWAL(TimeLineID tli, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, bool exact, /* Tell the user what we did. */ ereport(DEBUG1, - errmsg_internal("summarized WAL on TLI %u from %X/%X to %X/%X", + errmsg_internal("summarized WAL on TLI %u from %X/%08X to %X/%08X", tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(summary_start_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(summary_end_lsn))); @@ -1238,7 +1234,7 @@ SummarizeWAL(TimeLineID tli, XLogRecPtr start_lsn, bool exact, /* If we skipped a non-zero amount of WAL, log a debug message. */ if (summary_end_lsn > summary_start_lsn && fast_forward) ereport(DEBUG1, - errmsg_internal("skipped summarizing WAL on TLI %u from %X/%X to %X/%X", + errmsg_internal("skipped summarizing WAL on TLI %u from %X/%08X to %X/%08X", tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(summary_start_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(summary_end_lsn))); @@ -1584,7 +1580,7 @@ summarizer_read_local_xlog_page(XLogReaderState *state, /* Debugging output. */ ereport(DEBUG1, - errmsg_internal("timeline %u became historic, can read up to %X/%X", + errmsg_internal("timeline %u became historic, can read up to %X/%08X", private_data->tli, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(private_data->read_upto))); } diff --git a/src/backend/regex/regc_pg_locale.c b/src/backend/regex/regc_pg_locale.c index 78193cfb964..d9eab5357bc 100644 --- a/src/backend/regex/regc_pg_locale.c +++ b/src/backend/regex/regc_pg_locale.c @@ -20,58 +20,13 @@ #include "common/unicode_category.h" #include "utils/pg_locale.h" -/* - * For the libc provider, to provide as much functionality as possible on a - * variety of platforms without going so far as to implement everything from - * scratch, we use several implementation strategies depending on the - * situation: - * - * 1. In C/POSIX collations, we use hard-wired code. We can't depend on - * the <ctype.h> functions since those will obey LC_CTYPE. Note that these - * collations don't give a fig about multibyte characters. - * - * 2. When working in UTF8 encoding, we use the <wctype.h> functions. - * This assumes that every platform uses Unicode codepoints directly - * as the wchar_t representation of Unicode. (XXX: ICU makes this assumption - * even for non-UTF8 encodings, which may be a problem.) On some platforms - * wchar_t is only 16 bits wide, so we have to punt for codepoints > 0xFFFF. - * - * 3. In all other encodings, we use the <ctype.h> functions for pg_wchar - * values up to 255, and punt for values above that. This is 100% correct - * only in single-byte encodings such as LATINn. However, non-Unicode - * multibyte encodings are mostly Far Eastern character sets for which the - * properties being tested here aren't very relevant for higher code values - * anyway. The difficulty with using the <wctype.h> functions with - * non-Unicode multibyte encodings is that we can have no certainty that - * the platform's wchar_t representation matches what we do in pg_wchar - * conversions. - * - * As a special case, in the "default" collation, (2) and (3) force ASCII - * letters to follow ASCII upcase/downcase rules, while in a non-default - * collation we just let the library functions do what they will. The case - * where this matters is treatment of I/i in Turkish, and the behavior is - * meant to match the upper()/lower() SQL functions. - * - * We store the active collation setting in static variables. In principle - * it could be passed down to here via the regex library's "struct vars" data - * structure; but that would require somewhat invasive changes in the regex - * library, and right now there's no real benefit to be gained from that. - * - * NB: the coding here assumes pg_wchar is an unsigned type. - */ - -typedef enum -{ - PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C, /* C locale (encoding independent) */ - PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN, /* built-in Unicode semantics */ - PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE, /* Use locale_t <wctype.h> functions */ - PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE, /* Use locale_t <ctype.h> functions */ - PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU, /* Use ICU uchar.h functions */ -} PG_Locale_Strategy; - -static PG_Locale_Strategy pg_regex_strategy; static pg_locale_t pg_regex_locale; +static struct pg_locale_struct dummy_c_locale = { + .collate_is_c = true, + .ctype_is_c = true, +}; + /* * Hard-wired character properties for C locale */ @@ -228,7 +183,6 @@ void pg_set_regex_collation(Oid collation) { pg_locale_t locale = 0; - PG_Locale_Strategy strategy; if (!OidIsValid(collation)) { @@ -249,8 +203,7 @@ pg_set_regex_collation(Oid collation) * catalog access is available, so we can't call * pg_newlocale_from_collation(). */ - strategy = PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C; - locale = 0; + locale = &dummy_c_locale; } else { @@ -267,113 +220,41 @@ pg_set_regex_collation(Oid collation) * C/POSIX collations use this path regardless of database * encoding */ - strategy = PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C; - locale = 0; - } - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_BUILTIN) - { - Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() == PG_UTF8); - strategy = PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN; - } -#ifdef USE_ICU - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU) - { - strategy = PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU; - } -#endif - else - { - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_LIBC); - if (GetDatabaseEncoding() == PG_UTF8) - strategy = PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE; - else - strategy = PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE; + locale = &dummy_c_locale; } } - pg_regex_strategy = strategy; pg_regex_locale = locale; } static int pg_wc_isdigit(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISDIGIT)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_isdigit(c, !pg_regex_locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswdigit_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - isdigit_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_isdigit(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISDIGIT)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_isdigit(c, pg_regex_locale); } static int pg_wc_isalpha(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISALPHA)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_isalpha(c); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswalpha_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - isalpha_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_isalpha(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISALPHA)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_isalpha(c, pg_regex_locale); } static int pg_wc_isalnum(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISALNUM)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_isalnum(c, !pg_regex_locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswalnum_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - isalnum_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_isalnum(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISALNUM)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_isalnum(c, pg_regex_locale); } static int @@ -388,231 +269,87 @@ pg_wc_isword(pg_wchar c) static int pg_wc_isupper(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISUPPER)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_isupper(c); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswupper_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - isupper_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_isupper(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISUPPER)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_isupper(c, pg_regex_locale); } static int pg_wc_islower(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISLOWER)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_islower(c); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswlower_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - islower_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_islower(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISLOWER)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_islower(c, pg_regex_locale); } static int pg_wc_isgraph(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISGRAPH)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_isgraph(c); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswgraph_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - isgraph_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_isgraph(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISGRAPH)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_isgraph(c, pg_regex_locale); } static int pg_wc_isprint(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISPRINT)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_isprint(c); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswprint_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - isprint_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_isprint(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISPRINT)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_isprint(c, pg_regex_locale); } static int pg_wc_ispunct(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISPUNCT)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_ispunct(c, !pg_regex_locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswpunct_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - ispunct_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_ispunct(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISPUNCT)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_ispunct(c, pg_regex_locale); } static int pg_wc_isspace(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) - { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && - (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISSPACE)); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return pg_u_isspace(c); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return iswspace_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - return (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX && - isspace_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt)); - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_isspace(c); -#endif - break; - } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) + return (c <= (pg_wchar) 127 && + (pg_char_properties[c] & PG_ISSPACE)); + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_isspace(c, pg_regex_locale); } static pg_wchar pg_wc_toupper(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - if (c <= (pg_wchar) 127) - return pg_ascii_toupper((unsigned char) c); - return c; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return unicode_uppercase_simple(c); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - /* force C behavior for ASCII characters, per comments above */ - if (pg_regex_locale->is_default && c <= (pg_wchar) 127) - return pg_ascii_toupper((unsigned char) c); - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return towupper_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - /* force C behavior for ASCII characters, per comments above */ - if (pg_regex_locale->is_default && c <= (pg_wchar) 127) - return pg_ascii_toupper((unsigned char) c); - if (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX) - return toupper_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - return c; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_toupper(c); -#endif - break; + if (c <= (pg_wchar) 127) + return pg_ascii_toupper((unsigned char) c); + return c; } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_toupper(c, pg_regex_locale); } static pg_wchar pg_wc_tolower(pg_wchar c) { - switch (pg_regex_strategy) + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: - if (c <= (pg_wchar) 127) - return pg_ascii_tolower((unsigned char) c); - return c; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - return unicode_lowercase_simple(c); - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - /* force C behavior for ASCII characters, per comments above */ - if (pg_regex_locale->is_default && c <= (pg_wchar) 127) - return pg_ascii_tolower((unsigned char) c); - if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || c <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) - return towlower_l((wint_t) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - /* FALL THRU */ - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: - /* force C behavior for ASCII characters, per comments above */ - if (pg_regex_locale->is_default && c <= (pg_wchar) 127) - return pg_ascii_tolower((unsigned char) c); - if (c <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX) - return tolower_l((unsigned char) c, pg_regex_locale->info.lt); - return c; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: -#ifdef USE_ICU - return u_tolower(c); -#endif - break; + if (c <= (pg_wchar) 127) + return pg_ascii_tolower((unsigned char) c); + return c; } - return 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ + else + return pg_regex_locale->ctype->wc_tolower(c, pg_regex_locale); } @@ -738,37 +475,25 @@ pg_ctype_get_cache(pg_wc_probefunc probefunc, int cclasscode) * would always be true for production values of MAX_SIMPLE_CHR, but it's * useful to allow it to be small for testing purposes.) */ - switch (pg_regex_strategy) + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype_is_c) { - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_C: #if MAX_SIMPLE_CHR >= 127 - max_chr = (pg_wchar) 127; - pcc->cv.cclasscode = -1; + max_chr = (pg_wchar) 127; + pcc->cv.cclasscode = -1; #else - max_chr = (pg_wchar) MAX_SIMPLE_CHR; + max_chr = (pg_wchar) MAX_SIMPLE_CHR; #endif - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_BUILTIN: - max_chr = (pg_wchar) MAX_SIMPLE_CHR; - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_WIDE: - max_chr = (pg_wchar) MAX_SIMPLE_CHR; - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_LIBC_1BYTE: -#if MAX_SIMPLE_CHR >= UCHAR_MAX - max_chr = (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX; + } + else + { + if (pg_regex_locale->ctype->max_chr != 0 && + pg_regex_locale->ctype->max_chr <= MAX_SIMPLE_CHR) + { + max_chr = pg_regex_locale->ctype->max_chr; pcc->cv.cclasscode = -1; -#else - max_chr = (pg_wchar) MAX_SIMPLE_CHR; -#endif - break; - case PG_REGEX_STRATEGY_ICU: + } + else max_chr = (pg_wchar) MAX_SIMPLE_CHR; - break; - default: - Assert(false); - max_chr = 0; /* can't get here, but keep compiler quiet */ - break; } /* diff --git a/src/backend/replication/libpqwalreceiver/libpqwalreceiver.c b/src/backend/replication/libpqwalreceiver/libpqwalreceiver.c index 7b4ddf7a8f5..f7b5d093681 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/libpqwalreceiver/libpqwalreceiver.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/libpqwalreceiver/libpqwalreceiver.c @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ libpqrcv_startstreaming(WalReceiverConn *conn, if (options->logical) appendStringInfoString(&cmd, " LOGICAL"); - appendStringInfo(&cmd, " %X/%X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(options->startpoint)); + appendStringInfo(&cmd, " %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(options->startpoint)); /* * Additional options are different depending on if we are doing logical diff --git a/src/backend/replication/logical/launcher.c b/src/backend/replication/logical/launcher.c index 10677da56b2..4aed0dfcebb 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/logical/launcher.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/logical/launcher.c @@ -175,12 +175,14 @@ WaitForReplicationWorkerAttach(LogicalRepWorker *worker, uint16 generation, BackgroundWorkerHandle *handle) { - BgwHandleStatus status; - int rc; + bool result = false; + bool dropped_latch = false; for (;;) { + BgwHandleStatus status; pid_t pid; + int rc; CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); @@ -189,8 +191,9 @@ WaitForReplicationWorkerAttach(LogicalRepWorker *worker, /* Worker either died or has started. Return false if died. */ if (!worker->in_use || worker->proc) { + result = worker->in_use; LWLockRelease(LogicalRepWorkerLock); - return worker->in_use; + break; } LWLockRelease(LogicalRepWorkerLock); @@ -205,7 +208,7 @@ WaitForReplicationWorkerAttach(LogicalRepWorker *worker, if (generation == worker->generation) logicalrep_worker_cleanup(worker); LWLockRelease(LogicalRepWorkerLock); - return false; + break; /* result is already false */ } /* @@ -220,8 +223,18 @@ WaitForReplicationWorkerAttach(LogicalRepWorker *worker, { ResetLatch(MyLatch); CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + dropped_latch = true; } } + + /* + * If we had to clear a latch event in order to wait, be sure to restore + * it before exiting. Otherwise caller may miss events. + */ + if (dropped_latch) + SetLatch(MyLatch); + + return result; } /* @@ -328,7 +341,7 @@ logicalrep_worker_launch(LogicalRepWorkerType wtype, if (max_active_replication_origins == 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIGURATION_LIMIT_EXCEEDED), - errmsg("cannot start logical replication workers when \"max_active_replication_origins\"=0"))); + errmsg("cannot start logical replication workers when \"max_active_replication_origins\" is 0"))); /* * We need to do the modification of the shared memory under lock so that @@ -1016,7 +1029,7 @@ logicalrep_launcher_attach_dshmem(void) last_start_times_dsa = dsa_attach(LogicalRepCtx->last_start_dsa); dsa_pin_mapping(last_start_times_dsa); last_start_times = dshash_attach(last_start_times_dsa, &dsh_params, - LogicalRepCtx->last_start_dsh, 0); + LogicalRepCtx->last_start_dsh, NULL); } MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); @@ -1194,10 +1207,21 @@ ApplyLauncherMain(Datum main_arg) (elapsed = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(last_start, now)) >= wal_retrieve_retry_interval) { ApplyLauncherSetWorkerStartTime(sub->oid, now); - logicalrep_worker_launch(WORKERTYPE_APPLY, - sub->dbid, sub->oid, sub->name, - sub->owner, InvalidOid, - DSM_HANDLE_INVALID); + if (!logicalrep_worker_launch(WORKERTYPE_APPLY, + sub->dbid, sub->oid, sub->name, + sub->owner, InvalidOid, + DSM_HANDLE_INVALID)) + { + /* + * We get here either if we failed to launch a worker + * (perhaps for resource-exhaustion reasons) or if we + * launched one but it immediately quit. Either way, it + * seems appropriate to try again after + * wal_retrieve_retry_interval. + */ + wait_time = Min(wait_time, + wal_retrieve_retry_interval); + } } else { diff --git a/src/backend/replication/logical/logical.c b/src/backend/replication/logical/logical.c index 1d56d0c4ef3..7e363a7c05b 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/logical/logical.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/logical/logical.c @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ #include "postgres.h" #include "access/xact.h" +#include "access/xlog_internal.h" #include "access/xlogutils.h" #include "fmgr.h" #include "miscadmin.h" @@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ #include "storage/proc.h" #include "storage/procarray.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" +#include "utils/injection_point.h" #include "utils/inval.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" @@ -565,7 +567,7 @@ CreateDecodingContext(XLogRecPtr start_lsn, * kinds of client errors; so the client may wish to check that * confirmed_flush_lsn matches its expectations. */ - elog(LOG, "%X/%X has been already streamed, forwarding to %X/%X", + elog(LOG, "%X/%08X has been already streamed, forwarding to %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(start_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot->data.confirmed_flush)); @@ -608,7 +610,7 @@ CreateDecodingContext(XLogRecPtr start_lsn, ereport(LOG, (errmsg("starting logical decoding for slot \"%s\"", NameStr(slot->data.name)), - errdetail("Streaming transactions committing after %X/%X, reading WAL from %X/%X.", + errdetail("Streaming transactions committing after %X/%08X, reading WAL from %X/%08X.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot->data.confirmed_flush), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot->data.restart_lsn)))); @@ -635,7 +637,7 @@ DecodingContextFindStartpoint(LogicalDecodingContext *ctx) /* Initialize from where to start reading WAL. */ XLogBeginRead(ctx->reader, slot->data.restart_lsn); - elog(DEBUG1, "searching for logical decoding starting point, starting at %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG1, "searching for logical decoding starting point, starting at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot->data.restart_lsn)); /* Wait for a consistent starting point */ @@ -756,7 +758,7 @@ output_plugin_error_callback(void *arg) /* not all callbacks have an associated LSN */ if (state->report_location != InvalidXLogRecPtr) - errcontext("slot \"%s\", output plugin \"%s\", in the %s callback, associated LSN %X/%X", + errcontext("slot \"%s\", output plugin \"%s\", in the %s callback, associated LSN %X/%08X", NameStr(state->ctx->slot->data.name), NameStr(state->ctx->slot->data.plugin), state->callback_name, @@ -1723,7 +1725,7 @@ LogicalIncreaseXminForSlot(XLogRecPtr current_lsn, TransactionId xmin) SpinLockRelease(&slot->mutex); if (got_new_xmin) - elog(DEBUG1, "got new catalog xmin %u at %X/%X", xmin, + elog(DEBUG1, "got new catalog xmin %u at %X/%08X", xmin, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(current_lsn)); /* candidate already valid with the current flush position, apply */ @@ -1783,7 +1785,7 @@ LogicalIncreaseRestartDecodingForSlot(XLogRecPtr current_lsn, XLogRecPtr restart slot->candidate_restart_lsn = restart_lsn; SpinLockRelease(&slot->mutex); - elog(DEBUG1, "got new restart lsn %X/%X at %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG1, "got new restart lsn %X/%08X at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(restart_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(current_lsn)); } @@ -1798,7 +1800,7 @@ LogicalIncreaseRestartDecodingForSlot(XLogRecPtr current_lsn, XLogRecPtr restart confirmed_flush = slot->data.confirmed_flush; SpinLockRelease(&slot->mutex); - elog(DEBUG1, "failed to increase restart lsn: proposed %X/%X, after %X/%X, current candidate %X/%X, current after %X/%X, flushed up to %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG1, "failed to increase restart lsn: proposed %X/%08X, after %X/%08X, current candidate %X/%08X, current after %X/%08X, flushed up to %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(restart_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(current_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(candidate_restart_lsn), @@ -1825,9 +1827,13 @@ LogicalConfirmReceivedLocation(XLogRecPtr lsn) { bool updated_xmin = false; bool updated_restart = false; + XLogRecPtr restart_lsn pg_attribute_unused(); SpinLockAcquire(&MyReplicationSlot->mutex); + /* remember the old restart lsn */ + restart_lsn = MyReplicationSlot->data.restart_lsn; + /* * Prevent moving the confirmed_flush backwards, as this could lead to * data duplication issues caused by replicating already replicated @@ -1881,6 +1887,18 @@ LogicalConfirmReceivedLocation(XLogRecPtr lsn) /* first write new xmin to disk, so we know what's up after a crash */ if (updated_xmin || updated_restart) { +#ifdef USE_INJECTION_POINTS + XLogSegNo seg1, + seg2; + + XLByteToSeg(restart_lsn, seg1, wal_segment_size); + XLByteToSeg(MyReplicationSlot->data.restart_lsn, seg2, wal_segment_size); + + /* trigger injection point, but only if segment changes */ + if (seg1 != seg2) + INJECTION_POINT("logical-replication-slot-advance-segment", NULL); +#endif + ReplicationSlotMarkDirty(); ReplicationSlotSave(); elog(DEBUG1, "updated xmin: %u restart: %u", updated_xmin, updated_restart); diff --git a/src/backend/replication/logical/origin.c b/src/backend/replication/logical/origin.c index a17bacf88e7..87f10e50dcc 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/logical/origin.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/logical/origin.c @@ -826,9 +826,9 @@ StartupReplicationOrigin(void) last_state++; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("recovered replication state of node %d to %X/%X", - disk_state.roident, - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(disk_state.remote_lsn)))); + errmsg("recovered replication state of node %d to %X/%08X", + disk_state.roident, + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(disk_state.remote_lsn))); } /* now check checksum */ diff --git a/src/backend/replication/logical/reorderbuffer.c b/src/backend/replication/logical/reorderbuffer.c index 67655111875..7b4e8629553 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/logical/reorderbuffer.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/logical/reorderbuffer.c @@ -109,10 +109,22 @@ #include "storage/procarray.h" #include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" +#include "utils/inval.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/rel.h" #include "utils/relfilenumbermap.h" +/* + * Each transaction has an 8MB limit for invalidation messages distributed from + * other transactions. This limit is set considering scenarios with many + * concurrent logical decoding operations. When the distributed invalidation + * messages reach this threshold, the transaction is marked as + * RBTXN_DISTR_INVAL_OVERFLOWED to invalidate the complete cache as we have lost + * some inval messages and hence don't know what needs to be invalidated. + */ +#define MAX_DISTR_INVAL_MSG_PER_TXN \ + ((8 * 1024 * 1024) / sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage)) + /* entry for a hash table we use to map from xid to our transaction state */ typedef struct ReorderBufferTXNByIdEnt { @@ -472,6 +484,12 @@ ReorderBufferFreeTXN(ReorderBuffer *rb, ReorderBufferTXN *txn) txn->invalidations = NULL; } + if (txn->invalidations_distributed) + { + pfree(txn->invalidations_distributed); + txn->invalidations_distributed = NULL; + } + /* Reset the toast hash */ ReorderBufferToastReset(rb, txn); @@ -1397,7 +1415,7 @@ ReorderBufferIterTXNNext(ReorderBuffer *rb, ReorderBufferIterTXNState *state) int32 off; /* nothing there anymore */ - if (state->heap->bh_size == 0) + if (binaryheap_empty(state->heap)) return NULL; off = DatumGetInt32(binaryheap_first(state->heap)); @@ -2661,7 +2679,17 @@ ReorderBufferProcessTXN(ReorderBuffer *rb, ReorderBufferTXN *txn, AbortCurrentTransaction(); /* make sure there's no cache pollution */ - ReorderBufferExecuteInvalidations(txn->ninvalidations, txn->invalidations); + if (rbtxn_distr_inval_overflowed(txn)) + { + Assert(txn->ninvalidations_distributed == 0); + InvalidateSystemCaches(); + } + else + { + ReorderBufferExecuteInvalidations(txn->ninvalidations, txn->invalidations); + ReorderBufferExecuteInvalidations(txn->ninvalidations_distributed, + txn->invalidations_distributed); + } if (using_subtxn) RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction(); @@ -2710,8 +2738,17 @@ ReorderBufferProcessTXN(ReorderBuffer *rb, ReorderBufferTXN *txn, AbortCurrentTransaction(); /* make sure there's no cache pollution */ - ReorderBufferExecuteInvalidations(txn->ninvalidations, - txn->invalidations); + if (rbtxn_distr_inval_overflowed(txn)) + { + Assert(txn->ninvalidations_distributed == 0); + InvalidateSystemCaches(); + } + else + { + ReorderBufferExecuteInvalidations(txn->ninvalidations, txn->invalidations); + ReorderBufferExecuteInvalidations(txn->ninvalidations_distributed, + txn->invalidations_distributed); + } if (using_subtxn) RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction(); @@ -3060,7 +3097,8 @@ ReorderBufferAbort(ReorderBuffer *rb, TransactionId xid, XLogRecPtr lsn, * We might have decoded changes for this transaction that could load * the cache as per the current transaction's view (consider DDL's * happened in this transaction). We don't want the decoding of future - * transactions to use those cache entries so execute invalidations. + * transactions to use those cache entries so execute only the inval + * messages in this transaction. */ if (txn->ninvalidations > 0) ReorderBufferImmediateInvalidation(rb, txn->ninvalidations, @@ -3147,9 +3185,10 @@ ReorderBufferForget(ReorderBuffer *rb, TransactionId xid, XLogRecPtr lsn) txn->final_lsn = lsn; /* - * Process cache invalidation messages if there are any. Even if we're not - * interested in the transaction's contents, it could have manipulated the - * catalog and we need to update the caches according to that. + * Process only cache invalidation messages in this transaction if there + * are any. Even if we're not interested in the transaction's contents, it + * could have manipulated the catalog and we need to update the caches + * according to that. */ if (txn->base_snapshot != NULL && txn->ninvalidations > 0) ReorderBufferImmediateInvalidation(rb, txn->ninvalidations, @@ -3422,6 +3461,57 @@ ReorderBufferAddNewTupleCids(ReorderBuffer *rb, TransactionId xid, } /* + * Add new invalidation messages to the reorder buffer queue. + */ +static void +ReorderBufferQueueInvalidations(ReorderBuffer *rb, TransactionId xid, + XLogRecPtr lsn, Size nmsgs, + SharedInvalidationMessage *msgs) +{ + ReorderBufferChange *change; + + change = ReorderBufferAllocChange(rb); + change->action = REORDER_BUFFER_CHANGE_INVALIDATION; + change->data.inval.ninvalidations = nmsgs; + change->data.inval.invalidations = (SharedInvalidationMessage *) + palloc(sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * nmsgs); + memcpy(change->data.inval.invalidations, msgs, + sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * nmsgs); + + ReorderBufferQueueChange(rb, xid, lsn, change, false); +} + +/* + * A helper function for ReorderBufferAddInvalidations() and + * ReorderBufferAddDistributedInvalidations() to accumulate the invalidation + * messages to the **invals_out. + */ +static void +ReorderBufferAccumulateInvalidations(SharedInvalidationMessage **invals_out, + uint32 *ninvals_out, + SharedInvalidationMessage *msgs_new, + Size nmsgs_new) +{ + if (*ninvals_out == 0) + { + *ninvals_out = nmsgs_new; + *invals_out = (SharedInvalidationMessage *) + palloc(sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * nmsgs_new); + memcpy(*invals_out, msgs_new, sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * nmsgs_new); + } + else + { + /* Enlarge the array of inval messages */ + *invals_out = (SharedInvalidationMessage *) + repalloc(*invals_out, sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * + (*ninvals_out + nmsgs_new)); + memcpy(*invals_out + *ninvals_out, msgs_new, + nmsgs_new * sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage)); + *ninvals_out += nmsgs_new; + } +} + +/* * Accumulate the invalidations for executing them later. * * This needs to be called for each XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS message and @@ -3441,7 +3531,6 @@ ReorderBufferAddInvalidations(ReorderBuffer *rb, TransactionId xid, { ReorderBufferTXN *txn; MemoryContext oldcontext; - ReorderBufferChange *change; txn = ReorderBufferTXNByXid(rb, xid, true, NULL, lsn, true); @@ -3456,35 +3545,76 @@ ReorderBufferAddInvalidations(ReorderBuffer *rb, TransactionId xid, Assert(nmsgs > 0); - /* Accumulate invalidations. */ - if (txn->ninvalidations == 0) - { - txn->ninvalidations = nmsgs; - txn->invalidations = (SharedInvalidationMessage *) - palloc(sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * nmsgs); - memcpy(txn->invalidations, msgs, - sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * nmsgs); - } - else + ReorderBufferAccumulateInvalidations(&txn->invalidations, + &txn->ninvalidations, + msgs, nmsgs); + + ReorderBufferQueueInvalidations(rb, xid, lsn, nmsgs, msgs); + + MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); +} + +/* + * Accumulate the invalidations distributed by other committed transactions + * for executing them later. + * + * This function is similar to ReorderBufferAddInvalidations() but stores + * the given inval messages to the txn->invalidations_distributed with the + * overflow check. + * + * This needs to be called by committed transactions to distribute their + * inval messages to in-progress transactions. + */ +void +ReorderBufferAddDistributedInvalidations(ReorderBuffer *rb, TransactionId xid, + XLogRecPtr lsn, Size nmsgs, + SharedInvalidationMessage *msgs) +{ + ReorderBufferTXN *txn; + MemoryContext oldcontext; + + txn = ReorderBufferTXNByXid(rb, xid, true, NULL, lsn, true); + + oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(rb->context); + + /* + * Collect all the invalidations under the top transaction, if available, + * so that we can execute them all together. See comments + * ReorderBufferAddInvalidations. + */ + txn = rbtxn_get_toptxn(txn); + + Assert(nmsgs > 0); + + if (!rbtxn_distr_inval_overflowed(txn)) { - txn->invalidations = (SharedInvalidationMessage *) - repalloc(txn->invalidations, sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * - (txn->ninvalidations + nmsgs)); + /* + * Check the transaction has enough space for storing distributed + * invalidation messages. + */ + if (txn->ninvalidations_distributed + nmsgs >= MAX_DISTR_INVAL_MSG_PER_TXN) + { + /* + * Mark the invalidation message as overflowed and free up the + * messages accumulated so far. + */ + txn->txn_flags |= RBTXN_DISTR_INVAL_OVERFLOWED; - memcpy(txn->invalidations + txn->ninvalidations, msgs, - nmsgs * sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage)); - txn->ninvalidations += nmsgs; + if (txn->invalidations_distributed) + { + pfree(txn->invalidations_distributed); + txn->invalidations_distributed = NULL; + txn->ninvalidations_distributed = 0; + } + } + else + ReorderBufferAccumulateInvalidations(&txn->invalidations_distributed, + &txn->ninvalidations_distributed, + msgs, nmsgs); } - change = ReorderBufferAllocChange(rb); - change->action = REORDER_BUFFER_CHANGE_INVALIDATION; - change->data.inval.ninvalidations = nmsgs; - change->data.inval.invalidations = (SharedInvalidationMessage *) - palloc(sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * nmsgs); - memcpy(change->data.inval.invalidations, msgs, - sizeof(SharedInvalidationMessage) * nmsgs); - - ReorderBufferQueueChange(rb, xid, lsn, change, false); + /* Queue the invalidation messages into the transaction */ + ReorderBufferQueueInvalidations(rb, xid, lsn, nmsgs, msgs); MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); } diff --git a/src/backend/replication/logical/slotsync.c b/src/backend/replication/logical/slotsync.c index 656e66e0ae0..2f0c08b8fbd 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/logical/slotsync.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/logical/slotsync.c @@ -211,9 +211,9 @@ update_local_synced_slot(RemoteSlot *remote_slot, Oid remote_dbid, * impact the users, so we used DEBUG1 level to log the message. */ ereport(slot->data.persistency == RS_TEMPORARY ? LOG : DEBUG1, - errmsg("could not synchronize replication slot \"%s\" because remote slot precedes local slot", + errmsg("could not synchronize replication slot \"%s\"", remote_slot->name), - errdetail("The remote slot has LSN %X/%X and catalog xmin %u, but the local slot has LSN %X/%X and catalog xmin %u.", + errdetail("Synchronization could lead to data loss, because the remote slot needs WAL at LSN %X/%08X and catalog xmin %u, but the standby has LSN %X/%08X and catalog xmin %u.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_slot->restart_lsn), remote_slot->catalog_xmin, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot->data.restart_lsn), @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ update_local_synced_slot(RemoteSlot *remote_slot, Oid remote_dbid, ereport(ERROR, errmsg_internal("synchronized confirmed_flush for slot \"%s\" differs from remote slot", remote_slot->name), - errdetail_internal("Remote slot has LSN %X/%X but local slot has LSN %X/%X.", + errdetail_internal("Remote slot has LSN %X/%08X but local slot has LSN %X/%08X.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_slot->confirmed_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot->data.confirmed_flush))); } @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ update_and_persist_local_synced_slot(RemoteSlot *remote_slot, Oid remote_dbid) { ereport(LOG, errmsg("could not synchronize replication slot \"%s\"", remote_slot->name), - errdetail("Logical decoding could not find consistent point from local slot's LSN %X/%X.", + errdetail("Synchronization could lead to data loss, because the standby could not build a consistent snapshot to decode WALs at LSN %X/%08X.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot->data.restart_lsn))); return false; @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ synchronize_one_slot(RemoteSlot *remote_slot, Oid remote_dbid) ereport(AmLogicalSlotSyncWorkerProcess() ? LOG : ERROR, errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("skipping slot synchronization because the received slot sync" - " LSN %X/%X for slot \"%s\" is ahead of the standby position %X/%X", + " LSN %X/%08X for slot \"%s\" is ahead of the standby position %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_slot->confirmed_lsn), remote_slot->name, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(latestFlushPtr))); @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ synchronize_one_slot(RemoteSlot *remote_slot, Oid remote_dbid) ereport(ERROR, errmsg_internal("cannot synchronize local slot \"%s\"", remote_slot->name), - errdetail_internal("Local slot's start streaming location LSN(%X/%X) is ahead of remote slot's LSN(%X/%X).", + errdetail_internal("Local slot's start streaming location LSN(%X/%08X) is ahead of remote slot's LSN(%X/%08X).", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot->data.confirmed_flush), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_slot->confirmed_lsn))); diff --git a/src/backend/replication/logical/snapbuild.c b/src/backend/replication/logical/snapbuild.c index 0d7bddbe4ed..8532bfd27e5 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/logical/snapbuild.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/logical/snapbuild.c @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ SnapBuildDistributeSnapshotAndInval(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn, Transact if (rbtxn_is_prepared(txn)) continue; - elog(DEBUG2, "adding a new snapshot and invalidations to %u at %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG2, "adding a new snapshot and invalidations to %u at %X/%08X", txn->xid, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)); /* @@ -794,6 +794,13 @@ SnapBuildDistributeSnapshotAndInval(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn, Transact * contents built by the current transaction even after its decoding, * which should have been invalidated due to concurrent catalog * changing transaction. + * + * Distribute only the invalidation messages generated by the current + * committed transaction. Invalidation messages received from other + * transactions would have already been propagated to the relevant + * in-progress transactions. This transaction would have processed + * those invalidations, ensuring that subsequent transactions observe + * a consistent cache state. */ if (txn->xid != xid) { @@ -807,8 +814,9 @@ SnapBuildDistributeSnapshotAndInval(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn, Transact { Assert(msgs != NULL); - ReorderBufferAddInvalidations(builder->reorder, txn->xid, lsn, - ninvalidations, msgs); + ReorderBufferAddDistributedInvalidations(builder->reorder, + txn->xid, lsn, + ninvalidations, msgs); } } } @@ -1263,10 +1271,10 @@ SnapBuildFindSnapshot(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn, xl_running_xacts *runn builder->initial_xmin_horizon)) { ereport(DEBUG1, - (errmsg_internal("skipping snapshot at %X/%X while building logical decoding snapshot, xmin horizon too low", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), - errdetail_internal("initial xmin horizon of %u vs the snapshot's %u", - builder->initial_xmin_horizon, running->oldestRunningXid))); + errmsg_internal("skipping snapshot at %X/%08X while building logical decoding snapshot, xmin horizon too low", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), + errdetail_internal("initial xmin horizon of %u vs the snapshot's %u", + builder->initial_xmin_horizon, running->oldestRunningXid)); SnapBuildWaitSnapshot(running, builder->initial_xmin_horizon); @@ -1302,9 +1310,9 @@ SnapBuildFindSnapshot(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn, xl_running_xacts *runn builder->next_phase_at = InvalidTransactionId; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("logical decoding found consistent point at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), - errdetail("There are no running transactions."))); + errmsg("logical decoding found consistent point at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), + errdetail("There are no running transactions.")); return false; } @@ -1351,10 +1359,10 @@ SnapBuildFindSnapshot(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn, xl_running_xacts *runn Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(builder->xmax)); ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("logical decoding found initial starting point at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), - errdetail("Waiting for transactions (approximately %d) older than %u to end.", - running->xcnt, running->nextXid))); + errmsg("logical decoding found initial starting point at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), + errdetail("Waiting for transactions (approximately %d) older than %u to end.", + running->xcnt, running->nextXid)); SnapBuildWaitSnapshot(running, running->nextXid); } @@ -1375,10 +1383,10 @@ SnapBuildFindSnapshot(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn, xl_running_xacts *runn builder->next_phase_at = running->nextXid; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("logical decoding found initial consistent point at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), - errdetail("Waiting for transactions (approximately %d) older than %u to end.", - running->xcnt, running->nextXid))); + errmsg("logical decoding found initial consistent point at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), + errdetail("Waiting for transactions (approximately %d) older than %u to end.", + running->xcnt, running->nextXid)); SnapBuildWaitSnapshot(running, running->nextXid); } @@ -1399,9 +1407,9 @@ SnapBuildFindSnapshot(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn, xl_running_xacts *runn builder->next_phase_at = InvalidTransactionId; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("logical decoding found consistent point at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), - errdetail("There are no old transactions anymore."))); + errmsg("logical decoding found consistent point at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), + errdetail("There are no old transactions anymore.")); } /* @@ -1905,9 +1913,9 @@ SnapBuildRestore(SnapBuild *builder, XLogRecPtr lsn) Assert(builder->state == SNAPBUILD_CONSISTENT); ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("logical decoding found consistent point at %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), - errdetail("Logical decoding will begin using saved snapshot."))); + errmsg("logical decoding found consistent point at %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)), + errdetail("Logical decoding will begin using saved snapshot.")); return true; snapshot_not_interesting: @@ -2053,7 +2061,7 @@ SnapBuildSnapshotExists(XLogRecPtr lsn) int ret; struct stat stat_buf; - sprintf(path, "%s/%X-%X.snap", + sprintf(path, "%s/%08X-%08X.snap", PG_LOGICAL_SNAPSHOTS_DIR, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)); diff --git a/src/backend/replication/logical/tablesync.c b/src/backend/replication/logical/tablesync.c index 8e1e8762f62..e4fd6347fd1 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/logical/tablesync.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/logical/tablesync.c @@ -603,14 +603,19 @@ process_syncing_tables_for_apply(XLogRecPtr current_lsn) TimestampDifferenceExceeds(hentry->last_start_time, now, wal_retrieve_retry_interval)) { - logicalrep_worker_launch(WORKERTYPE_TABLESYNC, - MyLogicalRepWorker->dbid, - MySubscription->oid, - MySubscription->name, - MyLogicalRepWorker->userid, - rstate->relid, - DSM_HANDLE_INVALID); + /* + * Set the last_start_time even if we fail to start + * the worker, so that we won't retry until + * wal_retrieve_retry_interval has elapsed. + */ hentry->last_start_time = now; + (void) logicalrep_worker_launch(WORKERTYPE_TABLESYNC, + MyLogicalRepWorker->dbid, + MySubscription->oid, + MySubscription->name, + MyLogicalRepWorker->userid, + rstate->relid, + DSM_HANDLE_INVALID); } } } @@ -1548,7 +1553,7 @@ LogicalRepSyncTableStart(XLogRecPtr *origin_startpos) copy_table_done: elog(DEBUG1, - "LogicalRepSyncTableStart: '%s' origin_startpos lsn %X/%X", + "LogicalRepSyncTableStart: '%s' origin_startpos lsn %X/%08X", originname, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(*origin_startpos)); /* diff --git a/src/backend/replication/logical/worker.c b/src/backend/replication/logical/worker.c index 4151a4b2a96..c5fb627aa56 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/logical/worker.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/logical/worker.c @@ -109,13 +109,6 @@ * If ever a user needs to be aware of the tri-state value, they can fetch it * from the pg_subscription catalog (see column subtwophasestate). * - * We don't allow to toggle two_phase option of a subscription because it can - * lead to an inconsistent replica. Consider, initially, it was on and we have - * received some prepare then we turn it off, now at commit time the server - * will send the entire transaction data along with the commit. With some more - * analysis, we can allow changing this option from off to on but not sure if - * that alone would be useful. - * * Finally, to avoid problems mentioned in previous paragraphs from any * subsequent (not READY) tablesyncs (need to toggle two_phase option from 'on' * to 'off' and then again back to 'on') there is a restriction for @@ -1023,7 +1016,7 @@ apply_handle_commit(StringInfo s) if (commit_data.commit_lsn != remote_final_lsn) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION), - errmsg_internal("incorrect commit LSN %X/%X in commit message (expected %X/%X)", + errmsg_internal("incorrect commit LSN %X/%08X in commit message (expected %X/%08X)", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(commit_data.commit_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_final_lsn)))); @@ -1115,7 +1108,7 @@ apply_handle_prepare(StringInfo s) if (prepare_data.prepare_lsn != remote_final_lsn) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION), - errmsg_internal("incorrect prepare LSN %X/%X in prepare message (expected %X/%X)", + errmsg_internal("incorrect prepare LSN %X/%08X in prepare message (expected %X/%08X)", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(prepare_data.prepare_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(remote_final_lsn)))); @@ -3910,7 +3903,7 @@ send_feedback(XLogRecPtr recvpos, bool force, bool requestReply) pq_sendint64(reply_message, now); /* sendTime */ pq_sendbyte(reply_message, requestReply); /* replyRequested */ - elog(DEBUG2, "sending feedback (force %d) to recv %X/%X, write %X/%X, flush %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG2, "sending feedback (force %d) to recv %X/%08X, write %X/%08X, flush %X/%08X", force, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recvpos), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(writepos), @@ -4626,8 +4619,16 @@ run_apply_worker() walrcv_startstreaming(LogRepWorkerWalRcvConn, &options); StartTransactionCommand(); + + /* + * Updating pg_subscription might involve TOAST table access, so + * ensure we have a valid snapshot. + */ + PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot()); + UpdateTwoPhaseState(MySubscription->oid, LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_ENABLED); MySubscription->twophasestate = LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_ENABLED; + PopActiveSnapshot(); CommitTransactionCommand(); } else @@ -4843,7 +4844,15 @@ DisableSubscriptionAndExit(void) /* Disable the subscription */ StartTransactionCommand(); + + /* + * Updating pg_subscription might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we + * have a valid snapshot. + */ + PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot()); + DisableSubscription(MySubscription->oid); + PopActiveSnapshot(); CommitTransactionCommand(); /* Ensure we remove no-longer-useful entry for worker's start time */ @@ -4900,7 +4909,7 @@ maybe_start_skipping_changes(XLogRecPtr finish_lsn) skip_xact_finish_lsn = finish_lsn; ereport(LOG, - errmsg("logical replication starts skipping transaction at LSN %X/%X", + errmsg("logical replication starts skipping transaction at LSN %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(skip_xact_finish_lsn))); } @@ -4914,8 +4923,8 @@ stop_skipping_changes(void) return; ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("logical replication completed skipping transaction at LSN %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(skip_xact_finish_lsn)))); + errmsg("logical replication completed skipping transaction at LSN %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(skip_xact_finish_lsn))); /* Stop skipping changes */ skip_xact_finish_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr; @@ -4948,6 +4957,12 @@ clear_subscription_skip_lsn(XLogRecPtr finish_lsn) } /* + * Updating pg_subscription might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we + * have a valid snapshot. + */ + PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot()); + + /* * Protect subskiplsn of pg_subscription from being concurrently updated * while clearing it. */ @@ -4997,7 +5012,7 @@ clear_subscription_skip_lsn(XLogRecPtr finish_lsn) if (myskiplsn != finish_lsn) ereport(WARNING, errmsg("skip-LSN of subscription \"%s\" cleared", MySubscription->name), - errdetail("Remote transaction's finish WAL location (LSN) %X/%X did not match skip-LSN %X/%X.", + errdetail("Remote transaction's finish WAL location (LSN) %X/%08X did not match skip-LSN %X/%08X.", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(finish_lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(myskiplsn))); } @@ -5005,6 +5020,8 @@ clear_subscription_skip_lsn(XLogRecPtr finish_lsn) heap_freetuple(tup); table_close(rel, NoLock); + PopActiveSnapshot(); + if (started_tx) CommitTransactionCommand(); } @@ -5032,7 +5049,7 @@ apply_error_callback(void *arg) logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command), errarg->remote_xid); else - errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%X", + errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%08X", errarg->origin_name, logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command), errarg->remote_xid, @@ -5050,7 +5067,7 @@ apply_error_callback(void *arg) errarg->rel->remoterel.relname, errarg->remote_xid); else - errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" for replication target relation \"%s.%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%X", + errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" for replication target relation \"%s.%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%08X", errarg->origin_name, logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command), errarg->rel->remoterel.nspname, @@ -5069,7 +5086,7 @@ apply_error_callback(void *arg) errarg->rel->remoterel.attnames[errarg->remote_attnum], errarg->remote_xid); else - errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" for replication target relation \"%s.%s\" column \"%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%X", + errcontext("processing remote data for replication origin \"%s\" during message type \"%s\" for replication target relation \"%s.%s\" column \"%s\" in transaction %u, finished at %X/%08X", errarg->origin_name, logicalrep_message_type(errarg->command), errarg->rel->remoterel.nspname, diff --git a/src/backend/replication/pgoutput/pgoutput.c b/src/backend/replication/pgoutput/pgoutput.c index 693a766e6d7..f4c977262c5 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/pgoutput/pgoutput.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/pgoutput/pgoutput.c @@ -297,10 +297,12 @@ parse_output_parameters(List *options, PGOutputData *data) bool two_phase_option_given = false; bool origin_option_given = false; + /* Initialize optional parameters to defaults */ data->binary = false; data->streaming = LOGICALREP_STREAM_OFF; data->messages = false; data->two_phase = false; + data->publish_no_origin = false; foreach(lc, options) { @@ -1789,7 +1791,7 @@ LoadPublications(List *pubnames) else ereport(WARNING, errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("skipped loading publication: %s", pubname), + errmsg("skipped loading publication \"%s\"", pubname), errdetail("The publication does not exist at this point in the WAL."), errhint("Create the publication if it does not exist.")); } diff --git a/src/backend/replication/repl_gram.y b/src/backend/replication/repl_gram.y index 7440aae5a1a..8a649199ec6 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/repl_gram.y +++ b/src/backend/replication/repl_gram.y @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ alter_replication_slot: ; /* - * START_REPLICATION [SLOT slot] [PHYSICAL] %X/%X [TIMELINE %u] + * START_REPLICATION [SLOT slot] [PHYSICAL] %X/%08X [TIMELINE %u] */ start_replication: K_START_REPLICATION opt_slot opt_physical RECPTR opt_timeline @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ start_replication: } ; -/* START_REPLICATION SLOT slot LOGICAL %X/%X options */ +/* START_REPLICATION SLOT slot LOGICAL %X/%08X options */ start_logical_replication: K_START_REPLICATION K_SLOT IDENT K_LOGICAL RECPTR plugin_options { diff --git a/src/backend/replication/repl_scanner.l b/src/backend/replication/repl_scanner.l index 014ea8d25c6..b6930e28659 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/repl_scanner.l +++ b/src/backend/replication/repl_scanner.l @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ UPLOAD_MANIFEST { return K_UPLOAD_MANIFEST; } {hexdigit}+\/{hexdigit}+ { uint32 hi, lo; - if (sscanf(yytext, "%X/%X", &hi, &lo) != 2) + if (sscanf(yytext, "%X/%08X", &hi, &lo) != 2) replication_yyerror(NULL, yyscanner, "invalid streaming start location"); yylval->recptr = ((uint64) hi) << 32 | lo; return RECPTR; diff --git a/src/backend/replication/slot.c b/src/backend/replication/slot.c index 600b87fa9cb..e44ad576bc7 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/slot.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/slot.c @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ int max_replication_slots = 10; /* the maximum number of replication * Invalidate replication slots that have remained idle longer than this * duration; '0' disables it. */ -int idle_replication_slot_timeout_mins = 0; +int idle_replication_slot_timeout_secs = 0; /* * This GUC lists streaming replication standby server slot names that @@ -424,6 +424,7 @@ ReplicationSlotCreate(const char *name, bool db_specific, slot->candidate_restart_valid = InvalidXLogRecPtr; slot->candidate_restart_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr; slot->last_saved_confirmed_flush = InvalidXLogRecPtr; + slot->last_saved_restart_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr; slot->inactive_since = 0; /* @@ -1165,20 +1166,41 @@ ReplicationSlotsComputeRequiredLSN(void) { ReplicationSlot *s = &ReplicationSlotCtl->replication_slots[i]; XLogRecPtr restart_lsn; + XLogRecPtr last_saved_restart_lsn; bool invalidated; + ReplicationSlotPersistency persistency; if (!s->in_use) continue; SpinLockAcquire(&s->mutex); + persistency = s->data.persistency; restart_lsn = s->data.restart_lsn; invalidated = s->data.invalidated != RS_INVAL_NONE; + last_saved_restart_lsn = s->last_saved_restart_lsn; SpinLockRelease(&s->mutex); /* invalidated slots need not apply */ if (invalidated) continue; + /* + * For persistent slot use last_saved_restart_lsn to compute the + * oldest LSN for removal of WAL segments. The segments between + * last_saved_restart_lsn and restart_lsn might be needed by a + * persistent slot in the case of database crash. Non-persistent + * slots can't survive the database crash, so we don't care about + * last_saved_restart_lsn for them. + */ + if (persistency == RS_PERSISTENT) + { + if (last_saved_restart_lsn != InvalidXLogRecPtr && + restart_lsn > last_saved_restart_lsn) + { + restart_lsn = last_saved_restart_lsn; + } + } + if (restart_lsn != InvalidXLogRecPtr && (min_required == InvalidXLogRecPtr || restart_lsn < min_required)) @@ -1216,7 +1238,9 @@ ReplicationSlotsComputeLogicalRestartLSN(void) { ReplicationSlot *s; XLogRecPtr restart_lsn; + XLogRecPtr last_saved_restart_lsn; bool invalidated; + ReplicationSlotPersistency persistency; s = &ReplicationSlotCtl->replication_slots[i]; @@ -1230,14 +1254,33 @@ ReplicationSlotsComputeLogicalRestartLSN(void) /* read once, it's ok if it increases while we're checking */ SpinLockAcquire(&s->mutex); + persistency = s->data.persistency; restart_lsn = s->data.restart_lsn; invalidated = s->data.invalidated != RS_INVAL_NONE; + last_saved_restart_lsn = s->last_saved_restart_lsn; SpinLockRelease(&s->mutex); /* invalidated slots need not apply */ if (invalidated) continue; + /* + * For persistent slot use last_saved_restart_lsn to compute the + * oldest LSN for removal of WAL segments. The segments between + * last_saved_restart_lsn and restart_lsn might be needed by a + * persistent slot in the case of database crash. Non-persistent + * slots can't survive the database crash, so we don't care about + * last_saved_restart_lsn for them. + */ + if (persistency == RS_PERSISTENT) + { + if (last_saved_restart_lsn != InvalidXLogRecPtr && + restart_lsn > last_saved_restart_lsn) + { + restart_lsn = last_saved_restart_lsn; + } + } + if (restart_lsn == InvalidXLogRecPtr) continue; @@ -1455,6 +1498,7 @@ ReplicationSlotReserveWal(void) Assert(slot != NULL); Assert(slot->data.restart_lsn == InvalidXLogRecPtr); + Assert(slot->last_saved_restart_lsn == InvalidXLogRecPtr); /* * The replication slot mechanism is used to prevent removal of required @@ -1547,8 +1591,8 @@ ReportSlotInvalidation(ReplicationSlotInvalidationCause cause, uint64 ex = oldestLSN - restart_lsn; appendStringInfo(&err_detail, - ngettext("The slot's restart_lsn %X/%X exceeds the limit by %" PRIu64 " byte.", - "The slot's restart_lsn %X/%X exceeds the limit by %" PRIu64 " bytes.", + ngettext("The slot's restart_lsn %X/%08X exceeds the limit by %" PRIu64 " byte.", + "The slot's restart_lsn %X/%08X exceeds the limit by %" PRIu64 " bytes.", ex), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(restart_lsn), ex); @@ -1568,13 +1612,10 @@ ReportSlotInvalidation(ReplicationSlotInvalidationCause cause, case RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT: { - int minutes = slot_idle_seconds / SECS_PER_MINUTE; - int secs = slot_idle_seconds % SECS_PER_MINUTE; - /* translator: %s is a GUC variable name */ - appendStringInfo(&err_detail, _("The slot's idle time of %dmin %02ds exceeds the configured \"%s\" duration of %dmin."), - minutes, secs, "idle_replication_slot_timeout", - idle_replication_slot_timeout_mins); + appendStringInfo(&err_detail, _("The slot's idle time of %lds exceeds the configured \"%s\" duration of %ds."), + slot_idle_seconds, "idle_replication_slot_timeout", + idle_replication_slot_timeout_secs); /* translator: %s is a GUC variable name */ appendStringInfo(&err_hint, _("You might need to increase \"%s\"."), "idle_replication_slot_timeout"); @@ -1612,7 +1653,7 @@ ReportSlotInvalidation(ReplicationSlotInvalidationCause cause, static inline bool CanInvalidateIdleSlot(ReplicationSlot *s) { - return (idle_replication_slot_timeout_mins != 0 && + return (idle_replication_slot_timeout_secs != 0 && !XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(s->data.restart_lsn) && s->inactive_since > 0 && !(RecoveryInProgress() && s->data.synced)); @@ -1673,9 +1714,9 @@ DetermineSlotInvalidationCause(uint32 possible_causes, ReplicationSlot *s, if (CanInvalidateIdleSlot(s)) { /* - * We simulate the invalidation due to idle_timeout as the minimum - * time idle time is one minute which makes tests take a long - * time. + * Simulate the invalidation due to idle_timeout to test the + * timeout behavior promptly, without waiting for it to trigger + * naturally. */ #ifdef USE_INJECTION_POINTS if (IS_INJECTION_POINT_ATTACHED("slot-timeout-inval")) @@ -1690,7 +1731,7 @@ DetermineSlotInvalidationCause(uint32 possible_causes, ReplicationSlot *s, * idle_replication_slot_timeout GUC. */ if (TimestampDifferenceExceedsSeconds(s->inactive_since, now, - idle_replication_slot_timeout_mins * SECS_PER_MINUTE)) + idle_replication_slot_timeout_secs)) { *inactive_since = s->inactive_since; return RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT; @@ -1835,7 +1876,10 @@ InvalidatePossiblyObsoleteSlot(uint32 possible_causes, * just rely on .invalidated. */ if (invalidation_cause == RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED) + { s->data.restart_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr; + s->last_saved_restart_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr; + } /* Let caller know */ *invalidated = true; @@ -1844,15 +1888,6 @@ InvalidatePossiblyObsoleteSlot(uint32 possible_causes, SpinLockRelease(&s->mutex); /* - * The logical replication slots shouldn't be invalidated as GUC - * max_slot_wal_keep_size is set to -1 and - * idle_replication_slot_timeout is set to 0 during the binary - * upgrade. See check_old_cluster_for_valid_slots() where we ensure - * that no invalidated before the upgrade. - */ - Assert(!(*invalidated && SlotIsLogical(s) && IsBinaryUpgrade)); - - /* * Calculate the idle time duration of the slot if slot is marked * invalidated with RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT. */ @@ -1998,6 +2033,10 @@ restart: if (!s->in_use) continue; + /* Prevent invalidation of logical slots during binary upgrade */ + if (SlotIsLogical(s) && IsBinaryUpgrade) + continue; + if (InvalidatePossiblyObsoleteSlot(possible_causes, s, oldestLSN, dboid, snapshotConflictHorizon, &invalidated)) @@ -2032,6 +2071,7 @@ void CheckPointReplicationSlots(bool is_shutdown) { int i; + bool last_saved_restart_lsn_updated = false; elog(DEBUG1, "performing replication slot checkpoint"); @@ -2076,9 +2116,23 @@ CheckPointReplicationSlots(bool is_shutdown) SpinLockRelease(&s->mutex); } + /* + * Track if we're going to update slot's last_saved_restart_lsn. We + * need this to know if we need to recompute the required LSN. + */ + if (s->last_saved_restart_lsn != s->data.restart_lsn) + last_saved_restart_lsn_updated = true; + SaveSlotToPath(s, path, LOG); } LWLockRelease(ReplicationSlotAllocationLock); + + /* + * Recompute the required LSN if SaveSlotToPath() updated + * last_saved_restart_lsn for any slot. + */ + if (last_saved_restart_lsn_updated) + ReplicationSlotsComputeRequiredLSN(); } /* @@ -2354,6 +2408,7 @@ SaveSlotToPath(ReplicationSlot *slot, const char *dir, int elevel) if (!slot->just_dirtied) slot->dirty = false; slot->last_saved_confirmed_flush = cp.slotdata.confirmed_flush; + slot->last_saved_restart_lsn = cp.slotdata.restart_lsn; SpinLockRelease(&slot->mutex); LWLockRelease(&slot->io_in_progress_lock); @@ -2569,6 +2624,7 @@ RestoreSlotFromDisk(const char *name) slot->effective_xmin = cp.slotdata.xmin; slot->effective_catalog_xmin = cp.slotdata.catalog_xmin; slot->last_saved_confirmed_flush = cp.slotdata.confirmed_flush; + slot->last_saved_restart_lsn = cp.slotdata.restart_lsn; slot->candidate_catalog_xmin = InvalidTransactionId; slot->candidate_xmin_lsn = InvalidXLogRecPtr; @@ -2993,22 +3049,3 @@ WaitForStandbyConfirmation(XLogRecPtr wait_for_lsn) ConditionVariableCancelSleep(); } - -/* - * GUC check_hook for idle_replication_slot_timeout - * - * The value of idle_replication_slot_timeout must be set to 0 during - * a binary upgrade. See start_postmaster() in pg_upgrade for more details. - */ -bool -check_idle_replication_slot_timeout(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source) -{ - if (IsBinaryUpgrade && *newval != 0) - { - GUC_check_errdetail("\"%s\" must be set to 0 during binary upgrade mode.", - "idle_replication_slot_timeout"); - return false; - } - - return true; -} diff --git a/src/backend/replication/slotfuncs.c b/src/backend/replication/slotfuncs.c index 36cc2ed4e44..69f4c6157c5 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/slotfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/slotfuncs.c @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ pg_replication_slot_advance(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) if (moveto < minlsn) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), - errmsg("cannot advance replication slot to %X/%X, minimum is %X/%X", + errmsg("cannot advance replication slot to %X/%08X, minimum is %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(moveto), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(minlsn)))); /* Do the actual slot update, depending on the slot type */ diff --git a/src/backend/replication/syncrep.c b/src/backend/replication/syncrep.c index cc35984ad00..32cf3a48b89 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/syncrep.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/syncrep.c @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ SyncRepWaitForLSN(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool commit) { char buffer[32]; - sprintf(buffer, "waiting for %X/%X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)); + sprintf(buffer, "waiting for %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)); set_ps_display_suffix(buffer); } @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ SyncRepReleaseWaiters(void) LWLockRelease(SyncRepLock); - elog(DEBUG3, "released %d procs up to write %X/%X, %d procs up to flush %X/%X, %d procs up to apply %X/%X", + elog(DEBUG3, "released %d procs up to write %X/%08X, %d procs up to flush %X/%08X, %d procs up to apply %X/%08X", numwrite, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(writePtr), numflush, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(flushPtr), numapply, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(applyPtr)); diff --git a/src/backend/replication/walreceiver.c b/src/backend/replication/walreceiver.c index 8c4d0fd9aed..b6281101711 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/walreceiver.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/walreceiver.c @@ -386,12 +386,12 @@ WalReceiverMain(const void *startup_data, size_t startup_data_len) { if (first_stream) ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("started streaming WAL from primary at %X/%X on timeline %u", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startpoint), startpointTLI))); + errmsg("started streaming WAL from primary at %X/%08X on timeline %u", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startpoint), startpointTLI)); else ereport(LOG, - (errmsg("restarted WAL streaming at %X/%X on timeline %u", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startpoint), startpointTLI))); + errmsg("restarted WAL streaming at %X/%08X on timeline %u", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startpoint), startpointTLI)); first_stream = false; /* Initialize LogstreamResult and buffers for processing messages */ @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ WalReceiverMain(const void *startup_data, size_t startup_data_len) { ereport(LOG, (errmsg("replication terminated by primary server"), - errdetail("End of WAL reached on timeline %u at %X/%X.", + errdetail("End of WAL reached on timeline %u at %X/%08X.", startpointTLI, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogstreamResult.Write)))); endofwal = true; @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ WalRcvWaitForStartPosition(XLogRecPtr *startpoint, TimeLineID *startpointTLI) { char activitymsg[50]; - snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "restarting at %X/%X", + snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "restarting at %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(*startpoint)); set_ps_display(activitymsg); } @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ XLogWalRcvFlush(bool dying, TimeLineID tli) { char activitymsg[50]; - snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "streaming %X/%X", + snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "streaming %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogstreamResult.Write)); set_ps_display(activitymsg); } @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ XLogWalRcvSendReply(bool force, bool requestReply) pq_sendbyte(&reply_message, requestReply ? 1 : 0); /* Send it */ - elog(DEBUG2, "sending write %X/%X flush %X/%X apply %X/%X%s", + elog(DEBUG2, "sending write %X/%08X flush %X/%08X apply %X/%08X%s", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(writePtr), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(flushPtr), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(applyPtr), diff --git a/src/backend/replication/walsender.c b/src/backend/replication/walsender.c index 9fa8beb6103..28b8591efa5 100644 --- a/src/backend/replication/walsender.c +++ b/src/backend/replication/walsender.c @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ IdentifySystem(void) else logptr = GetFlushRecPtr(&currTLI); - snprintf(xloc, sizeof(xloc), "%X/%X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(logptr)); + snprintf(xloc, sizeof(xloc), "%X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(logptr)); if (MyDatabaseId != InvalidOid) { @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ ReadReplicationSlot(ReadReplicationSlotCmd *cmd) { char xloc[64]; - snprintf(xloc, sizeof(xloc), "%X/%X", + snprintf(xloc, sizeof(xloc), "%X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(slot_contents.data.restart_lsn)); values[i] = CStringGetTextDatum(xloc); nulls[i] = false; @@ -892,12 +892,12 @@ StartReplication(StartReplicationCmd *cmd) switchpoint < cmd->startpoint) { ereport(ERROR, - (errmsg("requested starting point %X/%X on timeline %u is not in this server's history", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(cmd->startpoint), - cmd->timeline), - errdetail("This server's history forked from timeline %u at %X/%X.", - cmd->timeline, - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(switchpoint)))); + errmsg("requested starting point %X/%08X on timeline %u is not in this server's history", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(cmd->startpoint), + cmd->timeline), + errdetail("This server's history forked from timeline %u at %X/%08X.", + cmd->timeline, + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(switchpoint))); } sendTimeLineValidUpto = switchpoint; } @@ -939,9 +939,9 @@ StartReplication(StartReplicationCmd *cmd) if (FlushPtr < cmd->startpoint) { ereport(ERROR, - (errmsg("requested starting point %X/%X is ahead of the WAL flush position of this server %X/%X", - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(cmd->startpoint), - LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(FlushPtr)))); + errmsg("requested starting point %X/%08X is ahead of the WAL flush position of this server %X/%08X", + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(cmd->startpoint), + LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(FlushPtr))); } /* Start streaming from the requested point */ @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ StartReplication(StartReplicationCmd *cmd) Datum values[2]; bool nulls[2] = {0}; - snprintf(startpos_str, sizeof(startpos_str), "%X/%X", + snprintf(startpos_str, sizeof(startpos_str), "%X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(sendTimeLineValidUpto)); dest = CreateDestReceiver(DestRemoteSimple); @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ CreateReplicationSlot(CreateReplicationSlotCmd *cmd) ReplicationSlotPersist(); } - snprintf(xloc, sizeof(xloc), "%X/%X", + snprintf(xloc, sizeof(xloc), "%X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(MyReplicationSlot->data.confirmed_flush)); dest = CreateDestReceiver(DestRemoteSimple); @@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ ProcessStandbyReplyMessage(void) /* Copy because timestamptz_to_str returns a static buffer */ replyTimeStr = pstrdup(timestamptz_to_str(replyTime)); - elog(DEBUG2, "write %X/%X flush %X/%X apply %X/%X%s reply_time %s", + elog(DEBUG2, "write %X/%08X flush %X/%08X apply %X/%08X%s reply_time %s", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(writePtr), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(flushPtr), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(applyPtr), @@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ XLogSendPhysical(void) WalSndCaughtUp = true; - elog(DEBUG1, "walsender reached end of timeline at %X/%X (sent up to %X/%X)", + elog(DEBUG1, "walsender reached end of timeline at %X/%08X (sent up to %X/%08X)", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(sendTimeLineValidUpto), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(sentPtr)); return; @@ -3392,7 +3392,7 @@ retry: { char activitymsg[50]; - snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "streaming %X/%X", + snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "streaming %X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(sentPtr)); set_ps_display(activitymsg); } @@ -3449,8 +3449,16 @@ XLogSendLogical(void) if (flushPtr == InvalidXLogRecPtr || logical_decoding_ctx->reader->EndRecPtr >= flushPtr) { + /* + * For cascading logical WAL senders, we use the replay LSN instead of + * the flush LSN, since logical decoding on a standby only processes + * WAL that has been replayed. This distinction becomes particularly + * important during shutdown, as new WAL is no longer replayed and the + * last replayed LSN marks the furthest point up to which decoding can + * proceed. + */ if (am_cascading_walsender) - flushPtr = GetStandbyFlushRecPtr(NULL); + flushPtr = GetXLogReplayRecPtr(NULL); else flushPtr = GetFlushRecPtr(NULL); } diff --git a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c index f0bce5f9ed9..adc9e7600e1 100644 --- a/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c +++ b/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c @@ -923,8 +923,9 @@ rewriteTargetListIU(List *targetList, apply_default = true; /* - * Can only insert DEFAULT into generated columns, regardless of - * any OVERRIDING clauses. + * Can only insert DEFAULT into generated columns. (The + * OVERRIDING clause does not apply to generated columns, so we + * don't consider it here.) */ if (att_tup->attgenerated && !apply_default) { @@ -4544,7 +4545,7 @@ build_generation_expression(Relation rel, int attrno) List * QueryRewrite(Query *parsetree) { - uint64 input_query_id = parsetree->queryId; + int64 input_query_id = parsetree->queryId; List *querylist; List *results; ListCell *l; diff --git a/src/backend/storage/aio/aio.c b/src/backend/storage/aio/aio.c index c64d815ebd1..3643f27ad6e 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/aio/aio.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/aio/aio.c @@ -556,6 +556,13 @@ bool pgaio_io_was_recycled(PgAioHandle *ioh, uint64 ref_generation, PgAioHandleState *state) { *state = ioh->state; + + /* + * Ensure that we don't see an earlier state of the handle than ioh->state + * due to compiler or CPU reordering. This protects both ->generation as + * directly used here, and other fields in the handle accessed in the + * caller if the handle was not reused. + */ pg_read_barrier(); return ioh->generation != ref_generation; @@ -752,7 +759,7 @@ pgaio_io_wait_for_free(void) { int reclaimed = 0; - pgaio_debug(DEBUG2, "waiting for free IO with %d pending, %d in-flight, %d idle IOs", + pgaio_debug(DEBUG2, "waiting for free IO with %d pending, %u in-flight, %u idle IOs", pgaio_my_backend->num_staged_ios, dclist_count(&pgaio_my_backend->in_flight_ios), dclist_count(&pgaio_my_backend->idle_ios)); @@ -773,7 +780,12 @@ pgaio_io_wait_for_free(void) * Note that no interrupts are processed between the state check * and the call to reclaim - that's important as otherwise an * interrupt could have already reclaimed the handle. + * + * Need to ensure that there's no reordering, in the more common + * paths, where we wait for IO, that's done by + * pgaio_io_was_recycled(). */ + pg_read_barrier(); pgaio_io_reclaim(ioh); reclaimed++; } @@ -797,7 +809,7 @@ pgaio_io_wait_for_free(void) if (dclist_count(&pgaio_my_backend->in_flight_ios) == 0) ereport(ERROR, errmsg_internal("no free IOs despite no in-flight IOs"), - errdetail_internal("%d pending, %d in-flight, %d idle IOs", + errdetail_internal("%d pending, %u in-flight, %u idle IOs", pgaio_my_backend->num_staged_ios, dclist_count(&pgaio_my_backend->in_flight_ios), dclist_count(&pgaio_my_backend->idle_ios))); @@ -828,7 +840,7 @@ pgaio_io_wait_for_free(void) case PGAIO_HS_COMPLETED_IO: case PGAIO_HS_SUBMITTED: pgaio_debug_io(DEBUG2, ioh, - "waiting for free io with %d in flight", + "waiting for free io with %u in flight", dclist_count(&pgaio_my_backend->in_flight_ios)); /* @@ -852,7 +864,12 @@ pgaio_io_wait_for_free(void) * check and the call to reclaim - that's important as * otherwise an interrupt could have already reclaimed the * handle. + * + * Need to ensure that there's no reordering, in the more + * common paths, where we wait for IO, that's done by + * pgaio_io_was_recycled(). */ + pg_read_barrier(); pgaio_io_reclaim(ioh); break; } @@ -1252,7 +1269,7 @@ pgaio_closing_fd(int fd) break; pgaio_debug_io(DEBUG2, ioh, - "waiting for IO before FD %d gets closed, %d in-flight IOs", + "waiting for IO before FD %d gets closed, %u in-flight IOs", fd, dclist_count(&pgaio_my_backend->in_flight_ios)); /* see comment in pgaio_io_wait_for_free() about raciness */ @@ -1288,7 +1305,7 @@ pgaio_shutdown(int code, Datum arg) uint64 generation = ioh->generation; pgaio_debug_io(DEBUG2, ioh, - "waiting for IO to complete during shutdown, %d in-flight IOs", + "waiting for IO to complete during shutdown, %u in-flight IOs", dclist_count(&pgaio_my_backend->in_flight_ios)); /* see comment in pgaio_io_wait_for_free() about raciness */ diff --git a/src/backend/storage/aio/aio_callback.c b/src/backend/storage/aio/aio_callback.c index 0ad9795bb7e..03c9bba0802 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/aio/aio_callback.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/aio/aio_callback.c @@ -256,6 +256,9 @@ pgaio_io_call_complete_shared(PgAioHandle *ioh) pgaio_result_status_string(result.status), result.id, result.error_data, result.result); result = ce->cb->complete_shared(ioh, result, cb_data); + + /* the callback should never transition to unknown */ + Assert(result.status != PGAIO_RS_UNKNOWN); } ioh->distilled_result = result; @@ -290,6 +293,7 @@ pgaio_io_call_complete_local(PgAioHandle *ioh) /* start with distilled result from shared callback */ result = ioh->distilled_result; + Assert(result.status != PGAIO_RS_UNKNOWN); for (int i = ioh->num_callbacks; i > 0; i--) { @@ -306,6 +310,9 @@ pgaio_io_call_complete_local(PgAioHandle *ioh) pgaio_result_status_string(result.status), result.id, result.error_data, result.result); result = ce->cb->complete_local(ioh, result, cb_data); + + /* the callback should never transition to unknown */ + Assert(result.status != PGAIO_RS_UNKNOWN); } /* diff --git a/src/backend/storage/aio/method_io_uring.c b/src/backend/storage/aio/method_io_uring.c index c719ba2727a..0a8c054162f 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/aio/method_io_uring.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/aio/method_io_uring.c @@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ #ifdef IOMETHOD_IO_URING_ENABLED +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <unistd.h> + #include <liburing.h> #include "miscadmin.h" @@ -94,12 +97,32 @@ PgAioUringContext struct io_uring io_uring_ring; } PgAioUringContext; +/* + * Information about the capabilities that io_uring has. + * + * Depending on liburing and kernel version different features are + * supported. At least for the kernel a kernel version check does not suffice + * as various vendors do backport features to older kernels :(. + */ +typedef struct PgAioUringCaps +{ + bool checked; + /* -1 if io_uring_queue_init_mem() is unsupported */ + int mem_init_size; +} PgAioUringCaps; + + /* PgAioUringContexts for all backends */ static PgAioUringContext *pgaio_uring_contexts; /* the current backend's context */ static PgAioUringContext *pgaio_my_uring_context; +static PgAioUringCaps pgaio_uring_caps = +{ + .checked = false, + .mem_init_size = -1, +}; static uint32 pgaio_uring_procs(void) @@ -111,30 +134,184 @@ pgaio_uring_procs(void) return MaxBackends + NUM_AUXILIARY_PROCS - MAX_IO_WORKERS; } -static Size +/* + * Initializes pgaio_uring_caps, unless that's already done. + */ +static void +pgaio_uring_check_capabilities(void) +{ + if (pgaio_uring_caps.checked) + return; + + /* + * By default io_uring creates a shared memory mapping for each io_uring + * instance, leading to a large number of memory mappings. Unfortunately a + * large number of memory mappings slows things down, backend exit is + * particularly affected. To address that, newer kernels (6.5) support + * using user-provided memory for the memory, by putting the relevant + * memory into shared memory we don't need any additional mappings. + * + * To know whether this is supported, we unfortunately need to probe the + * kernel by trying to create a ring with userspace-provided memory. This + * also has a secondary benefit: We can determine precisely how much + * memory we need for each io_uring instance. + */ +#if defined(HAVE_LIBURING_QUEUE_INIT_MEM) && defined(IORING_SETUP_NO_MMAP) + { + struct io_uring test_ring; + size_t ring_size; + void *ring_ptr; + struct io_uring_params p = {0}; + int ret; + + /* + * Liburing does not yet provide an API to query how much memory a + * ring will need. So we over-estimate it here. As the memory is freed + * just below that's small temporary waste of memory. + * + * 1MB is more than enough for rings within io_max_concurrency's + * range. + */ + ring_size = 1024 * 1024; + + /* + * Hard to believe a system exists where 1MB would not be a multiple + * of the page size. But it's cheap to ensure... + */ + ring_size -= ring_size % sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); + + ring_ptr = mmap(NULL, ring_size, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0); + if (ring_ptr == MAP_FAILED) + elog(ERROR, + "mmap(%zu) to determine io_uring_queue_init_mem() support failed: %m", + ring_size); + + ret = io_uring_queue_init_mem(io_max_concurrency, &test_ring, &p, ring_ptr, ring_size); + if (ret > 0) + { + pgaio_uring_caps.mem_init_size = ret; + + elog(DEBUG1, + "can use combined memory mapping for io_uring, each ring needs %d bytes", + ret); + + /* clean up the created ring, it was just for a test */ + io_uring_queue_exit(&test_ring); + } + else + { + /* + * There are different reasons for ring creation to fail, but it's + * ok to treat that just as io_uring_queue_init_mem() not being + * supported. We'll report a more detailed error in + * pgaio_uring_shmem_init(). + */ + errno = -ret; + elog(DEBUG1, + "cannot use combined memory mapping for io_uring, ring creation failed: %m"); + + } + + if (munmap(ring_ptr, ring_size) != 0) + elog(ERROR, "munmap() failed: %m"); + } +#else + { + elog(DEBUG1, + "can't use combined memory mapping for io_uring, kernel or liburing too old"); + } +#endif + + pgaio_uring_caps.checked = true; +} + +/* + * Memory for all PgAioUringContext instances + */ +static size_t pgaio_uring_context_shmem_size(void) { return mul_size(pgaio_uring_procs(), sizeof(PgAioUringContext)); } +/* + * Memory for the combined memory used by io_uring instances. Returns 0 if + * that is not supported by kernel/liburing. + */ +static size_t +pgaio_uring_ring_shmem_size(void) +{ + size_t sz = 0; + + if (pgaio_uring_caps.mem_init_size > 0) + { + /* + * Memory for rings needs to be allocated to the page boundary, + * reserve space. Luckily it does not need to be aligned to hugepage + * boundaries, even if huge pages are used. + */ + sz = add_size(sz, sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)); + sz = add_size(sz, mul_size(pgaio_uring_procs(), + pgaio_uring_caps.mem_init_size)); + } + + return sz; +} + static size_t pgaio_uring_shmem_size(void) { - return pgaio_uring_context_shmem_size(); + size_t sz; + + /* + * Kernel and liburing support for various features influences how much + * shmem we need, perform the necessary checks. + */ + pgaio_uring_check_capabilities(); + + sz = pgaio_uring_context_shmem_size(); + sz = add_size(sz, pgaio_uring_ring_shmem_size()); + + return sz; } static void pgaio_uring_shmem_init(bool first_time) { - int TotalProcs = MaxBackends + NUM_AUXILIARY_PROCS - MAX_IO_WORKERS; + int TotalProcs = pgaio_uring_procs(); bool found; + char *shmem; + size_t ring_mem_remain = 0; + char *ring_mem_next = 0; - pgaio_uring_contexts = (PgAioUringContext *) - ShmemInitStruct("AioUring", pgaio_uring_shmem_size(), &found); - + /* + * We allocate memory for all PgAioUringContext instances and, if + * supported, the memory required for each of the io_uring instances, in + * one ShmemInitStruct(). + */ + shmem = ShmemInitStruct("AioUringContext", pgaio_uring_shmem_size(), &found); if (found) return; + pgaio_uring_contexts = (PgAioUringContext *) shmem; + shmem += pgaio_uring_context_shmem_size(); + + /* if supported, handle memory alignment / sizing for io_uring memory */ + if (pgaio_uring_caps.mem_init_size > 0) + { + ring_mem_remain = pgaio_uring_ring_shmem_size(); + ring_mem_next = (char *) shmem; + + /* align to page boundary, see also pgaio_uring_ring_shmem_size() */ + ring_mem_next = (char *) TYPEALIGN(sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE), ring_mem_next); + + /* account for alignment */ + ring_mem_remain -= ring_mem_next - shmem; + shmem += ring_mem_next - shmem; + + shmem += ring_mem_remain; + } + for (int contextno = 0; contextno < TotalProcs; contextno++) { PgAioUringContext *context = &pgaio_uring_contexts[contextno]; @@ -158,7 +335,28 @@ pgaio_uring_shmem_init(bool first_time) * be worth using that - also need to evaluate if that causes * noticeable additional contention? */ - ret = io_uring_queue_init(io_max_concurrency, &context->io_uring_ring, 0); + + /* + * If supported (c.f. pgaio_uring_check_capabilities()), create ring + * with its data in shared memory. Otherwise fall back io_uring + * creating a memory mapping for each ring. + */ +#if defined(HAVE_LIBURING_QUEUE_INIT_MEM) && defined(IORING_SETUP_NO_MMAP) + if (pgaio_uring_caps.mem_init_size > 0) + { + struct io_uring_params p = {0}; + + ret = io_uring_queue_init_mem(io_max_concurrency, &context->io_uring_ring, &p, ring_mem_next, ring_mem_remain); + + ring_mem_remain -= ret; + ring_mem_next += ret; + } + else +#endif + { + ret = io_uring_queue_init(io_max_concurrency, &context->io_uring_ring, 0); + } + if (ret < 0) { char *hint = NULL; @@ -400,9 +598,9 @@ pgaio_uring_wait_one(PgAioHandle *ioh, uint64 ref_generation) while (true) { pgaio_debug_io(DEBUG3, ioh, - "wait_one io_gen: %llu, ref_gen: %llu, cycle %d", - (long long unsigned) ioh->generation, - (long long unsigned) ref_generation, + "wait_one io_gen: %" PRIu64 ", ref_gen: %" PRIu64 ", cycle %d", + ioh->generation, + ref_generation, waited); if (pgaio_io_was_recycled(ioh, ref_generation, &state) || diff --git a/src/backend/storage/aio/method_worker.c b/src/backend/storage/aio/method_worker.c index 743cccc2acd..bf8f77e6ff6 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/aio/method_worker.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/aio/method_worker.c @@ -52,26 +52,26 @@ #define IO_WORKER_WAKEUP_FANOUT 2 -typedef struct AioWorkerSubmissionQueue +typedef struct PgAioWorkerSubmissionQueue { uint32 size; uint32 mask; uint32 head; uint32 tail; - uint32 ios[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; -} AioWorkerSubmissionQueue; + uint32 sqes[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; +} PgAioWorkerSubmissionQueue; -typedef struct AioWorkerSlot +typedef struct PgAioWorkerSlot { Latch *latch; bool in_use; -} AioWorkerSlot; +} PgAioWorkerSlot; -typedef struct AioWorkerControl +typedef struct PgAioWorkerControl { uint64 idle_worker_mask; - AioWorkerSlot workers[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; -} AioWorkerControl; + PgAioWorkerSlot workers[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; +} PgAioWorkerControl; static size_t pgaio_worker_shmem_size(void); @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ int io_workers = 3; static int io_worker_queue_size = 64; static int MyIoWorkerId; -static AioWorkerSubmissionQueue *io_worker_submission_queue; -static AioWorkerControl *io_worker_control; +static PgAioWorkerSubmissionQueue *io_worker_submission_queue; +static PgAioWorkerControl *io_worker_control; static size_t @@ -106,15 +106,15 @@ pgaio_worker_queue_shmem_size(int *queue_size) /* Round size up to next power of two so we can make a mask. */ *queue_size = pg_nextpower2_32(io_worker_queue_size); - return offsetof(AioWorkerSubmissionQueue, ios) + + return offsetof(PgAioWorkerSubmissionQueue, sqes) + sizeof(uint32) * *queue_size; } static size_t pgaio_worker_control_shmem_size(void) { - return offsetof(AioWorkerControl, workers) + - sizeof(AioWorkerSlot) * MAX_IO_WORKERS; + return offsetof(PgAioWorkerControl, workers) + + sizeof(PgAioWorkerSlot) * MAX_IO_WORKERS; } static size_t @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ pgaio_worker_shmem_init(bool first_time) } static int -pgaio_choose_idle_worker(void) +pgaio_worker_choose_idle(void) { int worker; @@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ pgaio_choose_idle_worker(void) /* Find the lowest bit position, and clear it. */ worker = pg_rightmost_one_pos64(io_worker_control->idle_worker_mask); io_worker_control->idle_worker_mask &= ~(UINT64_C(1) << worker); + Assert(io_worker_control->workers[worker].in_use); return worker; } @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ pgaio_choose_idle_worker(void) static bool pgaio_worker_submission_queue_insert(PgAioHandle *ioh) { - AioWorkerSubmissionQueue *queue; + PgAioWorkerSubmissionQueue *queue; uint32 new_head; queue = io_worker_submission_queue; @@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ pgaio_worker_submission_queue_insert(PgAioHandle *ioh) return false; /* full */ } - queue->ios[queue->head] = pgaio_io_get_id(ioh); + queue->sqes[queue->head] = pgaio_io_get_id(ioh); queue->head = new_head; return true; @@ -200,14 +201,14 @@ pgaio_worker_submission_queue_insert(PgAioHandle *ioh) static uint32 pgaio_worker_submission_queue_consume(void) { - AioWorkerSubmissionQueue *queue; + PgAioWorkerSubmissionQueue *queue; uint32 result; queue = io_worker_submission_queue; if (queue->tail == queue->head) return UINT32_MAX; /* empty */ - result = queue->ios[queue->tail]; + result = queue->sqes[queue->tail]; queue->tail = (queue->tail + 1) & (queue->size - 1); return result; @@ -240,37 +241,37 @@ pgaio_worker_needs_synchronous_execution(PgAioHandle *ioh) } static void -pgaio_worker_submit_internal(int nios, PgAioHandle *ios[]) +pgaio_worker_submit_internal(int num_staged_ios, PgAioHandle **staged_ios) { PgAioHandle *synchronous_ios[PGAIO_SUBMIT_BATCH_SIZE]; int nsync = 0; Latch *wakeup = NULL; int worker; - Assert(nios <= PGAIO_SUBMIT_BATCH_SIZE); + Assert(num_staged_ios <= PGAIO_SUBMIT_BATCH_SIZE); LWLockAcquire(AioWorkerSubmissionQueueLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - for (int i = 0; i < nios; ++i) + for (int i = 0; i < num_staged_ios; ++i) { - Assert(!pgaio_worker_needs_synchronous_execution(ios[i])); - if (!pgaio_worker_submission_queue_insert(ios[i])) + Assert(!pgaio_worker_needs_synchronous_execution(staged_ios[i])); + if (!pgaio_worker_submission_queue_insert(staged_ios[i])) { /* * We'll do it synchronously, but only after we've sent as many as * we can to workers, to maximize concurrency. */ - synchronous_ios[nsync++] = ios[i]; + synchronous_ios[nsync++] = staged_ios[i]; continue; } if (wakeup == NULL) { /* Choose an idle worker to wake up if we haven't already. */ - worker = pgaio_choose_idle_worker(); + worker = pgaio_worker_choose_idle(); if (worker >= 0) wakeup = io_worker_control->workers[worker].latch; - pgaio_debug_io(DEBUG4, ios[i], + pgaio_debug_io(DEBUG4, staged_ios[i], "choosing worker %d", worker); } @@ -316,6 +317,7 @@ pgaio_worker_die(int code, Datum arg) Assert(io_worker_control->workers[MyIoWorkerId].in_use); Assert(io_worker_control->workers[MyIoWorkerId].latch == MyLatch); + io_worker_control->idle_worker_mask &= ~(UINT64_C(1) << MyIoWorkerId); io_worker_control->workers[MyIoWorkerId].in_use = false; io_worker_control->workers[MyIoWorkerId].latch = NULL; LWLockRelease(AioWorkerSubmissionQueueLock); @@ -461,7 +463,12 @@ IoWorkerMain(const void *startup_data, size_t startup_data_len) int nwakeups = 0; int worker; - /* Try to get a job to do. */ + /* + * Try to get a job to do. + * + * The lwlock acquisition also provides the necessary memory barrier + * to ensure that we don't see an outdated data in the handle. + */ LWLockAcquire(AioWorkerSubmissionQueueLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); if ((io_index = pgaio_worker_submission_queue_consume()) == UINT32_MAX) { @@ -483,7 +490,7 @@ IoWorkerMain(const void *startup_data, size_t startup_data_len) IO_WORKER_WAKEUP_FANOUT); for (int i = 0; i < nwakeups; ++i) { - if ((worker = pgaio_choose_idle_worker()) < 0) + if ((worker = pgaio_worker_choose_idle()) < 0) break; latches[nlatches++] = io_worker_control->workers[worker].latch; } @@ -568,6 +575,12 @@ IoWorkerMain(const void *startup_data, size_t startup_data_len) } CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + if (ConfigReloadPending) + { + ConfigReloadPending = false; + ProcessConfigFile(PGC_SIGHUP); + } } error_context_stack = errcallback.previous; diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c index f93131a645e..6afdd28dba6 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c @@ -3339,10 +3339,10 @@ UnpinBufferNoOwner(BufferDesc *buf) * BufferSync -- Write out all dirty buffers in the pool. * * This is called at checkpoint time to write out all dirty shared buffers. - * The checkpoint request flags should be passed in. If CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE - * is set, we disable delays between writes; if CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN, - * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY or CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL is set, we write even - * unlogged buffers, which are otherwise skipped. The remaining flags + * The checkpoint request flags should be passed in. If CHECKPOINT_FAST is + * set, we disable delays between writes; if CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN, + * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY or CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED is set, we write + * even unlogged buffers, which are otherwise skipped. The remaining flags * currently have no effect here. */ static void @@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ BufferSync(int flags) * recovery, we write all dirty buffers. */ if (!((flags & (CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY | - CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_ALL)))) + CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED)))) mask |= BM_PERMANENT; /* @@ -4550,11 +4550,9 @@ DropRelationBuffers(SMgrRelation smgr_reln, ForkNumber *forkNum, if (RelFileLocatorBackendIsTemp(rlocator)) { if (rlocator.backend == MyProcNumber) - { - for (j = 0; j < nforks; j++) - DropRelationLocalBuffers(rlocator.locator, forkNum[j], - firstDelBlock[j]); - } + DropRelationLocalBuffers(rlocator.locator, forkNum, nforks, + firstDelBlock); + return; } @@ -7320,7 +7318,7 @@ buffer_readv_report(PgAioResult result, const PgAioTargetData *td, affected_count > 1 ? errdetail("Block %u held first zeroed page.", first + first_off) : 0, - errhint("See server log for details about the other %u invalid block(s).", + errhint("See server log for details about the other %d invalid block(s).", affected_count + checkfail_count - 1)); return; } diff --git a/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c b/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c index 63101d56a07..3da9c41ee1d 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/buffer/localbuf.c @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ InvalidateLocalBuffer(BufferDesc *bufHdr, bool check_unreferenced) */ if (check_unreferenced && (LocalRefCount[bufid] != 0 || BUF_STATE_GET_REFCOUNT(buf_state) != 0)) - elog(ERROR, "block %u of %s is still referenced (local %u)", + elog(ERROR, "block %u of %s is still referenced (local %d)", bufHdr->tag.blockNum, relpathbackend(BufTagGetRelFileLocator(&bufHdr->tag), MyProcNumber, @@ -660,10 +660,11 @@ InvalidateLocalBuffer(BufferDesc *bufHdr, bool check_unreferenced) * See DropRelationBuffers in bufmgr.c for more notes. */ void -DropRelationLocalBuffers(RelFileLocator rlocator, ForkNumber forkNum, - BlockNumber firstDelBlock) +DropRelationLocalBuffers(RelFileLocator rlocator, ForkNumber *forkNum, + int nforks, BlockNumber *firstDelBlock) { int i; + int j; for (i = 0; i < NLocBuffer; i++) { @@ -672,12 +673,18 @@ DropRelationLocalBuffers(RelFileLocator rlocator, ForkNumber forkNum, buf_state = pg_atomic_read_u32(&bufHdr->state); - if ((buf_state & BM_TAG_VALID) && - BufTagMatchesRelFileLocator(&bufHdr->tag, &rlocator) && - BufTagGetForkNum(&bufHdr->tag) == forkNum && - bufHdr->tag.blockNum >= firstDelBlock) + if (!(buf_state & BM_TAG_VALID) || + !BufTagMatchesRelFileLocator(&bufHdr->tag, &rlocator)) + continue; + + for (j = 0; j < nforks; j++) { - InvalidateLocalBuffer(bufHdr, true); + if (BufTagGetForkNum(&bufHdr->tag) == forkNum[j] && + bufHdr->tag.blockNum >= firstDelBlock[j]) + { + InvalidateLocalBuffer(bufHdr, true); + break; + } } } } diff --git a/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c b/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c index 0e8299dd556..a4ec7959f31 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c @@ -400,25 +400,22 @@ pg_fsync(int fd) * portable, even if it runs ok on the current system. * * We assert here that a descriptor for a file was opened with write - * permissions (either O_RDWR or O_WRONLY) and for a directory without - * write permissions (O_RDONLY). + * permissions (i.e., not O_RDONLY) and for a directory without write + * permissions (O_RDONLY). Notice that the assertion check is made even + * if fsync() is disabled. * - * Ignore any fstat errors and let the follow-up fsync() do its work. - * Doing this sanity check here counts for the case where fsync() is - * disabled. + * If fstat() fails, ignore it and let the follow-up fsync() complain. */ if (fstat(fd, &st) == 0) { int desc_flags = fcntl(fd, F_GETFL); - /* - * O_RDONLY is historically 0, so just make sure that for directories - * no write flags are used. - */ + desc_flags &= O_ACCMODE; + if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) - Assert((desc_flags & (O_RDWR | O_WRONLY)) == 0); + Assert(desc_flags == O_RDONLY); else - Assert((desc_flags & (O_RDWR | O_WRONLY)) != 0); + Assert(desc_flags != O_RDONLY); } errno = 0; #endif diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/dsm_registry.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/dsm_registry.c index 1d4fd31ffed..1682cc6d34c 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/dsm_registry.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/dsm_registry.c @@ -15,6 +15,20 @@ * current backend. This function guarantees that only one backend * initializes the segment and that all other backends just attach it. * + * A DSA can be created in or retrieved from the registry by calling + * GetNamedDSA(). As with GetNamedDSMSegment(), if a DSA with the provided + * name does not yet exist, it is created. Otherwise, GetNamedDSA() + * ensures the DSA is attached to the current backend. This function + * guarantees that only one backend initializes the DSA and that all other + * backends just attach it. + * + * A dshash table can be created in or retrieved from the registry by + * calling GetNamedDSHash(). As with GetNamedDSMSegment(), if a hash + * table with the provided name does not yet exist, it is created. + * Otherwise, GetNamedDSHash() ensures the hash table is attached to the + * current backend. This function guarantees that only one backend + * initializes the table and that all other backends just attach it. + * * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * @@ -26,12 +40,20 @@ #include "postgres.h" +#include "funcapi.h" #include "lib/dshash.h" #include "storage/dsm_registry.h" #include "storage/lwlock.h" #include "storage/shmem.h" +#include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" +#define DSMR_NAME_LEN 128 + +#define DSMR_DSA_TRANCHE_SUFFIX " DSA" +#define DSMR_DSA_TRANCHE_SUFFIX_LEN (sizeof(DSMR_DSA_TRANCHE_SUFFIX) - 1) +#define DSMR_DSA_TRANCHE_NAME_LEN (DSMR_NAME_LEN + DSMR_DSA_TRANCHE_SUFFIX_LEN) + typedef struct DSMRegistryCtxStruct { dsa_handle dsah; @@ -40,15 +62,55 @@ typedef struct DSMRegistryCtxStruct static DSMRegistryCtxStruct *DSMRegistryCtx; -typedef struct DSMRegistryEntry +typedef struct NamedDSMState { - char name[64]; dsm_handle handle; size_t size; +} NamedDSMState; + +typedef struct NamedDSAState +{ + dsa_handle handle; + int tranche; + char tranche_name[DSMR_DSA_TRANCHE_NAME_LEN]; +} NamedDSAState; + +typedef struct NamedDSHState +{ + NamedDSAState dsa; + dshash_table_handle handle; + int tranche; + char tranche_name[DSMR_NAME_LEN]; +} NamedDSHState; + +typedef enum DSMREntryType +{ + DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSM, + DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSA, + DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSH, +} DSMREntryType; + +static const char *const DSMREntryTypeNames[] = +{ + [DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSM] = "segment", + [DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSA] = "area", + [DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSH] = "hash", +}; + +typedef struct DSMRegistryEntry +{ + char name[DSMR_NAME_LEN]; + DSMREntryType type; + union + { + NamedDSMState dsm; + NamedDSAState dsa; + NamedDSHState dsh; + } data; } DSMRegistryEntry; static const dshash_parameters dsh_params = { - offsetof(DSMRegistryEntry, handle), + offsetof(DSMRegistryEntry, type), sizeof(DSMRegistryEntry), dshash_strcmp, dshash_strhash, @@ -141,7 +203,7 @@ GetNamedDSMSegment(const char *name, size_t size, ereport(ERROR, (errmsg("DSM segment name cannot be empty"))); - if (strlen(name) >= offsetof(DSMRegistryEntry, handle)) + if (strlen(name) >= offsetof(DSMRegistryEntry, type)) ereport(ERROR, (errmsg("DSM segment name too long"))); @@ -158,32 +220,39 @@ GetNamedDSMSegment(const char *name, size_t size, entry = dshash_find_or_insert(dsm_registry_table, name, found); if (!(*found)) { + NamedDSMState *state = &entry->data.dsm; + dsm_segment *seg; + + entry->type = DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSM; + /* Initialize the segment. */ - dsm_segment *seg = dsm_create(size, 0); + seg = dsm_create(size, 0); dsm_pin_segment(seg); dsm_pin_mapping(seg); - entry->handle = dsm_segment_handle(seg); - entry->size = size; + state->handle = dsm_segment_handle(seg); + state->size = size; ret = dsm_segment_address(seg); if (init_callback) (*init_callback) (ret); } - else if (entry->size != size) - { + else if (entry->type != DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSM) ereport(ERROR, - (errmsg("requested DSM segment size does not match size of " - "existing segment"))); - } + (errmsg("requested DSM segment does not match type of existing entry"))); + else if (entry->data.dsm.size != size) + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("requested DSM segment size does not match size of existing segment"))); else { - dsm_segment *seg = dsm_find_mapping(entry->handle); + NamedDSMState *state = &entry->data.dsm; + dsm_segment *seg; /* If the existing segment is not already attached, attach it now. */ + seg = dsm_find_mapping(state->handle); if (seg == NULL) { - seg = dsm_attach(entry->handle); + seg = dsm_attach(state->handle); if (seg == NULL) elog(ERROR, "could not map dynamic shared memory segment"); @@ -198,3 +267,220 @@ GetNamedDSMSegment(const char *name, size_t size, return ret; } + +/* + * Initialize or attach a named DSA. + * + * This routine returns a pointer to the DSA. A new LWLock tranche ID will be + * generated if needed. Note that the lock tranche will be registered with the + * provided name. Also note that this should be called at most once for a + * given DSA in each backend. + */ +dsa_area * +GetNamedDSA(const char *name, bool *found) +{ + DSMRegistryEntry *entry; + MemoryContext oldcontext; + dsa_area *ret; + + Assert(found); + + if (!name || *name == '\0') + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("DSA name cannot be empty"))); + + if (strlen(name) >= offsetof(DSMRegistryEntry, type)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("DSA name too long"))); + + /* Be sure any local memory allocated by DSM/DSA routines is persistent. */ + oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext); + + /* Connect to the registry. */ + init_dsm_registry(); + + entry = dshash_find_or_insert(dsm_registry_table, name, found); + if (!(*found)) + { + NamedDSAState *state = &entry->data.dsa; + + entry->type = DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSA; + + /* Initialize the LWLock tranche for the DSA. */ + state->tranche = LWLockNewTrancheId(); + strcpy(state->tranche_name, name); + LWLockRegisterTranche(state->tranche, state->tranche_name); + + /* Initialize the DSA. */ + ret = dsa_create(state->tranche); + dsa_pin(ret); + dsa_pin_mapping(ret); + + /* Store handle for other backends to use. */ + state->handle = dsa_get_handle(ret); + } + else if (entry->type != DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSA) + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("requested DSA does not match type of existing entry"))); + else + { + NamedDSAState *state = &entry->data.dsa; + + if (dsa_is_attached(state->handle)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("requested DSA already attached to current process"))); + + /* Initialize existing LWLock tranche for the DSA. */ + LWLockRegisterTranche(state->tranche, state->tranche_name); + + /* Attach to existing DSA. */ + ret = dsa_attach(state->handle); + dsa_pin_mapping(ret); + } + + dshash_release_lock(dsm_registry_table, entry); + MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); + + return ret; +} + +/* + * Initialize or attach a named dshash table. + * + * This routine returns the address of the table. The tranche_id member of + * params is ignored; new tranche IDs will be generated if needed. Note that + * the DSA lock tranche will be registered with the provided name with " DSA" + * appended. The dshash lock tranche will be registered with the provided + * name. Also note that this should be called at most once for a given table + * in each backend. + */ +dshash_table * +GetNamedDSHash(const char *name, const dshash_parameters *params, bool *found) +{ + DSMRegistryEntry *entry; + MemoryContext oldcontext; + dshash_table *ret; + + Assert(params); + Assert(found); + + if (!name || *name == '\0') + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("DSHash name cannot be empty"))); + + if (strlen(name) >= offsetof(DSMRegistryEntry, type)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("DSHash name too long"))); + + /* Be sure any local memory allocated by DSM/DSA routines is persistent. */ + oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext); + + /* Connect to the registry. */ + init_dsm_registry(); + + entry = dshash_find_or_insert(dsm_registry_table, name, found); + if (!(*found)) + { + NamedDSAState *dsa_state = &entry->data.dsh.dsa; + NamedDSHState *dsh_state = &entry->data.dsh; + dshash_parameters params_copy; + dsa_area *dsa; + + entry->type = DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSH; + + /* Initialize the LWLock tranche for the DSA. */ + dsa_state->tranche = LWLockNewTrancheId(); + sprintf(dsa_state->tranche_name, "%s%s", name, DSMR_DSA_TRANCHE_SUFFIX); + LWLockRegisterTranche(dsa_state->tranche, dsa_state->tranche_name); + + /* Initialize the LWLock tranche for the dshash table. */ + dsh_state->tranche = LWLockNewTrancheId(); + strcpy(dsh_state->tranche_name, name); + LWLockRegisterTranche(dsh_state->tranche, dsh_state->tranche_name); + + /* Initialize the DSA for the hash table. */ + dsa = dsa_create(dsa_state->tranche); + dsa_pin(dsa); + dsa_pin_mapping(dsa); + + /* Initialize the dshash table. */ + memcpy(¶ms_copy, params, sizeof(dshash_parameters)); + params_copy.tranche_id = dsh_state->tranche; + ret = dshash_create(dsa, ¶ms_copy, NULL); + + /* Store handles for other backends to use. */ + dsa_state->handle = dsa_get_handle(dsa); + dsh_state->handle = dshash_get_hash_table_handle(ret); + } + else if (entry->type != DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSH) + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("requested DSHash does not match type of existing entry"))); + else + { + NamedDSAState *dsa_state = &entry->data.dsh.dsa; + NamedDSHState *dsh_state = &entry->data.dsh; + dsa_area *dsa; + + /* XXX: Should we verify params matches what table was created with? */ + + if (dsa_is_attached(dsa_state->handle)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errmsg("requested DSHash already attached to current process"))); + + /* Initialize existing LWLock tranches for the DSA and dshash table. */ + LWLockRegisterTranche(dsa_state->tranche, dsa_state->tranche_name); + LWLockRegisterTranche(dsh_state->tranche, dsh_state->tranche_name); + + /* Attach to existing DSA for the hash table. */ + dsa = dsa_attach(dsa_state->handle); + dsa_pin_mapping(dsa); + + /* Attach to existing dshash table. */ + ret = dshash_attach(dsa, params, dsh_state->handle, NULL); + } + + dshash_release_lock(dsm_registry_table, entry); + MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); + + return ret; +} + +Datum +pg_get_dsm_registry_allocations(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo; + DSMRegistryEntry *entry; + MemoryContext oldcontext; + dshash_seq_status status; + + InitMaterializedSRF(fcinfo, MAT_SRF_USE_EXPECTED_DESC); + + /* Be sure any local memory allocated by DSM/DSA routines is persistent. */ + oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext); + init_dsm_registry(); + MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); + + dshash_seq_init(&status, dsm_registry_table, false); + while ((entry = dshash_seq_next(&status)) != NULL) + { + Datum vals[3]; + bool nulls[3] = {0}; + + vals[0] = CStringGetTextDatum(entry->name); + vals[1] = CStringGetTextDatum(DSMREntryTypeNames[entry->type]); + + /* + * Since we can't know the size of DSA/dshash entries without first + * attaching to them, return NULL for those. + */ + if (entry->type == DSMR_ENTRY_TYPE_DSM) + vals[2] = Int64GetDatum(entry->data.dsm.size); + else + nulls[2] = true; + + tuplestore_putvalues(rsinfo->setResult, rsinfo->setDesc, vals, nulls); + } + dshash_seq_term(&status); + + return (Datum) 0; +} diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c index 00c76d05356..2fa045e6b0f 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c @@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ #include "storage/sinvaladt.h" #include "utils/guc.h" #include "utils/injection_point.h" -#include "utils/memutils.h" /* GUCs */ int shared_memory_type = DEFAULT_SHARED_MEMORY_TYPE; @@ -151,7 +150,6 @@ CalculateShmemSize(int *num_semaphores) size = add_size(size, InjectionPointShmemSize()); size = add_size(size, SlotSyncShmemSize()); size = add_size(size, AioShmemSize()); - size = add_size(size, MemoryContextReportingShmemSize()); /* include additional requested shmem from preload libraries */ size = add_size(size, total_addin_request); @@ -345,7 +343,6 @@ CreateOrAttachShmemStructs(void) WaitEventCustomShmemInit(); InjectionPointShmemInit(); AioShmemInit(); - MemoryContextReportingShmemInit(); } /* diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/procarray.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/procarray.c index e5b945a9ee3..2418967def6 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/procarray.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/procarray.c @@ -1622,58 +1622,6 @@ TransactionIdIsInProgress(TransactionId xid) return false; } -/* - * TransactionIdIsActive -- is xid the top-level XID of an active backend? - * - * This differs from TransactionIdIsInProgress in that it ignores prepared - * transactions, as well as transactions running on the primary if we're in - * hot standby. Also, we ignore subtransactions since that's not needed - * for current uses. - */ -bool -TransactionIdIsActive(TransactionId xid) -{ - bool result = false; - ProcArrayStruct *arrayP = procArray; - TransactionId *other_xids = ProcGlobal->xids; - int i; - - /* - * Don't bother checking a transaction older than RecentXmin; it could not - * possibly still be running. - */ - if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, RecentXmin)) - return false; - - LWLockAcquire(ProcArrayLock, LW_SHARED); - - for (i = 0; i < arrayP->numProcs; i++) - { - int pgprocno = arrayP->pgprocnos[i]; - PGPROC *proc = &allProcs[pgprocno]; - TransactionId pxid; - - /* Fetch xid just once - see GetNewTransactionId */ - pxid = UINT32_ACCESS_ONCE(other_xids[i]); - - if (!TransactionIdIsValid(pxid)) - continue; - - if (proc->pid == 0) - continue; /* ignore prepared transactions */ - - if (TransactionIdEquals(pxid, xid)) - { - result = true; - break; - } - } - - LWLockRelease(ProcArrayLock); - - return result; -} - /* * Determine XID horizons. diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/procsignal.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/procsignal.c index ce69e26d720..a9bb540b55a 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/procsignal.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/procsignal.c @@ -691,9 +691,6 @@ procsignal_sigusr1_handler(SIGNAL_ARGS) if (CheckProcSignal(PROCSIG_LOG_MEMORY_CONTEXT)) HandleLogMemoryContextInterrupt(); - if (CheckProcSignal(PROCSIG_GET_MEMORY_CONTEXT)) - HandleGetMemoryContextInterrupt(); - if (CheckProcSignal(PROCSIG_PARALLEL_APPLY_MESSAGE)) HandleParallelApplyMessageInterrupt(); diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c index c9ae3b45b76..ca3656fc76f 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/shmem.c @@ -679,12 +679,10 @@ pg_get_shmem_allocations_numa(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) */ for (i = 0; i < shm_ent_page_count; i++) { - volatile uint64 touch pg_attribute_unused(); - page_ptrs[i] = startptr + (i * os_page_size); if (firstNumaTouch) - pg_numa_touch_mem_if_required(touch, page_ptrs[i]); + pg_numa_touch_mem_if_required(page_ptrs[i]); CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); } diff --git a/src/backend/storage/ipc/standby.c b/src/backend/storage/ipc/standby.c index 7fa8d9247e0..4222bdab078 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/ipc/standby.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/ipc/standby.c @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ LogCurrentRunningXacts(RunningTransactions CurrRunningXacts) if (xlrec.subxid_overflow) elog(DEBUG2, - "snapshot of %d running transactions overflowed (lsn %X/%X oldest xid %u latest complete %u next xid %u)", + "snapshot of %d running transactions overflowed (lsn %X/%08X oldest xid %u latest complete %u next xid %u)", CurrRunningXacts->xcnt, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr), CurrRunningXacts->oldestRunningXid, @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ LogCurrentRunningXacts(RunningTransactions CurrRunningXacts) CurrRunningXacts->nextXid); else elog(DEBUG2, - "snapshot of %d+%d running transaction ids (lsn %X/%X oldest xid %u latest complete %u next xid %u)", + "snapshot of %d+%d running transaction ids (lsn %X/%08X oldest xid %u latest complete %u next xid %u)", CurrRunningXacts->xcnt, CurrRunningXacts->subxcnt, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr), CurrRunningXacts->oldestRunningXid, diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c index f50962983c3..3f6bf70bd3c 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c @@ -717,7 +717,10 @@ XactLockTableWait(TransactionId xid, Relation rel, ItemPointer ctid, * through, to avoid slowing down the normal case.) */ if (!first) + { + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); pg_usleep(1000L); + } first = false; xid = SubTransGetTopmostTransaction(xid); } @@ -757,7 +760,10 @@ ConditionalXactLockTableWait(TransactionId xid, bool logLockFailure) /* See XactLockTableWait about this case */ if (!first) + { + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); pg_usleep(1000L); + } first = false; xid = SubTransGetTopmostTransaction(xid); } diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c index 86b06b9223f..62f3471448e 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ /* GUC variables */ int max_locks_per_xact; /* used to set the lock table size */ -bool log_lock_failure = false; +bool log_lock_failures = false; #define NLOCKENTS() \ mul_size(max_locks_per_xact, add_size(MaxBackends, max_prepared_xacts)) @@ -3539,9 +3539,9 @@ AtPrepare_Locks(void) * but that probably costs more cycles. */ void -PostPrepare_Locks(TransactionId xid) +PostPrepare_Locks(FullTransactionId fxid) { - PGPROC *newproc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(xid, false); + PGPROC *newproc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, false); HASH_SEQ_STATUS status; LOCALLOCK *locallock; LOCK *lock; @@ -4324,11 +4324,11 @@ DumpAllLocks(void) * and PANIC anyway. */ void -lock_twophase_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +lock_twophase_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata; - PGPROC *proc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(xid, false); + PGPROC *proc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, false); LOCKTAG *locktag; LOCKMODE lockmode; LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid; @@ -4505,7 +4505,7 @@ lock_twophase_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, * starting up into hot standby mode. */ void -lock_twophase_standby_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +lock_twophase_standby_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata; @@ -4524,7 +4524,7 @@ lock_twophase_standby_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, if (lockmode == AccessExclusiveLock && locktag->locktag_type == LOCKTAG_RELATION) { - StandbyAcquireAccessExclusiveLock(xid, + StandbyAcquireAccessExclusiveLock(XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid), locktag->locktag_field1 /* dboid */ , locktag->locktag_field2 /* reloid */ ); } @@ -4537,11 +4537,11 @@ lock_twophase_standby_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, * Find and release the lock indicated by the 2PC record. */ void -lock_twophase_postcommit(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +lock_twophase_postcommit(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { TwoPhaseLockRecord *rec = (TwoPhaseLockRecord *) recdata; - PGPROC *proc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(xid, true); + PGPROC *proc = TwoPhaseGetDummyProc(fxid, true); LOCKTAG *locktag; LOCKMETHODID lockmethodid; LockMethod lockMethodTable; @@ -4563,10 +4563,10 @@ lock_twophase_postcommit(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, * This is actually just the same as the COMMIT case. */ void -lock_twophase_postabort(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +lock_twophase_postabort(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { - lock_twophase_postcommit(xid, info, recdata, len); + lock_twophase_postcommit(fxid, info, recdata, len); } /* diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lwlock.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lwlock.c index 5148ef982e3..2d43bf2cc13 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lwlock.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lwlock.c @@ -170,16 +170,14 @@ static const char *const BuiltinTrancheNames[] = { [LWTRANCHE_DSM_REGISTRY_DSA] = "DSMRegistryDSA", [LWTRANCHE_DSM_REGISTRY_HASH] = "DSMRegistryHash", [LWTRANCHE_COMMITTS_SLRU] = "CommitTsSLRU", - [LWTRANCHE_MULTIXACTOFFSET_SLRU] = "MultixactOffsetSLRU", - [LWTRANCHE_MULTIXACTMEMBER_SLRU] = "MultixactMemberSLRU", + [LWTRANCHE_MULTIXACTOFFSET_SLRU] = "MultiXactOffsetSLRU", + [LWTRANCHE_MULTIXACTMEMBER_SLRU] = "MultiXactMemberSLRU", [LWTRANCHE_NOTIFY_SLRU] = "NotifySLRU", [LWTRANCHE_SERIAL_SLRU] = "SerialSLRU", [LWTRANCHE_SUBTRANS_SLRU] = "SubtransSLRU", [LWTRANCHE_XACT_SLRU] = "XactSLRU", [LWTRANCHE_PARALLEL_VACUUM_DSA] = "ParallelVacuumDSA", [LWTRANCHE_AIO_URING_COMPLETION] = "AioUringCompletion", - [LWTRANCHE_MEMORY_CONTEXT_REPORTING_STATE] = "MemoryContextReportingState", - [LWTRANCHE_MEMORY_CONTEXT_REPORTING_PROC] = "MemoryContextReportingPerProcess", }; StaticAssertDecl(lengthof(BuiltinTrancheNames) == diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/predicate.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/predicate.c index d82114ffca1..c07fb588355 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/predicate.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/predicate.c @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ * AtPrepare_PredicateLocks(void); * PostPrepare_PredicateLocks(TransactionId xid); * PredicateLockTwoPhaseFinish(TransactionId xid, bool isCommit); - * predicatelock_twophase_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, + * predicatelock_twophase_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, * void *recdata, uint32 len); */ @@ -4856,7 +4856,7 @@ AtPrepare_PredicateLocks(void) * anyway. We only need to clean up our local state. */ void -PostPrepare_PredicateLocks(TransactionId xid) +PostPrepare_PredicateLocks(FullTransactionId fxid) { if (MySerializableXact == InvalidSerializableXact) return; @@ -4879,12 +4879,12 @@ PostPrepare_PredicateLocks(TransactionId xid) * commits or aborts. */ void -PredicateLockTwoPhaseFinish(TransactionId xid, bool isCommit) +PredicateLockTwoPhaseFinish(FullTransactionId fxid, bool isCommit) { SERIALIZABLEXID *sxid; SERIALIZABLEXIDTAG sxidtag; - sxidtag.xid = xid; + sxidtag.xid = XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid); LWLockAcquire(SerializableXactHashLock, LW_SHARED); sxid = (SERIALIZABLEXID *) @@ -4906,10 +4906,11 @@ PredicateLockTwoPhaseFinish(TransactionId xid, bool isCommit) * Re-acquire a predicate lock belonging to a transaction that was prepared. */ void -predicatelock_twophase_recover(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +predicatelock_twophase_recover(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { TwoPhasePredicateRecord *record; + TransactionId xid = XidFromFullTransactionId(fxid); Assert(len == sizeof(TwoPhasePredicateRecord)); diff --git a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c index f194e6b3dcc..e9ef0fbfe32 100644 --- a/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c +++ b/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c @@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ #include "storage/procsignal.h" #include "storage/spin.h" #include "storage/standby.h" -#include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/timeout.h" #include "utils/timestamp.h" diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/backend_startup.c b/src/backend/tcop/backend_startup.c index a7d1fec981f..ad0af5edc1f 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/backend_startup.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/backend_startup.c @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ ProcessCancelRequestPacket(Port *port, void *pkt, int pktlen) { ereport(COMMERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION), - errmsg("invalid length of query cancel packet"))); + errmsg("invalid length of cancel request packet"))); return; } len = pktlen - offsetof(CancelRequestPacket, cancelAuthCode); @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ ProcessCancelRequestPacket(Port *port, void *pkt, int pktlen) { ereport(COMMERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION), - errmsg("invalid length of query cancel key"))); + errmsg("invalid length of cancel key in cancel request packet"))); return; } @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ check_log_connections(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source) if (!SplitIdentifierString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist)) { - GUC_check_errdetail("Invalid list syntax in parameter \"log_connections\"."); + GUC_check_errdetail("Invalid list syntax in parameter \"%s\".", "log_connections"); pfree(rawstring); list_free(elemlist); return false; diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c b/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c index 37784b7816d..2f8c3d5f918 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c @@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ exec_bind_message(StringInfo input_message) { Query *query = lfirst_node(Query, lc); - if (query->queryId != UINT64CONST(0)) + if (query->queryId != INT64CONST(0)) { pgstat_report_query_id(query->queryId, false); break; @@ -2034,7 +2034,7 @@ exec_bind_message(StringInfo input_message) { PlannedStmt *plan = lfirst_node(PlannedStmt, lc); - if (plan->planId != UINT64CONST(0)) + if (plan->planId != INT64CONST(0)) { pgstat_report_plan_id(plan->planId, false); break; @@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ exec_execute_message(const char *portal_name, long max_rows) { PlannedStmt *stmt = lfirst_node(PlannedStmt, lc); - if (stmt->queryId != UINT64CONST(0)) + if (stmt->queryId != INT64CONST(0)) { pgstat_report_query_id(stmt->queryId, false); break; @@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@ exec_execute_message(const char *portal_name, long max_rows) { PlannedStmt *stmt = lfirst_node(PlannedStmt, lc); - if (stmt->planId != UINT64CONST(0)) + if (stmt->planId != INT64CONST(0)) { pgstat_report_plan_id(stmt->planId, false); break; @@ -3533,9 +3533,6 @@ ProcessInterrupts(void) if (LogMemoryContextPending) ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt(); - if (PublishMemoryContextPending) - ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt(); - if (ParallelApplyMessagePending) ProcessParallelApplyMessages(); } diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c b/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c index d1593f38b35..08791b8f75e 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c @@ -1350,24 +1350,15 @@ PortalRunMulti(Portal portal, PopActiveSnapshot(); /* - * If a query completion data was supplied, use it. Otherwise use the - * portal's query completion data. - * - * Exception: Clients expect INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE tags to have counts, so - * fake them with zeros. This can happen with DO INSTEAD rules if there - * is no replacement query of the same type as the original. We print "0 - * 0" here because technically there is no query of the matching tag type, - * and printing a non-zero count for a different query type seems wrong, - * e.g. an INSERT that does an UPDATE instead should not print "0 1" if - * one row was updated. See QueryRewrite(), step 3, for details. + * If a command tag was requested and we did not fill in a run-time- + * determined tag above, copy the parse-time tag from the Portal. (There + * might not be any tag there either, in edge cases such as empty prepared + * statements. That's OK.) */ - if (qc && qc->commandTag == CMDTAG_UNKNOWN) - { - if (portal->qc.commandTag != CMDTAG_UNKNOWN) - CopyQueryCompletion(qc, &portal->qc); - /* If the caller supplied a qc, we should have set it by now. */ - Assert(qc->commandTag != CMDTAG_UNKNOWN); - } + if (qc && + qc->commandTag == CMDTAG_UNKNOWN && + portal->qc.commandTag != CMDTAG_UNKNOWN) + CopyQueryCompletion(qc, &portal->qc); } /* diff --git a/src/backend/tcop/utility.c b/src/backend/tcop/utility.c index 25fe3d58016..4c1faf5575c 100644 --- a/src/backend/tcop/utility.c +++ b/src/backend/tcop/utility.c @@ -943,17 +943,7 @@ standard_ProcessUtility(PlannedStmt *pstmt, break; case T_CheckPointStmt: - if (!has_privs_of_role(GetUserId(), ROLE_PG_CHECKPOINT)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), - /* translator: %s is name of a SQL command, eg CHECKPOINT */ - errmsg("permission denied to execute %s command", - "CHECKPOINT"), - errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may execute this command.", - "pg_checkpoint"))); - - RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT | - (RecoveryInProgress() ? 0 : CHECKPOINT_FORCE)); + ExecCheckpoint(pstate, (CheckPointStmt *) parsetree); break; /* @@ -1343,7 +1333,7 @@ ProcessUtilitySlow(ParseState *pstate, */ switch (stmt->subtype) { - case 'T': /* ALTER DOMAIN DEFAULT */ + case AD_AlterDefault: /* * Recursively alter column default for table and, @@ -1353,30 +1343,30 @@ ProcessUtilitySlow(ParseState *pstate, AlterDomainDefault(stmt->typeName, stmt->def); break; - case 'N': /* ALTER DOMAIN DROP NOT NULL */ + case AD_DropNotNull: address = AlterDomainNotNull(stmt->typeName, false); break; - case 'O': /* ALTER DOMAIN SET NOT NULL */ + case AD_SetNotNull: address = AlterDomainNotNull(stmt->typeName, true); break; - case 'C': /* ADD CONSTRAINT */ + case AD_AddConstraint: address = AlterDomainAddConstraint(stmt->typeName, stmt->def, &secondaryObject); break; - case 'X': /* DROP CONSTRAINT */ + case AD_DropConstraint: address = AlterDomainDropConstraint(stmt->typeName, stmt->name, stmt->behavior, stmt->missing_ok); break; - case 'V': /* VALIDATE CONSTRAINT */ + case AD_ValidateConstraint: address = AlterDomainValidateConstraint(stmt->typeName, stmt->name); diff --git a/src/backend/tsearch/ts_locale.c b/src/backend/tsearch/ts_locale.c index b77d8c23d36..4801fe90089 100644 --- a/src/backend/tsearch/ts_locale.c +++ b/src/backend/tsearch/ts_locale.c @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ t_isalpha(const char *ptr) { int clen = pg_mblen(ptr); wchar_t character[WC_BUF_LEN]; - pg_locale_t mylocale = 0; /* TODO */ + locale_t mylocale = 0; /* TODO */ if (clen == 1 || database_ctype_is_c) return isalpha(TOUCHAR(ptr)); @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ t_isalnum(const char *ptr) { int clen = pg_mblen(ptr); wchar_t character[WC_BUF_LEN]; - pg_locale_t mylocale = 0; /* TODO */ + locale_t mylocale = 0; /* TODO */ if (clen == 1 || database_ctype_is_c) return isalnum(TOUCHAR(ptr)); diff --git a/src/backend/tsearch/wparser_def.c b/src/backend/tsearch/wparser_def.c index 79bcd32a063..e2dd3da3aa3 100644 --- a/src/backend/tsearch/wparser_def.c +++ b/src/backend/tsearch/wparser_def.c @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ TParserInit(char *str, int len) */ if (prs->charmaxlen > 1) { - pg_locale_t mylocale = 0; /* TODO */ + locale_t mylocale = 0; /* TODO */ prs->usewide = true; if (database_ctype_is_c) diff --git a/src/backend/utils/activity/backend_status.c b/src/backend/utils/activity/backend_status.c index e1576e64b6d..a290cc4c975 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/activity/backend_status.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/activity/backend_status.c @@ -320,8 +320,8 @@ pgstat_bestart_initial(void) lbeentry.st_state = STATE_STARTING; lbeentry.st_progress_command = PROGRESS_COMMAND_INVALID; lbeentry.st_progress_command_target = InvalidOid; - lbeentry.st_query_id = UINT64CONST(0); - lbeentry.st_plan_id = UINT64CONST(0); + lbeentry.st_query_id = INT64CONST(0); + lbeentry.st_plan_id = INT64CONST(0); /* * we don't zero st_progress_param here to save cycles; nobody should @@ -599,8 +599,8 @@ pgstat_report_activity(BackendState state, const char *cmd_str) beentry->st_activity_start_timestamp = 0; /* st_xact_start_timestamp and wait_event_info are also disabled */ beentry->st_xact_start_timestamp = 0; - beentry->st_query_id = UINT64CONST(0); - beentry->st_plan_id = UINT64CONST(0); + beentry->st_query_id = INT64CONST(0); + beentry->st_plan_id = INT64CONST(0); proc->wait_event_info = 0; PGSTAT_END_WRITE_ACTIVITY(beentry); } @@ -662,8 +662,8 @@ pgstat_report_activity(BackendState state, const char *cmd_str) */ if (state == STATE_RUNNING) { - beentry->st_query_id = UINT64CONST(0); - beentry->st_plan_id = UINT64CONST(0); + beentry->st_query_id = INT64CONST(0); + beentry->st_plan_id = INT64CONST(0); } if (cmd_str != NULL) @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ pgstat_report_activity(BackendState state, const char *cmd_str) * -------- */ void -pgstat_report_query_id(uint64 query_id, bool force) +pgstat_report_query_id(int64 query_id, bool force) { volatile PgBackendStatus *beentry = MyBEEntry; @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ pgstat_report_query_id(uint64 query_id, bool force) * command, so ignore the one provided unless it's an explicit call to * reset the identifier. */ - if (beentry->st_query_id != 0 && !force) + if (beentry->st_query_id != INT64CONST(0) && !force) return; /* @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ pgstat_report_query_id(uint64 query_id, bool force) * -------- */ void -pgstat_report_plan_id(uint64 plan_id, bool force) +pgstat_report_plan_id(int64 plan_id, bool force) { volatile PgBackendStatus *beentry = MyBEEntry; @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ pgstat_get_crashed_backend_activity(int pid, char *buffer, int buflen) * * Return current backend's query identifier. */ -uint64 +int64 pgstat_get_my_query_id(void) { if (!MyBEEntry) @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ pgstat_get_my_query_id(void) * * Return current backend's plan identifier. */ -uint64 +int64 pgstat_get_my_plan_id(void) { if (!MyBEEntry) diff --git a/src/backend/utils/activity/pgstat_relation.c b/src/backend/utils/activity/pgstat_relation.c index 28587e2916b..69df741cbf6 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/activity/pgstat_relation.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/activity/pgstat_relation.c @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ PostPrepare_PgStat_Relations(PgStat_SubXactStatus *xact_state) * Load the saved counts into our local pgstats state. */ void -pgstat_twophase_postcommit(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +pgstat_twophase_postcommit(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { TwoPhasePgStatRecord *rec = (TwoPhasePgStatRecord *) recdata; @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ pgstat_twophase_postcommit(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, * as aborted. */ void -pgstat_twophase_postabort(TransactionId xid, uint16 info, +pgstat_twophase_postabort(FullTransactionId fxid, uint16 info, void *recdata, uint32 len) { TwoPhasePgStatRecord *rec = (TwoPhasePgStatRecord *) recdata; diff --git a/src/backend/utils/activity/pgstat_shmem.c b/src/backend/utils/activity/pgstat_shmem.c index 2e33293b000..53e7d534270 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/activity/pgstat_shmem.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/activity/pgstat_shmem.c @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ StatsShmemInit(void) p += MAXALIGN(pgstat_dsa_init_size()); dsa = dsa_create_in_place(ctl->raw_dsa_area, pgstat_dsa_init_size(), - LWTRANCHE_PGSTATS_DSA, 0); + LWTRANCHE_PGSTATS_DSA, NULL); dsa_pin(dsa); /* @@ -255,7 +255,8 @@ pgstat_attach_shmem(void) dsa_pin_mapping(pgStatLocal.dsa); pgStatLocal.shared_hash = dshash_attach(pgStatLocal.dsa, &dsh_params, - pgStatLocal.shmem->hash_handle, 0); + pgStatLocal.shmem->hash_handle, + NULL); MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/activity/wait_event_names.txt b/src/backend/utils/activity/wait_event_names.txt index 930321905f1..4da68312b5f 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/activity/wait_event_names.txt +++ b/src/backend/utils/activity/wait_event_names.txt @@ -161,7 +161,6 @@ WAL_RECEIVER_EXIT "Waiting for the WAL receiver to exit." WAL_RECEIVER_WAIT_START "Waiting for startup process to send initial data for streaming replication." WAL_SUMMARY_READY "Waiting for a new WAL summary to be generated." XACT_GROUP_UPDATE "Waiting for the group leader to update transaction status at transaction end." -MEM_CXT_PUBLISH "Waiting for a process to publish memory information." ABI_compatibility: @@ -402,6 +401,7 @@ SerialSLRU "Waiting to access the serializable transaction conflict SLRU cache." SubtransSLRU "Waiting to access the sub-transaction SLRU cache." XactSLRU "Waiting to access the transaction status SLRU cache." ParallelVacuumDSA "Waiting for parallel vacuum dynamic shared memory allocation." +AioUringCompletion "Waiting for another process to complete IO via io_uring." # No "ABI_compatibility" region here as WaitEventLWLock has its own C code. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/Makefile b/src/backend/utils/adt/Makefile index 4a233b63c32..ffeacf2b819 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/Makefile +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/Makefile @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ OBJS = \ arrayutils.o \ ascii.o \ bool.o \ + bytea.o \ cash.o \ char.o \ cryptohashfuncs.o \ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c index ca3c5ee3df3..1213f9106d5 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c @@ -135,6 +135,22 @@ static void RoleMembershipCacheCallback(Datum arg, int cacheid, uint32 hashvalue /* + * Test whether an identifier char can be left unquoted in ACLs. + * + * Formerly, we used isalnum() even on non-ASCII characters, resulting in + * unportable behavior. To ensure dump compatibility with old versions, + * we now treat high-bit-set characters as always requiring quoting during + * putid(), but getid() will always accept them without quotes. + */ +static inline bool +is_safe_acl_char(unsigned char c, bool is_getid) +{ + if (IS_HIGHBIT_SET(c)) + return is_getid; + return isalnum(c) || c == '_'; +} + +/* * getid * Consumes the first alphanumeric string (identifier) found in string * 's', ignoring any leading white space. If it finds a double quote @@ -159,21 +175,22 @@ getid(const char *s, char *n, Node *escontext) while (isspace((unsigned char) *s)) s++; - /* This code had better match what putid() does, below */ for (; *s != '\0' && - (isalnum((unsigned char) *s) || - *s == '_' || - *s == '"' || - in_quotes); + (in_quotes || *s == '"' || is_safe_acl_char(*s, true)); s++) { if (*s == '"') { + if (!in_quotes) + { + in_quotes = true; + continue; + } /* safe to look at next char (could be '\0' though) */ if (*(s + 1) != '"') { - in_quotes = !in_quotes; + in_quotes = false; continue; } /* it's an escaped double quote; skip the escaping char */ @@ -207,10 +224,10 @@ putid(char *p, const char *s) const char *src; bool safe = true; + /* Detect whether we need to use double quotes */ for (src = s; *src; src++) { - /* This test had better match what getid() does, above */ - if (!isalnum((unsigned char) *src) && *src != '_') + if (!is_safe_acl_char(*src, false)) { safe = false; break; diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/bytea.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/bytea.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2e539c2504e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/bytea.c @@ -0,0 +1,1143 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * bytea.c + * Functions for the bytea type. + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/utils/adt/bytea.c + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/detoast.h" +#include "catalog/pg_collation_d.h" +#include "catalog/pg_type_d.h" +#include "common/int.h" +#include "fmgr.h" +#include "libpq/pqformat.h" +#include "port/pg_bitutils.h" +#include "utils/builtins.h" +#include "utils/bytea.h" +#include "utils/fmgrprotos.h" +#include "utils/memutils.h" +#include "utils/sortsupport.h" +#include "utils/varlena.h" +#include "varatt.h" + +/* GUC variable */ +int bytea_output = BYTEA_OUTPUT_HEX; + +static bytea *bytea_catenate(bytea *t1, bytea *t2); +static bytea *bytea_substring(Datum str, int S, int L, + bool length_not_specified); +static bytea *bytea_overlay(bytea *t1, bytea *t2, int sp, int sl); + +/* + * bytea_catenate + * Guts of byteacat(), broken out so it can be used by other functions + * + * Arguments can be in short-header form, but not compressed or out-of-line + */ +static bytea * +bytea_catenate(bytea *t1, bytea *t2) +{ + bytea *result; + int len1, + len2, + len; + char *ptr; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t2); + + /* paranoia ... probably should throw error instead? */ + if (len1 < 0) + len1 = 0; + if (len2 < 0) + len2 = 0; + + len = len1 + len2 + VARHDRSZ; + result = (bytea *) palloc(len); + + /* Set size of result string... */ + SET_VARSIZE(result, len); + + /* Fill data field of result string... */ + ptr = VARDATA(result); + if (len1 > 0) + memcpy(ptr, VARDATA_ANY(t1), len1); + if (len2 > 0) + memcpy(ptr + len1, VARDATA_ANY(t2), len2); + + return result; +} + +#define PG_STR_GET_BYTEA(str_) \ + DatumGetByteaPP(DirectFunctionCall1(byteain, CStringGetDatum(str_))) + +static bytea * +bytea_substring(Datum str, + int S, + int L, + bool length_not_specified) +{ + int32 S1; /* adjusted start position */ + int32 L1; /* adjusted substring length */ + int32 E; /* end position */ + + /* + * The logic here should generally match text_substring(). + */ + S1 = Max(S, 1); + + if (length_not_specified) + { + /* + * Not passed a length - DatumGetByteaPSlice() grabs everything to the + * end of the string if we pass it a negative value for length. + */ + L1 = -1; + } + else if (L < 0) + { + /* SQL99 says to throw an error for E < S, i.e., negative length */ + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_SUBSTRING_ERROR), + errmsg("negative substring length not allowed"))); + L1 = -1; /* silence stupider compilers */ + } + else if (pg_add_s32_overflow(S, L, &E)) + { + /* + * L could be large enough for S + L to overflow, in which case the + * substring must run to end of string. + */ + L1 = -1; + } + else + { + /* + * A zero or negative value for the end position can happen if the + * start was negative or one. SQL99 says to return a zero-length + * string. + */ + if (E < 1) + return PG_STR_GET_BYTEA(""); + + L1 = E - S1; + } + + /* + * If the start position is past the end of the string, SQL99 says to + * return a zero-length string -- DatumGetByteaPSlice() will do that for + * us. We need only convert S1 to zero-based starting position. + */ + return DatumGetByteaPSlice(str, S1 - 1, L1); +} + +static bytea * +bytea_overlay(bytea *t1, bytea *t2, int sp, int sl) +{ + bytea *result; + bytea *s1; + bytea *s2; + int sp_pl_sl; + + /* + * Check for possible integer-overflow cases. For negative sp, throw a + * "substring length" error because that's what should be expected + * according to the spec's definition of OVERLAY(). + */ + if (sp <= 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_SUBSTRING_ERROR), + errmsg("negative substring length not allowed"))); + if (pg_add_s32_overflow(sp, sl, &sp_pl_sl)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), + errmsg("integer out of range"))); + + s1 = bytea_substring(PointerGetDatum(t1), 1, sp - 1, false); + s2 = bytea_substring(PointerGetDatum(t1), sp_pl_sl, -1, true); + result = bytea_catenate(s1, t2); + result = bytea_catenate(result, s2); + + return result; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * USER I/O ROUTINES * + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define VAL(CH) ((CH) - '0') +#define DIG(VAL) ((VAL) + '0') + +/* + * byteain - converts from printable representation of byte array + * + * Non-printable characters must be passed as '\nnn' (octal) and are + * converted to internal form. '\' must be passed as '\\'. + * ereport(ERROR, ...) if bad form. + * + * BUGS: + * The input is scanned twice. + * The error checking of input is minimal. + */ +Datum +byteain(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + char *inputText = PG_GETARG_CSTRING(0); + Node *escontext = fcinfo->context; + char *tp; + char *rp; + int bc; + bytea *result; + + /* Recognize hex input */ + if (inputText[0] == '\\' && inputText[1] == 'x') + { + size_t len = strlen(inputText); + + bc = (len - 2) / 2 + VARHDRSZ; /* maximum possible length */ + result = palloc(bc); + bc = hex_decode_safe(inputText + 2, len - 2, VARDATA(result), + escontext); + SET_VARSIZE(result, bc + VARHDRSZ); /* actual length */ + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); + } + + /* Else, it's the traditional escaped style */ + for (bc = 0, tp = inputText; *tp != '\0'; bc++) + { + if (tp[0] != '\\') + tp++; + else if ((tp[0] == '\\') && + (tp[1] >= '0' && tp[1] <= '3') && + (tp[2] >= '0' && tp[2] <= '7') && + (tp[3] >= '0' && tp[3] <= '7')) + tp += 4; + else if ((tp[0] == '\\') && + (tp[1] == '\\')) + tp += 2; + else + { + /* + * one backslash, not followed by another or ### valid octal + */ + ereturn(escontext, (Datum) 0, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION), + errmsg("invalid input syntax for type %s", "bytea"))); + } + } + + bc += VARHDRSZ; + + result = (bytea *) palloc(bc); + SET_VARSIZE(result, bc); + + tp = inputText; + rp = VARDATA(result); + while (*tp != '\0') + { + if (tp[0] != '\\') + *rp++ = *tp++; + else if ((tp[0] == '\\') && + (tp[1] >= '0' && tp[1] <= '3') && + (tp[2] >= '0' && tp[2] <= '7') && + (tp[3] >= '0' && tp[3] <= '7')) + { + bc = VAL(tp[1]); + bc <<= 3; + bc += VAL(tp[2]); + bc <<= 3; + *rp++ = bc + VAL(tp[3]); + + tp += 4; + } + else if ((tp[0] == '\\') && + (tp[1] == '\\')) + { + *rp++ = '\\'; + tp += 2; + } + else + { + /* + * We should never get here. The first pass should not allow it. + */ + ereturn(escontext, (Datum) 0, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION), + errmsg("invalid input syntax for type %s", "bytea"))); + } + } + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); +} + +/* + * byteaout - converts to printable representation of byte array + * + * In the traditional escaped format, non-printable characters are + * printed as '\nnn' (octal) and '\' as '\\'. + */ +Datum +byteaout(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *vlena = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + char *result; + char *rp; + + if (bytea_output == BYTEA_OUTPUT_HEX) + { + /* Print hex format */ + rp = result = palloc(VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(vlena) * 2 + 2 + 1); + *rp++ = '\\'; + *rp++ = 'x'; + rp += hex_encode(VARDATA_ANY(vlena), VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(vlena), rp); + } + else if (bytea_output == BYTEA_OUTPUT_ESCAPE) + { + /* Print traditional escaped format */ + char *vp; + uint64 len; + int i; + + len = 1; /* empty string has 1 char */ + vp = VARDATA_ANY(vlena); + for (i = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(vlena); i != 0; i--, vp++) + { + if (*vp == '\\') + len += 2; + else if ((unsigned char) *vp < 0x20 || (unsigned char) *vp > 0x7e) + len += 4; + else + len++; + } + + /* + * In principle len can't overflow uint32 if the input fit in 1GB, but + * for safety let's check rather than relying on palloc's internal + * check. + */ + if (len > MaxAllocSize) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED), + errmsg_internal("result of bytea output conversion is too large"))); + rp = result = (char *) palloc(len); + + vp = VARDATA_ANY(vlena); + for (i = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(vlena); i != 0; i--, vp++) + { + if (*vp == '\\') + { + *rp++ = '\\'; + *rp++ = '\\'; + } + else if ((unsigned char) *vp < 0x20 || (unsigned char) *vp > 0x7e) + { + int val; /* holds unprintable chars */ + + val = *vp; + rp[0] = '\\'; + rp[3] = DIG(val & 07); + val >>= 3; + rp[2] = DIG(val & 07); + val >>= 3; + rp[1] = DIG(val & 03); + rp += 4; + } + else + *rp++ = *vp; + } + } + else + { + elog(ERROR, "unrecognized \"bytea_output\" setting: %d", + bytea_output); + rp = result = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */ + } + *rp = '\0'; + PG_RETURN_CSTRING(result); +} + +/* + * bytearecv - converts external binary format to bytea + */ +Datum +bytearecv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + StringInfo buf = (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); + bytea *result; + int nbytes; + + nbytes = buf->len - buf->cursor; + result = (bytea *) palloc(nbytes + VARHDRSZ); + SET_VARSIZE(result, nbytes + VARHDRSZ); + pq_copymsgbytes(buf, VARDATA(result), nbytes); + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); +} + +/* + * byteasend - converts bytea to binary format + * + * This is a special case: just copy the input... + */ +Datum +byteasend(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *vlena = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P_COPY(0); + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(vlena); +} + +Datum +bytea_string_agg_transfn(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + StringInfo state; + + state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); + + /* Append the value unless null, preceding it with the delimiter. */ + if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1)) + { + bytea *value = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + bool isfirst = false; + + /* + * You might think we can just throw away the first delimiter, however + * we must keep it as we may be a parallel worker doing partial + * aggregation building a state to send to the main process. We need + * to keep the delimiter of every aggregation so that the combine + * function can properly join up the strings of two separately + * partially aggregated results. The first delimiter is only stripped + * off in the final function. To know how much to strip off the front + * of the string, we store the length of the first delimiter in the + * StringInfo's cursor field, which we don't otherwise need here. + */ + if (state == NULL) + { + MemoryContext aggcontext; + MemoryContext oldcontext; + + if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, &aggcontext)) + { + /* cannot be called directly because of internal-type argument */ + elog(ERROR, "bytea_string_agg_transfn called in non-aggregate context"); + } + + /* + * Create state in aggregate context. It'll stay there across + * subsequent calls. + */ + oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(aggcontext); + state = makeStringInfo(); + MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); + + isfirst = true; + } + + if (!PG_ARGISNULL(2)) + { + bytea *delim = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(2); + + appendBinaryStringInfo(state, VARDATA_ANY(delim), + VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(delim)); + if (isfirst) + state->cursor = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(delim); + } + + appendBinaryStringInfo(state, VARDATA_ANY(value), + VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(value)); + } + + /* + * The transition type for string_agg() is declared to be "internal", + * which is a pass-by-value type the same size as a pointer. + */ + if (state) + PG_RETURN_POINTER(state); + PG_RETURN_NULL(); +} + +Datum +bytea_string_agg_finalfn(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + StringInfo state; + + /* cannot be called directly because of internal-type argument */ + Assert(AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL)); + + state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); + + if (state != NULL) + { + /* As per comment in transfn, strip data before the cursor position */ + bytea *result; + int strippedlen = state->len - state->cursor; + + result = (bytea *) palloc(strippedlen + VARHDRSZ); + SET_VARSIZE(result, strippedlen + VARHDRSZ); + memcpy(VARDATA(result), &state->data[state->cursor], strippedlen); + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); + } + else + PG_RETURN_NULL(); +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------- + * byteaoctetlen + * + * get the number of bytes contained in an instance of type 'bytea' + *------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +Datum +byteaoctetlen(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + Datum str = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0); + + /* We need not detoast the input at all */ + PG_RETURN_INT32(toast_raw_datum_size(str) - VARHDRSZ); +} + +/* + * byteacat - + * takes two bytea* and returns a bytea* that is the concatenation of + * the two. + * + * Cloned from textcat and modified as required. + */ +Datum +byteacat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *t2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_catenate(t1, t2)); +} + +/* + * byteaoverlay + * Replace specified substring of first string with second + * + * The SQL standard defines OVERLAY() in terms of substring and concatenation. + * This code is a direct implementation of what the standard says. + */ +Datum +byteaoverlay(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *t2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + int sp = PG_GETARG_INT32(2); /* substring start position */ + int sl = PG_GETARG_INT32(3); /* substring length */ + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_overlay(t1, t2, sp, sl)); +} + +Datum +byteaoverlay_no_len(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *t2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + int sp = PG_GETARG_INT32(2); /* substring start position */ + int sl; + + sl = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t2); /* defaults to length(t2) */ + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_overlay(t1, t2, sp, sl)); +} + +/* + * bytea_substr() + * Return a substring starting at the specified position. + * Cloned from text_substr and modified as required. + * + * Input: + * - string + * - starting position (is one-based) + * - string length (optional) + * + * If the starting position is zero or less, then return from the start of the string + * adjusting the length to be consistent with the "negative start" per SQL. + * If the length is less than zero, an ERROR is thrown. If no third argument + * (length) is provided, the length to the end of the string is assumed. + */ +Datum +bytea_substr(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_substring(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0), + PG_GETARG_INT32(1), + PG_GETARG_INT32(2), + false)); +} + +/* + * bytea_substr_no_len - + * Wrapper to avoid opr_sanity failure due to + * one function accepting a different number of args. + */ +Datum +bytea_substr_no_len(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_substring(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0), + PG_GETARG_INT32(1), + -1, + true)); +} + +/* + * bit_count + */ +Datum +bytea_bit_count(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + + PG_RETURN_INT64(pg_popcount(VARDATA_ANY(t1), VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t1))); +} + +/* + * byteapos - + * Return the position of the specified substring. + * Implements the SQL POSITION() function. + * Cloned from textpos and modified as required. + */ +Datum +byteapos(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *t2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + int pos; + int px, + p; + int len1, + len2; + char *p1, + *p2; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t2); + + if (len2 <= 0) + PG_RETURN_INT32(1); /* result for empty pattern */ + + p1 = VARDATA_ANY(t1); + p2 = VARDATA_ANY(t2); + + pos = 0; + px = (len1 - len2); + for (p = 0; p <= px; p++) + { + if ((*p2 == *p1) && (memcmp(p1, p2, len2) == 0)) + { + pos = p + 1; + break; + }; + p1++; + }; + + PG_RETURN_INT32(pos); +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------- + * byteaGetByte + * + * this routine treats "bytea" as an array of bytes. + * It returns the Nth byte (a number between 0 and 255). + *------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +Datum +byteaGetByte(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + int32 n = PG_GETARG_INT32(1); + int len; + int byte; + + len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); + + if (n < 0 || n >= len) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR), + errmsg("index %d out of valid range, 0..%d", + n, len - 1))); + + byte = ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[n]; + + PG_RETURN_INT32(byte); +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------- + * byteaGetBit + * + * This routine treats a "bytea" type like an array of bits. + * It returns the value of the Nth bit (0 or 1). + * + *------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +Datum +byteaGetBit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + int64 n = PG_GETARG_INT64(1); + int byteNo, + bitNo; + int len; + int byte; + + len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); + + if (n < 0 || n >= (int64) len * 8) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR), + errmsg("index %" PRId64 " out of valid range, 0..%" PRId64, + n, (int64) len * 8 - 1))); + + /* n/8 is now known < len, so safe to cast to int */ + byteNo = (int) (n / 8); + bitNo = (int) (n % 8); + + byte = ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[byteNo]; + + if (byte & (1 << bitNo)) + PG_RETURN_INT32(1); + else + PG_RETURN_INT32(0); +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------- + * byteaSetByte + * + * Given an instance of type 'bytea' creates a new one with + * the Nth byte set to the given value. + * + *------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +Datum +byteaSetByte(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *res = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P_COPY(0); + int32 n = PG_GETARG_INT32(1); + int32 newByte = PG_GETARG_INT32(2); + int len; + + len = VARSIZE(res) - VARHDRSZ; + + if (n < 0 || n >= len) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR), + errmsg("index %d out of valid range, 0..%d", + n, len - 1))); + + /* + * Now set the byte. + */ + ((unsigned char *) VARDATA(res))[n] = newByte; + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(res); +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------- + * byteaSetBit + * + * Given an instance of type 'bytea' creates a new one with + * the Nth bit set to the given value. + * + *------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +Datum +byteaSetBit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *res = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P_COPY(0); + int64 n = PG_GETARG_INT64(1); + int32 newBit = PG_GETARG_INT32(2); + int len; + int oldByte, + newByte; + int byteNo, + bitNo; + + len = VARSIZE(res) - VARHDRSZ; + + if (n < 0 || n >= (int64) len * 8) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR), + errmsg("index %" PRId64 " out of valid range, 0..%" PRId64, + n, (int64) len * 8 - 1))); + + /* n/8 is now known < len, so safe to cast to int */ + byteNo = (int) (n / 8); + bitNo = (int) (n % 8); + + /* + * sanity check! + */ + if (newBit != 0 && newBit != 1) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), + errmsg("new bit must be 0 or 1"))); + + /* + * Update the byte. + */ + oldByte = ((unsigned char *) VARDATA(res))[byteNo]; + + if (newBit == 0) + newByte = oldByte & (~(1 << bitNo)); + else + newByte = oldByte | (1 << bitNo); + + ((unsigned char *) VARDATA(res))[byteNo] = newByte; + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(res); +} + +/* + * Return reversed bytea + */ +Datum +bytea_reverse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + const char *p = VARDATA_ANY(v); + int len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); + const char *endp = p + len; + bytea *result = palloc(len + VARHDRSZ); + char *dst = (char *) VARDATA(result) + len; + + SET_VARSIZE(result, len + VARHDRSZ); + + while (p < endp) + *(--dst) = *p++; + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); +} + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Comparison Functions used for bytea + * + * Note: btree indexes need these routines not to leak memory; therefore, + * be careful to free working copies of toasted datums. Most places don't + * need to be so careful. + *****************************************************************************/ + +Datum +byteaeq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + Datum arg1 = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0); + Datum arg2 = PG_GETARG_DATUM(1); + bool result; + Size len1, + len2; + + /* + * We can use a fast path for unequal lengths, which might save us from + * having to detoast one or both values. + */ + len1 = toast_raw_datum_size(arg1); + len2 = toast_raw_datum_size(arg2); + if (len1 != len2) + result = false; + else + { + bytea *barg1 = DatumGetByteaPP(arg1); + bytea *barg2 = DatumGetByteaPP(arg2); + + result = (memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(barg1), VARDATA_ANY(barg2), + len1 - VARHDRSZ) == 0); + + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(barg1, 0); + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(barg2, 1); + } + + PG_RETURN_BOOL(result); +} + +Datum +byteane(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + Datum arg1 = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0); + Datum arg2 = PG_GETARG_DATUM(1); + bool result; + Size len1, + len2; + + /* + * We can use a fast path for unequal lengths, which might save us from + * having to detoast one or both values. + */ + len1 = toast_raw_datum_size(arg1); + len2 = toast_raw_datum_size(arg2); + if (len1 != len2) + result = true; + else + { + bytea *barg1 = DatumGetByteaPP(arg1); + bytea *barg2 = DatumGetByteaPP(arg2); + + result = (memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(barg1), VARDATA_ANY(barg2), + len1 - VARHDRSZ) != 0); + + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(barg1, 0); + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(barg2, 1); + } + + PG_RETURN_BOOL(result); +} + +Datum +bytealt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + int len1, + len2; + int cmp; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); + + cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); + + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); + + PG_RETURN_BOOL((cmp < 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 < len2))); +} + +Datum +byteale(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + int len1, + len2; + int cmp; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); + + cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); + + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); + + PG_RETURN_BOOL((cmp < 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 <= len2))); +} + +Datum +byteagt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + int len1, + len2; + int cmp; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); + + cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); + + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); + + PG_RETURN_BOOL((cmp > 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 > len2))); +} + +Datum +byteage(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + int len1, + len2; + int cmp; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); + + cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); + + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); + + PG_RETURN_BOOL((cmp > 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 >= len2))); +} + +Datum +byteacmp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + int len1, + len2; + int cmp; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); + + cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); + if ((cmp == 0) && (len1 != len2)) + cmp = (len1 < len2) ? -1 : 1; + + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); + PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); + + PG_RETURN_INT32(cmp); +} + +Datum +bytea_larger(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + bytea *result; + int len1, + len2; + int cmp; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); + + cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); + result = ((cmp > 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 > len2)) ? arg1 : arg2); + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); +} + +Datum +bytea_smaller(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); + bytea *result; + int len1, + len2; + int cmp; + + len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); + len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); + + cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); + result = ((cmp < 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 < len2)) ? arg1 : arg2); + + PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); +} + +Datum +bytea_sortsupport(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + SortSupport ssup = (SortSupport) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); + MemoryContext oldcontext; + + oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ssup->ssup_cxt); + + /* Use generic string SortSupport, forcing "C" collation */ + varstr_sortsupport(ssup, BYTEAOID, C_COLLATION_OID); + + MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); + + PG_RETURN_VOID(); +} + +/* Cast bytea -> int2 */ +Datum +bytea_int2(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + int len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); + uint16 result; + + /* Check that the byte array is not too long */ + if (len > sizeof(result)) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), + errmsg("smallint out of range")); + + /* Convert it to an integer; most significant bytes come first */ + result = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + result <<= BITS_PER_BYTE; + result |= ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[i]; + } + + PG_RETURN_INT16(result); +} + +/* Cast bytea -> int4 */ +Datum +bytea_int4(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + int len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); + uint32 result; + + /* Check that the byte array is not too long */ + if (len > sizeof(result)) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), + errmsg("integer out of range")); + + /* Convert it to an integer; most significant bytes come first */ + result = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + result <<= BITS_PER_BYTE; + result |= ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[i]; + } + + PG_RETURN_INT32(result); +} + +/* Cast bytea -> int8 */ +Datum +bytea_int8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); + int len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); + uint64 result; + + /* Check that the byte array is not too long */ + if (len > sizeof(result)) + ereport(ERROR, + errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), + errmsg("bigint out of range")); + + /* Convert it to an integer; most significant bytes come first */ + result = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + result <<= BITS_PER_BYTE; + result |= ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[i]; + } + + PG_RETURN_INT64(result); +} + +/* Cast int2 -> bytea; can just use int2send() */ +Datum +int2_bytea(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + return int2send(fcinfo); +} + +/* Cast int4 -> bytea; can just use int4send() */ +Datum +int4_bytea(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + return int4send(fcinfo); +} + +/* Cast int8 -> bytea; can just use int8send() */ +Datum +int8_bytea(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + return int8send(fcinfo); +} diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c index 4227ab1a72b..344f58b92f7 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c @@ -1363,10 +1363,35 @@ timestamp_date(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) { Timestamp timestamp = PG_GETARG_TIMESTAMP(0); DateADT result; + + result = timestamp2date_opt_overflow(timestamp, NULL); + PG_RETURN_DATEADT(result); +} + +/* + * Convert timestamp to date. + * + * On successful conversion, *overflow is set to zero if it's not NULL. + * + * If the timestamp is finite but out of the valid range for date, then: + * if overflow is NULL, we throw an out-of-range error. + * if overflow is not NULL, we store +1 or -1 there to indicate the sign + * of the overflow, and return the appropriate date infinity. + * + * Note: given the ranges of the types, overflow is only possible at + * the minimum end of the range, but we don't assume that in this code. + */ +DateADT +timestamp2date_opt_overflow(Timestamp timestamp, int *overflow) +{ + DateADT result; struct pg_tm tt, *tm = &tt; fsec_t fsec; + if (overflow) + *overflow = 0; + if (TIMESTAMP_IS_NOBEGIN(timestamp)) DATE_NOBEGIN(result); else if (TIMESTAMP_IS_NOEND(timestamp)) @@ -1374,14 +1399,30 @@ timestamp_date(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) else { if (timestamp2tm(timestamp, NULL, tm, &fsec, NULL, NULL) != 0) + { + if (overflow) + { + if (timestamp < 0) + { + *overflow = -1; + DATE_NOBEGIN(result); + } + else + { + *overflow = 1; /* not actually reachable */ + DATE_NOEND(result); + } + return result; + } ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), errmsg("timestamp out of range"))); + } result = date2j(tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday) - POSTGRES_EPOCH_JDATE; } - PG_RETURN_DATEADT(result); + return result; } @@ -1408,11 +1449,36 @@ timestamptz_date(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) { TimestampTz timestamp = PG_GETARG_TIMESTAMP(0); DateADT result; + + result = timestamptz2date_opt_overflow(timestamp, NULL); + PG_RETURN_DATEADT(result); +} + +/* + * Convert timestamptz to date. + * + * On successful conversion, *overflow is set to zero if it's not NULL. + * + * If the timestamptz is finite but out of the valid range for date, then: + * if overflow is NULL, we throw an out-of-range error. + * if overflow is not NULL, we store +1 or -1 there to indicate the sign + * of the overflow, and return the appropriate date infinity. + * + * Note: given the ranges of the types, overflow is only possible at + * the minimum end of the range, but we don't assume that in this code. + */ +DateADT +timestamptz2date_opt_overflow(TimestampTz timestamp, int *overflow) +{ + DateADT result; struct pg_tm tt, *tm = &tt; fsec_t fsec; int tz; + if (overflow) + *overflow = 0; + if (TIMESTAMP_IS_NOBEGIN(timestamp)) DATE_NOBEGIN(result); else if (TIMESTAMP_IS_NOEND(timestamp)) @@ -1420,14 +1486,30 @@ timestamptz_date(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) else { if (timestamp2tm(timestamp, &tz, tm, &fsec, NULL, NULL) != 0) + { + if (overflow) + { + if (timestamp < 0) + { + *overflow = -1; + DATE_NOBEGIN(result); + } + else + { + *overflow = 1; /* not actually reachable */ + DATE_NOEND(result); + } + return result; + } ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), errmsg("timestamp out of range"))); + } result = date2j(tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday) - POSTGRES_EPOCH_JDATE; } - PG_RETURN_DATEADT(result); + return result; } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c index 793d8a9adcc..680fee2a844 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c @@ -702,9 +702,18 @@ ParseFraction(char *cp, double *frac) } else { + /* + * On the other hand, let's reject anything that's not digits after + * the ".". strtod is happy with input like ".123e9", but that'd + * break callers' expectation that the result is in 0..1. (It's quite + * difficult to get here with such input, but not impossible.) + */ + if (strspn(cp + 1, "0123456789") != strlen(cp + 1)) + return DTERR_BAD_FORMAT; + errno = 0; *frac = strtod(cp, &cp); - /* check for parse failure */ + /* check for parse failure (probably redundant given prior check) */ if (*cp != '\0' || errno != 0) return DTERR_BAD_FORMAT; } @@ -2959,30 +2968,27 @@ DecodeNumberField(int len, char *str, int fmask, char *cp; /* + * This function was originally meant to cope only with DTK_NUMBER fields, + * but we now sometimes abuse it to parse (parts of) DTK_DATE fields, + * which can contain letters and other punctuation. Reject if it's not a + * valid DTK_NUMBER, that is digits and decimal point(s). (ParseFraction + * will reject if there's more than one decimal point.) + */ + if (strspn(str, "0123456789.") != len) + return DTERR_BAD_FORMAT; + + /* * Have a decimal point? Then this is a date or something with a seconds * field... */ if ((cp = strchr(str, '.')) != NULL) { - /* - * Can we use ParseFractionalSecond here? Not clear whether trailing - * junk should be rejected ... - */ - if (cp[1] == '\0') - { - /* avoid assuming that strtod will accept "." */ - *fsec = 0; - } - else - { - double frac; + int dterr; - errno = 0; - frac = strtod(cp, NULL); - if (errno != 0) - return DTERR_BAD_FORMAT; - *fsec = rint(frac * 1000000); - } + /* Convert the fraction and store at *fsec */ + dterr = ParseFractionalSecond(cp, fsec); + if (dterr) + return dterr; /* Now truncate off the fraction for further processing */ *cp = '\0'; len = strlen(str); diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c index 6d20ae07ae7..7b97d2be6ca 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c @@ -4065,10 +4065,11 @@ float84ge(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) * in the histogram. width_bucket() returns an integer indicating the * bucket number that 'operand' belongs to in an equiwidth histogram * with the specified characteristics. An operand smaller than the - * lower bound is assigned to bucket 0. An operand greater than the - * upper bound is assigned to an additional bucket (with number - * count+1). We don't allow "NaN" for any of the float8 inputs, and we - * don't allow either of the histogram bounds to be +/- infinity. + * lower bound is assigned to bucket 0. An operand greater than or equal + * to the upper bound is assigned to an additional bucket (with number + * count+1). We don't allow the histogram bounds to be NaN or +/- infinity, + * but we do allow those values for the operand (taking NaN to be larger + * than any other value, as we do in comparisons). */ Datum width_bucket_float8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) @@ -4084,12 +4085,11 @@ width_bucket_float8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION), errmsg("count must be greater than zero"))); - if (isnan(operand) || isnan(bound1) || isnan(bound2)) + if (isnan(bound1) || isnan(bound2)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION), - errmsg("operand, lower bound, and upper bound cannot be NaN"))); + errmsg("lower and upper bounds cannot be NaN"))); - /* Note that we allow "operand" to be infinite */ if (isinf(bound1) || isinf(bound2)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION), @@ -4097,15 +4097,15 @@ width_bucket_float8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) if (bound1 < bound2) { - if (operand < bound1) - result = 0; - else if (operand >= bound2) + if (isnan(operand) || operand >= bound2) { if (pg_add_s32_overflow(count, 1, &result)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), errmsg("integer out of range"))); } + else if (operand < bound1) + result = 0; else { if (!isinf(bound2 - bound1)) @@ -4135,7 +4135,7 @@ width_bucket_float8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) } else if (bound1 > bound2) { - if (operand > bound1) + if (isnan(operand) || operand > bound1) result = 0; else if (operand <= bound2) { diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/formatting.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/formatting.c index 5bd1e01f7e4..1d05481181d 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/formatting.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/formatting.c @@ -3590,14 +3590,15 @@ DCH_from_char(FormatNode *node, const char *in, TmFromChar *out, if (matched < 2) ereturn(escontext,, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT), - errmsg("invalid input string for \"Y,YYY\""))); + errmsg("invalid value \"%s\" for \"%s\"", + s, "Y,YYY"))); /* years += (millennia * 1000); */ if (pg_mul_s32_overflow(millennia, 1000, &millennia) || pg_add_s32_overflow(years, millennia, &years)) ereturn(escontext,, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_FIELD_OVERFLOW), - errmsg("value for \"Y,YYY\" in source string is out of range"))); + errmsg("value for \"%s\" in source string is out of range", "Y,YYY"))); if (!from_char_set_int(&out->year, years, n, escontext)) return; diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_pton.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_pton.c index ef2236d9f04..3b0db2a3799 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_pton.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/inet_net_pton.c @@ -115,8 +115,7 @@ inet_cidr_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size) src++; /* skip x or X. */ while ((ch = *src++) != '\0' && isxdigit((unsigned char) ch)) { - if (isupper((unsigned char) ch)) - ch = tolower((unsigned char) ch); + ch = pg_ascii_tolower((unsigned char) ch); n = strchr(xdigits, ch) - xdigits; assert(n >= 0 && n <= 15); if (dirty == 0) diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/jsonb_util.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/jsonb_util.c index c8b6c15e059..82b807d067a 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/jsonb_util.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/jsonb_util.c @@ -277,22 +277,16 @@ compareJsonbContainers(JsonbContainer *a, JsonbContainer *b) else { /* - * It's safe to assume that the types differed, and that the va - * and vb values passed were set. - * - * If the two values were of the same container type, then there'd - * have been a chance to observe the variation in the number of - * elements/pairs (when processing WJB_BEGIN_OBJECT, say). They're - * either two heterogeneously-typed containers, or a container and - * some scalar type. - * - * We don't have to consider the WJB_END_ARRAY and WJB_END_OBJECT - * cases here, because we would have seen the corresponding - * WJB_BEGIN_ARRAY and WJB_BEGIN_OBJECT tokens first, and - * concluded that they don't match. + * It's not possible for one iterator to report end of array or + * object while the other one reports something else, because we + * would have detected a length mismatch when we processed the + * container-start tokens above. Likewise we can't see WJB_DONE + * from one but not the other. So we have two different-type + * containers, or a container and some scalar type, or two + * different scalar types. Sort on the basis of the type code. */ - Assert(ra != WJB_END_ARRAY && ra != WJB_END_OBJECT); - Assert(rb != WJB_END_ARRAY && rb != WJB_END_OBJECT); + Assert(ra != WJB_DONE && ra != WJB_END_ARRAY && ra != WJB_END_OBJECT); + Assert(rb != WJB_DONE && rb != WJB_END_ARRAY && rb != WJB_END_OBJECT); Assert(va.type != vb.type); Assert(va.type != jbvBinary); @@ -852,15 +846,20 @@ JsonbIteratorInit(JsonbContainer *container) * It is our job to expand the jbvBinary representation without bothering them * with it. However, clients should not take it upon themselves to touch array * or Object element/pair buffers, since their element/pair pointers are - * garbage. Also, *val will not be set when returning WJB_END_ARRAY or - * WJB_END_OBJECT, on the assumption that it's only useful to access values - * when recursing in. + * garbage. + * + * *val is not meaningful when the result is WJB_DONE, WJB_END_ARRAY or + * WJB_END_OBJECT. However, we set val->type = jbvNull in those cases, + * so that callers may assume that val->type is always well-defined. */ JsonbIteratorToken JsonbIteratorNext(JsonbIterator **it, JsonbValue *val, bool skipNested) { if (*it == NULL) + { + val->type = jbvNull; return WJB_DONE; + } /* * When stepping into a nested container, we jump back here to start @@ -898,6 +897,7 @@ recurse: * nesting). */ *it = freeAndGetParent(*it); + val->type = jbvNull; return WJB_END_ARRAY; } @@ -951,6 +951,7 @@ recurse: * of nesting). */ *it = freeAndGetParent(*it); + val->type = jbvNull; return WJB_END_OBJECT; } else @@ -995,8 +996,10 @@ recurse: return WJB_VALUE; } - elog(ERROR, "invalid iterator state"); - return -1; + elog(ERROR, "invalid jsonb iterator state"); + /* satisfy compilers that don't know that elog(ERROR) doesn't return */ + val->type = jbvNull; + return WJB_DONE; } /* diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c index 7f4cf614585..4216ac17f43 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ SB_lower_char(unsigned char c, pg_locale_t locale) else if (locale->is_default) return pg_tolower(c); else - return tolower_l(c, locale->info.lt); + return char_tolower(c, locale); } @@ -209,7 +209,17 @@ Generic_Text_IC_like(text *str, text *pat, Oid collation) * way. */ - if (pg_database_encoding_max_length() > 1 || (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU)) + if (locale->ctype_is_c || + (char_tolower_enabled(locale) && + pg_database_encoding_max_length() == 1)) + { + p = VARDATA_ANY(pat); + plen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(pat); + s = VARDATA_ANY(str); + slen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(str); + return SB_IMatchText(s, slen, p, plen, locale); + } + else { pat = DatumGetTextPP(DirectFunctionCall1Coll(lower, collation, PointerGetDatum(pat))); @@ -224,14 +234,6 @@ Generic_Text_IC_like(text *str, text *pat, Oid collation) else return MB_MatchText(s, slen, p, plen, 0); } - else - { - p = VARDATA_ANY(pat); - plen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(pat); - s = VARDATA_ANY(str); - slen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(str); - return SB_IMatchText(s, slen, p, plen, locale); - } } /* diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/like_support.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/like_support.c index 8fdc677371f..999f23f86d5 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/like_support.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/like_support.c @@ -1495,13 +1495,8 @@ pattern_char_isalpha(char c, bool is_multibyte, { if (locale->ctype_is_c) return (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'); - else if (is_multibyte && IS_HIGHBIT_SET(c)) - return true; - else if (locale->provider != COLLPROVIDER_LIBC) - return IS_HIGHBIT_SET(c) || - (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'); else - return isalpha_l((unsigned char) c, locale->info.lt); + return char_is_cased(c, locale); } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/mcxtfuncs.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/mcxtfuncs.c index 7ec2c225016..fe6dce9cba3 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/mcxtfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/mcxtfuncs.c @@ -15,27 +15,30 @@ #include "postgres.h" -#include "access/twophase.h" -#include "catalog/pg_authid_d.h" #include "funcapi.h" #include "mb/pg_wchar.h" -#include "miscadmin.h" #include "storage/proc.h" #include "storage/procarray.h" -#include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/array.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/hsearch.h" -#include "utils/memutils.h" -#include "utils/wait_event_types.h" /* ---------- * The max bytes for showing identifiers of MemoryContext. * ---------- */ #define MEMORY_CONTEXT_IDENT_DISPLAY_SIZE 1024 -struct MemoryStatsBackendState *memCxtState = NULL; -struct MemoryStatsCtl *memCxtArea = NULL; + +/* + * MemoryContextId + * Used for storage of transient identifiers for + * pg_get_backend_memory_contexts. + */ +typedef struct MemoryContextId +{ + MemoryContext context; + int context_id; +} MemoryContextId; /* * int_list_to_array @@ -86,7 +89,7 @@ PutMemoryContextsStatsTupleStore(Tuplestorestate *tupstore, */ for (MemoryContext cur = context; cur != NULL; cur = cur->parent) { - MemoryStatsContextId *entry; + MemoryContextId *entry; bool found; entry = hash_search(context_id_lookup, &cur, HASH_FIND, &found); @@ -140,51 +143,36 @@ PutMemoryContextsStatsTupleStore(Tuplestorestate *tupstore, else nulls[1] = true; - type = ContextTypeToString(context->type); - - values[2] = CStringGetTextDatum(type); - values[3] = Int32GetDatum(list_length(path)); /* level */ - values[4] = int_list_to_array(path); - values[5] = Int64GetDatum(stat.totalspace); - values[6] = Int64GetDatum(stat.nblocks); - values[7] = Int64GetDatum(stat.freespace); - values[8] = Int64GetDatum(stat.freechunks); - values[9] = Int64GetDatum(stat.totalspace - stat.freespace); - - tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, tupdesc, values, nulls); - list_free(path); -} - -/* - * ContextTypeToString - * Returns a textual representation of a context type - * - * This should cover the same types as MemoryContextIsValid. - */ -const char * -ContextTypeToString(NodeTag type) -{ - const char *context_type; - - switch (type) + switch (context->type) { case T_AllocSetContext: - context_type = "AllocSet"; + type = "AllocSet"; break; case T_GenerationContext: - context_type = "Generation"; + type = "Generation"; break; case T_SlabContext: - context_type = "Slab"; + type = "Slab"; break; case T_BumpContext: - context_type = "Bump"; + type = "Bump"; break; default: - context_type = "???"; + type = "???"; break; } - return context_type; + + values[2] = CStringGetTextDatum(type); + values[3] = Int32GetDatum(list_length(path)); /* level */ + values[4] = int_list_to_array(path); + values[5] = Int64GetDatum(stat.totalspace); + values[6] = Int64GetDatum(stat.nblocks); + values[7] = Int64GetDatum(stat.freespace); + values[8] = Int64GetDatum(stat.freechunks); + values[9] = Int64GetDatum(stat.totalspace - stat.freespace); + + tuplestore_putvalues(tupstore, tupdesc, values, nulls); + list_free(path); } /* @@ -201,7 +189,7 @@ pg_get_backend_memory_contexts(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) HTAB *context_id_lookup; ctl.keysize = sizeof(MemoryContext); - ctl.entrysize = sizeof(MemoryStatsContextId); + ctl.entrysize = sizeof(MemoryContextId); ctl.hcxt = CurrentMemoryContext; context_id_lookup = hash_create("pg_get_backend_memory_contexts", @@ -228,7 +216,7 @@ pg_get_backend_memory_contexts(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) foreach_ptr(MemoryContextData, cur, contexts) { - MemoryStatsContextId *entry; + MemoryContextId *entry; bool found; /* @@ -236,8 +224,8 @@ pg_get_backend_memory_contexts(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) * PutMemoryContextsStatsTupleStore needs this to populate the "path" * column with the parent context_ids. */ - entry = (MemoryStatsContextId *) hash_search(context_id_lookup, &cur, - HASH_ENTER, &found); + entry = (MemoryContextId *) hash_search(context_id_lookup, &cur, + HASH_ENTER, &found); entry->context_id = context_id++; Assert(!found); @@ -317,349 +305,3 @@ pg_log_backend_memory_contexts(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) PG_RETURN_BOOL(true); } - -/* - * pg_get_process_memory_contexts - * Signal a backend or an auxiliary process to send its memory contexts, - * wait for the results and display them. - * - * By default, only superusers or users with ROLE_PG_READ_ALL_STATS are allowed - * to signal a process to return the memory contexts. This is because allowing - * any users to issue this request at an unbounded rate would cause lots of - * requests to be sent, which can lead to denial of service. Additional roles - * can be permitted with GRANT. - * - * On receipt of this signal, a backend or an auxiliary process sets the flag - * in the signal handler, which causes the next CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() - * or process-specific interrupt handler to copy the memory context details - * to a dynamic shared memory space. - * - * We have defined a limit on DSA memory that could be allocated per process - - * if the process has more memory contexts than what can fit in the allocated - * size, the excess contexts are summarized and represented as cumulative total - * at the end of the buffer. - * - * After sending the signal, wait on a condition variable. The publishing - * backend, after copying the data to shared memory, sends signal on that - * condition variable. There is one condition variable per publishing backend. - * Once the condition variable is signalled, check if the latest memory context - * information is available and display. - * - * If the publishing backend does not respond before the condition variable - * times out, which is set to MEMSTATS_WAIT_TIMEOUT, retry given that there is - * time left within the timeout specified by the user, before giving up and - * returning previously published statistics, if any. If no previous statistics - * exist, return NULL. - */ -#define MEMSTATS_WAIT_TIMEOUT 100 -Datum -pg_get_process_memory_contexts(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - int pid = PG_GETARG_INT32(0); - bool summary = PG_GETARG_BOOL(1); - double timeout = PG_GETARG_FLOAT8(2); - PGPROC *proc; - ProcNumber procNumber = INVALID_PROC_NUMBER; - bool proc_is_aux = false; - ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo; - MemoryStatsEntry *memcxt_info; - TimestampTz start_timestamp; - - /* - * See if the process with given pid is a backend or an auxiliary process - * and remember the type for when we requery the process later. - */ - proc = BackendPidGetProc(pid); - if (proc == NULL) - { - proc = AuxiliaryPidGetProc(pid); - proc_is_aux = true; - } - - /* - * BackendPidGetProc() and AuxiliaryPidGetProc() return NULL if the pid - * isn't valid; this is however not a problem and leave with a WARNING. - * See comment in pg_log_backend_memory_contexts for a discussion on this. - */ - if (proc == NULL) - { - /* - * This is just a warning so a loop-through-resultset will not abort - * if one backend terminated on its own during the run. - */ - ereport(WARNING, - errmsg("PID %d is not a PostgreSQL server process", pid)); - PG_RETURN_NULL(); - } - - InitMaterializedSRF(fcinfo, 0); - - procNumber = GetNumberFromPGProc(proc); - - LWLockAcquire(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - memCxtState[procNumber].summary = summary; - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock); - - start_timestamp = GetCurrentTimestamp(); - - /* - * Send a signal to a PostgreSQL process, informing it we want it to - * produce information about its memory contexts. - */ - if (SendProcSignal(pid, PROCSIG_GET_MEMORY_CONTEXT, procNumber) < 0) - { - ereport(WARNING, - errmsg("could not send signal to process %d: %m", pid)); - PG_RETURN_NULL(); - } - - /* - * Even if the proc has published statistics, the may not be due to the - * current request, but previously published stats. Check if the stats - * are updated by comparing the timestamp, if the stats are newer than our - * previously recorded timestamp from before sending the procsignal, they - * must by definition be updated. Wait for the timeout specified by the - * user, following which display old statistics if available or return - * NULL. - */ - while (1) - { - long msecs; - - /* - * We expect to come out of sleep when the requested process has - * finished publishing the statistics, verified using the valid DSA - * pointer. - * - * Make sure that the information belongs to pid we requested - * information for, Otherwise loop back and wait for the server - * process to finish publishing statistics. - */ - LWLockAcquire(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - /* - * Note in procnumber.h file says that a procNumber can be re-used for - * a different backend immediately after a backend exits. In case an - * old process' data was there and not updated by the current process - * in the slot identified by the procNumber, the pid of the requested - * process and the proc_id might not match. - */ - if (memCxtState[procNumber].proc_id == pid) - { - /* - * Break if the latest stats have been read, indicated by - * statistics timestamp being newer than the current request - * timestamp. - */ - msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(start_timestamp, - memCxtState[procNumber].stats_timestamp); - - if (DsaPointerIsValid(memCxtState[procNumber].memstats_dsa_pointer) - && msecs > 0) - break; - } - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock); - - /* - * Recheck the state of the backend before sleeping on the condition - * variable to ensure the process is still alive. Only check the - * relevant process type based on the earlier PID check. - */ - if (proc_is_aux) - proc = AuxiliaryPidGetProc(pid); - else - proc = BackendPidGetProc(pid); - - /* - * The process ending during memory context processing is not an - * error. - */ - if (proc == NULL) - { - ereport(WARNING, - errmsg("PID %d is no longer a PostgreSQL server process", - pid)); - PG_RETURN_NULL(); - } - - msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(start_timestamp, GetCurrentTimestamp()); - - /* - * If we haven't already exceeded the timeout value, sleep for the - * remainder of the timeout on the condition variable. - */ - if (msecs > 0 && msecs < (timeout * 1000)) - { - /* - * Wait for the timeout as defined by the user. If no updated - * statistics are available within the allowed time then display - * previously published statistics if there are any. If no - * previous statistics are available then return NULL. The timer - * is defined in milliseconds since that's what the condition - * variable sleep uses. - */ - if (ConditionVariableTimedSleep(&memCxtState[procNumber].memcxt_cv, - ((timeout * 1000) - msecs), WAIT_EVENT_MEM_CXT_PUBLISH)) - { - LWLockAcquire(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - /* Displaying previously published statistics if available */ - if (DsaPointerIsValid(memCxtState[procNumber].memstats_dsa_pointer)) - break; - else - { - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock); - PG_RETURN_NULL(); - } - } - } - else - { - LWLockAcquire(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - /* Displaying previously published statistics if available */ - if (DsaPointerIsValid(memCxtState[procNumber].memstats_dsa_pointer)) - break; - else - { - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock); - PG_RETURN_NULL(); - } - } - } - - /* - * We should only reach here with a valid DSA handle, either containing - * updated statistics or previously published statistics (identified by - * the timestamp. - */ - Assert(memCxtArea->memstats_dsa_handle != DSA_HANDLE_INVALID); - /* Attach to the dsa area if we have not already done so */ - if (MemoryStatsDsaArea == NULL) - { - MemoryContext oldcontext = CurrentMemoryContext; - - MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext); - MemoryStatsDsaArea = dsa_attach(memCxtArea->memstats_dsa_handle); - MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); - dsa_pin_mapping(MemoryStatsDsaArea); - } - - /* - * Backend has finished publishing the stats, project them. - */ - memcxt_info = (MemoryStatsEntry *) - dsa_get_address(MemoryStatsDsaArea, memCxtState[procNumber].memstats_dsa_pointer); - -#define PG_GET_PROCESS_MEMORY_CONTEXTS_COLS 12 - for (int i = 0; i < memCxtState[procNumber].total_stats; i++) - { - ArrayType *path_array; - int path_length; - Datum values[PG_GET_PROCESS_MEMORY_CONTEXTS_COLS]; - bool nulls[PG_GET_PROCESS_MEMORY_CONTEXTS_COLS]; - char *name; - char *ident; - Datum *path_datum = NULL; - int *path_int = NULL; - - memset(values, 0, sizeof(values)); - memset(nulls, 0, sizeof(nulls)); - - if (DsaPointerIsValid(memcxt_info[i].name)) - { - name = (char *) dsa_get_address(MemoryStatsDsaArea, memcxt_info[i].name); - values[0] = CStringGetTextDatum(name); - } - else - nulls[0] = true; - - if (DsaPointerIsValid(memcxt_info[i].ident)) - { - ident = (char *) dsa_get_address(MemoryStatsDsaArea, memcxt_info[i].ident); - values[1] = CStringGetTextDatum(ident); - } - else - nulls[1] = true; - - values[2] = CStringGetTextDatum(ContextTypeToString(memcxt_info[i].type)); - - path_length = memcxt_info[i].path_length; - path_datum = (Datum *) palloc(path_length * sizeof(Datum)); - if (DsaPointerIsValid(memcxt_info[i].path)) - { - path_int = (int *) dsa_get_address(MemoryStatsDsaArea, memcxt_info[i].path); - for (int j = 0; j < path_length; j++) - path_datum[j] = Int32GetDatum(path_int[j]); - path_array = construct_array_builtin(path_datum, path_length, INT4OID); - values[3] = PointerGetDatum(path_array); - } - else - nulls[3] = true; - - values[4] = Int32GetDatum(memcxt_info[i].levels); - values[5] = Int64GetDatum(memcxt_info[i].totalspace); - values[6] = Int64GetDatum(memcxt_info[i].nblocks); - values[7] = Int64GetDatum(memcxt_info[i].freespace); - values[8] = Int64GetDatum(memcxt_info[i].freechunks); - values[9] = Int64GetDatum(memcxt_info[i].totalspace - - memcxt_info[i].freespace); - values[10] = Int32GetDatum(memcxt_info[i].num_agg_stats); - values[11] = TimestampTzGetDatum(memCxtState[procNumber].stats_timestamp); - - tuplestore_putvalues(rsinfo->setResult, rsinfo->setDesc, - values, nulls); - } - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[procNumber].lw_lock); - - ConditionVariableCancelSleep(); - - PG_RETURN_NULL(); -} - -Size -MemoryContextReportingShmemSize(void) -{ - Size sz = 0; - Size TotalProcs = 0; - - TotalProcs = add_size(TotalProcs, NUM_AUXILIARY_PROCS); - TotalProcs = add_size(TotalProcs, MaxBackends); - sz = add_size(sz, mul_size(TotalProcs, sizeof(MemoryStatsBackendState))); - - sz = add_size(sz, sizeof(MemoryStatsCtl)); - - return sz; -} - -/* - * Initialize shared memory for displaying memory context statistics - */ -void -MemoryContextReportingShmemInit(void) -{ - bool found; - - memCxtArea = (MemoryStatsCtl *) - ShmemInitStruct("MemoryStatsCtl", - sizeof(MemoryStatsCtl), &found); - - if (!found) - { - LWLockInitialize(&memCxtArea->lw_lock, LWTRANCHE_MEMORY_CONTEXT_REPORTING_STATE); - memCxtArea->memstats_dsa_handle = DSA_HANDLE_INVALID; - } - - memCxtState = (MemoryStatsBackendState *) - ShmemInitStruct("MemoryStatsBackendState", - ((MaxBackends + NUM_AUXILIARY_PROCS) * sizeof(MemoryStatsBackendState)), - &found); - - if (found) - return; - - for (int i = 0; i < (MaxBackends + NUM_AUXILIARY_PROCS); i++) - { - ConditionVariableInit(&memCxtState[i].memcxt_cv); - LWLockInitialize(&memCxtState[i].lw_lock, LWTRANCHE_MEMORY_CONTEXT_REPORTING_PROC); - memCxtState[i].memstats_dsa_pointer = InvalidDsaPointer; - } -} diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/meson.build b/src/backend/utils/adt/meson.build index 244f48f4fd7..ed9bbd7b926 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/meson.build +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/meson.build @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ backend_sources += files( 'arrayutils.c', 'ascii.c', 'bool.c', + 'bytea.c', 'cash.c', 'char.c', 'cryptohashfuncs.c', diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c index f03fcc1147b..9fd211b2d45 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c @@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ #include <netinet/in.h> #include <arpa/inet.h> -#include "access/stratnum.h" -#include "catalog/pg_opfamily.h" #include "catalog/pg_type.h" #include "common/hashfn.h" #include "common/ip.h" diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/network_spgist.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/network_spgist.c index a84747d9275..602276a35c3 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/network_spgist.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/network_spgist.c @@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ #include "catalog/pg_type.h" #include "utils/fmgrprotos.h" #include "utils/inet.h" -#include "varatt.h" static int inet_spg_node_number(const inet *val, int commonbits); diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c index 40dcbc7b671..c9233565d57 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c @@ -1958,9 +1958,11 @@ generate_series_numeric_support(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) * in the histogram. width_bucket() returns an integer indicating the * bucket number that 'operand' belongs to in an equiwidth histogram * with the specified characteristics. An operand smaller than the - * lower bound is assigned to bucket 0. An operand greater than the - * upper bound is assigned to an additional bucket (with number - * count+1). We don't allow "NaN" for any of the numeric arguments. + * lower bound is assigned to bucket 0. An operand greater than or equal + * to the upper bound is assigned to an additional bucket (with number + * count+1). We don't allow the histogram bounds to be NaN or +/- infinity, + * but we do allow those values for the operand (taking NaN to be larger + * than any other value, as we do in comparisons). */ Datum width_bucket_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) @@ -1978,17 +1980,13 @@ width_bucket_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION), errmsg("count must be greater than zero"))); - if (NUMERIC_IS_SPECIAL(operand) || - NUMERIC_IS_SPECIAL(bound1) || - NUMERIC_IS_SPECIAL(bound2)) + if (NUMERIC_IS_SPECIAL(bound1) || NUMERIC_IS_SPECIAL(bound2)) { - if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(operand) || - NUMERIC_IS_NAN(bound1) || - NUMERIC_IS_NAN(bound2)) + if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(bound1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(bound2)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION), - errmsg("operand, lower bound, and upper bound cannot be NaN"))); - /* We allow "operand" to be infinite; cmp_numerics will cope */ + errmsg("lower and upper bounds cannot be NaN"))); + if (NUMERIC_IS_INF(bound1) || NUMERIC_IS_INF(bound2)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION), diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale.c index a858f27cadc..97c2ac1faf9 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale.c @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ #include "mb/pg_wchar.h" #include "miscadmin.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" -#include "utils/formatting.h" #include "utils/guc_hooks.h" #include "utils/lsyscache.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/pg_locale.h" +#include "utils/relcache.h" #include "utils/syscache.h" #ifdef WIN32 @@ -79,31 +79,6 @@ extern pg_locale_t create_pg_locale_icu(Oid collid, MemoryContext context); extern pg_locale_t create_pg_locale_libc(Oid collid, MemoryContext context); extern char *get_collation_actual_version_libc(const char *collcollate); -extern size_t strlower_builtin(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strtitle_builtin(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strupper_builtin(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strfold_builtin(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); - -extern size_t strlower_icu(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strtitle_icu(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strupper_icu(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strfold_icu(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); - -extern size_t strlower_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strtitle_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strupper_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); - /* GUC settings */ char *locale_messages; char *locale_monetary; @@ -1092,6 +1067,9 @@ create_pg_locale(Oid collid, MemoryContext context) Assert((result->collate_is_c && result->collate == NULL) || (!result->collate_is_c && result->collate != NULL)); + Assert((result->ctype_is_c && result->ctype == NULL) || + (!result->ctype_is_c && result->ctype != NULL)); + datum = SysCacheGetAttr(COLLOID, tp, Anum_pg_collation_collversion, &isnull); if (!isnull) @@ -1256,77 +1234,31 @@ size_t pg_strlower(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { - if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_BUILTIN) - return strlower_builtin(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -#ifdef USE_ICU - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU) - return strlower_icu(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -#endif - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_LIBC) - return strlower_libc(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); - else - /* shouldn't happen */ - PGLOCALE_SUPPORT_ERROR(locale->provider); - - return 0; /* keep compiler quiet */ + return locale->ctype->strlower(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); } size_t pg_strtitle(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { - if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_BUILTIN) - return strtitle_builtin(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -#ifdef USE_ICU - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU) - return strtitle_icu(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -#endif - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_LIBC) - return strtitle_libc(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); - else - /* shouldn't happen */ - PGLOCALE_SUPPORT_ERROR(locale->provider); - - return 0; /* keep compiler quiet */ + return locale->ctype->strtitle(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); } size_t pg_strupper(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { - if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_BUILTIN) - return strupper_builtin(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -#ifdef USE_ICU - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU) - return strupper_icu(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -#endif - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_LIBC) - return strupper_libc(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); - else - /* shouldn't happen */ - PGLOCALE_SUPPORT_ERROR(locale->provider); - - return 0; /* keep compiler quiet */ + return locale->ctype->strupper(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); } size_t pg_strfold(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { - if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_BUILTIN) - return strfold_builtin(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -#ifdef USE_ICU - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU) - return strfold_icu(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -#endif - /* for libc, just use strlower */ - else if (locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_LIBC) - return strlower_libc(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); + if (locale->ctype->strfold) + return locale->ctype->strfold(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); else - /* shouldn't happen */ - PGLOCALE_SUPPORT_ERROR(locale->provider); - - return 0; /* keep compiler quiet */ + return locale->ctype->strlower(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); } /* @@ -1464,6 +1396,41 @@ pg_strnxfrm_prefix(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, } /* + * char_is_cased() + * + * Fuzzy test of whether the given char is case-varying or not. The argument + * is a single byte, so in a multibyte encoding, just assume any non-ASCII + * char is case-varying. + */ +bool +char_is_cased(char ch, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return locale->ctype->char_is_cased(ch, locale); +} + +/* + * char_tolower_enabled() + * + * Does the provider support char_tolower()? + */ +bool +char_tolower_enabled(pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return (locale->ctype->char_tolower != NULL); +} + +/* + * char_tolower() + * + * Convert char (single-byte encoding) to lowercase. + */ +char +char_tolower(unsigned char ch, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return locale->ctype->char_tolower(ch, locale); +} + +/* * Return required encoding ID for the given locale, or -1 if any encoding is * valid for the locale. */ diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_builtin.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_builtin.c index f51768830cd..0c9fbdb40f2 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_builtin.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_builtin.c @@ -18,22 +18,12 @@ #include "mb/pg_wchar.h" #include "miscadmin.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" -#include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/pg_locale.h" #include "utils/syscache.h" extern pg_locale_t create_pg_locale_builtin(Oid collid, MemoryContext context); extern char *get_collation_actual_version_builtin(const char *collcollate); -extern size_t strlower_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strtitle_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strupper_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strfold_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); - struct WordBoundaryState { @@ -77,7 +67,7 @@ initcap_wbnext(void *state) return wbstate->len; } -size_t +static size_t strlower_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { @@ -85,7 +75,7 @@ strlower_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); } -size_t +static size_t strtitle_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { @@ -103,7 +93,7 @@ strtitle_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, initcap_wbnext, &wbstate); } -size_t +static size_t strupper_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { @@ -111,7 +101,7 @@ strupper_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); } -size_t +static size_t strfold_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { @@ -119,6 +109,98 @@ strfold_builtin(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); } +static bool +wc_isdigit_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_isdigit(wc, !locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); +} + +static bool +wc_isalpha_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_isalpha(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isalnum_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_isalnum(wc, !locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); +} + +static bool +wc_isupper_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_isupper(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_islower_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_islower(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isgraph_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_isgraph(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isprint_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_isprint(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_ispunct_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_ispunct(wc, !locale->info.builtin.casemap_full); +} + +static bool +wc_isspace_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return pg_u_isspace(wc); +} + +static bool +char_is_cased_builtin(char ch, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return IS_HIGHBIT_SET(ch) || + (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z') || (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z'); +} + +static pg_wchar +wc_toupper_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return unicode_uppercase_simple(wc); +} + +static pg_wchar +wc_tolower_builtin(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return unicode_lowercase_simple(wc); +} + +static const struct ctype_methods ctype_methods_builtin = { + .strlower = strlower_builtin, + .strtitle = strtitle_builtin, + .strupper = strupper_builtin, + .strfold = strfold_builtin, + .wc_isdigit = wc_isdigit_builtin, + .wc_isalpha = wc_isalpha_builtin, + .wc_isalnum = wc_isalnum_builtin, + .wc_isupper = wc_isupper_builtin, + .wc_islower = wc_islower_builtin, + .wc_isgraph = wc_isgraph_builtin, + .wc_isprint = wc_isprint_builtin, + .wc_ispunct = wc_ispunct_builtin, + .wc_isspace = wc_isspace_builtin, + .char_is_cased = char_is_cased_builtin, + .wc_tolower = wc_tolower_builtin, + .wc_toupper = wc_toupper_builtin, +}; + pg_locale_t create_pg_locale_builtin(Oid collid, MemoryContext context) { @@ -158,10 +240,11 @@ create_pg_locale_builtin(Oid collid, MemoryContext context) result->info.builtin.locale = MemoryContextStrdup(context, locstr); result->info.builtin.casemap_full = (strcmp(locstr, "PG_UNICODE_FAST") == 0); - result->provider = COLLPROVIDER_BUILTIN; result->deterministic = true; result->collate_is_c = true; result->ctype_is_c = (strcmp(locstr, "C") == 0); + if (!result->ctype_is_c) + result->ctype = &ctype_methods_builtin; return result; } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_icu.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_icu.c index a32c32a0744..96741e08269 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_icu.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_icu.c @@ -48,19 +48,22 @@ #define TEXTBUFLEN 1024 extern pg_locale_t create_pg_locale_icu(Oid collid, MemoryContext context); -extern size_t strlower_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strtitle_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strupper_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strfold_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); #ifdef USE_ICU extern UCollator *pg_ucol_open(const char *loc_str); +static size_t strlower_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, + ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); +static size_t strtitle_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, + ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); +static size_t strupper_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, + ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); +static size_t strfold_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, + ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); +static int strncoll_icu(const char *arg1, ssize_t len1, + const char *arg2, ssize_t len2, + pg_locale_t locale); static size_t strnxfrm_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); @@ -118,6 +121,25 @@ static int32_t u_strFoldCase_default(UChar *dest, int32_t destCapacity, const char *locale, UErrorCode *pErrorCode); +static bool +char_is_cased_icu(char ch, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return IS_HIGHBIT_SET(ch) || + (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z') || (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z'); +} + +static pg_wchar +toupper_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_toupper(wc); +} + +static pg_wchar +tolower_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_tolower(wc); +} + static const struct collate_methods collate_methods_icu = { .strncoll = strncoll_icu, .strnxfrm = strnxfrm_icu, @@ -136,6 +158,78 @@ static const struct collate_methods collate_methods_icu_utf8 = { .strxfrm_is_safe = true, }; +static bool +wc_isdigit_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_isdigit(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isalpha_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_isalpha(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isalnum_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_isalnum(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isupper_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_isupper(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_islower_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_islower(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isgraph_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_isgraph(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isprint_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_isprint(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_ispunct_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_ispunct(wc); +} + +static bool +wc_isspace_icu(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return u_isspace(wc); +} + +static const struct ctype_methods ctype_methods_icu = { + .strlower = strlower_icu, + .strtitle = strtitle_icu, + .strupper = strupper_icu, + .strfold = strfold_icu, + .wc_isdigit = wc_isdigit_icu, + .wc_isalpha = wc_isalpha_icu, + .wc_isalnum = wc_isalnum_icu, + .wc_isupper = wc_isupper_icu, + .wc_islower = wc_islower_icu, + .wc_isgraph = wc_isgraph_icu, + .wc_isprint = wc_isprint_icu, + .wc_ispunct = wc_ispunct_icu, + .wc_isspace = wc_isspace_icu, + .char_is_cased = char_is_cased_icu, + .wc_toupper = toupper_icu, + .wc_tolower = tolower_icu, +}; #endif pg_locale_t @@ -198,7 +292,6 @@ create_pg_locale_icu(Oid collid, MemoryContext context) result = MemoryContextAllocZero(context, sizeof(struct pg_locale_struct)); result->info.icu.locale = MemoryContextStrdup(context, iculocstr); result->info.icu.ucol = collator; - result->provider = COLLPROVIDER_ICU; result->deterministic = deterministic; result->collate_is_c = false; result->ctype_is_c = false; @@ -206,6 +299,7 @@ create_pg_locale_icu(Oid collid, MemoryContext context) result->collate = &collate_methods_icu_utf8; else result->collate = &collate_methods_icu; + result->ctype = &ctype_methods_icu; return result; #else @@ -379,7 +473,7 @@ make_icu_collator(const char *iculocstr, const char *icurules) } } -size_t +static size_t strlower_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { @@ -399,7 +493,7 @@ strlower_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, return result_len; } -size_t +static size_t strtitle_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { @@ -419,7 +513,7 @@ strtitle_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, return result_len; } -size_t +static size_t strupper_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { @@ -439,7 +533,7 @@ strupper_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, return result_len; } -size_t +static size_t strfold_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) { @@ -474,8 +568,6 @@ strncoll_icu_utf8(const char *arg1, ssize_t len1, const char *arg2, ssize_t len2 int result; UErrorCode status; - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU); - Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() == PG_UTF8); status = U_ZERO_ERROR; @@ -503,8 +595,6 @@ strnxfrm_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, size_t uchar_bsize; Size result_bsize; - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU); - init_icu_converter(); ulen = uchar_length(icu_converter, src, srclen); @@ -549,8 +639,6 @@ strnxfrm_prefix_icu_utf8(char *dest, size_t destsize, uint32_t state[2]; UErrorCode status; - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU); - Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() == PG_UTF8); uiter_setUTF8(&iter, src, srclen); @@ -749,8 +837,6 @@ strncoll_icu(const char *arg1, ssize_t len1, *uchar2; int result; - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU); - /* if encoding is UTF8, use more efficient strncoll_icu_utf8 */ #ifdef HAVE_UCOL_STRCOLLUTF8 Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() != PG_UTF8); @@ -799,8 +885,6 @@ strnxfrm_prefix_icu(char *dest, size_t destsize, size_t uchar_bsize; Size result_bsize; - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_ICU); - /* if encoding is UTF8, use more efficient strnxfrm_prefix_icu_utf8 */ Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() != PG_UTF8); diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_libc.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_libc.c index 199857e22db..8d88b53c375 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_libc.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale_libc.c @@ -34,6 +34,46 @@ #endif /* + * For the libc provider, to provide as much functionality as possible on a + * variety of platforms without going so far as to implement everything from + * scratch, we use several implementation strategies depending on the + * situation: + * + * 1. In C/POSIX collations, we use hard-wired code. We can't depend on + * the <ctype.h> functions since those will obey LC_CTYPE. Note that these + * collations don't give a fig about multibyte characters. + * + * 2. When working in UTF8 encoding, we use the <wctype.h> functions. + * This assumes that every platform uses Unicode codepoints directly + * as the wchar_t representation of Unicode. (XXX: ICU makes this assumption + * even for non-UTF8 encodings, which may be a problem.) On some platforms + * wchar_t is only 16 bits wide, so we have to punt for codepoints > 0xFFFF. + * + * 3. In all other encodings, we use the <ctype.h> functions for pg_wchar + * values up to 255, and punt for values above that. This is 100% correct + * only in single-byte encodings such as LATINn. However, non-Unicode + * multibyte encodings are mostly Far Eastern character sets for which the + * properties being tested here aren't very relevant for higher code values + * anyway. The difficulty with using the <wctype.h> functions with + * non-Unicode multibyte encodings is that we can have no certainty that + * the platform's wchar_t representation matches what we do in pg_wchar + * conversions. + * + * As a special case, in the "default" collation, (2) and (3) force ASCII + * letters to follow ASCII upcase/downcase rules, while in a non-default + * collation we just let the library functions do what they will. The case + * where this matters is treatment of I/i in Turkish, and the behavior is + * meant to match the upper()/lower() SQL functions. + * + * We store the active collation setting in static variables. In principle + * it could be passed down to here via the regex library's "struct vars" data + * structure; but that would require somewhat invasive changes in the regex + * library, and right now there's no real benefit to be gained from that. + * + * NB: the coding here assumes pg_wchar is an unsigned type. + */ + +/* * Size of stack buffer to use for string transformations, used to avoid heap * allocations in typical cases. This should be large enough that most strings * will fit, but small enough that we feel comfortable putting it on the @@ -43,13 +83,6 @@ extern pg_locale_t create_pg_locale_libc(Oid collid, MemoryContext context); -extern size_t strlower_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strtitle_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); -extern size_t strupper_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); - static int strncoll_libc(const char *arg1, ssize_t len1, const char *arg2, ssize_t len2, pg_locale_t locale); @@ -85,6 +118,251 @@ static size_t strupper_libc_mb(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale); +static bool +wc_isdigit_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return isdigit_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isalpha_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return isalpha_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isalnum_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return isalnum_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isupper_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return isupper_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_islower_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return islower_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isgraph_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return isgraph_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isprint_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return isprint_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_ispunct_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return ispunct_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isspace_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return isspace_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isdigit_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswdigit_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isalpha_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswalpha_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isalnum_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswalnum_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isupper_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswupper_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_islower_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswlower_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isgraph_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswgraph_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isprint_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswprint_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_ispunct_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswpunct_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +wc_isspace_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + return iswspace_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); +} + +static char +char_tolower_libc(unsigned char ch, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + Assert(pg_database_encoding_max_length() == 1); + return tolower_l(ch, locale->info.lt); +} + +static bool +char_is_cased_libc(char ch, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + bool is_multibyte = pg_database_encoding_max_length() > 1; + + if (is_multibyte && IS_HIGHBIT_SET(ch)) + return true; + else + return isalpha_l((unsigned char) ch, locale->info.lt); +} + +static pg_wchar +toupper_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() != PG_UTF8); + + /* force C behavior for ASCII characters, per comments above */ + if (locale->is_default && wc <= (pg_wchar) 127) + return pg_ascii_toupper((unsigned char) wc); + if (wc <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX) + return toupper_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); + else + return wc; +} + +static pg_wchar +toupper_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() == PG_UTF8); + + /* force C behavior for ASCII characters, per comments above */ + if (locale->is_default && wc <= (pg_wchar) 127) + return pg_ascii_toupper((unsigned char) wc); + if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || wc <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) + return towupper_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); + else + return wc; +} + +static pg_wchar +tolower_libc_sb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() != PG_UTF8); + + /* force C behavior for ASCII characters, per comments above */ + if (locale->is_default && wc <= (pg_wchar) 127) + return pg_ascii_tolower((unsigned char) wc); + if (wc <= (pg_wchar) UCHAR_MAX) + return tolower_l((unsigned char) wc, locale->info.lt); + else + return wc; +} + +static pg_wchar +tolower_libc_mb(pg_wchar wc, pg_locale_t locale) +{ + Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() == PG_UTF8); + + /* force C behavior for ASCII characters, per comments above */ + if (locale->is_default && wc <= (pg_wchar) 127) + return pg_ascii_tolower((unsigned char) wc); + if (sizeof(wchar_t) >= 4 || wc <= (pg_wchar) 0xFFFF) + return towlower_l((wint_t) wc, locale->info.lt); + else + return wc; +} + +static const struct ctype_methods ctype_methods_libc_sb = { + .strlower = strlower_libc_sb, + .strtitle = strtitle_libc_sb, + .strupper = strupper_libc_sb, + .wc_isdigit = wc_isdigit_libc_sb, + .wc_isalpha = wc_isalpha_libc_sb, + .wc_isalnum = wc_isalnum_libc_sb, + .wc_isupper = wc_isupper_libc_sb, + .wc_islower = wc_islower_libc_sb, + .wc_isgraph = wc_isgraph_libc_sb, + .wc_isprint = wc_isprint_libc_sb, + .wc_ispunct = wc_ispunct_libc_sb, + .wc_isspace = wc_isspace_libc_sb, + .char_is_cased = char_is_cased_libc, + .char_tolower = char_tolower_libc, + .wc_toupper = toupper_libc_sb, + .wc_tolower = tolower_libc_sb, + .max_chr = UCHAR_MAX, +}; + +/* + * Non-UTF8 multibyte encodings use multibyte semantics for case mapping, but + * single-byte semantics for pattern matching. + */ +static const struct ctype_methods ctype_methods_libc_other_mb = { + .strlower = strlower_libc_mb, + .strtitle = strtitle_libc_mb, + .strupper = strupper_libc_mb, + .wc_isdigit = wc_isdigit_libc_sb, + .wc_isalpha = wc_isalpha_libc_sb, + .wc_isalnum = wc_isalnum_libc_sb, + .wc_isupper = wc_isupper_libc_sb, + .wc_islower = wc_islower_libc_sb, + .wc_isgraph = wc_isgraph_libc_sb, + .wc_isprint = wc_isprint_libc_sb, + .wc_ispunct = wc_ispunct_libc_sb, + .wc_isspace = wc_isspace_libc_sb, + .char_is_cased = char_is_cased_libc, + .char_tolower = char_tolower_libc, + .wc_toupper = toupper_libc_sb, + .wc_tolower = tolower_libc_sb, + .max_chr = UCHAR_MAX, +}; + +static const struct ctype_methods ctype_methods_libc_utf8 = { + .strlower = strlower_libc_mb, + .strtitle = strtitle_libc_mb, + .strupper = strupper_libc_mb, + .wc_isdigit = wc_isdigit_libc_mb, + .wc_isalpha = wc_isalpha_libc_mb, + .wc_isalnum = wc_isalnum_libc_mb, + .wc_isupper = wc_isupper_libc_mb, + .wc_islower = wc_islower_libc_mb, + .wc_isgraph = wc_isgraph_libc_mb, + .wc_isprint = wc_isprint_libc_mb, + .wc_ispunct = wc_ispunct_libc_mb, + .wc_isspace = wc_isspace_libc_mb, + .char_is_cased = char_is_cased_libc, + .char_tolower = char_tolower_libc, + .wc_toupper = toupper_libc_mb, + .wc_tolower = tolower_libc_mb, +}; + static const struct collate_methods collate_methods_libc = { .strncoll = strncoll_libc, .strnxfrm = strnxfrm_libc, @@ -119,36 +397,6 @@ static const struct collate_methods collate_methods_libc_win32_utf8 = { }; #endif -size_t -strlower_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) -{ - if (pg_database_encoding_max_length() > 1) - return strlower_libc_mb(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); - else - return strlower_libc_sb(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -} - -size_t -strtitle_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) -{ - if (pg_database_encoding_max_length() > 1) - return strtitle_libc_mb(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); - else - return strtitle_libc_sb(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -} - -size_t -strupper_libc(char *dst, size_t dstsize, const char *src, - ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) -{ - if (pg_database_encoding_max_length() > 1) - return strupper_libc_mb(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); - else - return strupper_libc_sb(dst, dstsize, src, srclen, locale); -} - static size_t strlower_libc_sb(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, pg_locale_t locale) @@ -209,7 +457,7 @@ strlower_libc_mb(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, /* Output workspace cannot have more codes than input bytes */ workspace = (wchar_t *) palloc((srclen + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t)); - char2wchar(workspace, srclen + 1, src, srclen, locale); + char2wchar(workspace, srclen + 1, src, srclen, loc); for (curr_char = 0; workspace[curr_char] != 0; curr_char++) workspace[curr_char] = towlower_l(workspace[curr_char], loc); @@ -220,7 +468,7 @@ strlower_libc_mb(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, max_size = curr_char * pg_database_encoding_max_length(); result = palloc(max_size + 1); - result_size = wchar2char(result, workspace, max_size + 1, locale); + result_size = wchar2char(result, workspace, max_size + 1, loc); if (result_size + 1 > destsize) return result_size; @@ -304,7 +552,7 @@ strtitle_libc_mb(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, /* Output workspace cannot have more codes than input bytes */ workspace = (wchar_t *) palloc((srclen + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t)); - char2wchar(workspace, srclen + 1, src, srclen, locale); + char2wchar(workspace, srclen + 1, src, srclen, loc); for (curr_char = 0; workspace[curr_char] != 0; curr_char++) { @@ -321,7 +569,7 @@ strtitle_libc_mb(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, max_size = curr_char * pg_database_encoding_max_length(); result = palloc(max_size + 1); - result_size = wchar2char(result, workspace, max_size + 1, locale); + result_size = wchar2char(result, workspace, max_size + 1, loc); if (result_size + 1 > destsize) return result_size; @@ -392,7 +640,7 @@ strupper_libc_mb(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, /* Output workspace cannot have more codes than input bytes */ workspace = (wchar_t *) palloc((srclen + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t)); - char2wchar(workspace, srclen + 1, src, srclen, locale); + char2wchar(workspace, srclen + 1, src, srclen, loc); for (curr_char = 0; workspace[curr_char] != 0; curr_char++) workspace[curr_char] = towupper_l(workspace[curr_char], loc); @@ -403,7 +651,7 @@ strupper_libc_mb(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, max_size = curr_char * pg_database_encoding_max_length(); result = palloc(max_size + 1); - result_size = wchar2char(result, workspace, max_size + 1, locale); + result_size = wchar2char(result, workspace, max_size + 1, loc); if (result_size + 1 > destsize) return result_size; @@ -465,7 +713,6 @@ create_pg_locale_libc(Oid collid, MemoryContext context) loc = make_libc_collator(collate, ctype); result = MemoryContextAllocZero(context, sizeof(struct pg_locale_struct)); - result->provider = COLLPROVIDER_LIBC; result->deterministic = true; result->collate_is_c = (strcmp(collate, "C") == 0) || (strcmp(collate, "POSIX") == 0); @@ -481,6 +728,15 @@ create_pg_locale_libc(Oid collid, MemoryContext context) #endif result->collate = &collate_methods_libc; } + if (!result->ctype_is_c) + { + if (GetDatabaseEncoding() == PG_UTF8) + result->ctype = &ctype_methods_libc_utf8; + else if (pg_database_encoding_max_length() > 1) + result->ctype = &ctype_methods_libc_other_mb; + else + result->ctype = &ctype_methods_libc_sb; + } return result; } @@ -576,8 +832,6 @@ strncoll_libc(const char *arg1, ssize_t len1, const char *arg2, ssize_t len2, const char *arg2n; int result; - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_LIBC); - if (bufsize1 + bufsize2 > TEXTBUFLEN) buf = palloc(bufsize1 + bufsize2); @@ -632,8 +886,6 @@ strnxfrm_libc(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src, ssize_t srclen, size_t bufsize = srclen + 1; size_t result; - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_LIBC); - if (srclen == -1) return strxfrm_l(dest, src, destsize, locale->info.lt); @@ -742,7 +994,6 @@ strncoll_libc_win32_utf8(const char *arg1, ssize_t len1, const char *arg2, int r; int result; - Assert(locale->provider == COLLPROVIDER_LIBC); Assert(GetDatabaseEncoding() == PG_UTF8); if (len1 == -1) @@ -879,7 +1130,7 @@ wcstombs_l(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n, locale_t loc) * zero-terminated. The output will be zero-terminated iff there is room. */ size_t -wchar2char(char *to, const wchar_t *from, size_t tolen, pg_locale_t locale) +wchar2char(char *to, const wchar_t *from, size_t tolen, locale_t loc) { size_t result; @@ -909,7 +1160,7 @@ wchar2char(char *to, const wchar_t *from, size_t tolen, pg_locale_t locale) } else #endif /* WIN32 */ - if (locale == (pg_locale_t) 0) + if (loc == (locale_t) 0) { /* Use wcstombs directly for the default locale */ result = wcstombs(to, from, tolen); @@ -917,7 +1168,7 @@ wchar2char(char *to, const wchar_t *from, size_t tolen, pg_locale_t locale) else { /* Use wcstombs_l for nondefault locales */ - result = wcstombs_l(to, from, tolen, locale->info.lt); + result = wcstombs_l(to, from, tolen, loc); } return result; @@ -934,7 +1185,7 @@ wchar2char(char *to, const wchar_t *from, size_t tolen, pg_locale_t locale) */ size_t char2wchar(wchar_t *to, size_t tolen, const char *from, size_t fromlen, - pg_locale_t locale) + locale_t loc) { size_t result; @@ -969,7 +1220,7 @@ char2wchar(wchar_t *to, size_t tolen, const char *from, size_t fromlen, /* mbstowcs requires ending '\0' */ char *str = pnstrdup(from, fromlen); - if (locale == (pg_locale_t) 0) + if (loc == (locale_t) 0) { /* Use mbstowcs directly for the default locale */ result = mbstowcs(to, str, tolen); @@ -977,7 +1228,7 @@ char2wchar(wchar_t *to, size_t tolen, const char *from, size_t fromlen, else { /* Use mbstowcs_l for nondefault locales */ - result = mbstowcs_l(to, str, tolen, locale->info.lt); + result = mbstowcs_l(to, str, tolen, loc); } pfree(str); diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_lsn.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_lsn.c index 16311590a14..12de2446f5b 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_lsn.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_lsn.c @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ pg_lsn_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) char buf[MAXPG_LSNLEN + 1]; char *result; - snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "%X/%X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)); + snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "%X/%08X", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)); result = pstrdup(buf); PG_RETURN_CSTRING(result); } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/pgstatfuncs.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/pgstatfuncs.c index 97af7c6554f..1c12ddbae49 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/pgstatfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/pgstatfuncs.c @@ -640,10 +640,10 @@ pg_stat_get_activity(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) values[28] = BoolGetDatum(false); /* GSS credentials not * delegated */ } - if (beentry->st_query_id == 0) + if (beentry->st_query_id == INT64CONST(0)) nulls[30] = true; else - values[30] = UInt64GetDatum(beentry->st_query_id); + values[30] = Int64GetDatum(beentry->st_query_id); } else { @@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ pg_stat_io_build_tuples(ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo, bktype_stats->bytes[io_obj][io_context][io_op]; /* Convert to numeric */ - snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, UINT64_FORMAT, byte); + snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, INT64_FORMAT, byte); values[byte_idx] = DirectFunctionCall3(numeric_in, CStringGetDatum(buf), ObjectIdGetDatum(0), diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c index edee1f7880b..6e2864cbbda 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c @@ -773,8 +773,11 @@ similar_escape_internal(text *pat_text, text *esc_text) int plen, elen; bool afterescape = false; - bool incharclass = false; int nquotes = 0; + int charclass_depth = 0; /* Nesting level of character classes, + * encompassed by square brackets */ + int charclass_start = 0; /* State of the character class start, + * for carets */ p = VARDATA_ANY(pat_text); plen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(pat_text); @@ -904,7 +907,7 @@ similar_escape_internal(text *pat_text, text *esc_text) /* fast path */ if (afterescape) { - if (pchar == '"' && !incharclass) /* escape-double-quote? */ + if (pchar == '"' && charclass_depth < 1) /* escape-double-quote? */ { /* emit appropriate part separator, per notes above */ if (nquotes == 0) @@ -953,18 +956,41 @@ similar_escape_internal(text *pat_text, text *esc_text) /* SQL escape character; do not send to output */ afterescape = true; } - else if (incharclass) + else if (charclass_depth > 0) { if (pchar == '\\') *r++ = '\\'; *r++ = pchar; - if (pchar == ']') - incharclass = false; + + /* + * Ignore a closing bracket at the start of a character class. + * Such a bracket is taken literally rather than closing the + * class. "charclass_start" is 1 right at the beginning of a + * class and 2 after an initial caret. + */ + if (pchar == ']' && charclass_start > 2) + charclass_depth--; + else if (pchar == '[') + charclass_depth++; + + /* + * If there is a caret right after the opening bracket, it negates + * the character class, but a following closing bracket should + * still be treated as a normal character. That holds only for + * the first caret, so only the values 1 and 2 mean that closing + * brackets should be taken literally. + */ + if (pchar == '^') + charclass_start++; + else + charclass_start = 3; /* definitely past the start */ } else if (pchar == '[') { + /* start of a character class */ *r++ = pchar; - incharclass = true; + charclass_depth++; + charclass_start = 1; } else if (pchar == '%') { diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c index 5ee608a2b39..b8bbe95e82e 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #include "catalog/pg_ts_config.h" #include "catalog/pg_ts_dict.h" #include "catalog/pg_type.h" +#include "commands/dbcommands.h" #include "lib/stringinfo.h" #include "mb/pg_wchar.h" #include "miscadmin.h" @@ -1764,6 +1765,123 @@ regnamespacesend(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) } /* + * regdatabasein - converts database name to database OID + * + * We also accept a numeric OID, for symmetry with the output routine. + * + * '-' signifies unknown (OID 0). In all other cases, the input must + * match an existing pg_database entry. + */ +Datum +regdatabasein(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + char *db_name_or_oid = PG_GETARG_CSTRING(0); + Node *escontext = fcinfo->context; + Oid result; + List *names; + + /* Handle "-" or numeric OID */ + if (parseDashOrOid(db_name_or_oid, &result, escontext)) + PG_RETURN_OID(result); + + /* The rest of this wouldn't work in bootstrap mode */ + if (IsBootstrapProcessingMode()) + elog(ERROR, "regdatabase values must be OIDs in bootstrap mode"); + + /* Normal case: see if the name matches any pg_database entry. */ + names = stringToQualifiedNameList(db_name_or_oid, escontext); + if (names == NIL) + PG_RETURN_NULL(); + + if (list_length(names) != 1) + ereturn(escontext, (Datum) 0, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME), + errmsg("invalid name syntax"))); + + result = get_database_oid(strVal(linitial(names)), true); + + if (!OidIsValid(result)) + ereturn(escontext, (Datum) 0, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("database \"%s\" does not exist", + strVal(linitial(names))))); + + PG_RETURN_OID(result); +} + +/* + * to_regdatabase - converts database name to database OID + * + * If the name is not found, we return NULL. + */ +Datum +to_regdatabase(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + char *db_name = text_to_cstring(PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0)); + Datum result; + ErrorSaveContext escontext = {T_ErrorSaveContext}; + + if (!DirectInputFunctionCallSafe(regdatabasein, db_name, + InvalidOid, -1, + (Node *) &escontext, + &result)) + PG_RETURN_NULL(); + PG_RETURN_DATUM(result); +} + +/* + * regdatabaseout - converts database OID to database name + */ +Datum +regdatabaseout(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + Oid dboid = PG_GETARG_OID(0); + char *result; + + if (dboid == InvalidOid) + { + result = pstrdup("-"); + PG_RETURN_CSTRING(result); + } + + result = get_database_name(dboid); + + if (result) + { + /* pstrdup is not really necessary, but it avoids a compiler warning */ + result = pstrdup(quote_identifier(result)); + } + else + { + /* If OID doesn't match any database, return it numerically */ + result = (char *) palloc(NAMEDATALEN); + snprintf(result, NAMEDATALEN, "%u", dboid); + } + + PG_RETURN_CSTRING(result); +} + +/* + * regdatabaserecv - converts external binary format to regdatabase + */ +Datum +regdatabaserecv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + /* Exactly the same as oidrecv, so share code */ + return oidrecv(fcinfo); +} + +/* + * regdatabasesend - converts regdatabase to binary format + */ +Datum +regdatabasesend(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + /* Exactly the same as oidsend, so share code */ + return oidsend(fcinfo); +} + +/* * text_regclass: convert text to regclass * * This could be replaced by CoerceViaIO, except that we need to treat diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/ri_triggers.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/ri_triggers.c index 6239900fa28..059fc5ebf60 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/ri_triggers.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/ri_triggers.c @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ #include "access/xact.h" #include "catalog/pg_collation.h" #include "catalog/pg_constraint.h" -#include "catalog/pg_proc.h" #include "commands/trigger.h" #include "executor/executor.h" #include "executor/spi.h" @@ -46,7 +45,6 @@ #include "utils/inval.h" #include "utils/lsyscache.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" -#include "utils/rangetypes.h" #include "utils/rel.h" #include "utils/rls.h" #include "utils/ruleutils.h" diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c index a96b1b9c0bc..ce6a626eba2 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c @@ -103,7 +103,6 @@ #include "access/table.h" #include "access/tableam.h" #include "access/visibilitymap.h" -#include "catalog/pg_am.h" #include "catalog/pg_collation.h" #include "catalog/pg_operator.h" #include "catalog/pg_statistic.h" @@ -4620,6 +4619,7 @@ convert_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid valuetypid, Oid collid, double *scaledvalue, case REGDICTIONARYOID: case REGROLEOID: case REGNAMESPACEOID: + case REGDATABASEOID: *scaledvalue = convert_numeric_to_scalar(value, valuetypid, &failure); *scaledlobound = convert_numeric_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid, @@ -4752,6 +4752,7 @@ convert_numeric_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure) case REGDICTIONARYOID: case REGROLEOID: case REGNAMESPACEOID: + case REGDATABASEOID: /* we can treat OIDs as integers... */ return (double) DatumGetObjectId(value); } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/timestamp.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/timestamp.c index 347089b7626..25cff56c3d0 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/timestamp.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/timestamp.c @@ -5312,10 +5312,10 @@ isoweekdate2date(int isoweek, int wday, int *year, int *mon, int *mday) int date2isoweek(int year, int mon, int mday) { - float8 result; int day0, day4, - dayn; + dayn, + week; /* current day */ dayn = date2j(year, mon, mday); @@ -5338,13 +5338,13 @@ date2isoweek(int year, int mon, int mday) day0 = j2day(day4 - 1); } - result = (dayn - (day4 - day0)) / 7 + 1; + week = (dayn - (day4 - day0)) / 7 + 1; /* * Sometimes the last few days in a year will fall into the first week of * the next year, so check for this. */ - if (result >= 52) + if (week >= 52) { day4 = date2j(year + 1, 1, 4); @@ -5352,10 +5352,10 @@ date2isoweek(int year, int mon, int mday) day0 = j2day(day4 - 1); if (dayn >= day4 - day0) - result = (dayn - (day4 - day0)) / 7 + 1; + week = (dayn - (day4 - day0)) / 7 + 1; } - return (int) result; + return week; } @@ -5367,10 +5367,10 @@ date2isoweek(int year, int mon, int mday) int date2isoyear(int year, int mon, int mday) { - float8 result; int day0, day4, - dayn; + dayn, + week; /* current day */ dayn = date2j(year, mon, mday); @@ -5395,13 +5395,13 @@ date2isoyear(int year, int mon, int mday) year--; } - result = (dayn - (day4 - day0)) / 7 + 1; + week = (dayn - (day4 - day0)) / 7 + 1; /* * Sometimes the last few days in a year will fall into the first week of * the next year, so check for this. */ - if (result >= 52) + if (week >= 52) { day4 = date2j(year + 1, 1, 4); @@ -6477,7 +6477,7 @@ timestamp2timestamptz_opt_overflow(Timestamp timestamp, int *overflow) if (TIMESTAMP_NOT_FINITE(timestamp)) return timestamp; - /* We don't expect this to fail, but check it pro forma */ + /* timestamp2tm should not fail on valid timestamps, but cope */ if (timestamp2tm(timestamp, NULL, tm, &fsec, NULL, NULL) == 0) { tz = DetermineTimeZoneOffset(tm, session_timezone); @@ -6485,23 +6485,22 @@ timestamp2timestamptz_opt_overflow(Timestamp timestamp, int *overflow) result = dt2local(timestamp, -tz); if (IS_VALID_TIMESTAMP(result)) - { return result; + } + + if (overflow) + { + if (timestamp < 0) + { + *overflow = -1; + TIMESTAMP_NOBEGIN(result); } - else if (overflow) + else { - if (result < MIN_TIMESTAMP) - { - *overflow = -1; - TIMESTAMP_NOBEGIN(result); - } - else - { - *overflow = 1; - TIMESTAMP_NOEND(result); - } - return result; + *overflow = 1; + TIMESTAMP_NOEND(result); } + return result; } ereport(ERROR, @@ -6531,27 +6530,81 @@ timestamptz_timestamp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) PG_RETURN_TIMESTAMP(timestamptz2timestamp(timestamp)); } +/* + * Convert timestamptz to timestamp, throwing error for overflow. + */ static Timestamp timestamptz2timestamp(TimestampTz timestamp) { + return timestamptz2timestamp_opt_overflow(timestamp, NULL); +} + +/* + * Convert timestamp with time zone to timestamp. + * + * On successful conversion, *overflow is set to zero if it's not NULL. + * + * If the timestamptz is finite but out of the valid range for timestamp, then: + * if overflow is NULL, we throw an out-of-range error. + * if overflow is not NULL, we store +1 or -1 there to indicate the sign + * of the overflow, and return the appropriate timestamp infinity. + */ +Timestamp +timestamptz2timestamp_opt_overflow(TimestampTz timestamp, int *overflow) +{ Timestamp result; struct pg_tm tt, *tm = &tt; fsec_t fsec; int tz; + if (overflow) + *overflow = 0; + if (TIMESTAMP_NOT_FINITE(timestamp)) result = timestamp; else { if (timestamp2tm(timestamp, &tz, tm, &fsec, NULL, NULL) != 0) + { + if (overflow) + { + if (timestamp < 0) + { + *overflow = -1; + TIMESTAMP_NOBEGIN(result); + } + else + { + *overflow = 1; + TIMESTAMP_NOEND(result); + } + return result; + } ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), errmsg("timestamp out of range"))); + } if (tm2timestamp(tm, fsec, NULL, &result) != 0) + { + if (overflow) + { + if (timestamp < 0) + { + *overflow = -1; + TIMESTAMP_NOBEGIN(result); + } + else + { + *overflow = 1; + TIMESTAMP_NOEND(result); + } + return result; + } ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), errmsg("timestamp out of range"))); + } } return result; } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c index 3e4d5568bde..ffae8c23abf 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c @@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ #include "port/pg_bswap.h" #include "regex/regex.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" -#include "utils/bytea.h" #include "utils/guc.h" #include "utils/lsyscache.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" @@ -43,10 +42,6 @@ #include "utils/sortsupport.h" #include "utils/varlena.h" - -/* GUC variable */ -int bytea_output = BYTEA_OUTPUT_HEX; - typedef struct varlena VarString; /* @@ -148,12 +143,6 @@ static int text_position_get_match_pos(TextPositionState *state); static void text_position_cleanup(TextPositionState *state); static void check_collation_set(Oid collid); static int text_cmp(text *arg1, text *arg2, Oid collid); -static bytea *bytea_catenate(bytea *t1, bytea *t2); -static bytea *bytea_substring(Datum str, - int S, - int L, - bool length_not_specified); -static bytea *bytea_overlay(bytea *t1, bytea *t2, int sp, int sl); static void appendStringInfoText(StringInfo str, const text *t); static bool split_text(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, SplitTextOutputData *tstate); static void split_text_accum_result(SplitTextOutputData *tstate, @@ -279,307 +268,6 @@ text_to_cstring_buffer(const text *src, char *dst, size_t dst_len) * USER I/O ROUTINES * *****************************************************************************/ - -#define VAL(CH) ((CH) - '0') -#define DIG(VAL) ((VAL) + '0') - -/* - * byteain - converts from printable representation of byte array - * - * Non-printable characters must be passed as '\nnn' (octal) and are - * converted to internal form. '\' must be passed as '\\'. - * ereport(ERROR, ...) if bad form. - * - * BUGS: - * The input is scanned twice. - * The error checking of input is minimal. - */ -Datum -byteain(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - char *inputText = PG_GETARG_CSTRING(0); - Node *escontext = fcinfo->context; - char *tp; - char *rp; - int bc; - bytea *result; - - /* Recognize hex input */ - if (inputText[0] == '\\' && inputText[1] == 'x') - { - size_t len = strlen(inputText); - - bc = (len - 2) / 2 + VARHDRSZ; /* maximum possible length */ - result = palloc(bc); - bc = hex_decode_safe(inputText + 2, len - 2, VARDATA(result), - escontext); - SET_VARSIZE(result, bc + VARHDRSZ); /* actual length */ - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); - } - - /* Else, it's the traditional escaped style */ - for (bc = 0, tp = inputText; *tp != '\0'; bc++) - { - if (tp[0] != '\\') - tp++; - else if ((tp[0] == '\\') && - (tp[1] >= '0' && tp[1] <= '3') && - (tp[2] >= '0' && tp[2] <= '7') && - (tp[3] >= '0' && tp[3] <= '7')) - tp += 4; - else if ((tp[0] == '\\') && - (tp[1] == '\\')) - tp += 2; - else - { - /* - * one backslash, not followed by another or ### valid octal - */ - ereturn(escontext, (Datum) 0, - (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION), - errmsg("invalid input syntax for type %s", "bytea"))); - } - } - - bc += VARHDRSZ; - - result = (bytea *) palloc(bc); - SET_VARSIZE(result, bc); - - tp = inputText; - rp = VARDATA(result); - while (*tp != '\0') - { - if (tp[0] != '\\') - *rp++ = *tp++; - else if ((tp[0] == '\\') && - (tp[1] >= '0' && tp[1] <= '3') && - (tp[2] >= '0' && tp[2] <= '7') && - (tp[3] >= '0' && tp[3] <= '7')) - { - bc = VAL(tp[1]); - bc <<= 3; - bc += VAL(tp[2]); - bc <<= 3; - *rp++ = bc + VAL(tp[3]); - - tp += 4; - } - else if ((tp[0] == '\\') && - (tp[1] == '\\')) - { - *rp++ = '\\'; - tp += 2; - } - else - { - /* - * We should never get here. The first pass should not allow it. - */ - ereturn(escontext, (Datum) 0, - (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION), - errmsg("invalid input syntax for type %s", "bytea"))); - } - } - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); -} - -/* - * byteaout - converts to printable representation of byte array - * - * In the traditional escaped format, non-printable characters are - * printed as '\nnn' (octal) and '\' as '\\'. - */ -Datum -byteaout(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *vlena = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - char *result; - char *rp; - - if (bytea_output == BYTEA_OUTPUT_HEX) - { - /* Print hex format */ - rp = result = palloc(VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(vlena) * 2 + 2 + 1); - *rp++ = '\\'; - *rp++ = 'x'; - rp += hex_encode(VARDATA_ANY(vlena), VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(vlena), rp); - } - else if (bytea_output == BYTEA_OUTPUT_ESCAPE) - { - /* Print traditional escaped format */ - char *vp; - uint64 len; - int i; - - len = 1; /* empty string has 1 char */ - vp = VARDATA_ANY(vlena); - for (i = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(vlena); i != 0; i--, vp++) - { - if (*vp == '\\') - len += 2; - else if ((unsigned char) *vp < 0x20 || (unsigned char) *vp > 0x7e) - len += 4; - else - len++; - } - - /* - * In principle len can't overflow uint32 if the input fit in 1GB, but - * for safety let's check rather than relying on palloc's internal - * check. - */ - if (len > MaxAllocSize) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED), - errmsg_internal("result of bytea output conversion is too large"))); - rp = result = (char *) palloc(len); - - vp = VARDATA_ANY(vlena); - for (i = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(vlena); i != 0; i--, vp++) - { - if (*vp == '\\') - { - *rp++ = '\\'; - *rp++ = '\\'; - } - else if ((unsigned char) *vp < 0x20 || (unsigned char) *vp > 0x7e) - { - int val; /* holds unprintable chars */ - - val = *vp; - rp[0] = '\\'; - rp[3] = DIG(val & 07); - val >>= 3; - rp[2] = DIG(val & 07); - val >>= 3; - rp[1] = DIG(val & 03); - rp += 4; - } - else - *rp++ = *vp; - } - } - else - { - elog(ERROR, "unrecognized \"bytea_output\" setting: %d", - bytea_output); - rp = result = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */ - } - *rp = '\0'; - PG_RETURN_CSTRING(result); -} - -/* - * bytearecv - converts external binary format to bytea - */ -Datum -bytearecv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - StringInfo buf = (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); - bytea *result; - int nbytes; - - nbytes = buf->len - buf->cursor; - result = (bytea *) palloc(nbytes + VARHDRSZ); - SET_VARSIZE(result, nbytes + VARHDRSZ); - pq_copymsgbytes(buf, VARDATA(result), nbytes); - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); -} - -/* - * byteasend - converts bytea to binary format - * - * This is a special case: just copy the input... - */ -Datum -byteasend(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *vlena = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P_COPY(0); - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(vlena); -} - -Datum -bytea_string_agg_transfn(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - StringInfo state; - - state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); - - /* Append the value unless null, preceding it with the delimiter. */ - if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1)) - { - bytea *value = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - bool isfirst = false; - - /* - * You might think we can just throw away the first delimiter, however - * we must keep it as we may be a parallel worker doing partial - * aggregation building a state to send to the main process. We need - * to keep the delimiter of every aggregation so that the combine - * function can properly join up the strings of two separately - * partially aggregated results. The first delimiter is only stripped - * off in the final function. To know how much to strip off the front - * of the string, we store the length of the first delimiter in the - * StringInfo's cursor field, which we don't otherwise need here. - */ - if (state == NULL) - { - state = makeStringAggState(fcinfo); - isfirst = true; - } - - if (!PG_ARGISNULL(2)) - { - bytea *delim = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(2); - - appendBinaryStringInfo(state, VARDATA_ANY(delim), - VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(delim)); - if (isfirst) - state->cursor = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(delim); - } - - appendBinaryStringInfo(state, VARDATA_ANY(value), - VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(value)); - } - - /* - * The transition type for string_agg() is declared to be "internal", - * which is a pass-by-value type the same size as a pointer. - */ - if (state) - PG_RETURN_POINTER(state); - PG_RETURN_NULL(); -} - -Datum -bytea_string_agg_finalfn(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - StringInfo state; - - /* cannot be called directly because of internal-type argument */ - Assert(AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL)); - - state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); - - if (state != NULL) - { - /* As per comment in transfn, strip data before the cursor position */ - bytea *result; - int strippedlen = state->len - state->cursor; - - result = (bytea *) palloc(strippedlen + VARHDRSZ); - SET_VARSIZE(result, strippedlen + VARHDRSZ); - memcpy(VARDATA(result), &state->data[state->cursor], strippedlen); - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); - } - else - PG_RETURN_NULL(); -} - /* * textin - converts cstring to internal representation */ @@ -2959,467 +2647,6 @@ bttext_pattern_sortsupport(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) } -/*------------------------------------------------------------- - * byteaoctetlen - * - * get the number of bytes contained in an instance of type 'bytea' - *------------------------------------------------------------- - */ -Datum -byteaoctetlen(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - Datum str = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0); - - /* We need not detoast the input at all */ - PG_RETURN_INT32(toast_raw_datum_size(str) - VARHDRSZ); -} - -/* - * byteacat - - * takes two bytea* and returns a bytea* that is the concatenation of - * the two. - * - * Cloned from textcat and modified as required. - */ -Datum -byteacat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *t2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_catenate(t1, t2)); -} - -/* - * bytea_catenate - * Guts of byteacat(), broken out so it can be used by other functions - * - * Arguments can be in short-header form, but not compressed or out-of-line - */ -static bytea * -bytea_catenate(bytea *t1, bytea *t2) -{ - bytea *result; - int len1, - len2, - len; - char *ptr; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t2); - - /* paranoia ... probably should throw error instead? */ - if (len1 < 0) - len1 = 0; - if (len2 < 0) - len2 = 0; - - len = len1 + len2 + VARHDRSZ; - result = (bytea *) palloc(len); - - /* Set size of result string... */ - SET_VARSIZE(result, len); - - /* Fill data field of result string... */ - ptr = VARDATA(result); - if (len1 > 0) - memcpy(ptr, VARDATA_ANY(t1), len1); - if (len2 > 0) - memcpy(ptr + len1, VARDATA_ANY(t2), len2); - - return result; -} - -#define PG_STR_GET_BYTEA(str_) \ - DatumGetByteaPP(DirectFunctionCall1(byteain, CStringGetDatum(str_))) - -/* - * bytea_substr() - * Return a substring starting at the specified position. - * Cloned from text_substr and modified as required. - * - * Input: - * - string - * - starting position (is one-based) - * - string length (optional) - * - * If the starting position is zero or less, then return from the start of the string - * adjusting the length to be consistent with the "negative start" per SQL. - * If the length is less than zero, an ERROR is thrown. If no third argument - * (length) is provided, the length to the end of the string is assumed. - */ -Datum -bytea_substr(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_substring(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0), - PG_GETARG_INT32(1), - PG_GETARG_INT32(2), - false)); -} - -/* - * bytea_substr_no_len - - * Wrapper to avoid opr_sanity failure due to - * one function accepting a different number of args. - */ -Datum -bytea_substr_no_len(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_substring(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0), - PG_GETARG_INT32(1), - -1, - true)); -} - -static bytea * -bytea_substring(Datum str, - int S, - int L, - bool length_not_specified) -{ - int32 S1; /* adjusted start position */ - int32 L1; /* adjusted substring length */ - int32 E; /* end position */ - - /* - * The logic here should generally match text_substring(). - */ - S1 = Max(S, 1); - - if (length_not_specified) - { - /* - * Not passed a length - DatumGetByteaPSlice() grabs everything to the - * end of the string if we pass it a negative value for length. - */ - L1 = -1; - } - else if (L < 0) - { - /* SQL99 says to throw an error for E < S, i.e., negative length */ - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_SUBSTRING_ERROR), - errmsg("negative substring length not allowed"))); - L1 = -1; /* silence stupider compilers */ - } - else if (pg_add_s32_overflow(S, L, &E)) - { - /* - * L could be large enough for S + L to overflow, in which case the - * substring must run to end of string. - */ - L1 = -1; - } - else - { - /* - * A zero or negative value for the end position can happen if the - * start was negative or one. SQL99 says to return a zero-length - * string. - */ - if (E < 1) - return PG_STR_GET_BYTEA(""); - - L1 = E - S1; - } - - /* - * If the start position is past the end of the string, SQL99 says to - * return a zero-length string -- DatumGetByteaPSlice() will do that for - * us. We need only convert S1 to zero-based starting position. - */ - return DatumGetByteaPSlice(str, S1 - 1, L1); -} - -/* - * byteaoverlay - * Replace specified substring of first string with second - * - * The SQL standard defines OVERLAY() in terms of substring and concatenation. - * This code is a direct implementation of what the standard says. - */ -Datum -byteaoverlay(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *t2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - int sp = PG_GETARG_INT32(2); /* substring start position */ - int sl = PG_GETARG_INT32(3); /* substring length */ - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_overlay(t1, t2, sp, sl)); -} - -Datum -byteaoverlay_no_len(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *t2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - int sp = PG_GETARG_INT32(2); /* substring start position */ - int sl; - - sl = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t2); /* defaults to length(t2) */ - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(bytea_overlay(t1, t2, sp, sl)); -} - -static bytea * -bytea_overlay(bytea *t1, bytea *t2, int sp, int sl) -{ - bytea *result; - bytea *s1; - bytea *s2; - int sp_pl_sl; - - /* - * Check for possible integer-overflow cases. For negative sp, throw a - * "substring length" error because that's what should be expected - * according to the spec's definition of OVERLAY(). - */ - if (sp <= 0) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_SUBSTRING_ERROR), - errmsg("negative substring length not allowed"))); - if (pg_add_s32_overflow(sp, sl, &sp_pl_sl)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), - errmsg("integer out of range"))); - - s1 = bytea_substring(PointerGetDatum(t1), 1, sp - 1, false); - s2 = bytea_substring(PointerGetDatum(t1), sp_pl_sl, -1, true); - result = bytea_catenate(s1, t2); - result = bytea_catenate(result, s2); - - return result; -} - -/* - * bit_count - */ -Datum -bytea_bit_count(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - - PG_RETURN_INT64(pg_popcount(VARDATA_ANY(t1), VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t1))); -} - -/* - * byteapos - - * Return the position of the specified substring. - * Implements the SQL POSITION() function. - * Cloned from textpos and modified as required. - */ -Datum -byteapos(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *t1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *t2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - int pos; - int px, - p; - int len1, - len2; - char *p1, - *p2; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(t2); - - if (len2 <= 0) - PG_RETURN_INT32(1); /* result for empty pattern */ - - p1 = VARDATA_ANY(t1); - p2 = VARDATA_ANY(t2); - - pos = 0; - px = (len1 - len2); - for (p = 0; p <= px; p++) - { - if ((*p2 == *p1) && (memcmp(p1, p2, len2) == 0)) - { - pos = p + 1; - break; - }; - p1++; - }; - - PG_RETURN_INT32(pos); -} - -/*------------------------------------------------------------- - * byteaGetByte - * - * this routine treats "bytea" as an array of bytes. - * It returns the Nth byte (a number between 0 and 255). - *------------------------------------------------------------- - */ -Datum -byteaGetByte(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - int32 n = PG_GETARG_INT32(1); - int len; - int byte; - - len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); - - if (n < 0 || n >= len) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR), - errmsg("index %d out of valid range, 0..%d", - n, len - 1))); - - byte = ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[n]; - - PG_RETURN_INT32(byte); -} - -/*------------------------------------------------------------- - * byteaGetBit - * - * This routine treats a "bytea" type like an array of bits. - * It returns the value of the Nth bit (0 or 1). - * - *------------------------------------------------------------- - */ -Datum -byteaGetBit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - int64 n = PG_GETARG_INT64(1); - int byteNo, - bitNo; - int len; - int byte; - - len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); - - if (n < 0 || n >= (int64) len * 8) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR), - errmsg("index %" PRId64 " out of valid range, 0..%" PRId64, - n, (int64) len * 8 - 1))); - - /* n/8 is now known < len, so safe to cast to int */ - byteNo = (int) (n / 8); - bitNo = (int) (n % 8); - - byte = ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[byteNo]; - - if (byte & (1 << bitNo)) - PG_RETURN_INT32(1); - else - PG_RETURN_INT32(0); -} - -/*------------------------------------------------------------- - * byteaSetByte - * - * Given an instance of type 'bytea' creates a new one with - * the Nth byte set to the given value. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------- - */ -Datum -byteaSetByte(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *res = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P_COPY(0); - int32 n = PG_GETARG_INT32(1); - int32 newByte = PG_GETARG_INT32(2); - int len; - - len = VARSIZE(res) - VARHDRSZ; - - if (n < 0 || n >= len) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR), - errmsg("index %d out of valid range, 0..%d", - n, len - 1))); - - /* - * Now set the byte. - */ - ((unsigned char *) VARDATA(res))[n] = newByte; - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(res); -} - -/*------------------------------------------------------------- - * byteaSetBit - * - * Given an instance of type 'bytea' creates a new one with - * the Nth bit set to the given value. - * - *------------------------------------------------------------- - */ -Datum -byteaSetBit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *res = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P_COPY(0); - int64 n = PG_GETARG_INT64(1); - int32 newBit = PG_GETARG_INT32(2); - int len; - int oldByte, - newByte; - int byteNo, - bitNo; - - len = VARSIZE(res) - VARHDRSZ; - - if (n < 0 || n >= (int64) len * 8) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR), - errmsg("index %" PRId64 " out of valid range, 0..%" PRId64, - n, (int64) len * 8 - 1))); - - /* n/8 is now known < len, so safe to cast to int */ - byteNo = (int) (n / 8); - bitNo = (int) (n % 8); - - /* - * sanity check! - */ - if (newBit != 0 && newBit != 1) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), - errmsg("new bit must be 0 or 1"))); - - /* - * Update the byte. - */ - oldByte = ((unsigned char *) VARDATA(res))[byteNo]; - - if (newBit == 0) - newByte = oldByte & (~(1 << bitNo)); - else - newByte = oldByte | (1 << bitNo); - - ((unsigned char *) VARDATA(res))[byteNo] = newByte; - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(res); -} - -/* - * Return reversed bytea - */ -Datum -bytea_reverse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - const char *p = VARDATA_ANY(v); - int len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); - const char *endp = p + len; - bytea *result = palloc(len + VARHDRSZ); - char *dst = (char *) VARDATA(result) + len; - - SET_VARSIZE(result, len + VARHDRSZ); - - while (p < endp) - *(--dst) = *p++; - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); -} - - /* text_name() * Converts a text type to a Name type. */ @@ -3849,331 +3076,6 @@ SplitGUCList(char *rawstring, char separator, return true; } - -/***************************************************************************** - * Comparison Functions used for bytea - * - * Note: btree indexes need these routines not to leak memory; therefore, - * be careful to free working copies of toasted datums. Most places don't - * need to be so careful. - *****************************************************************************/ - -Datum -byteaeq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - Datum arg1 = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0); - Datum arg2 = PG_GETARG_DATUM(1); - bool result; - Size len1, - len2; - - /* - * We can use a fast path for unequal lengths, which might save us from - * having to detoast one or both values. - */ - len1 = toast_raw_datum_size(arg1); - len2 = toast_raw_datum_size(arg2); - if (len1 != len2) - result = false; - else - { - bytea *barg1 = DatumGetByteaPP(arg1); - bytea *barg2 = DatumGetByteaPP(arg2); - - result = (memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(barg1), VARDATA_ANY(barg2), - len1 - VARHDRSZ) == 0); - - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(barg1, 0); - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(barg2, 1); - } - - PG_RETURN_BOOL(result); -} - -Datum -byteane(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - Datum arg1 = PG_GETARG_DATUM(0); - Datum arg2 = PG_GETARG_DATUM(1); - bool result; - Size len1, - len2; - - /* - * We can use a fast path for unequal lengths, which might save us from - * having to detoast one or both values. - */ - len1 = toast_raw_datum_size(arg1); - len2 = toast_raw_datum_size(arg2); - if (len1 != len2) - result = true; - else - { - bytea *barg1 = DatumGetByteaPP(arg1); - bytea *barg2 = DatumGetByteaPP(arg2); - - result = (memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(barg1), VARDATA_ANY(barg2), - len1 - VARHDRSZ) != 0); - - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(barg1, 0); - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(barg2, 1); - } - - PG_RETURN_BOOL(result); -} - -Datum -bytealt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - int len1, - len2; - int cmp; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); - - cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); - - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); - - PG_RETURN_BOOL((cmp < 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 < len2))); -} - -Datum -byteale(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - int len1, - len2; - int cmp; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); - - cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); - - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); - - PG_RETURN_BOOL((cmp < 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 <= len2))); -} - -Datum -byteagt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - int len1, - len2; - int cmp; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); - - cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); - - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); - - PG_RETURN_BOOL((cmp > 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 > len2))); -} - -Datum -byteage(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - int len1, - len2; - int cmp; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); - - cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); - - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); - - PG_RETURN_BOOL((cmp > 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 >= len2))); -} - -Datum -byteacmp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - int len1, - len2; - int cmp; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); - - cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); - if ((cmp == 0) && (len1 != len2)) - cmp = (len1 < len2) ? -1 : 1; - - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg1, 0); - PG_FREE_IF_COPY(arg2, 1); - - PG_RETURN_INT32(cmp); -} - -Datum -bytea_larger(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - bytea *result; - int len1, - len2; - int cmp; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); - - cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); - result = ((cmp > 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 > len2)) ? arg1 : arg2); - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); -} - -Datum -bytea_smaller(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *arg1 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - bytea *arg2 = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(1); - bytea *result; - int len1, - len2; - int cmp; - - len1 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg1); - len2 = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(arg2); - - cmp = memcmp(VARDATA_ANY(arg1), VARDATA_ANY(arg2), Min(len1, len2)); - result = ((cmp < 0) || ((cmp == 0) && (len1 < len2)) ? arg1 : arg2); - - PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result); -} - -Datum -bytea_sortsupport(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - SortSupport ssup = (SortSupport) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); - MemoryContext oldcontext; - - oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ssup->ssup_cxt); - - /* Use generic string SortSupport, forcing "C" collation */ - varstr_sortsupport(ssup, BYTEAOID, C_COLLATION_OID); - - MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); - - PG_RETURN_VOID(); -} - -/* Cast bytea -> int2 */ -Datum -bytea_int2(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - int len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); - uint16 result; - - /* Check that the byte array is not too long */ - if (len > sizeof(result)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), - errmsg("smallint out of range")); - - /* Convert it to an integer; most significant bytes come first */ - result = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - result <<= BITS_PER_BYTE; - result |= ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[i]; - } - - PG_RETURN_INT16(result); -} - -/* Cast bytea -> int4 */ -Datum -bytea_int4(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - int len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); - uint32 result; - - /* Check that the byte array is not too long */ - if (len > sizeof(result)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), - errmsg("integer out of range")); - - /* Convert it to an integer; most significant bytes come first */ - result = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - result <<= BITS_PER_BYTE; - result |= ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[i]; - } - - PG_RETURN_INT32(result); -} - -/* Cast bytea -> int8 */ -Datum -bytea_int8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - bytea *v = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_PP(0); - int len = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(v); - uint64 result; - - /* Check that the byte array is not too long */ - if (len > sizeof(result)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE), - errmsg("bigint out of range")); - - /* Convert it to an integer; most significant bytes come first */ - result = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - result <<= BITS_PER_BYTE; - result |= ((unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(v))[i]; - } - - PG_RETURN_INT64(result); -} - -/* Cast int2 -> bytea; can just use int2send() */ -Datum -int2_bytea(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - return int2send(fcinfo); -} - -/* Cast int4 -> bytea; can just use int4send() */ -Datum -int4_bytea(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - return int4send(fcinfo); -} - -/* Cast int8 -> bytea; can just use int8send() */ -Datum -int8_bytea(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) -{ - return int8send(fcinfo); -} - /* * appendStringInfoText * diff --git a/src/backend/utils/adt/xml.c b/src/backend/utils/adt/xml.c index a4150bff2ea..f7b731825fc 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/adt/xml.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/adt/xml.c @@ -529,14 +529,36 @@ xmltext(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) #ifdef USE_LIBXML text *arg = PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP(0); text *result; - xmlChar *xmlbuf = NULL; + volatile xmlChar *xmlbuf = NULL; + PgXmlErrorContext *xmlerrcxt; + + /* First we gotta spin up some error handling. */ + xmlerrcxt = pg_xml_init(PG_XML_STRICTNESS_ALL); + + PG_TRY(); + { + xmlbuf = xmlEncodeSpecialChars(NULL, xml_text2xmlChar(arg)); - xmlbuf = xmlEncodeSpecialChars(NULL, xml_text2xmlChar(arg)); + if (xmlbuf == NULL || xmlerrcxt->err_occurred) + xml_ereport(xmlerrcxt, ERROR, ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY, + "could not allocate xmlChar"); - Assert(xmlbuf); + result = cstring_to_text_with_len((const char *) xmlbuf, + xmlStrlen((const xmlChar *) xmlbuf)); + } + PG_CATCH(); + { + if (xmlbuf) + xmlFree((xmlChar *) xmlbuf); + + pg_xml_done(xmlerrcxt, true); + PG_RE_THROW(); + } + PG_END_TRY(); + + xmlFree((xmlChar *) xmlbuf); + pg_xml_done(xmlerrcxt, false); - result = cstring_to_text_with_len((const char *) xmlbuf, xmlStrlen(xmlbuf)); - xmlFree(xmlbuf); PG_RETURN_XML_P(result); #else NO_XML_SUPPORT(); @@ -663,7 +685,7 @@ xmltotext_with_options(xmltype *data, XmlOptionType xmloption_arg, bool indent) volatile xmlBufferPtr buf = NULL; volatile xmlSaveCtxtPtr ctxt = NULL; ErrorSaveContext escontext = {T_ErrorSaveContext}; - PgXmlErrorContext *xmlerrcxt; + PgXmlErrorContext *volatile xmlerrcxt = NULL; #endif if (xmloption_arg != XMLOPTION_DOCUMENT && !indent) @@ -704,13 +726,18 @@ xmltotext_with_options(xmltype *data, XmlOptionType xmloption_arg, bool indent) return (text *) data; } - /* Otherwise, we gotta spin up some error handling. */ - xmlerrcxt = pg_xml_init(PG_XML_STRICTNESS_ALL); - + /* + * Otherwise, we gotta spin up some error handling. Unlike most other + * routines in this module, we already have a libxml "doc" structure to + * free, so we need to call pg_xml_init() inside the PG_TRY and be + * prepared for it to fail (typically due to palloc OOM). + */ PG_TRY(); { size_t decl_len = 0; + xmlerrcxt = pg_xml_init(PG_XML_STRICTNESS_ALL); + /* The serialized data will go into this buffer. */ buf = xmlBufferCreate(); @@ -770,7 +797,10 @@ xmltotext_with_options(xmltype *data, XmlOptionType xmloption_arg, bool indent) if (oldroot != NULL) xmlFreeNode(oldroot); - xmlAddChildList(root, content_nodes); + if (xmlAddChildList(root, content_nodes) == NULL || + xmlerrcxt->err_occurred) + xml_ereport(xmlerrcxt, ERROR, ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, + "could not append xml node list"); /* * We use this node to insert newlines in the dump. Note: in at @@ -838,10 +868,10 @@ xmltotext_with_options(xmltype *data, XmlOptionType xmloption_arg, bool indent) xmlSaveClose(ctxt); if (buf) xmlBufferFree(buf); - if (doc) - xmlFreeDoc(doc); + xmlFreeDoc(doc); - pg_xml_done(xmlerrcxt, true); + if (xmlerrcxt) + pg_xml_done(xmlerrcxt, true); PG_RE_THROW(); } @@ -931,7 +961,10 @@ xmlelement(XmlExpr *xexpr, xml_ereport(xmlerrcxt, ERROR, ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "could not allocate xmlTextWriter"); - xmlTextWriterStartElement(writer, (xmlChar *) xexpr->name); + if (xmlTextWriterStartElement(writer, (xmlChar *) xexpr->name) < 0 || + xmlerrcxt->err_occurred) + xml_ereport(xmlerrcxt, ERROR, ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, + "could not start xml element"); forboth(arg, named_arg_strings, narg, xexpr->arg_names) { @@ -939,19 +972,30 @@ xmlelement(XmlExpr *xexpr, char *argname = strVal(lfirst(narg)); if (str) - xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(writer, - (xmlChar *) argname, - (xmlChar *) str); + { + if (xmlTextWriterWriteAttribute(writer, + (xmlChar *) argname, + (xmlChar *) str) < 0 || + xmlerrcxt->err_occurred) + xml_ereport(xmlerrcxt, ERROR, ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, + "could not write xml attribute"); + } } foreach(arg, arg_strings) { char *str = (char *) lfirst(arg); - xmlTextWriterWriteRaw(writer, (xmlChar *) str); + if (xmlTextWriterWriteRaw(writer, (xmlChar *) str) < 0 || + xmlerrcxt->err_occurred) + xml_ereport(xmlerrcxt, ERROR, ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, + "could not write raw xml text"); } - xmlTextWriterEndElement(writer); + if (xmlTextWriterEndElement(writer) < 0 || + xmlerrcxt->err_occurred) + xml_ereport(xmlerrcxt, ERROR, ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, + "could not end xml element"); /* we MUST do this now to flush data out to the buffer ... */ xmlFreeTextWriter(writer); @@ -4220,20 +4264,27 @@ xml_xmlnodetoxmltype(xmlNodePtr cur, PgXmlErrorContext *xmlerrcxt) } else { - xmlChar *str; + volatile xmlChar *str = NULL; - str = xmlXPathCastNodeToString(cur); PG_TRY(); { + char *escaped; + + str = xmlXPathCastNodeToString(cur); + if (str == NULL || xmlerrcxt->err_occurred) + xml_ereport(xmlerrcxt, ERROR, ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY, + "could not allocate xmlChar"); + /* Here we rely on XML having the same representation as TEXT */ - char *escaped = escape_xml((char *) str); + escaped = escape_xml((char *) str); result = (xmltype *) cstring_to_text(escaped); pfree(escaped); } PG_FINALLY(); { - xmlFree(str); + if (str) + xmlFree((xmlChar *) str); } PG_END_TRY(); } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c index 657648996c2..d1b25214376 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c @@ -317,6 +317,7 @@ GetCCHashEqFuncs(Oid keytype, CCHashFN *hashfunc, RegProcedure *eqfunc, CCFastEq case REGDICTIONARYOID: case REGROLEOID: case REGNAMESPACEOID: + case REGDATABASEOID: *hashfunc = int4hashfast; *fasteqfunc = int4eqfast; *eqfunc = F_OIDEQ; diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/funccache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/funccache.c index 150c502a612..afc048a051e 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/cache/funccache.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/funccache.c @@ -491,6 +491,7 @@ cached_function_compile(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, CachedFunctionHashKey hashkey; bool function_valid = false; bool hashkey_valid = false; + bool new_function = false; /* * Lookup the pg_proc tuple by Oid; we'll need it in any case @@ -570,13 +571,15 @@ recheck: /* * Create the new function struct, if not done already. The function - * structs are never thrown away, so keep them in TopMemoryContext. + * cache entry will be kept for the life of the backend, so put it in + * TopMemoryContext. */ Assert(cacheEntrySize >= sizeof(CachedFunction)); if (function == NULL) { function = (CachedFunction *) MemoryContextAllocZero(TopMemoryContext, cacheEntrySize); + new_function = true; } else { @@ -585,17 +588,36 @@ recheck: } /* - * Fill in the CachedFunction part. fn_hashkey and use_count remain - * zeroes for now. + * However, if function compilation fails, we'd like not to leak the + * function struct, so use a PG_TRY block to prevent that. (It's up + * to the compile callback function to avoid its own internal leakage + * in such cases.) Unfortunately, freeing the struct is only safe if + * we just allocated it: otherwise there are probably fn_extra + * pointers to it. */ - function->fn_xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(procTup->t_data); - function->fn_tid = procTup->t_self; - function->dcallback = dcallback; + PG_TRY(); + { + /* + * Do the hard, language-specific part. + */ + ccallback(fcinfo, procTup, &hashkey, function, forValidator); + } + PG_CATCH(); + { + if (new_function) + pfree(function); + PG_RE_THROW(); + } + PG_END_TRY(); /* - * Do the hard, language-specific part. + * Fill in the CachedFunction part. (We do this last to prevent the + * function from looking valid before it's fully built.) fn_hashkey + * will be set by cfunc_hashtable_insert; use_count remains zero. */ - ccallback(fcinfo, procTup, &hashkey, function, forValidator); + function->fn_xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(procTup->t_data); + function->fn_tid = procTup->t_self; + function->dcallback = dcallback; /* * Add the completed struct to the hash table. diff --git a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c index 603632581d0..4bb84ff7087 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c @@ -99,6 +99,14 @@ load_external_function(const char *filename, const char *funcname, void *lib_handle; void *retval; + /* + * If the value starts with "$libdir/", strip that. This is because many + * extensions have hardcoded '$libdir/foo' as their library name, which + * prevents using the path. + */ + if (strncmp(filename, "$libdir/", 8) == 0) + filename += 8; + /* Expand the possibly-abbreviated filename to an exact path name */ fullname = expand_dynamic_library_name(filename); @@ -456,14 +464,6 @@ expand_dynamic_library_name(const char *name) Assert(name); - /* - * If the value starts with "$libdir/", strip that. This is because many - * extensions have hardcoded '$libdir/foo' as their library name, which - * prevents using the path. - */ - if (strncmp(name, "$libdir/", 8) == 0) - name += 8; - have_slash = (first_dir_separator(name) != NULL); if (!have_slash) diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c b/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c index 92b0446b80c..d31cb45a058 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/init/globals.c @@ -39,7 +39,6 @@ volatile sig_atomic_t TransactionTimeoutPending = false; volatile sig_atomic_t IdleSessionTimeoutPending = false; volatile sig_atomic_t ProcSignalBarrierPending = false; volatile sig_atomic_t LogMemoryContextPending = false; -volatile sig_atomic_t PublishMemoryContextPending = false; volatile sig_atomic_t IdleStatsUpdateTimeoutPending = false; volatile uint32 InterruptHoldoffCount = 0; volatile uint32 QueryCancelHoldoffCount = 0; diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c index 89d72cdd5ff..641e535a73c 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c @@ -417,12 +417,11 @@ CheckMyDatabase(const char *name, bool am_superuser, bool override_allow_connect datum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(DATABASEOID, tup, Anum_pg_database_datctype); ctype = TextDatumGetCString(datum); - if (pg_perm_setlocale(LC_COLLATE, collate) == NULL) - ereport(FATAL, - (errmsg("database locale is incompatible with operating system"), - errdetail("The database was initialized with LC_COLLATE \"%s\", " - " which is not recognized by setlocale().", collate), - errhint("Recreate the database with another locale or install the missing locale."))); + /* + * Historcally, we set LC_COLLATE from datcollate, as well. That's no + * longer necessary because all collation behavior is handled through + * pg_locale_t. + */ if (pg_perm_setlocale(LC_CTYPE, ctype) == NULL) ereport(FATAL, @@ -663,13 +662,6 @@ BaseInit(void) * drop ephemeral slots, which in turn triggers stats reporting. */ ReplicationSlotInitialize(); - - /* - * The before shmem exit callback frees the DSA memory occupied by the - * latest memory context statistics that could be published by this proc - * if requested. - */ - before_shmem_exit(AtProcExit_memstats_cleanup, 0); } diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c b/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c index 308016d7763..886ecbad871 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "mb/pg_wchar.h" #include "utils/fmgrprotos.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" +#include "utils/relcache.h" #include "varatt.h" /* diff --git a/src/backend/utils/misc/guc_tables.c b/src/backend/utils/misc/guc_tables.c index 2f8cbd86759..d14b1678e7f 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/misc/guc_tables.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/misc/guc_tables.c @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ struct config_bool ConfigureNamesBool[] = }, { {"enable_distinct_reordering", PGC_USERSET, QUERY_TUNING_METHOD, - gettext_noop("Enables reordering of DISTINCT pathkeys."), + gettext_noop("Enables reordering of DISTINCT keys."), NULL, GUC_EXPLAIN }, @@ -1602,11 +1602,11 @@ struct config_bool ConfigureNamesBool[] = NULL, NULL, NULL }, { - {"log_lock_failure", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHAT, + {"log_lock_failures", PGC_SUSET, LOGGING_WHAT, gettext_noop("Logs lock failures."), NULL }, - &log_lock_failure, + &log_lock_failures, false, NULL, NULL, NULL }, @@ -3081,7 +3081,7 @@ struct config_int ConfigureNamesInt[] = }, &max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb, -1, -1, MAX_KILOBYTES, - check_max_slot_wal_keep_size, NULL, NULL + NULL, NULL, NULL }, { @@ -3100,11 +3100,11 @@ struct config_int ConfigureNamesInt[] = gettext_noop("Sets the duration a replication slot can remain idle before " "it is invalidated."), NULL, - GUC_UNIT_MIN + GUC_UNIT_S }, - &idle_replication_slot_timeout_mins, - 0, 0, INT_MAX / SECS_PER_MINUTE, - check_idle_replication_slot_timeout, NULL, NULL + &idle_replication_slot_timeout_secs, + 0, 0, INT_MAX, + NULL, NULL, NULL }, { @@ -4837,7 +4837,7 @@ struct config_string ConfigureNamesString[] = { {"ssl_groups", PGC_SIGHUP, CONN_AUTH_SSL, gettext_noop("Sets the group(s) to use for Diffie-Hellman key exchange."), - gettext_noop("Multiple groups can be specified using colon-separated list."), + gettext_noop("Multiple groups can be specified using a colon-separated list."), GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY }, &SSLECDHCurve, diff --git a/src/backend/utils/misc/injection_point.c b/src/backend/utils/misc/injection_point.c index f58ebc8ee52..83b887b6978 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/misc/injection_point.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/misc/injection_point.c @@ -584,3 +584,49 @@ IsInjectionPointAttached(const char *name) return false; /* silence compiler */ #endif } + +/* + * Retrieve a list of all the injection points currently attached. + * + * This list is palloc'd in the current memory context. + */ +List * +InjectionPointList(void) +{ +#ifdef USE_INJECTION_POINTS + List *inj_points = NIL; + uint32 max_inuse; + + LWLockAcquire(InjectionPointLock, LW_SHARED); + + max_inuse = pg_atomic_read_u32(&ActiveInjectionPoints->max_inuse); + + for (uint32 idx = 0; idx < max_inuse; idx++) + { + InjectionPointEntry *entry; + InjectionPointData *inj_point; + uint64 generation; + + entry = &ActiveInjectionPoints->entries[idx]; + generation = pg_atomic_read_u64(&entry->generation); + + /* skip free slots */ + if (generation % 2 == 0) + continue; + + inj_point = (InjectionPointData *) palloc0(sizeof(InjectionPointData)); + inj_point->name = pstrdup(entry->name); + inj_point->library = pstrdup(entry->library); + inj_point->function = pstrdup(entry->function); + inj_points = lappend(inj_points, inj_point); + } + + LWLockRelease(InjectionPointLock); + + return inj_points; + +#else + elog(ERROR, "Injection points are not supported by this build"); + return NIL; /* keep compiler quiet */ +#endif +} diff --git a/src/backend/utils/misc/postgresql.conf.sample b/src/backend/utils/misc/postgresql.conf.sample index 34826d01380..a9d8293474a 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/misc/postgresql.conf.sample +++ b/src/backend/utils/misc/postgresql.conf.sample @@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ #password_encryption = scram-sha-256 # scram-sha-256 or md5 #scram_iterations = 4096 #md5_password_warnings = on +#oauth_validator_libraries = '' # comma-separated list of trusted validator modules # GSSAPI using Kerberos #krb_server_keyfile = 'FILE:${sysconfdir}/krb5.keytab' @@ -121,9 +122,6 @@ #ssl_passphrase_command = '' #ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload = off -# OAuth -#oauth_validator_libraries = '' # comma-separated list of trusted validator modules - #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # RESOURCE USAGE (except WAL) @@ -180,13 +178,11 @@ #temp_file_limit = -1 # limits per-process temp file space # in kilobytes, or -1 for no limit +#file_copy_method = copy # copy, clone (if supported by OS) + #max_notify_queue_pages = 1048576 # limits the number of SLRU pages allocated # for NOTIFY / LISTEN queue -#file_copy_method = copy # the default is the first option - # copy - # clone (if system support is available) - # - Kernel Resources - #max_files_per_process = 1000 # min 64 @@ -346,7 +342,7 @@ # (change requires restart) #wal_keep_size = 0 # in megabytes; 0 disables #max_slot_wal_keep_size = -1 # in megabytes; -1 disables -#idle_replication_slot_timeout = 0 # in minutes; 0 disables +#idle_replication_slot_timeout = 0 # in seconds; 0 disables #wal_sender_timeout = 60s # in milliseconds; 0 disables #track_commit_timestamp = off # collect timestamp of transaction commit # (change requires restart) @@ -628,7 +624,7 @@ # %% = '%' # e.g. '<%u%%%d> ' #log_lock_waits = off # log lock waits >= deadlock_timeout -#log_lock_failure = off # log lock failures +#log_lock_failures = off # log lock failures #log_recovery_conflict_waits = off # log standby recovery conflict waits # >= deadlock_timeout #log_parameter_max_length = -1 # when logging statements, limit logged diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/alignedalloc.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/alignedalloc.c index 85aee389d6b..7eea695de62 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/alignedalloc.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/alignedalloc.c @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ AlignedAllocFree(void *pointer) GetMemoryChunkContext(unaligned)->name, chunk); #endif + /* Recursively pfree the unaligned chunk */ pfree(unaligned); } @@ -96,18 +97,32 @@ AlignedAllocRealloc(void *pointer, Size size, int flags) Assert(old_size >= redirchunk->requested_size); #endif + /* + * To keep things simple, we always allocate a new aligned chunk and copy + * data into it. Because of the above inaccuracy, this may end in copying + * more data than was in the original allocation request size, but that + * should be OK. + */ ctx = GetMemoryChunkContext(unaligned); newptr = MemoryContextAllocAligned(ctx, size, alignto, flags); - /* - * We may memcpy beyond the end of the original allocation request size, - * so we must mark the entire allocation as defined. - */ - if (likely(newptr != NULL)) + /* Cope cleanly with OOM */ + if (unlikely(newptr == NULL)) { - VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_DEFINED(pointer, old_size); - memcpy(newptr, pointer, Min(size, old_size)); + VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(redirchunk, sizeof(MemoryChunk)); + return MemoryContextAllocationFailure(ctx, size, flags); } + + /* + * We may memcpy more than the original allocation request size, which + * would result in trying to copy trailing bytes that the original + * MemoryContextAllocAligned call marked NOACCESS. So we must mark the + * entire old_size as defined. That's slightly annoying, but probably not + * worth improving. + */ + VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_DEFINED(pointer, old_size); + memcpy(newptr, pointer, Min(size, old_size)); + pfree(unaligned); return newptr; diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/dsa.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/dsa.c index 17d4f7a7a06..be43e9351c3 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/dsa.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/dsa.c @@ -532,6 +532,21 @@ dsa_attach(dsa_handle handle) } /* + * Returns whether the area with the given handle was already attached by the + * current process. The area must have been created with dsa_create (not + * dsa_create_in_place). + */ +bool +dsa_is_attached(dsa_handle handle) +{ + /* + * An area handle is really a DSM segment handle for the first segment, so + * we can just search for that. + */ + return dsm_find_mapping(handle) != NULL; +} + +/* * Attach to an area that was created with dsa_create_in_place. The caller * must somehow know the location in memory that was used when the area was * created, though it may be mapped at a different virtual address in this diff --git a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c index 7d28ca706eb..15fa4d0a55e 100644 --- a/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c +++ b/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c @@ -23,11 +23,6 @@ #include "mb/pg_wchar.h" #include "miscadmin.h" -#include "nodes/pg_list.h" -#include "storage/lwlock.h" -#include "storage/ipc.h" -#include "utils/dsa.h" -#include "utils/hsearch.h" #include "utils/memdebug.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/memutils_internal.h" @@ -140,17 +135,6 @@ static const MemoryContextMethods mcxt_methods[] = { }; #undef BOGUS_MCTX -/* - * This is passed to MemoryContextStatsInternal to determine whether - * to print context statistics or not and where to print them logs or - * stderr. - */ -typedef enum PrintDestination -{ - PRINT_STATS_TO_STDERR = 0, - PRINT_STATS_TO_LOGS, - PRINT_STATS_NONE -} PrintDestination; /* * CurrentMemoryContext @@ -172,31 +156,16 @@ MemoryContext CurTransactionContext = NULL; /* This is a transient link to the active portal's memory context: */ MemoryContext PortalContext = NULL; -dsa_area *MemoryStatsDsaArea = NULL; static void MemoryContextDeleteOnly(MemoryContext context); static void MemoryContextCallResetCallbacks(MemoryContext context); static void MemoryContextStatsInternal(MemoryContext context, int level, int max_level, int max_children, MemoryContextCounters *totals, - PrintDestination print_location, - int *num_contexts); + bool print_to_stderr); static void MemoryContextStatsPrint(MemoryContext context, void *passthru, const char *stats_string, bool print_to_stderr); -static void PublishMemoryContext(MemoryStatsEntry *memcxt_info, - int curr_id, MemoryContext context, - List *path, - MemoryContextCounters stat, - int num_contexts, dsa_area *area, - int max_levels); -static void compute_contexts_count_and_ids(List *contexts, HTAB *context_id_lookup, - int *stats_count, - bool summary); -static List *compute_context_path(MemoryContext c, HTAB *context_id_lookup); -static void free_memorycontextstate_dsa(dsa_area *area, int total_stats, - dsa_pointer prev_dsa_pointer); -static void end_memorycontext_reporting(void); /* * You should not do memory allocations within a critical section, because @@ -862,19 +831,11 @@ MemoryContextStatsDetail(MemoryContext context, bool print_to_stderr) { MemoryContextCounters grand_totals; - int num_contexts; - PrintDestination print_location; memset(&grand_totals, 0, sizeof(grand_totals)); - if (print_to_stderr) - print_location = PRINT_STATS_TO_STDERR; - else - print_location = PRINT_STATS_TO_LOGS; - - /* num_contexts report number of contexts aggregated in the output */ MemoryContextStatsInternal(context, 1, max_level, max_children, - &grand_totals, print_location, &num_contexts); + &grand_totals, print_to_stderr); if (print_to_stderr) fprintf(stderr, @@ -909,14 +870,13 @@ MemoryContextStatsDetail(MemoryContext context, * One recursion level for MemoryContextStats * * Print stats for this context if possible, but in any case accumulate counts - * into *totals (if not NULL). The callers should make sure that print_location - * is set to PRINT_STATS_TO_STDERR or PRINT_STATS_TO_LOGS or PRINT_STATS_NONE. + * into *totals (if not NULL). */ static void MemoryContextStatsInternal(MemoryContext context, int level, int max_level, int max_children, MemoryContextCounters *totals, - PrintDestination print_location, int *num_contexts) + bool print_to_stderr) { MemoryContext child; int ichild; @@ -924,39 +884,10 @@ MemoryContextStatsInternal(MemoryContext context, int level, Assert(MemoryContextIsValid(context)); /* Examine the context itself */ - switch (print_location) - { - case PRINT_STATS_TO_STDERR: - context->methods->stats(context, - MemoryContextStatsPrint, - &level, - totals, true); - break; - - case PRINT_STATS_TO_LOGS: - context->methods->stats(context, - MemoryContextStatsPrint, - &level, - totals, false); - break; - - case PRINT_STATS_NONE: - - /* - * Do not print the statistics if print_location is - * PRINT_STATS_NONE, only compute totals. This is used in - * reporting of memory context statistics via a sql function. Last - * parameter is not relevant. - */ - context->methods->stats(context, - NULL, - NULL, - totals, false); - break; - } - - /* Increment the context count for each of the recursive call */ - *num_contexts = *num_contexts + 1; + context->methods->stats(context, + MemoryContextStatsPrint, + &level, + totals, print_to_stderr); /* * Examine children. @@ -976,7 +907,7 @@ MemoryContextStatsInternal(MemoryContext context, int level, MemoryContextStatsInternal(child, level + 1, max_level, max_children, totals, - print_location, num_contexts); + print_to_stderr); } } @@ -995,13 +926,7 @@ MemoryContextStatsInternal(MemoryContext context, int level, child = MemoryContextTraverseNext(child, context); } - /* - * Add the count of children contexts which are traversed in the - * non-recursive manner. - */ - *num_contexts = *num_contexts + ichild; - - if (print_location == PRINT_STATS_TO_STDERR) + if (print_to_stderr) { for (int i = 0; i < level; i++) fprintf(stderr, " "); @@ -1014,7 +939,7 @@ MemoryContextStatsInternal(MemoryContext context, int level, local_totals.freechunks, local_totals.totalspace - local_totals.freespace); } - else if (print_location == PRINT_STATS_TO_LOGS) + else ereport(LOG_SERVER_ONLY, (errhidestmt(true), errhidecontext(true), @@ -1356,22 +1281,6 @@ HandleLogMemoryContextInterrupt(void) } /* - * HandleGetMemoryContextInterrupt - * Handle receipt of an interrupt indicating a request to publish memory - * contexts statistics. - * - * All the actual work is deferred to ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt() as - * this cannot be performed in a signal handler. - */ -void -HandleGetMemoryContextInterrupt(void) -{ - InterruptPending = true; - PublishMemoryContextPending = true; - /* latch will be set by procsignal_sigusr1_handler */ -} - -/* * ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt * Perform logging of memory contexts of this backend process. * @@ -1408,539 +1317,6 @@ ProcessLogMemoryContextInterrupt(void) MemoryContextStatsDetail(TopMemoryContext, 100, 100, false); } -/* - * ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt - * Generate information about memory contexts used by the process. - * - * Performs a breadth first search on the memory context tree, thus parents - * statistics are reported before their children in the monitoring function - * output. - * - * Statistics for all the processes are shared via the same dynamic shared - * area. Statistics written by each process are tracked independently in - * per-process DSA pointers. These pointers are stored in static shared memory. - * - * We calculate maximum number of context's statistics that can be displayed - * using a pre-determined limit for memory available per process for this - * utility maximum size of statistics for each context. The remaining context - * statistics if any are captured as a cumulative total at the end of - * individual context's statistics. - * - * If summary is true, we capture the level 1 and level 2 contexts - * statistics. For that we traverse the memory context tree recursively in - * depth first search manner to cover all the children of a parent context, to - * be able to display a cumulative total of memory consumption by a parent at - * level 2 and all its children. - */ -void -ProcessGetMemoryContextInterrupt(void) -{ - List *contexts; - HASHCTL ctl; - HTAB *context_id_lookup; - int context_id = 0; - MemoryStatsEntry *meminfo; - bool summary = false; - int max_stats; - int idx = MyProcNumber; - int stats_count = 0; - int stats_num = 0; - MemoryContextCounters stat; - int num_individual_stats = 0; - - PublishMemoryContextPending = false; - - /* - * The hash table is used for constructing "path" column of the view, - * similar to its local backend counterpart. - */ - ctl.keysize = sizeof(MemoryContext); - ctl.entrysize = sizeof(MemoryStatsContextId); - ctl.hcxt = CurrentMemoryContext; - - context_id_lookup = hash_create("pg_get_remote_backend_memory_contexts", - 256, - &ctl, - HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT); - - /* List of contexts to process in the next round - start at the top. */ - contexts = list_make1(TopMemoryContext); - - /* Compute the number of stats that can fit in the defined limit */ - max_stats = - MEMORY_CONTEXT_REPORT_MAX_PER_BACKEND / MAX_MEMORY_CONTEXT_STATS_SIZE; - LWLockAcquire(&memCxtState[idx].lw_lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - summary = memCxtState[idx].summary; - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[idx].lw_lock); - - /* - * Traverse the memory context tree to find total number of contexts. If - * summary is requested report the total number of contexts at level 1 and - * 2 from the top. Also, populate the hash table of context ids. - */ - compute_contexts_count_and_ids(contexts, context_id_lookup, &stats_count, - summary); - - /* - * Allocate memory in this process's DSA for storing statistics of the - * memory contexts upto max_stats, for contexts that don't fit within a - * limit, a cumulative total is written as the last record in the DSA - * segment. - */ - stats_num = Min(stats_count, max_stats); - - LWLockAcquire(&memCxtArea->lw_lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - /* - * Create a DSA and send handle to the client process after storing the - * context statistics. If number of contexts exceed a predefined limit - * (1MB), a cumulative total is stored for such contexts. - */ - if (memCxtArea->memstats_dsa_handle == DSA_HANDLE_INVALID) - { - MemoryContext oldcontext = CurrentMemoryContext; - dsa_handle handle; - - MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext); - - MemoryStatsDsaArea = dsa_create(memCxtArea->lw_lock.tranche); - - handle = dsa_get_handle(MemoryStatsDsaArea); - MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); - - dsa_pin_mapping(MemoryStatsDsaArea); - - /* - * Pin the DSA area, this is to make sure the area remains attachable - * even if the backend that created it exits. This is done so that the - * statistics are published even if the process exits while a client - * is waiting. Also, other processes that publish statistics will use - * the same area. - */ - dsa_pin(MemoryStatsDsaArea); - - /* Set the handle in shared memory */ - memCxtArea->memstats_dsa_handle = handle; - } - - /* - * If DSA exists, created by another process publishing statistics, attach - * to it. - */ - else if (MemoryStatsDsaArea == NULL) - { - MemoryContext oldcontext = CurrentMemoryContext; - - MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext); - MemoryStatsDsaArea = dsa_attach(memCxtArea->memstats_dsa_handle); - MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext); - dsa_pin_mapping(MemoryStatsDsaArea); - } - LWLockRelease(&memCxtArea->lw_lock); - - /* - * Hold the process lock to protect writes to process specific memory. Two - * processes publishing statistics do not block each other. - */ - LWLockAcquire(&memCxtState[idx].lw_lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - memCxtState[idx].proc_id = MyProcPid; - - if (DsaPointerIsValid(memCxtState[idx].memstats_dsa_pointer)) - { - /* - * Free any previous allocations, free the name, ident and path - * pointers before freeing the pointer that contains them. - */ - free_memorycontextstate_dsa(MemoryStatsDsaArea, memCxtState[idx].total_stats, - memCxtState[idx].memstats_dsa_pointer); - } - - /* - * Assigning total stats before allocating memory so that memory cleanup - * can run if any subsequent dsa_allocate call to allocate name/ident/path - * fails. - */ - memCxtState[idx].total_stats = stats_num; - memCxtState[idx].memstats_dsa_pointer = - dsa_allocate0(MemoryStatsDsaArea, stats_num * sizeof(MemoryStatsEntry)); - - meminfo = (MemoryStatsEntry *) - dsa_get_address(MemoryStatsDsaArea, memCxtState[idx].memstats_dsa_pointer); - - if (summary) - { - int cxt_id = 0; - List *path = NIL; - - /* Copy TopMemoryContext statistics to DSA */ - memset(&stat, 0, sizeof(stat)); - (*TopMemoryContext->methods->stats) (TopMemoryContext, NULL, NULL, - &stat, true); - path = lcons_int(1, path); - PublishMemoryContext(meminfo, cxt_id, TopMemoryContext, path, stat, - 1, MemoryStatsDsaArea, 100); - cxt_id = cxt_id + 1; - - /* - * Copy statistics for each of TopMemoryContexts children. This - * includes statistics of at most 100 children per node, with each - * child node limited to a depth of 100 in its subtree. - */ - for (MemoryContext c = TopMemoryContext->firstchild; c != NULL; - c = c->nextchild) - { - MemoryContextCounters grand_totals; - int num_contexts = 0; - - path = NIL; - memset(&grand_totals, 0, sizeof(grand_totals)); - - MemoryContextStatsInternal(c, 1, 100, 100, &grand_totals, - PRINT_STATS_NONE, &num_contexts); - - path = compute_context_path(c, context_id_lookup); - - /* - * Register the stats entry first, that way the cleanup handler - * can reach it in case of allocation failures of one or more - * members. - */ - memCxtState[idx].total_stats = cxt_id++; - PublishMemoryContext(meminfo, cxt_id, c, path, - grand_totals, num_contexts, MemoryStatsDsaArea, 100); - } - memCxtState[idx].total_stats = cxt_id; - - /* Notify waiting backends and return */ - end_memorycontext_reporting(); - - hash_destroy(context_id_lookup); - - return; - } - - foreach_ptr(MemoryContextData, cur, contexts) - { - List *path = NIL; - - /* - * Figure out the transient context_id of this context and each of its - * ancestors, to compute a path for this context. - */ - path = compute_context_path(cur, context_id_lookup); - - /* Examine the context stats */ - memset(&stat, 0, sizeof(stat)); - (*cur->methods->stats) (cur, NULL, NULL, &stat, true); - - /* Account for saving one statistics slot for cumulative reporting */ - if (context_id < (max_stats - 1) || stats_count <= max_stats) - { - /* Copy statistics to DSA memory */ - PublishMemoryContext(meminfo, context_id, cur, path, stat, 1, MemoryStatsDsaArea, 100); - } - else - { - meminfo[max_stats - 1].totalspace += stat.totalspace; - meminfo[max_stats - 1].nblocks += stat.nblocks; - meminfo[max_stats - 1].freespace += stat.freespace; - meminfo[max_stats - 1].freechunks += stat.freechunks; - } - - /* - * DSA max limit per process is reached, write aggregate of the - * remaining statistics. - * - * We can store contexts from 0 to max_stats - 1. When stats_count is - * greater than max_stats, we stop reporting individual statistics - * when context_id equals max_stats - 2. As we use max_stats - 1 array - * slot for reporting cumulative statistics or "Remaining Totals". - */ - if (stats_count > max_stats && context_id == (max_stats - 2)) - { - char *nameptr; - int namelen = strlen("Remaining Totals"); - - num_individual_stats = context_id + 1; - meminfo[max_stats - 1].name = dsa_allocate(MemoryStatsDsaArea, namelen + 1); - nameptr = dsa_get_address(MemoryStatsDsaArea, meminfo[max_stats - 1].name); - strlcpy(nameptr, "Remaining Totals", namelen + 1); - meminfo[max_stats - 1].ident = InvalidDsaPointer; - meminfo[max_stats - 1].path = InvalidDsaPointer; - meminfo[max_stats - 1].type = 0; - } - context_id++; - } - - /* - * Statistics are not aggregated, i.e individual statistics reported when - * stats_count <= max_stats. - */ - if (stats_count <= max_stats) - { - memCxtState[idx].total_stats = context_id; - } - /* Report number of aggregated memory contexts */ - else - { - meminfo[max_stats - 1].num_agg_stats = context_id - - num_individual_stats; - - /* - * Total stats equals num_individual_stats + 1 record for cumulative - * statistics. - */ - memCxtState[idx].total_stats = num_individual_stats + 1; - } - - /* Notify waiting backends and return */ - end_memorycontext_reporting(); - - hash_destroy(context_id_lookup); -} - -/* - * Update timestamp and signal all the waiting client backends after copying - * all the statistics. - */ -static void -end_memorycontext_reporting(void) -{ - memCxtState[MyProcNumber].stats_timestamp = GetCurrentTimestamp(); - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[MyProcNumber].lw_lock); - ConditionVariableBroadcast(&memCxtState[MyProcNumber].memcxt_cv); -} - -/* - * compute_context_path - * - * Append the transient context_id of this context and each of its ancestors - * to a list, in order to compute a path. - */ -static List * -compute_context_path(MemoryContext c, HTAB *context_id_lookup) -{ - bool found; - List *path = NIL; - MemoryContext cur_context; - - for (cur_context = c; cur_context != NULL; cur_context = cur_context->parent) - { - MemoryStatsContextId *cur_entry; - - cur_entry = hash_search(context_id_lookup, &cur_context, HASH_FIND, &found); - - if (!found) - elog(ERROR, "hash table corrupted, can't construct path value"); - - path = lcons_int(cur_entry->context_id, path); - } - - return path; -} - -/* - * Return the number of contexts allocated currently by the backend - * Assign context ids to each of the contexts. - */ -static void -compute_contexts_count_and_ids(List *contexts, HTAB *context_id_lookup, - int *stats_count, bool summary) -{ - foreach_ptr(MemoryContextData, cur, contexts) - { - MemoryStatsContextId *entry; - bool found; - - entry = (MemoryStatsContextId *) hash_search(context_id_lookup, &cur, - HASH_ENTER, &found); - Assert(!found); - - /* - * context id starts with 1 so increment the stats_count before - * assigning. - */ - entry->context_id = ++(*stats_count); - - /* Append the children of the current context to the main list. */ - for (MemoryContext c = cur->firstchild; c != NULL; c = c->nextchild) - { - if (summary) - { - entry = (MemoryStatsContextId *) hash_search(context_id_lookup, &c, - HASH_ENTER, &found); - Assert(!found); - - entry->context_id = ++(*stats_count); - } - - contexts = lappend(contexts, c); - } - - /* - * In summary mode only the first two level (from top) contexts are - * displayed. - */ - if (summary) - break; - } -} - -/* - * PublishMemoryContext - * - * Copy the memory context statistics of a single context to a DSA memory - */ -static void -PublishMemoryContext(MemoryStatsEntry *memcxt_info, int curr_id, - MemoryContext context, List *path, - MemoryContextCounters stat, int num_contexts, - dsa_area *area, int max_levels) -{ - const char *ident = context->ident; - const char *name = context->name; - int *path_list; - - /* - * To be consistent with logging output, we label dynahash contexts with - * just the hash table name as with MemoryContextStatsPrint(). - */ - if (context->ident && strncmp(context->name, "dynahash", 8) == 0) - { - name = context->ident; - ident = NULL; - } - - if (name != NULL) - { - int namelen = strlen(name); - char *nameptr; - - if (strlen(name) >= MEMORY_CONTEXT_IDENT_SHMEM_SIZE) - namelen = pg_mbcliplen(name, namelen, - MEMORY_CONTEXT_IDENT_SHMEM_SIZE - 1); - - memcxt_info[curr_id].name = dsa_allocate(area, namelen + 1); - nameptr = (char *) dsa_get_address(area, memcxt_info[curr_id].name); - strlcpy(nameptr, name, namelen + 1); - } - else - memcxt_info[curr_id].name = InvalidDsaPointer; - - /* Trim and copy the identifier if it is not set to NULL */ - if (ident != NULL) - { - int idlen = strlen(context->ident); - char *identptr; - - /* - * Some identifiers such as SQL query string can be very long, - * truncate oversize identifiers. - */ - if (idlen >= MEMORY_CONTEXT_IDENT_SHMEM_SIZE) - idlen = pg_mbcliplen(ident, idlen, - MEMORY_CONTEXT_IDENT_SHMEM_SIZE - 1); - - memcxt_info[curr_id].ident = dsa_allocate(area, idlen + 1); - identptr = (char *) dsa_get_address(area, memcxt_info[curr_id].ident); - strlcpy(identptr, ident, idlen + 1); - } - else - memcxt_info[curr_id].ident = InvalidDsaPointer; - - /* Allocate DSA memory for storing path information */ - if (path == NIL) - memcxt_info[curr_id].path = InvalidDsaPointer; - else - { - int levels = Min(list_length(path), max_levels); - - memcxt_info[curr_id].path_length = levels; - memcxt_info[curr_id].path = dsa_allocate0(area, levels * sizeof(int)); - memcxt_info[curr_id].levels = list_length(path); - path_list = (int *) dsa_get_address(area, memcxt_info[curr_id].path); - - foreach_int(i, path) - { - path_list[foreach_current_index(i)] = i; - if (--levels == 0) - break; - } - } - memcxt_info[curr_id].type = context->type; - memcxt_info[curr_id].totalspace = stat.totalspace; - memcxt_info[curr_id].nblocks = stat.nblocks; - memcxt_info[curr_id].freespace = stat.freespace; - memcxt_info[curr_id].freechunks = stat.freechunks; - memcxt_info[curr_id].num_agg_stats = num_contexts; -} - -/* - * free_memorycontextstate_dsa - * - * Worker for freeing resources from a MemoryStatsEntry. Callers are - * responsible for ensuring that the DSA pointer is valid. - */ -static void -free_memorycontextstate_dsa(dsa_area *area, int total_stats, - dsa_pointer prev_dsa_pointer) -{ - MemoryStatsEntry *meminfo; - - meminfo = (MemoryStatsEntry *) dsa_get_address(area, prev_dsa_pointer); - Assert(meminfo != NULL); - for (int i = 0; i < total_stats; i++) - { - if (DsaPointerIsValid(meminfo[i].name)) - dsa_free(area, meminfo[i].name); - - if (DsaPointerIsValid(meminfo[i].ident)) - dsa_free(area, meminfo[i].ident); - - if (DsaPointerIsValid(meminfo[i].path)) - dsa_free(area, meminfo[i].path); - } - - dsa_free(area, memCxtState[MyProcNumber].memstats_dsa_pointer); - memCxtState[MyProcNumber].memstats_dsa_pointer = InvalidDsaPointer; -} - -/* - * Free the memory context statistics stored by this process - * in DSA area. - */ -void -AtProcExit_memstats_cleanup(int code, Datum arg) -{ - int idx = MyProcNumber; - - if (memCxtArea->memstats_dsa_handle == DSA_HANDLE_INVALID) - return; - - LWLockAcquire(&memCxtState[idx].lw_lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); - - if (!DsaPointerIsValid(memCxtState[idx].memstats_dsa_pointer)) - { - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[idx].lw_lock); - return; - } - - /* If the dsa mapping could not be found, attach to the area */ - if (MemoryStatsDsaArea == NULL) - MemoryStatsDsaArea = dsa_attach(memCxtArea->memstats_dsa_handle); - - /* - * Free the memory context statistics, free the name, ident and path - * pointers before freeing the pointer that contains these pointers and - * integer statistics. - */ - free_memorycontextstate_dsa(MemoryStatsDsaArea, memCxtState[idx].total_stats, - memCxtState[idx].memstats_dsa_pointer); - - dsa_detach(MemoryStatsDsaArea); - LWLockRelease(&memCxtState[idx].lw_lock); -} - void * palloc(Size size) { |